Carrier 48AK Specifications

48/50AJ,AK,AW,AY020-060
Single Package Large Rooftop Units
with Scroll Compressors
and COMFORTLINK™ Version 3.X Controls
Controls, Start-Up, Operation,
Service and Troubleshooting
CONTENTS
Page
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2,3
BASIC CONTROL USAGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
ComfortLink Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Scrolling Marquee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Accessory Navigator™ Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
System Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
CCN Tables and Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
• GENERIC STATUS DISPLAY TABLE
Conventions Used in this Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
START-UP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Unit Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Unit Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Internal Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Accessory Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Crankcase Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Evaporator Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Gas Heat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
CONTROLS QUICK START. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-23
Two-Stage Constant Volume Units with
Mechanical Thermostat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Two-Stage Constant Volume Units with
Space Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Variable Air Volume Units Using Return Air Sensor
or Space Temperature Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Multi-Stage Constant Volume Units with
Mechanical Thermostat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Multi-Stage Constant Volume Units with
Space Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Economizer Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Indoor Air Quality Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Exhaust Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Set Clock on VFD (If Installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Programming Operating Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
SERVICE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23,24
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Service Test Mode Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Independent Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Fans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
THIRD PARTY CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-26
Thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Alarm Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Remote Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
VFD Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Supply Air Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Demand Limit Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Demand Controlled Ventilation Control. . . . . . . . . . . . 25
CONTROLS OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-64
Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
• SYSTEM MODES
• HVAC MODES
Page
Unit Configuration Submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Cooling Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
SETTING UP THE SYSTEM
MACHINE DEPENDENT CONFIGURATIONS
SET POINTS
SUPPLY AIR RESET CONFIGURATION
COOLING CONFIGURATION
COMPRESSOR SAFETIES
COMPRESSOR TIME GUARDS
COOL MODE SELECTION PROCESS
COOLING MODE DIAGNOSTIC HELP
SUMZ COOLING ALGORITHM
DEMAND LIMIT CONTROL
HEAD PRESSURE CONTROL
ECONOMIZER INTEGRATION WITH
MECHANICAL COOLING
Heating Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
• SETTING UP THE SYSTEM
• HEAT MODE SELECTION PROCESS
• TEMPERATURE DRIVEN HEAT MODE
EVALUATION
• HEAT MODE DIAGNOSTIC HELP
• INTEGRATED GAS CONTROL BOARD LOGIC
• RELOCATE SAT SENSOR FOR HEATING
LINKAGE SYSTEMS
• MORNING WARM UP
Static Pressure Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
• OPERATION
• SETTING UP THE SYSTEM
• STATIC PRESSURE RESET
• RELATED POINTS
Fan Status Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
• GENERAL
• SETTING UP THE SYSTEM
• SUPPLY FAN STATUS MONITORING LOGIC
Dirty Filter Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Economizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
• SETTING UP THE SYSTEM
• ECONOMIZER OPERATION
• ECONOMIZER CHANGEOVER SELECT
• UNOCCUPIED ECONOMIZER FREE COOLING
• ECONOMIZER OPERATION CONFIGURATION
• ECONOMIZER DIAGNOSTIC HELP
Building Pressure Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
• BUILDING PRESSURE CONFIGURATION
• CONSTANT VOLUME 2-STAGE CONTROL
OPERATION
• MULTIPLE POWER EXHAUST STAGE BUILDING
PRESSURE CONTROL OPERATION
Smoke Control Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
• FIRE-SMOKE INPUTS
• AIRFLOW CONTROL DURING
FIRE-SMOKE MODES
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.
Book 1 1
PC 111
Catalog No. 534-80215
Printed in U.S.A.
Form 48/50A-3T
Pg 1
4-05
Replaces: 48/50A-2T
Tab 1a 1b
CONTENTS (cont)
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
Installation and servicing of air-conditioning equipment can
be hazardous due to system pressure and electrical components. Only trained and qualified service personnel should install, repair, or service air-conditioning equipment. Untrained
personnel can perform the basic maintenance functions of replacing filters. Trained service personnel should perform all
other operations.
When working on air-conditioning equipment, observe precautions in the literature, tags and labels attached to the unit,
and other safety precautions that may apply. Follow all safety
codes. Wear safety glasses and work gloves. Use quenching
cloth for unbrazing operations. Have fire extinguishers available for all brazing operations.
Page
Indoor Air Quality Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
• OPERATION
• SETTING UP THE SYSTEM
• PRE-OCCUPANCY PURGE
Temperature Compensated Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
• SETTING UP THE SYSTEM
• TEMPERATURE COMPENSATED START LOGIC
Carrier Comfort Network (CCN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Alert Limit Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Sensor Trim Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Discrete Switch Logic Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Display Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Remote Control Switch Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Hot Gas Bypass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Space Temperature Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
TIME CLOCK CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64,65
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66-85
Complete Unit Stoppage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Single Circuit Stoppage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Service Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Restart Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Thermistor Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Transducer Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Forcing Inputs and Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Run Status Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
• AUTO VIEW OF RUN STATUS
• ECONOMIZER RUN STATUS
• COOLING INFORMATION
• MODE TRIP HELPER
• CCN/LINKAGE DISPLAY TABLE
• COMPRESSOR RUN HOURS DISPLAY TABLE
• COMPRESSOR STARTS DISPLAY TABLE
• TIME GUARD DISPLAY TABLE
• SOFTWARE VERSION NUMBERS DISPLAY TABLE
Alarms and Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
MAJOR SYSTEM COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-108
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Factory-Installed Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Accessory Control Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109-113
Service Access. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Evaporator Fan Performance Adjustment . . . . . . . . . 110
Evaporator Fan Coupling Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Evaporator Fan Service and Replacement . . . . . . . . 112
Belt Tension Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Evaporator-Fan Motor Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Condenser-Fan Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Four-Inch Filter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Power Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Refrigerant Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Thermostatic Expansion Valve (TXV) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Gas Valve Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Main Burners. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Filter Drier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY TABLES . . . . 114-121
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121-133
APPENDIX C — VFD INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . 134-142
APPENDIX D — MODE SELECTION
PROCESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142,143
INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
CONTROLS SET POINT AND
CONFIGURATION LOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CL-1 - CL-4
UNIT START-UP CHECKLIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CL-5
Before performing service or maintenance operation on
unit turn off and lock off main power switch to unit.
Electrical shock can cause personal injury and death.
Shut off all power to this equipment during installation
and service. The unit may have an internal non-fused
disconnect or a field-installed disconnect. Note that the
unit may also be equipped with a convenience outlet,
that this outlet is wired to the line side of the unitmounted disconnect and will remain hot when the
disconnect in the unit is off. There is a separate fuse/
disconnect for the convenience outlet.
This unit uses a microprocessor-based electronic control
system. Do not use jumpers or other tools to short out components or to bypass or otherwise depart from recommended procedures. Any short-to-ground of the control
board or accompanying wiring may destroy the electronic
modules or electrical components.
1. Improper Installation, adjustment, alteration, service, or
maintenance can cause property damage, personal injury, or loss of life. Refer to the User’s Information Manual provided with this unit for more details.
2. Do not store or use gasoline or other flammable vapors
and liquids in the vicinity of this or any other appliance.
What to do if you smell gas:
1. DO NOT try to light any appliance.
2. DO NOT touch any electrical switch, or use any phone
in your building.
3. IMMEDIATELY call your gas supplier from a neighbor’s phone. Follow the gas supplier’s instructions.
4. If you cannot reach your gas supplier call the fire
department.
GENERAL
This book contains Start-Up, Controls Operation, Troubleshooting and Service information for the 48/50A series
rooftop units. See Table 1. These units are equipped with
ComfortLink™ controls.
Use this guide in conjunction with the separate installation
instructions packaged with the unit. Refer to the Wiring Diagrams literature for more detailed wiring information.
2
Table 1 — A Series Product Line
UNIT
48AJ
48AK
48AW
48AY
50AJ
50AK
50AW
50AY
• Space ventilation control, in Occupied and Unoccupied
periods, using CO2 sensors or external signals, with ventilation defined by damper position or ventilation airflow
measurement
• Smoke control functions
• Occupancy schedules
• Occupancy or start/stop sequences based on third party
signals
• Alarm status and history and run time data
• Management of a complete unit service test sequence
System diagnostics are enhanced by the use of multiple
external sensors for air temperatures, air pressures and refrigerant pressures. Unit-mounted actuators provide digital feedback
data to the unit control.
The ComfortLink control is fully communicating and
cable-ready for connection to the Carrier Comfort Network
(CCN) building management system. The control provides
high-speed communications for remote monitoring via the
Internet. Multiple units can be linked together (and to other
ComfortLink control equipped units) using a 3-wire communication bus.
The ComfortLink control system is easy to access through
the use of a unit-mounted display module. There is no need to
bring a separate computer to this unit for start-up. Access to
control menus is simplified by the ability to quickly select from
11 menus. A scrolling readout provides detailed explanations
of control information. Only four, large, easy-to-use buttons are
required to maneuver through the entire controls menu. The
display readout is designed to be visible even in bright sunlight.
For added service flexibility, an accessory hand-held
Navigator module is also available. This portable device has an
extended communication cable that can be plugged into the
unit’s communication network either at the main control box or
at the opposite end of the unit, at a remote modular plug. The
Navigator display provides the same menu structure, control
access and display data as is available at the unit-mounted
Scrolling Marquee display.
APPLICATION
CV Unit with Gas Heat, Vertical Supply
VAV Units with Gas Heat, Horizontal Supply
CV Unit with Gas Heat, Vertical Supply
VAV Unit with Gas Heat, Horizontal Supply
CV Unit with Optional Electric Heat, Vertical Supply
VAV Units with Optional Electric Heat, Horizontal Supply
CV Unit with Optional Electric Heat, Vertical Supply
VAV Unit with Optional Electric Heat, Horizontal Supply
LEGEND
CV — Constant Volume
VAV — Variable Air Volume
The A series units provide ventilation, cooling, and heating
(when equipped) in variable air volume (VAV), variable
volume and temperature (VVT®), and constant volume (CV)
applications. The 48AJ,AK,AW,AY and 50AJ,AK,AW,AY
units contain the factory-installed ComfortLink™ control system which provides full system management. The main base
board (MBB) stores hundreds of unit configuration settings
and 8 time of day schedules. The MBB also performs self diagnostic tests at unit start-up, monitors the operation of the unit,
and provides alarms and alert information. The system also
contains other optional boards that are connected to the MBB
through the Local Equipment Network (LEN). Information on
system operation and status are sent to the MBB processor by
various sensors and optional boards that are located at the unit.
Access to the unit controls for configuration, set point selection, schedule creation, and service can be done through a unitmounted Scrolling Marquee. Access can also be done through
the Carrier Comfort Network using the ComfortVIEW™ software or the accessory Navigator™ hand-held display.
The ComfortLink system controls all aspects of the rooftop.
It controls the supply-fan motor, compressors, and economizers
to maintain the proper temperature conditions. The controls also
cycle condenser fans to maintain suitable head pressure. All
VAV units are equipped with a standard VFD (variable frequency drive) for supply fan speed control and supply duct pressure
control. The ComfortLink control directly controls the speed of
the VFD based on a static pressure sensor input. In addition, the
ComfortLink control can control the building pressure using
multiple power exhaust fans controlled from damper position or
from a building pressure sensor. The control safeties are continuously monitored to prevent the unit from operating under abnormal conditions. Sensors include suction pressure transducers
and saturated condensing temperature sensors which allow for
display of operational pressures and saturation temperatures.
A scheduling function, programmed by the user, controls
the unit occupied/unoccupied schedule. Up to 8 different
schedules can be programmed.
The controls also allow the service person to operate a quick
test so that all the controlled components can be checked for
proper operation.
Scrolling Marquee — This device is the keypad interface used to access the control information, read sensor values,
and test the unit. The Scrolling Marquee is located in the main
control box and is standard on all units. The Scrolling Marquee
display is a 4-key, 4-character, 16-segment LED display
module. The display also contains an Alarm Status LED (lightemitting diode). See Fig. 1. The display is easy to operate using
4 buttons and a group of 11 LEDs that indicate the following
menu structures (see Appendix A):
• Run Status
• Service Test
• Temperatures
• Pressures
• Set points
• Inputs
• Outputs
• Configuration
• Timeclock
• Operating Modes
• Alarms
Through the Scrolling Marquee, the user can access all of
the inputs and outputs to check on their values and status, configure operating parameters plus evaluate the current decision
status for operating modes. Because the A-Series units are
equipped with suction pressure and saturated temperature thermistors, the Scrolling Marquee can also display refrigerant circuit pressures typically obtained from service gages. The control also includes an alarm history which can be accessed from
the display. In addition, through the Scrolling Marquee, the
user can access a built-in test routine that can be used at
start-up commissioning and to diagnose operational problems
with the unit.
BASIC CONTROL USAGE
ComfortLink Control — The ComfortLink control is a
comprehensive unit-management system. The control system
is easy to access, configure, diagnose and troubleshoot.
The control is flexible, providing two types of constant
volume cooling control sequences, two variable air volume
cooling control sequences, and heating control sequences for
two-stage electric and gas systems, and for multiple-stage gas
heating, in both Occupied and Unoccupied schedule modes.
This control also manages:
• VAV duct pressure (through optional VFD), with reset
• Building pressure through two different power exhaust
systems
• Condenser fan cycling for mild ambient head pressure
control
3
MODE
Com
NA
Run Status
Service Test
TI M E
EWT
LW T
S E TP
Temperature
Pressures
Setpoints
Inputs
fort
VIG
Lin
ATO
R
k
12.
54. 58
44. 6°F
4 4 . 01 ° F
°F
Alarm Status
Outputs
Configuration
Time Clock
ESCAPE
MO
ENTER
Run
DE
Status
Ala rm
Servi
ce Te
Temp
Operating Modes
Pres
sures
Setpo
ints
Inputs
Alarms
Outpu
ENT
Accessory Navigator™ Display — The accessory
hand-held Navigator display can be used with the 48/50A
units. See Fig. 2. The Navigator display operates the same way
as the Scrolling Marquee device. The Navigator display is
plugged into the RJ-11 jack in the main control box on the
COMM board. The Navigator display can also be plugged into
the RJ-11 jack located on the unit corner post located in the
auxiliary control box.
Operation — All units are shipped from the factory with
the Scrolling Marquee display, which is located in the main
control box. See Fig. 1. In addition, the ComfortLink™ control
also supports the use of the handheld Navigator display.
Both displays provide the user with an interface to the
ComfortLink control system. The displays have
and
arrow keys, an ESCAPE key and an ENTER key. These
keys are used to navigate through the different levels of the display structure. The Navigator and the Scrolling Marquee operate in the same manner, except that the Navigator display has
multiple lines of display and the Scrolling Marquee has a single
line. All further discussions and examples in this document will
be based on the Scrolling Marquee display. See Table 2 for the
menu structure.
The four keys are used to navigate through the display
structure, which is organized in a tiered mode structure. If the
buttons have not been used for a period, the display will default
to the AUTO VIEW display category as shown under the RUN
STATUS category. To show the top-level display, press the
ESCAPE key until a blank display is shown. Then
use the
and
arrow keys to scroll through the top-level
categories. These are listed in Appendix A and will be
indicated on the Scrolling Marquee by the LED next to each
mode listed on the face of the display.
s
es
ts
Confi
gurat
ion
Time
Clock
Opera
ting
Mode
Alarm
s
s
Fig. 1 — Scrolling Marquee
St atu
st
eratur
ESC
ER
Fig. 2 — Accessory Navigator Display
Pressing the ESCAPE and ENTER keys simultaneously
will scroll an expanded text description across the display indicating the full meaning of each display point. Pressing the
ESCAPE and ENTER keys when the display is blank
(MODE LED level) will return the display to its default menu
of rotating AUTO VIEW display items. In addition, the password will need to be entered again before changes can be made.
Changing item values or testing outputs is accomplished in
the same manner. Locate and display the desired item. If the
display is in rotating auto-view, press the ENTER key to stop
the display at the desired item. Press the ENTER key again so
that the item value flashes. Use the arrow keys to change the
value of state of an item and press the ENTER key to accept
it. Press the ESCAPE key and the item, value or units display
will resume. Repeat the process as required for other items.
If the user needs to force a variable, follow the same process
as when editing a configuration parameter. A forced variable
will be displayed with a blinking “f” following its value. For
example, if supply fan requested (FAN.F) is forced, the display
shows “YESf”, where the “f” is blinking to signify a force on
the point. Remove the force by selecting the point that is forced
with the ENTER key and then pressing the
and
arrow keys simultaneously.
Depending on the unit model, factory-installed options and
field-installed accessories, some of the items in the various
Mode categories may not apply.
When a specific mode or sub-mode is located, push the
ENTER key to enter the mode. Depending on the mode, there
may be additional tiers. Continue to use the
and
keys
and the ENTER keys until the desired display item is found.
At any time, the user can move back a mode level by pressing
the ESCAPE key. Once an item has been selected the display
will flash showing the item, followed by the item value and
then followed by the item units (if any).
System Pilot — The System Pilot (33PILOT-01) is a
component of Carrier’s 3V™ system and serves as a userinterface and configuration tool for all Carrier communicating
devices. The System Pilot can be used to install and commission a 3V zoning system, linkage compatible air source,
universal controller, and all other devices operating on the
Carrier communicating network.
Additionally, the System Pilot can serve as a wall-mounted
temperature sensor for space temperature measurement. The
occupant can use the System Pilot to change set points. A
security feature is provided to limit access of features for
unauthorized users. See Fig. 3 for System Pilot details.
Items in the Configuration and Service Test modes are
password protected. The display will flash PASS and WORD
when required. Use the ENTER and arrow keys to enter the
four digits of the password. The default password is 1111.
4
IMPORTANT: The computer system software
(ComfortVIEW™, Service Tool, etc.) that is used to
interact with CCN controls always saves a template of
items it considers as static (e.g., limits, units, forcibility, 24-character text strings, and point names) after
the software uploads the tables from a control. Thereafter, the software is only concerned with run time
data like value and hardware/force status. With this in
mind, it is important that anytime a change is made to
the Service-Config table “generics” (which in turn
changes the points contained in the GENERIC point
table), that a complete new upload be performed. This
requires that any previous table database be
completely removed first. Failure to do this will not
allow the user to display the new points that have been
created and the CCN interface will have a different
table database than the unit control.
MODIFY/
SELECT
NAVIGATE/
EXIT
SCROLL
+
Conventions Used in This Manual — The following conventions for discussing configuration points for the local display (Scrolling Marquee or Navigator™ accessory) will
be used in this manual.
Point names will be written with the Mode name first, then
any sub-modes, then the point name, each separated by an
arrow symbol (→). Names will also be shown in bold and
italics. As an example, the IAQ Economizer Override Position
which is located in the Configuration mode, Indoor Air Quality
Configuration sub-mode, and the Air Quality Set Points
sub-sub-mode, would be written as Configuration→
IAQ→IAQ.SP→IQ.O.P.
This path name will show the user how to navigate through
the local display to reach the desired configuration. The user
would scroll through the modes and submodes using the
and
keys. The arrow symbol in the path name represents pressing ENTER to move into the next level of the
menu structure.
PAGE
-
Fig. 3 — System Pilot User Interface
CCN Tables and Display — In addition to the unitmounted Scrolling Marquee display, the user can also access
the same information through the CCN tables by using the
Service tool or other CCN programs. Details on the CCN
tables are summarized in Appendix B. The variable names
used for the CCN tables and the Scrolling Marquee tables may
be different and more items are displayed in the CCN tables.
As a reference, the CCN variable names are included in the
Scrolling Marquee tables and the Scrolling Marquee names are
included in the local display tables in Appendix B.
GENERIC STATUS DISPLAY TABLE — The GENERICS
points table allows the service/installer the ability to create a
custom table in which up to 20 points from the 5 CCN
categories (Points, Config, Service-Config, Set Point, and
Maintenance) may be collected and displayed.
In the Service-Config table section, there is a table named
“generics”. This table contains placeholders for up to 20 CCN
point names and allows the user to decide which points are displayed in the GENERIC points table under the local display.
Each one of these placeholders allows the input of an 8-character
ASCII string. Using a CCN interface, enter the Edit mode for the
Service-Config table “generics” and enter the CCN name for
each point to be displayed in the custom points table in the order
they will be displayed. When done entering point names, download the table to the rooftop unit control.
When a value is included as part of the path name, it will be
shown at the end of the path name after an equals sign. If the
value represents a configuration setting, an explanation will be
shown in parenthesis after the value. As an example, Configuration→IAQ→AQ.CF→IQ.AC = 1 (IAQ Analog Input).
Pressing the ESCAPE and ENTER keys simultaneously
will scroll an expanded text description of the point name across
the display. The expanded description is shown in the local display tables but will not be shown with the path names in text.
The CCN point names are also referenced in the local
display tables for users configuring the unit with CCN software
instead of the local display. The CCN tables are located in
Appendix B of this manual.
5
Table 2 — Scrolling Marquee Menu Display Structure
RUN
STATUS
Auto View of
Run Status
(VIEW)
↓
Econ
Run Status
(ECON)
↓
Cooling
Information
(COOL)
↓
SERVICE
TEST
Service Test Mode
(TEST)
↓
Software
Command
Disable
(STOP)
↓
Soft Stop
Request
(S.STP)
↓
TEMPERATURES
PRESSURES
SETPOINTS
INPUTS
OUTPUTS
CONFIGURATION
Air
Temperatures
(AIR.T)
Air Pressures
(AIR.P)
Occupied Heat
Setpoint
(OHSP)
General Inputs
(GEN.I)
Fans
(FANS)
Unit
Configuration
(UNIT)
Compressor
Feedback
(FD.BK)
Cooling
(COOL)
↓
Refrigerant
Temperatures
(REF.T)
↓
Refrigerant
Pressures
(REF.P)
Occupied Cool
Setpoint
(OCSP)
Unoccupied
Heat Setpoint
(UHSP)
Unoccupied
Cool Setpoint
(UCSP)
CCN
Linkage
(LINK)
4 in. Filter
Change Mode
(F.4.CH)
Heat - Cool
Setpoint
(GAP)
↓
↓
VAV Occ
Cool On
(V.C.ON)
Compressor
Starts
(STRT)
Test Fans
(FANS)
VAV Occ
Cool Off
(V.C.OF)
↓
Timeguards
(TMGD)
↓
Software
Version
Numbers
(VERS)
↓
Test Cooling
(COOL)
↓
Test Heating
(HEAT)
↓
Relative
Humidity
(REL.H)
↓
↓
Test Independent
Outputs
(INDP)
↓
↓
Fire-Smoke
Modes
(FIRE)
↓
Compressor
Run Hours
(HRS)
↓
Thermostat
Inputs
(STAT)
↓
Supply Fan
Request
(FAN.F)
↓
↓
↓
Mode
Trip Helper
(TRIP)
↓
↓
↓
Air Quality
Sensors
(AIR.Q)
↓
↓
↓
Supply Air
Setpoint
(SASP)
↓
CFM Sensors
(CFM)
↓
Reset Inputs
(RSET)
↓
4-20 Milliamp
Inputs
(4-20)
↓
↓
Heating
(HEAT)
↓
Economizer
(ECON)
↓
General
Outputs
(GEN.O)
↓
Cooling
Configuration
(COOL)
↓
Evap/Discharge
Temp. Reset
(EDT.R)
↓
↓
Economizer
Configuration
(ECON)
↓
Building Press.
Configs
(BP)
↓
Cool/Heat
Setpt. Offsets
(D.L.V.T)
↓
Indoor Air
Quality Cfg.
(IAQ)
Heating Supply
Air Setpoint
(SA.HT)
CCN
Configuration
(CCN)
Tempering
Purge SASP
(T.PRG)
Alert Limit
Config.
(ALLM)
Tempering in
Cool SASP
(T.CL)
Sensor Trim
Config.
(TRIM)
Tempering in
Vent Occ SASP
(T.V.OC)
Switch
Logic
(SW.LG)
Tempering in
Vent Unocc.
SASP
(T.V.UN)
Display
Configuration
(DISP)
↓
↓
↓
↓
↓
↓
↓
↓
↓
6
Control Type
(CTRL)
↓
Daylight
Savings
Time
(DAY.S)
Supply Air
Setpoint Lo
(SA.LO)
↓
Local Time
Schedule
(SCH.L)
↓
Supply Static
Press. Config.
(SP)
↓
↓
HVAC Mode
(HVAC)
Heating
Configuration
(HEAT)
Demand Limit
Config.
(DMD.L)
↓
↓
OPERATING
MODES
System
Mode
(SYS.M)
Month, Date,
Day and Year
(DATE)
Local
Holiday
Schedules
(HOL.L)
Supply Air
Setpoint Hi
(SA.HI)
↓
TIME
CLOCK
Time of Day
(TIME)
↓
↓
↓
Mode
Controlling
Unit
(MODE)
ALARMS
Currently
Active
Alarms
(CURR)
↓
Reset All
Current
Alarms
(R.CUR)
↓
Alarm
History
(HIST)
↓
Reset
Alarm
History
(R.HIS)
START-UP
Controls — Use the following steps for the controls:
NOTE: The unit is shipped with the unit control disabled. To
enable the control, set Local Machine Disable (Service
Test→STOP) to No.
1. Set any control configurations that are required (fieldinstalled accessories, etc.). The unit is factory configured
for all appropriate factory-installed options.
2. Enter unit set points. The unit is shipped with the set point
default values. If a different set point is required use the
Scroll Marquee, Navigator™ accessory or Service Tool
software to change the configuration valves.
3. If the internal unit schedules are going to be used configure the Occupancy schedule.
4. Verify that the control time periods programmed meet
current requirements.
5. Using Service Test mode, verify operation of all major
components.
6. If the unit is a VAV unit make sure to configure the VFD
static pressure set point using the display. To checkout the
VFD use the VFD instructions shipped with the unit.
IMPORTANT: Do not attempt to start unit, even
momentarily, until all items on the Start-Up Checklist
(in installation instructions) and the following steps
have been completed.
Unit Preparation — Check that unit has been installed in
accordance with the installation instructions and applicable
codes.
Unit Setup — Make sure that the economizer hoods have
been installed and that the outdoor filters are properly installed.
Internal Wiring — Ensure that all electrical connections
in the control box are tightened as required. If the unit has
staged gas heat make sure that the leaving air temperature
(LAT) sensors have been routed to the supply ducts as required.
Accessory Installation — Check to make sure that all
accessories including space thermostats and sensors have been
installed and wired as required by the instructions and unit
wiring diagrams.
Gas Heat — Verify gas pressure before turning on gas heat
as follows:
1. Turn off field-supplied manual gas stop, located external
to the unit.
2. Connect pressure gages to supply gas tap, located at fieldsupplied manual shutoff valves.
3. Connect pressure gages to manifold pressure tap on unit
gas valve.
4. Supply gas pressure must not exceed 13.5 in. wg. Check
pressure at field-supplied shut-off valve.
5. Turn on manual gas stop and initiate a heating demand.
Jumper R to W1 in the control box to initiate heat.
6. Use the Service Test procedure to verify heat operation.
7. After the unit has run for several minutes, verify that
incoming pressure is 6.0 in. wg or greater and that the
manifold pressure is 3.5 in wg. If manifold pressure must
be adjusted refer to Gas Valve Adjustment section.
Crankcase Heaters — Crankcase heaters are energized
as long as there is power to the unit, except when the compressors are running.
IMPORTANT: Unit power must be on for 24 hrs prior
to start-up of compressors. Otherwise damage to compressors may result.
Evaporator Fan — Fan belt and fixed pulleys are factoryinstalled. See Tables 3-26 for fan performance and motor limitations data. Remove tape from fan pulley, and be sure that fans
rotate in the proper direction. See Table 27 for motor limitations. See Tables 28A and 28B for air quantity limits. Static
pressure drop for power exhaust is negligible. To alter fan performance, see Evaporator Fan Performance Adjustment section
on page 110.
7
Table 3 — Fan Performance — 48AJ,AK020,025 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
7,500
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
12,500
13,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
7,500
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
12,500
13,000
0.2
Rpm Bhp
394 1.06
388 1.26
427 1.76
476 2.44
502 2.83
527 3.26
580 4.25
633 5.40
687 6.74
741 8.26
768 9.10
796 9.98
2.2
Rpm Bhp
828
4.83
850
5.46
873
6.18
898
7.03
911
7.51
925
8.03
956
9.20
989 10.56
1025 12.10
1063 13.85
1083 14.80
1104 15.81
0.4
Rpm Bhp
413
1.15
448
1.58
489
2.15
534
2.86
557
3.27
580
3.72
629
4.74
679
5.93
731
7.30
783
8.86
809
9.71
835 10.62
0.6
Rpm Bhp
478
1.51
509
1.96
544
2.54
584
3.28
606
3.70
628
4.16
674
5.21
721
6.43
770
7.84
820
9.43
846 10.30
871 11.22
2.4
Rpm Bhp
861
5.27
883
5.93
906
6.67
930
7.54
943
8.02
956
8.55
986
9.74
1018 11.10
1053 12.66
1090 14.42
1109 15.38
1129 16.39
2.6
Rpm Bhp
892
5.72
915
6.40
937
7.17
961
8.05
973
8.55
986
9.08
1015 10.28
1046 11.66
1080 13.23
1116 15.00
1135 15.96
1155 16.98
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
536
1.89 588
2.29 635
2.69 679
3.11
563
2.36 613
2.77 659
3.20 702
3.63
595
2.96 642
3.38 686
3.83 727
4.28
631
3.70 675
4.15 717
4.60 756
5.07
651
4.14 694
4.59 734
5.05 772
5.52
671
4.61 713
5.07 752
5.54 789
6.02
715
5.68 753
6.16 790
6.65 826
7.14
760
6.93 796
7.43 831
7.94 865
8.45
807
8.36 842
8.89 875
9.41 907
9.94
855
9.98 888 10.53 920 11.08 950 11.62
880 10.87 912 11.43 943 11.99 973 12.54
905 11.80 936 12.38 966 12.95 996 13.51
1.6
Rpm Bhp
720
3.53
742
4.08
766
4.74
794
5.54
809
6.01
825
6.51
860
7.65
897
8.96
937 10.47
980 12.18
1002 13.10
1024 14.08
1.8
Rpm Bhp
758
3.96
780
4.53
804
5.21
830
6.03
845
6.50
860
7.01
893
8.16
929
9.49
967 11.01
1008 12.73
1030 13.67
1051 14.65
2.0
Rpm Bhp
794
4.39
816
4.99
839
5.69
865
6.53
878
7.00
893
7.51
925
8.67
959 10.02
997 11.55
1036 13.29
1057 14.23
1078 15.23
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
922
6.17
951
6.62
979
7.08 1006
7.54
945
6.88
974
7.36 1002
7.85 1030
8.34
967
7.67
997
8.18 1025
8.69 1052
9.20
991
8.57 1020
9.10 1048
9.63 1075 10.16
1003
9.08 1032
9.61 1060 10.15 1087 10.69
1016
9.62 1044 10.16 1072 10.70 1099 11.26
1043 10.83 1071 11.38 1098 11.94 1124 12.50
1073 12.21 1100 12.78 1126 13.35 1152 13.93
1106 13.80 1132 14.37 1158 14.95 1182 15.54
1142 15.58 1166 16.17 1191 16.76
—
—
1160 16.55 1185 17.14
—
—
—
—
1179 17.57
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.6
Rpm Bhp
1032
8.00
1056
8.83
1079
9.72
1101 10.70
1113 11.24
1125 11.81
1150 13.08
1177 14.51
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.8
Rpm Bhp
1058
8.47
1082
9.33
1105 10.24
1127 11.25
1139 11.79
1150 12.37
1175 13.65
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4.0
Rpm Bhp
1082
8.93
1107
9.82
1130 10.77
1153 11.79
1164 12.35
1175 12.94
1200 14.23
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Legend and Notes on page 10.
Table 4 — Fan Performance — 48AJ,AK027,030 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
5,500
6,000
7,000
8,000
8,250
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
13,750
14,000
15,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
5,500
6,000
7,000
8,000
8,250
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
13,750
14,000
15,000
0.2
Rpm Bhp
408
1.50
433
1.80
484
2.49
537
3.34
550
3.57
590
4.35
645
5.53
700
6.90
755
8.46
811 10.23
854 11.69
868 12.20
924 14.40
0.4
Rpm Bhp
473
1.88
495
2.18
540
2.91
589
3.79
601
4.03
638
4.83
690
6.05
742
7.46
795
9.05
849 10.85
890 12.33
904 12.86
959 15.08
0.6
Rpm Bhp
530
2.27
549
2.58
591
3.33
635
4.23
647
4.49
682
5.31
731
6.56
781
7.99
832
9.61
884 11.44
924 12.95
937 13.48
990 15.73
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
582
2.67
631
3.10
675
3.53
717
3.98
600
3.00
646
3.43
690
3.87
731
4.32
637
3.76
681
4.21
722
4.66
761
5.13
678
4.69
719
5.15
758
5.62
795
6.10
689
4.94
729
5.41
768
5.88
804
6.37
723
5.78
761
6.26
798
6.75
833
7.24
769
7.05
805
7.55
840
8.06
873
8.57
817
8.51
851
9.04
884
9.56
916 10.09
866 10.17
899 10.71
930 11.26
960 11.81
917 12.02
948 12.59
978 13.16 1006 13.73
955 13.55
985 14.14 1014 14.72 1042 15.31
968 14.08
998 14.68 1026 15.27 1054 15.86
1020 16.37 1049 16.99 1076 17.61 1103 18.22
1.6
Rpm Bhp
757
4.43
770
4.79
799
5.61
831
6.59
840
6.86
867
7.75
905
9.09
946 10.62
989 12.36
1034 14.30
1069 15.89
1081 16.45
1128 18.83
1.8
Rpm Bhp
795
4.89
807
5.26
835
6.09
865
7.09
874
7.37
899
8.26
936
9.61
976 11.16
1018 12.91
1061 14.87
1095 16.48
1107 17.05
1153 19.44
2.0
Rpm Bhp
830
5.36
843
5.74
869
6.59
898
7.60
906
7.88
931
8.78
967 10.15
1005 11.71
1045 13.47
1088 15.45
1121 17.07
1132 17.64
1178 20.05
2.2
Rpm Bhp
864
5.84
876
6.23
902
7.09
930
8.12
938
8.40
962
9.31
996 10.69
1033 12.26
1072 14.04
1114 16.03
1146 17.66
1157 18.23
—
—
2.4
Rpm Bhp
897
6.32
909
6.72
934
7.60
961
8.64
969
8.92
992
9.84
1025 11.24
1060 12.82
1099 14.61
1139 16.62
1171 18.26
1181 18.84
—
—
2.6
Rpm Bhp
928
6.81
940
7.22
965
8.12
991
9.17
998
9.46
1021 10.39
1053 11.79
1087 13.39
1125 15.19
1164 17.21
1195 18.86
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
959
7.30
988
7.80 1016
8.30 1043
8.80
970
7.72
999
8.23 1028
8.74 1055
9.25
994
8.64 1023
9.17 1051
9.70 1078 10.23
1020
9.71 1049 10.25 1076 10.80 1103 11.35
1027 10.00 1055 10.54 1083 11.09 1109 11.65
1049 10.94 1076 11.49 1103 12.05 1130 12.62
1080 12.35 1107 12.92 1133 13.49 1158 14.07
1114 13.96 1139 14.54 1165 15.12 1189 15.71
1150 15.77 1175 16.36 1199 16.96
—
—
1188 17.80
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.6
Rpm Bhp
1070
9.31
1081
9.77
1105 10.77
1129 11.90
1135 12.21
1155 13.19
1183 14.65
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.8
Rpm Bhp
1096
9.82
1107 10.29
1131 11.32
1155 12.47
1161 12.78
1180 13.76
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4.0
Rpm Bhp
1121 10.33
1132 10.82
1156 11.86
1180 13.03
1186 13.34
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Legend and Notes on page 10.
8
Table 5 — Fan Performance — 48AJ,AK035 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
10,500
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
17,500
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
10,500
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
17,500
0.2
Rpm Bhp
549
2.97
606
3.95
664
5.11
723
6.46
753
7.22
783
8.02
843
9.79
903 11.78
964 14.00
1025 16.46
1086 19.17
1147 22.13
1177 23.71
0.4
Rpm Bhp
598
3.40
651
4.40
706
5.58
762
6.96
790
7.73
819
8.55
877 10.34
935 12.35
994 14.60
1053 17.08
1112 19.81
1172 22.80
1202 24.39
0.6
Rpm Bhp
644
3.83
694
4.85
745
6.06
799
7.46
826
8.24
853
9.07
909 10.88
965 12.92
1022 15.19
1080 17.70
1138 20.45
1197 23.45
1226 25.06
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
687
4.28
728
4.73
767
5.20
805
5.68
734
5.32
772
5.79
808
6.28
844
6.77
783
6.55
818
7.04
853
7.54
886
8.05
833
7.97
867
8.48
899
8.99
931
9.52
859
8.75
892
9.27
923
9.80
954 10.33
886
9.59
917 10.12
948 10.66
978 11.20
940 11.43
969 11.98
998 12.53 1026 13.09
994 13.49 1023 14.06 1050 14.63 1077 15.21
1050 15.78 1077 16.37 1103 16.96 1129 17.56
1106 18.31 1132 18.92 1157 19.53 1181 20.14
1163 21.08 1188 21.71 1212 22.35 1235 22.98
1221 24.11 1244 24.76 1267 25.41 1290 26.06
1250 25.72 1273 26.39 1295 27.04
—
—
1.6
Rpm Bhp
840
6.17
878
7.27
918
8.56
961 10.05
983 10.87
1006 11.74
1054 13.65
1103 15.79
1153 18.15
1205 20.76
1258 23.61
—
—
—
—
1.8
Rpm Bhp
874
6.67
910
7.79
949
9.09
991 10.59
1012 11.42
1035 12.30
1081 14.22
1128 16.37
1178 18.75
1229 21.37
1280 24.24
—
—
—
—
2.0
Rpm Bhp
907
7.17
942
8.31
979
9.62
1019 11.13
1040 11.97
1062 12.86
1107 14.79
1154 16.96
1202 19.35
1251 21.99
—
—
—
—
—
—
2.2
Rpm Bhp
939
7.68
972
8.83
1009 10.16
1048 11.69
1068 12.53
1089 13.42
1133 15.37
1178 17.55
1225 19.96
1274 22.61
—
—
—
—
—
—
2.4
Rpm Bhp
969
8.20
1002
9.36
1037 10.71
1075 12.25
1095 13.09
1115 13.99
1158 15.96
1202 18.15
1248 20.57
1296 23.24
—
—
—
—
—
—
2.6
Rpm Bhp
999
8.72
1031
9.90
1065 11.26
1102 12.81
1121 13.66
1141 14.57
1182 16.55
1226 18.75
1271 21.19
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
1028
9.25 1056
9.78 1083 10.32 1109 10.86
1059 10.45 1086 11.00 1113 11.55 1139 12.11
1092 11.82 1119 12.38 1145 12.95 1170 13.53
1128 13.38 1154 13.96 1179 14.54 1203 15.13
1147 14.24 1172 14.83 1197 15.41 1221 16.01
1166 15.15 1191 15.74 1215 16.34 1239 16.94
1207 17.14 1230 17.75 1254 18.35 1277 18.96
1249 19.36 1272 19.97 1295 20.59
—
—
1294 21.81
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.6
Rpm Bhp
1135 11.40
1164 12.67
1195 14.11
1227 15.72
1245 16.61
1262 17.54
1299 19.58
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.8
Rpm Bhp
1160 11.95
1188 13.24
1219 14.69
1251 16.32
1268 17.21
1285 18.15
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4.0
Rpm Bhp
1184 12.50
1213 13.81
1243 15.27
1274 16.92
1291 17.82
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Legend and Notes on page 10.
Table 6 — Fan Performance — 48AJ,AK040 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
0.2
Rpm Bhp
502
2.90
552
3.81
602
4.89
653
6.15
704
7.60
756
9.24
808 11.10
861 13.18
914 15.49
967 18.03
1020 20.82
1073 23.87
1127 27.18
0.4
Rpm Bhp
550
3.30
595
4.24
642
5.34
689
6.62
738
8.09
788
9.76
838 11.64
888 13.74
940 16.06
991 18.62
1043 21.43
1095 24.50
1147 27.82
0.6
Rpm Bhp
596
3.71
637
4.67
680
5.80
725
7.11
771
8.60
818 10.29
867 12.19
915 14.31
965 16.65
1015 19.23
1066 22.06
1117 25.14
1168 28.48
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
639
4.12
680
4.54
720
4.97
759
5.40
677
5.11
715
5.55
752
6.00
788
6.45
717
6.26
752
6.73
787
7.20
821
7.67
759
7.59
792
8.08
825
8.58
856
9.07
803
9.11
834
9.63
865 10.14
895 10.66
848 10.83
878 11.36
906 11.90
935 12.44
895 12.74
922 13.30
950 13.87
976 14.43
942 14.88
968 15.46
994 16.05 1019 16.63
990 17.24 1015 17.85 1039 18.45 1063 19.06
1039 19.85 1062 20.47 1086 21.09 1109 21.72
1088 22.69 1111 23.33 1133 23.97 1155 24.62
1138 25.79 1159 26.44 1180 27.11 1201 27.77
1188 29.15
—
—
—
—
—
—
1.6
Rpm Bhp
796
5.85
823
6.92
854
8.16
887
9.57
924 11.18
962 12.99
1002 15.00
1044 17.22
1087 19.67
1131 22.35
1176 25.27
1222 28.45
—
—
1.8
Rpm Bhp
832
6.31
857
7.39
886
8.64
918 10.08
952 11.71
989 13.53
1028 15.57
1068 17.81
1110 20.28
1153 22.98
1197 25.92
1242 29.12
—
—
2.0
Rpm Bhp
867
6.77
890
7.87
917
9.14
947 10.59
980 12.24
1016 14.08
1053 16.14
1093 18.40
1133 20.89
1175 23.61
1219 26.58
—
—
—
—
2.2
Rpm Bhp
901
7.24
923
8.35
948
9.64
976 11.11
1008 12.77
1042 14.64
1078 16.71
1116 19.00
1156 21.51
1197 24.25
1239 27.24
—
—
—
—
2.4
Rpm Bhp
933
7.72
954
8.85
978 10.15
1005 11.63
1035 13.31
1068 15.19
1103 17.28
1140 19.59
1178 22.12
1218 24.89
1260 27.89
—
—
—
—
2.6
Rpm Bhp
965
8.20
985
9.35
1007 10.66
1033 12.16
1062 13.86
1093 15.76
1127 17.86
1163 20.19
1200 22.74
1240 25.52
1280 28.55
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
995
8.69 1024
9.19 1053
9.69 1081 10.19
1014
9.86 1043 10.37 1072 10.89 1099 11.41
1036 11.19 1064 11.71 1092 12.25 1119 12.78
1061 12.70 1088 13.24 1114 13.79 1140 14.34
1088 14.41 1114 14.97 1139 15.53 1164 16.09
1118 16.32 1143 16.89 1167 17.47 1191 18.05
1151 18.45 1174 19.03 1198 19.63 1221 20.22
1186 20.79 1208 21.40 1230 22.00 1253 22.62
1222 23.36 1244 23.98 1265 24.61 1286 25.24
1261 26.17 1281 26.81
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.6
Rpm Bhp
1108 10.70
1126 11.94
1145 13.33
1166 14.90
1189 16.67
1215 18.64
1244 20.82
1274 23.23
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.8
Rpm Bhp
1134 11.21
1152 12.47
1171 13.88
1191 15.46
1213 17.24
1238 19.23
1266 21.43
1296 23.85
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4.0
Rpm Bhp
1159 11.73
1177 13.00
1196 14.43
1216 16.03
1237 17.83
1262 19.82
1288 22.04
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Legend and Notes on page 10.
9
Table 7 — Fan Performance — 48AJ,AK050 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
0.2
Rpm Bhp
512
2.98
561
3.90
611
5.00
662
6.27
714
7.74
766
9.41
819 11.29
872 13.40
925 15.74
979 18.32
1032 21.15
1086 24.24
1140 27.60
0.4
Rpm Bhp
560
3.38
604
4.33
651
5.45
699
6.75
748
8.24
798
9.93
848 11.84
899 13.96
951 16.32
1003 18.92
1055 21.77
1108 24.88
1161 28.25
0.6
Rpm Bhp
604
3.79
645
4.77
689
5.91
734
7.23
780
8.75
828 10.46
877 12.39
926 14.54
976 16.91
1027 19.53
1078 22.40
1129 25.52
1181 28.92
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
647
4.20
688
4.62
728
5.05
766
5.49
685
5.20
723
5.65
760
6.10
796
6.55
725
6.37
761
6.84
795
7.31
829
7.79
768
7.72
801
8.21
833
8.71
865
9.20
812
9.26
843
9.77
873 10.29
903 10.81
858 11.00
887 11.54
916 12.08
944 12.62
905 12.95
932 13.51
959 14.07
986 14.63
953 15.11
979 15.70 1004 16.28 1029 16.87
1001 17.51 1026 18.12 1050 18.72 1074 19.33
1051 20.15 1074 20.77 1097 21.40 1120 22.03
1100 23.04 1123 23.68 1145 24.33 1166 24.98
1151 26.18 1172 26.84 1193 27.51 1214 28.18
1202 29.59 1222 30.27 1242 30.95 1262 31.64
1.6
Rpm Bhp
803
5.94
831
7.02
861
8.27
895
9.71
932 11.33
971 13.16
1012 15.20
1054 17.46
1097 19.94
1142 22.66
1188 25.63
1234 28.85
1281 32.33
1.8
Rpm Bhp
839
6.40
864
7.49
893
8.76
925 10.21
960 11.86
998 13.71
1037 15.77
1078 18.05
1121 20.55
1164 23.29
1209 26.28
1255 29.52
—
—
2.0
Rpm Bhp
874
6.86
897
7.97
925
9.26
955 10.73
988 12.39
1024 14.26
1062 16.34
1102 18.64
1143 21.17
1186 23.93
1230 26.93
1275 30.19
—
—
2.2
Rpm Bhp
907
7.34
930
8.46
955
9.76
984 11.25
1016 12.93
1050 14.82
1087 16.92
1126 19.23
1166 21.78
1208 24.56
1250 27.59
1294 30.87
—
—
2.4
Rpm Bhp
940
7.81
961
8.95
985 10.27
1012 11.77
1043 13.47
1076 15.38
1111 17.49
1149 19.83
1188 22.40
1229 25.20
1271 28.25
—
—
—
—
2.6
Rpm Bhp
971
8.30
991
9.46
1014 10.79
1040 12.30
1069 14.02
1101 15.94
1136 18.07
1172 20.43
1210 23.01
1250 25.84
1291 28.91
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
1001
8.79 1030
9.29 1059
9.79 1086 10.29
1021
9.97 1050 10.48 1078 11.00 1105 11.52
1043 11.31 1071 11.84 1098 12.37 1125 12.91
1068 12.84 1095 13.38 1121 13.93 1147 14.49
1095 14.57 1121 15.13 1147 15.69 1172 16.26
1126 16.51 1151 17.08 1175 17.66 1199 18.24
1159 18.66 1183 19.25 1206 19.84 1229 20.44
1195 21.03 1217 21.64 1239 22.25 1261 22.86
1232 23.64 1253 24.26 1275 24.89 1296 25.52
1271 26.48 1291 27.12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.6
Rpm Bhp
1113 10.80
1131 12.05
1151 13.46
1172 15.05
1196 16.83
1223 18.83
1252 21.04
1283 23.48
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.8
Rpm Bhp
1139 11.31
1157 12.58
1177 14.01
1197 15.61
1220 17.41
1246 19.42
1274 21.64
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4.0
Rpm Bhp
1164 11.83
1183 13.12
1202 14.56
1222 16.18
1244 18.00
1269 20.02
1296 22.25
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Table 8 — Fan Performance — 48AJ,AK060 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
12,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
26,000
27,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
12,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
26,000
27,000
0.2
Rpm Bhp
476
4.33
536
6.19
566
7.28
597
8.48
628
9.80
659 11.25
691 12.82
723 14.53
755 16.37
787 18.35
819 20.48
851 22.75
883 25.17
916 27.76
948 30.49
0.4
Rpm Bhp
534
5.04
588
6.96
617
8.09
645
9.34
674 10.71
704 12.21
734 13.84
764 15.60
794 17.49
825 19.53
856 21.71
887 24.04
918 26.52
950 29.15
981 31.95
0.6
Rpm Bhp
585
5.78
636
7.74
662
8.90
689 10.17
717 11.58
745 13.11
773 14.77
802 16.57
831 18.51
861 20.59
890 22.81
920 25.19
951 27.72
981 30.40
1012 33.24
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
632
6.56
674
7.39
714
8.24
751
9.12
680
8.56
720
9.41
758 10.30
793 11.21
704
9.73
744 10.59
781 11.50
816 12.42
730 11.02
768 11.90
804 12.82
839 13.76
756 12.45
793 13.34
829 14.27
862 15.23
783 14.00
819 14.91
853 15.85
886 16.82
810 15.69
845 16.62
879 17.58
911 18.56
838 17.52
872 18.47
905 19.44
936 20.44
866 19.49
899 20.47
931 21.46
961 22.47
894 21.60
927 22.61
958 23.62
987 24.64
923 23.87
954 24.90
985 25.93 1014 26.97
952 26.28
983 27.34 1012 28.40 1041 29.46
982 28.84 1011 29.94 1040 31.02 1068 32.11
1011 31.57 1040 32.70 1068 33.81 1095 34.92
1041 34.46 1070 35.62 1097 36.76 1123 37.90
1.6
Rpm Bhp
786 10.02
827 12.15
849 13.38
871 14.73
894 16.21
918 17.82
942 19.57
966 21.45
991 23.50
1016 25.69
1042 28.03
1068 30.54
1095 33.21
1122 36.04
1149 39.04
1.8
Rpm Bhp
819 10.93
859 13.11
881 14.36
902 15.72
925 17.21
948 18.84
971 20.60
995 22.50
1019 24.55
1044 26.76
1069 29.11
1095 31.63
1121 34.31
1147 37.16
1174 40.18
2.0
Rpm Bhp
851 11.85
890 14.08
911 15.35
932 16.73
954 18.24
977 19.88
1000 21.65
1023 23.57
1047 25.63
1071 27.84
1096 30.21
1121 32.74
1147 35.44
1172 38.30
1199 41.34
2.2
Rpm Bhp
881 12.78
920 15.06
940 16.36
961 17.76
983 19.28
1005 20.94
1027 22.72
1050 24.65
1073 26.73
1097 28.95
1122 31.33
1146 33.87
1171 36.58
1197 39.46
—
—
2.4
Rpm Bhp
911 13.72
948 16.06
968 17.38
989 18.80
1010 20.34
1032 22.01
1054 23.81
1076 25.76
1099 27.84
1123 30.08
1147 32.47
1171 35.02
1196 37.74
—
—
—
—
2.6
Rpm Bhp
939 14.67
976 17.07
996 18.41
1016 19.86
1036 21.42
1058 23.11
1080 24.92
1102 26.88
1124 28.97
1147 31.22
1171 33.63
1195 36.19
—
—
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
967 15.62
993 16.58 1019 17.54 1045 18.51
1003 18.08 1029 19.11 1054 20.13 1079 21.17
1022 19.45 1048 20.50 1073 21.56 1097 22.63
1042 20.92 1067 22.00 1092 23.08 1116 24.17
1062 22.51 1087 23.60 1112 24.71 1135 25.83
1083 24.21 1108 25.33 1132 26.46 1156 27.60
1105 26.04 1129 27.18 1153 28.33 1176 29.48
1126 28.01 1151 29.17 1174 30.33 1197 31.50
1149 30.13 1173 31.29 1196 32.47
—
—
1172 32.39 1195 33.56
—
—
—
—
1195 34.80
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.6
Rpm Bhp
1069 19.48
1103 22.21
1121 23.70
1140 25.28
1159 26.95
1178 28.74
1199 30.65
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.8
Rpm Bhp
1093 20.45
1126 23.26
1144 24.78
1162 26.38
1181 28.09
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4.0
Rpm Bhp
1117 21.43
1149 24.31
1167 25.86
1185 27.49
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
LEGEND AND NOTES FOR TABLES 3-26.
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
Watts =
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet
losses, and clean 2-in. filters.
Bhp x 746
Motor efficiency
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at
70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and may be additionally limited
by edb and ewb conditions.
10
Table 9 — Fan Performance — 50AJ,AK020,025 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
7,500
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
12,500
13,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
7,500
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
12,500
13,000
0.2
Rpm Bhp
394 1.06
388 1.26
398 1.59
441 2.18
463 2.52
486 2.90
532 3.76
579 4.76
627 5.91
675 7.23
699 7.96
724 8.72
2.2
Rpm Bhp
815
4.40
834
5.03
853
5.75
874
6.58
885
7.04
897
7.53
922
8.62
950
9.86
980 11.26
1013 12.84
1030 13.69
1048 14.59
0.4
Rpm Bhp
398 1.08
428 1.47
463 1.97
501 2.60
521 2.96
542 3.36
585 4.26
629 5.30
674 6.50
720 7.86
743 8.60
767 9.39
0.6
Rpm Bhp
464
1.42
489
1.83
520
2.36
554
3.02
572
3.39
591
3.80
631
4.73
673
5.81
716
7.04
760
8.44
782
9.20
805 10.00
2.4
Rpm Bhp
847
4.79
867
5.45
886
6.20
906
7.05
917
7.52
928
8.02
952
9.13
979 10.39
1009 11.81
1040 13.40
1057 14.26
1074 15.16
2.6
Rpm Bhp
879
5.19
898
5.87
918
6.64
937
7.52
948
8.00
959
8.51
982
9.64
1008 10.92
1037 12.35
1067 13.96
1083 14.83
1100 15.74
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
523
1.77 575
2.13 622
2.50 666
2.87
545
2.21 595
2.60 642
2.99 685
3.39
572
2.76 620
3.17 664
3.59 706
4.01
602
3.44 647
3.87 690
4.31 730
4.75
619
3.83 663
4.27 704
4.72 744
5.17
637
4.25 679
4.70 720
5.16 758
5.62
674
5.20 714
5.68 752
6.16 789
6.64
713
6.31 751
6.81 788
7.31 822
7.81
754
7.57 791
8.09 825
8.62 858
9.14
797
9.00 831
9.55 864 10.09 896 10.64
818
9.78 852 10.34 884 10.90 915 11.45
840 10.60 873 11.17 905 11.74 935 12.31
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
909
5.59
938
6.00
965
6.40
992
6.81
929
6.30
958
6.73
986
7.16 1013
7.60
948
7.10
977
7.55 1005
8.01 1033
8.47
967
7.99
996
8.47 1025
8.95 1052
9.43
978
8.48 1006
8.97 1035
9.46 1062
9.96
988
9.01 1017
9.50 1045 10.01 1072 10.51
1011 10.15 1039 10.67 1066 11.19 1093 11.72
1036 11.45 1063 11.98 1090 12.52 1116 13.06
1064 12.90 1090 13.45 1116 14.01 1141 14.56
1093 14.52 1119 15.09 1144 15.66 1169 16.23
1109 15.40 1134 15.97 1159 16.55 1183 17.14
1125 16.32 1150 16.90 1174 17.49
—
—
Rpm
707
726
746
769
781
795
824
856
890
926
945
965
1.6
Bhp
3.24
3.79
4.44
5.20
5.63
6.09
7.13
8.32
9.66
11.18
12.01
12.88
3.6
Rpm Bhp
1019
7.23
1040
8.04
1059
8.93
1079
9.92
1088 10.45
1098 11.02
1119 12.24
1142 13.61
1166 15.13
1193 16.81
—
—
—
—
1.8
Bhp
3.62
4.20
4.87
5.66
6.10
6.57
7.62
8.83
10.20
11.73
12.57
13.45
2.0
Rpm Bhp
781
4.01
800
4.61
819
5.31
840
6.12
852
6.56
864
7.05
890
8.12
919
9.34
951 10.73
985 12.28
1003 13.13
1021 14.01
3.8
Rpm Bhp
1044
7.65
1065
8.48
1085
9.39
1104 10.41
1114 10.95
1124 11.53
1145 12.77
1167 14.15
1191 15.69
—
—
—
—
—
—
4.0
Rpm Bhp
1069
8.07
1090
8.92
1110
9.86
1130 10.90
1139 11.45
1149 12.04
1169 13.30
1191 14.71
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
745
764
783
805
817
830
858
888
921
956
974
993
Legend and Notes on page 10.
Table 10 — Fan Performance — 50AJ,AK027,030 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
5,500
6,000
7,000
8,000
8,250
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
13,750
14,000
15,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
5,500
6,000
7,000
8,000
8,250
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
13,750
14,000
15,000
0.2
Rpm Bhp
394
1.42
404
1.62
449
2.23
496
2.98
508
3.18
544
3.86
592
4.90
641
6.09
691
7.45
741
8.98
779 10.25
791 10.70
842 12.60
0.4
Rpm Bhp
450
1.74
468
2.01
508
2.65
550
3.43
561
3.65
595
4.35
640
5.43
687
6.66
734
8.06
782
9.63
818 10.92
830 11.38
879 13.32
0.6
Rpm Bhp
508
2.11
525
2.40
560
3.07
599
3.88
609
4.10
640
4.83
683
5.93
727
7.19
772
8.62
819 10.23
854 11.55
866 12.02
913 13.99
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
562
2.50 611
2.90
656
3.31
699
3.72
576
2.80 624
3.21
668
3.63
710
4.05
608
3.49 653
3.92
695
4.36
736
4.81
644
4.32 686
4.78
726
5.24
764
5.70
653
4.55 695
5.01
734
5.47
772
5.95
682
5.30 722
5.77
760
6.25
796
6.74
723
6.43 760
6.93
796
7.43
830
7.93
765
7.72 801
8.24
835
8.76
867
9.29
808
9.18 842
9.73
875 10.27
906 10.82
853 10.81 886 11.39
917 11.96
947 12.52
887 12.16 919 12.75
949 13.34
978 13.93
898 12.63 930 13.23
960 13.83
988 14.42
945 14.63 975 15.26 1003 15.88 1031 16.50
1.6
Rpm Bhp
739
4.14
750
4.48
774
5.26
801
6.17
808
6.42
831
7.23
864
8.44
899
9.82
936 11.36
976 13.09
1006 14.51
1016 15.01
1058 17.11
1.8
Rpm Bhp
776
4.56
787
4.91
810
5.72
836
6.65
843
6.90
864
7.72
896
8.95
930 10.35
966 11.91
1004 13.66
1033 15.09
1043 15.59
1084 17.72
2.0
Rpm Bhp
812
4.98
823
5.35
845
6.18
869
7.13
876
7.38
897
8.22
927
9.47
959 10.88
994 12.47
1031 14.23
1060 15.68
1070 16.18
1109 18.33
2.2
Rpm Bhp
846
5.41
857
5.79
878
6.64
902
7.61
908
7.88
928
8.72
957
9.99
988 11.42
1022 13.02
1058 14.80
1086 16.26
1095 16.77
1134 18.94
2.4
Rpm Bhp
879
5.85
889
6.24
910
7.11
933
8.10
939
8.37
959
9.23
986 10.52
1017 11.96
1049 13.58
1084 15.38
1111 16.85
1120 17.37
1158 19.55
2.6
Rpm Bhp
910
6.28
921
6.69
941
7.58
964
8.59
969
8.87
988
9.74
1015 11.04
1044 12.51
1076 14.14
1110 15.96
1136 17.44
1145 17.96
1182 20.16
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
941
6.72
970
7.16
998
7.61 1025
8.06
951
7.14
980
7.59 1008
8.05 1035
8.51
971
8.05 1000
8.53 1028
9.01 1055
9.50
993
9.09 1022
9.59 1049 10.09 1076 10.59
999
9.37 1027
9.87 1055 10.38 1082 10.89
1017 10.26 1045 10.78 1072 11.30 1098 11.82
1043 11.58 1070 12.11 1097 12.65 1122 13.19
1071 13.06 1098 13.61 1123 14.17 1149 14.73
1102 14.71 1127 15.28 1152 15.85 1177 16.42
1135 16.54 1159 17.13 1184 17.71
—
—
1161 18.04 1185 18.63
—
—
—
—
1169 18.56 1193 19.16
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.6
Rpm Bhp
1052
8.51
1062
8.97
1082
9.98
1102 11.10
1108 11.40
1124 12.35
1148 13.74
1173 15.29
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.8
Rpm Bhp
1078
8.96
1088
9.44
1108 10.47
1128 11.61
1133 11.91
1150 12.88
1173 14.29
1198 15.85
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4.0
Rpm Bhp
1103
9.42
1113
9.91
1133 10.96
1153 12.12
1158 12.43
1174 13.41
1197 14.84
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Legend and Notes on page 10.
11
Table 11 — Fan Performance — 50AJ,AK035 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
10,500
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
17,500
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
10,500
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
17,500
0.2
Rpm Bhp
517
2.72
569
3.59
622
4.63
675
5.84
702
6.51
729
7.23
784
8.80
839 10.57
894 12.54
949 14.73
1005 17.13
1061 19.76
1088 21.16
0.4
Rpm Bhp
568
3.14
616
4.04
665
5.10
716
6.34
741
7.02
767
7.75
819
9.35
872 11.15
925 13.15
979 15.36
1033 17.78
1088 20.43
1115 21.84
0.6
Rpm Bhp
616
3.56
660
4.49
706
5.58
754
6.84
778
7.53
803
8.27
853
9.90
904 11.72
955 13.74
1008 15.98
1060 18.43
1114 21.10
1140 22.52
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
660
3.99
702
4.43
742
4.88
779
5.33
701
4.94
740
5.40
778
5.87
814
6.34
744
6.05
781
6.54
816
7.02
851
7.52
790
7.34
824
7.84
858
8.35
890
8.86
813
8.04
847
8.56
879
9.07
910
9.59
837
8.80
869
9.32
901
9.85
931 10.38
885 10.44
916 10.99
946 11.54
975 12.09
934 12.29
964 12.86
992 13.42 1020 13.99
984 14.33 1012 14.92 1039 15.51 1066 16.10
1035 16.59 1062 17.20 1088 17.81 1113 18.42
1087 19.06 1112 19.69 1137 20.32 1161 20.95
1139 21.76 1163 22.41 1187 23.06 1210 23.71
1165 23.19 1189 23.85 1212 24.52 1235 25.17
1.6
Rpm Bhp
815
5.79
848
6.82
883
8.01
921
9.37
941 10.12
961 10.91
1003 12.64
1047 14.56
1092 16.69
1138 19.03
1185 21.58
1233 24.36
1257 25.83
1.8
Rpm Bhp
850
6.25
881
7.30
915
8.51
952
9.89
971 10.65
990 11.45
1031 13.20
1073 15.14
1117 17.28
1162 19.64
1208 22.21
1256 25.01
1279 26.49
2.0
Rpm Bhp
883
6.71
913
7.79
946
9.02
981 10.42
999 11.18
1018 11.99
1058 13.76
1099 15.72
1142 17.88
1186 20.25
1231 22.84
1277 25.66
—
—
2.2
Rpm Bhp
915
7.18
944
8.28
976
9.53
1010 10.95
1028 11.72
1046 12.54
1084 14.32
1124 16.30
1166 18.48
1209 20.87
1254 23.48
1299 26.31
—
—
2.4
Rpm Bhp
946
7.65
974
8.77
1005 10.04
1038 11.48
1055 12.26
1073 13.09
1110 14.89
1149 16.88
1190 19.08
1232 21.48
1276 24.11
—
—
—
—
2.6
Rpm Bhp
976
8.13
1003
9.27
1033 10.56
1065 12.02
1082 12.81
1099 13.64
1135 15.46
1173 17.47
1213 19.68
1255 22.10
1297 24.75
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
1005
8.61 1033
9.09 1060
9.57 1086 10.06
1032
9.77 1059 10.27 1086 10.78 1112 11.29
1061 11.08 1088 11.61 1114 12.13 1139 12.66
1092 12.55 1118 13.09 1143 13.64 1168 14.19
1108 13.35 1134 13.90 1159 14.46 1183 15.02
1125 14.20 1150 14.76 1175 15.32 1199 15.89
1160 16.03 1185 16.61 1208 17.19 1232 17.77
1197 18.06 1221 18.65 1244 19.24 1267 19.84
1236 20.29 1259 20.89 1281 21.50
—
—
1277 22.72 1299 23.35
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.6
Rpm Bhp
1112 10.54
1137 11.80
1164 13.19
1193 14.74
1207 15.57
1223 16.45
1255 18.35
1289 20.44
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.8
Rpm Bhp
1137 11.04
1162 12.31
1189 13.72
1216 15.29
1231 16.14
1246 17.03
1278 18.94
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4.0
Rpm Bhp
1161 11.53
1186 12.82
1212 14.26
1240 15.84
1254 16.70
1269 17.60
1300 19.53
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Legend and Notes on page 13.
Table 12 — Fan Performance — 50AJ,AK020,025 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
0.2
Rpm Bhp
475
2.69
521
3.53
568
4.52
615
5.68
663
7.01
712
8.53
760 10.24
809 12.15
859 14.27
908 16.61
958 19.18
1007 21.98
1057 25.02
0.4
Rpm Bhp
523
3.08
565
3.94
608
4.96
652
6.14
697
7.49
743
9.03
790 10.76
837 12.69
885 14.83
933 17.19
981 19.77
1030 22.59
1079 25.65
0.6
Rpm Bhp
569
3.47
606
4.36
646
5.40
687
6.60
730
7.98
774
9.54
819 11.29
864 13.24
910 15.40
957 17.77
1004 20.37
1052 23.21
1099 26.29
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
612
3.86
653
4.26
692
4.66
730
5.07
646
4.78
684
5.20
721
5.63
757
6.06
683
5.84
719
6.29
753
6.74
787
7.20
722
7.07
755
7.55
788
8.02
819
8.50
762
8.47
794
8.97
824
9.47
854
9.96
804 10.05
834 10.57
862 11.09
891 11.61
847 11.82
875 12.36
902 12.90
929 13.45
891 13.79
917 14.35
943 14.91
968 15.48
936 15.97
960 16.55
985 17.13 1009 17.71
981 18.36 1004 18.96 1028 19.56 1051 20.16
1027 20.98 1049 21.60 1071 22.22 1093 22.84
1073 23.84 1095 24.47 1116 25.10 1137 25.74
1120 26.93 1140 27.58 1161 28.23 1181 28.89
1.6
Rpm Bhp
767
5.49
791
6.49
819
7.65
850
8.97
883 10.47
918 12.13
955 13.99
993 16.04
1033 18.30
1073 20.77
1115 23.46
1157 26.39
—
—
1.8
Rpm Bhp
802
5.92
825
6.94
851
8.11
880
9.46
912 10.97
945 12.66
981 14.54
1018 16.62
1056 18.89
1096 21.38
1136 24.09
1178 27.04
—
—
2.0
Rpm Bhp
836
6.36
857
7.39
882
8.58
909
9.94
939 11.48
972 13.19
1006 15.09
1042 17.18
1079 19.48
1118 21.99
1157 24.72
1198 27.68
—
—
2.2
Rpm Bhp
870
6.81
889
7.85
912
9.05
938 10.43
967 11.98
998 13.72
1031 15.64
1066 17.76
1102 20.08
1140 22.61
1178 25.36
1218 28.34
—
—
2.4
Rpm Bhp
902
7.26
920
8.31
941
9.53
966 10.92
993 12.49
1023 14.25
1055 16.19
1089 18.33
1124 20.67
1161 23.22
1199 25.99
1238 28.99
—
—
2.6
Rpm Bhp
933
7.73
950
8.79
970 10.02
993 11.42
1020 13.01
1049 14.78
1079 16.75
1112 18.90
1147 21.26
1182 23.84
1219 26.63
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
964
8.20
993
8.67 1022
9.16 1050
9.65
979
9.27 1008
9.75 1036 10.25 1064 10.75
998 10.51 1026 11.00 1053 11.51 1080 12.02
1020 11.93 1047 12.44 1073 12.95 1099 13.47
1046 13.53 1071 14.05 1096 14.58 1121 15.11
1073 15.32 1098 15.86 1121 16.40 1145 16.95
1103 17.30 1126 17.86 1149 18.42 1172 18.98
1135 19.48 1157 20.06 1179 20.63 1201 21.21
1168 21.86 1190 22.46 1211 23.06 1232 23.66
1203 24.45 1224 25.07 1245 25.69 1265 26.31
1240 27.26 1260 27.90 1279 28.54 1299 29.18
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.6
Rpm Bhp
1077 10.14
1090 11.26
1106 12.54
1124 14.00
1145 15.65
1168 17.50
1195 19.55
1223 21.80
1253 24.26
1285 26.93
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.8
Rpm Bhp
1104 10.64
1117 11.77
1131 13.06
1149 14.53
1169 16.19
1191 18.06
1217 20.12
1244 22.38
1274 24.86
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4.0
Rpm Bhp
1129 11.15
1142 12.29
1157 13.59
1173 15.07
1192 16.74
1214 18.62
1239 20.69
1265 22.97
1294 25.46
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Legend and Notes on page 13.
12
Table 13 — Fan Performance — 50AJ,AK050 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
0.2
Rpm Bhp
485
2.76
530
3.62
577
4.62
625
5.80
673
7.15
722
8.69
771 10.43
821 12.37
870 14.52
920 16.89
971 19.50
1021 22.35
1071 25.43
0.4
Rpm Bhp
532
3.15
574
4.03
617
5.06
661
6.26
707
7.63
753
9.19
800 10.95
848 12.91
896 15.08
945 17.48
994 20.10
1043 22.96
1092 26.07
0.6
Rpm Bhp
577
3.54
615
4.45
655
5.50
697
6.73
740
8.12
784
9.70
829 11.48
875 13.46
922 15.65
969 18.06
1017 20.71
1065 23.59
1113 26.71
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
620
3.94
661
4.34
700
4.74
737
5.16
655
4.87
692
5.29
729
5.72
764
6.15
692
5.95
727
6.40
761
6.85
794
7.30
731
7.20
764
7.67
796
8.14
827
8.62
772
8.62
803
9.11
833
9.61
863 10.11
814 10.22
843 10.74
872 11.26
900 11.78
857 12.01
885 12.55
912 13.10
938 13.64
901 14.01
928 14.57
953 15.14
978 15.70
947 16.22
971 16.80
996 17.39 1020 17.97
993 18.65 1016 19.25 1039 19.86 1062 20.46
1039 21.32 1061 21.93 1083 22.55 1105 23.18
1086 24.21 1107 24.85 1128 25.49 1149 26.13
1133 27.36 1154 28.01 1174 28.66 1194 29.33
1.6
Rpm Bhp
774
5.58
798
6.59
827
7.76
858
9.10
891 10.61
927 12.31
964 14.19
1003 16.27
1043 18.56
1084 21.07
1126 23.80
1170 26.78
1213 29.99
1.8
Rpm Bhp
809
6.01
832
7.03
858
8.22
888
9.58
920 11.12
954 12.83
990 14.74
1028 16.84
1066 19.15
1107 21.68
1148 24.44
1190 27.42
1233 30.65
2.0
Rpm Bhp
843
6.45
864
7.49
889
8.69
917 10.07
947 11.62
980 13.36
1015 15.29
1052 17.41
1089 19.75
1129 22.30
1169 25.07
1210 28.08
1252 31.33
2.2
Rpm Bhp
876
6.90
896
7.95
919
9.17
945 10.56
975 12.13
1006 13.89
1040 15.84
1075 17.99
1112 20.34
1150 22.91
1190 25.70
1230 28.73
1271 31.99
2.4
Rpm Bhp
908
7.35
926
8.41
948
9.64
973 11.05
1001 12.64
1032 14.42
1064 16.39
1098 18.56
1134 20.93
1172 23.52
1210 26.34
1250 29.38
1290 32.67
2.6
Rpm Bhp
939
7.82
956
8.89
977 10.13
1001 11.55
1027 13.16
1057 14.96
1088 16.94
1121 19.13
1156 21.53
1193 24.14
1230 26.97
1269 30.04
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
970
8.29
999
8.77 1027
9.25 1055
9.74
986
9.37 1014
9.86 1042 10.36 1069 10.86
1005 10.62 1032 11.12 1059 11.63 1086 12.14
1027 12.06 1054 12.57 1080 13.09 1105 13.61
1053 13.68 1078 14.21 1103 14.74 1128 15.27
1081 15.49 1105 16.03 1129 16.58 1153 17.12
1112 17.50 1135 18.06 1158 18.62 1180 19.18
1144 19.71 1166 20.29 1188 20.86 1210 21.45
1178 22.12 1199 22.72 1221 23.32 1241 23.92
1214 24.76 1234 25.37 1255 25.99 1275 26.61
1250 27.61 1270 28.25 1290 28.89
—
—
1289 30.70
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.6
Rpm Bhp
1082 10.24
1096 11.37
1112 12.66
1130 14.14
1152 15.81
1176 17.68
1203 19.75
1231 22.03
1262 24.52
1295 27.23
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.8
Rpm Bhp
1109 10.74
1122 11.88
1137 13.18
1155 14.67
1176 16.35
1199 18.23
1225 20.32
1253 22.62
1283 25.13
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4.0
Rpm Bhp
1134 11.25
1148 12.40
1162 13.71
1179 15.21
1199 16.90
1221 18.80
1246 20.90
1274 23.21
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Table 14 — Fan Performance — 50AJ,AK060 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
12,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
26,000
27,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
12,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
26,000
27,000
0.2
Rpm Bhp
450
4.02
505
5.74
533
6.75
561
7.88
590
9.12
619 10.48
648 11.96
678 13.57
707 15.30
737 17.18
767 19.20
797 21.35
827 23.66
857 26.11
888 28.72
0.4
Rpm Bhp
509
4.71
558
6.49
584
7.53
610
8.68
637
9.95
664 11.33
692 12.84
719 14.47
748 16.24
776 18.14
804 20.18
833 22.36
862 24.68
891 27.16
920 29.79
0.6
Rpm Bhp
560
5.41
606
7.24
630
8.32
655
9.50
680 10.79
706 12.20
732 13.74
758 15.40
785 17.19
812 19.11
840 21.17
867 23.38
895 25.72
923 28.23
952 30.88
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
605
6.12
647
6.86
686
7.62
723
8.40
649
8.01
689
8.79
727
9.59
762 10.40
672
9.11
711
9.91
748 10.73
782 11.56
696 10.32
734 11.14
770 11.98
803 12.84
720 11.64
757 12.49
792 13.35
825 14.23
744 13.07
781 13.96
815 14.84
847 15.74
769 14.64
805 15.54
838 16.45
870 17.37
795 16.32
829 17.25
862 18.19
893 19.13
821 18.14
854 19.09
886 20.05
917 21.02
847 20.09
879 21.07
911 22.06
940 23.05
873 22.17
905 23.18
935 24.19
965 25.21
900 24.40
931 25.43
961 26.47
989 27.51
927 26.78
957 27.83
986 28.89 1014 29.95
954 29.30
984 30.38 1012 31.46 1040 32.55
982 31.97 1011 33.08 1038 34.19 1065 35.29
1.6
Rpm Bhp
757
9.21
795 11.24
815 12.41
836 13.71
857 15.12
878 16.65
900 18.30
923 20.08
946 22.00
969 24.04
993 26.23
1017 28.55
1041 31.02
1066 33.64
1091 36.40
1.8
Rpm Bhp
790 10.04
827 12.09
846 13.28
866 14.59
887 16.02
908 17.57
930 19.24
952 21.04
974 22.98
997 25.05
1020 27.25
1044 29.60
1068 32.09
1092 34.73
1117 37.52
2.0
Rpm Bhp
821 10.89
857 12.96
876 14.17
896 15.49
916 16.94
937 18.50
958 20.19
979 22.01
1001 23.97
1024 26.06
1046 28.28
1070 30.65
1093 33.17
1117 35.83
1141 38.64
2.2
Rpm Bhp
851 11.75
886 13.85
905 15.07
924 16.41
944 17.86
964 19.45
985 21.15
1006 22.99
1028 24.97
1050 27.08
1072 29.32
1095 31.71
1118 34.25
1141 36.93
1165 39.76
2.4
Rpm Bhp
880 12.63
915 14.76
933 15.99
952 17.34
971 18.81
991 20.41
1011 22.13
1032 23.98
1053 25.97
1075 28.10
1097 30.37
1119 32.78
1142 35.33
1165 38.04
1188 40.89
2.6
Rpm Bhp
907 13.53
942 15.68
960 16.92
978 18.28
997 19.77
1017 21.38
1037 23.12
1057 24.99
1078 26.99
1099 29.14
1121 31.42
1143 33.85
1165 36.42
1188 39.15
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
934 14.45
960 15.38
985 16.32 1010 17.28
968 16.62
993 17.57 1018 18.54 1042 19.52
986 17.87 1011 18.83 1035 19.81 1059 20.81
1004 19.25 1029 20.22 1053 21.21 1077 22.21
1023 20.74 1047 21.73 1071 22.73 1095 23.74
1042 22.36 1066 23.36 1090 24.37 1113 25.40
1061 24.11 1085 25.13 1109 26.15 1132 27.19
1081 26.00 1105 27.03 1128 28.06 1151 29.11
1102 28.02 1126 29.06 1148 30.11 1171 31.17
1123 30.18 1146 31.24 1169 32.30 1191 33.38
1144 32.48 1167 33.55 1190 34.64
—
—
1166 34.93 1189 36.02
—
—
—
—
1188 37.52
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.6
Rpm Bhp
1033 18.24
1066 20.51
1082 21.81
1100 23.22
1117 24.76
1136 26.43
1154 28.24
1173 30.17
1193 32.25
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.8
Rpm Bhp
1057 19.22
1088 21.52
1105 22.82
1122 24.25
1140 25.80
1158 27.48
1176 29.29
1195 31.24
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4.0
Rpm Bhp
1079 20.22
1111 22.53
1127 23.85
1144 25.29
1161 26.85
1179 28.54
1197 30.36
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
LEGEND AND NOTES FOR TABLES 3-26.
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
Watts =
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet
losses, and clean 2-in. filters.
Bhp x 746
Motor efficiency
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at
70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and may be additionally limited
by edb and ewb conditions.
13
Table 15 — Fan Performance — 48AW,AY020,025 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
7,500
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
12,500
13,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
7,500
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
12,500
13,000
0.2
Rpm Bhp
394
1.06
394
1.29
445
1.87
498
2.59
526
3.02
554
3.48
610
4.55
668
5.80
727
7.25
786
8.90
816
9.81
846 10.77
0.4
Rpm Bhp
422
1.20
461
1.66
505
2.26
553
3.01
578
3.45
604
3.93
657
5.03
711
6.31
766
7.79
823
9.48
852 10.40
880 11.38
0.6
Rpm Bhp
486
1.56
520
2.04
559
2.66
603
3.44
626
3.89
650
4.38
699
5.51
751
6.82
804
8.32
858 10.03
885 10.97
913 11.96
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
542
1.94 594
2.34
640
2.74
683
3.15
573
2.44 622
2.85
667
3.28
709
3.72
609
3.08 655
3.51
698
3.95
738
4.41
649
3.87 692
4.32
732
4.78
771
5.25
670
4.33 712
4.79
751
5.26
789
5.74
692
4.84 733
5.30
771
5.78
808
6.26
739
5.98 777
6.47
813
6.96
848
7.46
788
7.32 824
7.82
858
8.33
891
8.85
839
8.85 872
9.37
905
9.90
936 10.44
891 10.59 923 11.13
953 11.68
983 12.24
918 11.53 949 12.09
978 12.66 1007 13.22
944 12.54 975 13.11 1004 13.68 1032 14.25
1.6
Rpm Bhp
724
3.57
749
4.16
777
4.87
808
5.73
825
6.22
843
6.76
881
7.97
922
9.37
966 10.98
1012 12.79
1035 13.78
1059 14.83
1.8
Rpm Bhp
762
4.00
786
4.61
813
5.35
843
6.22
859
6.72
877
7.26
913
8.48
953
9.90
995 11.52
1040 13.35
1063 14.35
1086 15.41
2.0
Rpm Bhp
797
4.42
822
5.07
848
5.82
877
6.72
893
7.22
909
7.77
944
9.01
983 10.44
1024 12.07
1067 13.92
1089 14.93
1112 15.99
2.2
Rpm Bhp
832
4.86
856
5.53
882
6.31
910
7.22
925
7.73
941
8.29
975
9.54
1012 10.98
1052 12.63
1094 14.49
1115 15.51
1138 16.58
2.4
Rpm Bhp
864
5.29
889
6.00
914
6.80
941
7.73
956
8.25
971
8.82
1004 10.08
1040 11.54
1079 13.20
1120 15.07
1141 16.09
1163 17.16
2.6
Rpm Bhp
895
5.74
920
6.47
945
7.30
971
8.25
986
8.78
1001
9.35
1033 10.62
1068 12.09
1105 13.76
1145 15.65
1166 16.68
1187 17.76
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
925
6.18
954
6.63
982
7.08 1009
7.53
950
6.95
979
7.42 1007
7.91 1034
8.39
975
7.80 1004
8.30 1032
8.81 1059
9.32
1001
8.77 1029
9.29 1057
9.82 1084 10.36
1015
9.31 1043
9.84 1071 10.38 1097 10.92
1029
9.89 1057 10.43 1084 10.98 1111 11.53
1061 11.18 1088 11.73 1114 12.30 1140 12.86
1094 12.66 1121 13.23 1146 13.80 1171 14.38
1131 14.34 1156 14.92 1181 15.51
—
—
1170 16.24 1194 16.83
—
—
—
—
1190 17.27
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.6
Rpm Bhp
1035
7.99
1061
8.88
1085
9.84
1110 10.89
1123 11.47
1137 12.08
1165 13.44
1196 14.97
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.8
Rpm Bhp
1060
8.45
1086
9.37
1111 10.35
1136 11.43
1149 12.02
1162 12.64
1190 14.01
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4.0
Rpm Bhp
1085
8.91
1111
9.86
1136 10.87
1161 11.98
1173 12.57
1187 13.21
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Legend and Notes on page 16.
Table 16 — Fan Performance — 48AW,AY027,030 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
5,500
6,000
7,000
8,000
8,250
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
13,750
14,000
15,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
5,500
6,000
7,000
8,000
8,250
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
13,750
14,000
15,000
0.2
Rpm Bhp
424
1.59
451
1.90
506
2.65
562
3.56
577
3.81
620
4.65
679
5.93
738
7.40
798
9.09
859 11.01
905 12.59
920 13.14
981 15.52
0.4
Rpm Bhp
487
1.97
511
2.29
560
3.07
612
4.01
625
4.27
666
5.13
721
6.44
777
7.94
835
9.66
893 11.60
937 13.20
952 13.76
1011 16.17
0.6
Rpm Bhp
543
2.36
564
2.70
609
3.49
657
4.46
669
4.73
707
5.60
760
6.94
814
8.47
869 10.22
925 12.18
968 13.80
982 14.37
1040 16.80
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
594
2.77
641
3.20
685
3.63
726
4.08
613
3.12
659
3.55
702
4.00
742
4.45
654
3.93
697
4.38
737
4.84
776
5.31
699
4.91
739
5.38
777
5.86
814
6.34
711
5.19
750
5.66
788
6.14
824
6.63
747
6.08
784
6.57
820
7.06
855
7.56
797
7.44
832
7.94
866
8.45
898
8.97
849
9.00
882
9.52
914 10.05
944 10.59
902 10.77
933 11.32
963 11.86
993 12.42
956 12.75
986 13.33 1015 13.90 1042 14.47
997 14.39 1026 14.98 1054 15.57 1081 16.16
1011 14.97 1040 15.56 1067 16.16 1094 16.75
1068 17.42 1095 18.04 1121 18.65 1146 19.27
1.6
Rpm Bhp
765
4.54
780
4.92
813
5.79
848
6.84
858
7.13
888
8.07
930
9.50
974 11.13
1021 12.98
1070 15.04
1107 16.75
1120 17.34
1171 19.88
1.8
Rpm Bhp
802
5.00
817
5.39
848
6.28
882
7.35
891
7.64
920
8.59
960 10.03
1003 11.68
1049 13.54
1096 15.63
1133 17.34
1145 17.94
1195 20.50
2.0
Rpm Bhp
838
5.47
851
5.87
881
6.78
914
7.86
923
8.15
951
9.12
990 10.57
1032 12.23
1076 14.11
1122 16.21
1158 17.94
1170 18.54
—
—
2.2
Rpm Bhp
871
5.94
885
6.36
914
7.29
946
8.38
954
8.68
981
9.65
1019 11.12
1059 12.79
1102 14.68
1147 16.80
1182 18.54
1194 19.15
—
—
2.4
Rpm Bhp
904
6.42
917
6.85
945
7.80
976
8.90
984
9.21
1010 10.19
1047 11.67
1086 13.36
1128 15.26
1172 17.39
—
—
—
—
—
—
2.6
Rpm Bhp
935
6.91
948
7.34
975
8.31
1005
9.44
1013
9.74
1038 10.74
1074 12.23
1113 13.93
1153 15.85
1196 17.99
—
—
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
965
7.40
994
7.89 1022
8.39 1049
8.88
978
7.85 1006
8.35 1034
8.86 1061
9.37
1005
8.84 1033
9.36 1061
9.89 1087 10.42
1034
9.98 1062 10.52 1089 11.07 1115 11.62
1042 10.29 1069 10.83 1096 11.39 1122 11.94
1066 11.29 1093 11.85 1119 12.41 1145 12.98
1101 12.79 1127 13.37 1152 13.94 1177 14.52
1138 14.51 1163 15.09 1188 15.68
—
—
1178 16.43
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.6
Rpm Bhp
1075
9.39
1088
9.88
1114 10.96
1141 12.18
1148 12.50
1170 13.55
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.8
Rpm Bhp
1101
9.89
1113 10.40
1139 11.50
1166 12.74
1173 13.07
1195 14.13
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4.0
Rpm Bhp
1126 10.40
1138 10.92
1164 12.05
1191 13.30
1197 13.64
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Legend and Notes on page 16.
14
Table 17 — Fan Performance — 48AW,AY035 Units)
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
10,500
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
17,500
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
10,500
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
17,500
0.2
Rpm Bhp
568
3.13
629
4.17
690
5.40
753
6.85
784
7.65
816
8.50
879 10.39
943 12.51
1007 14.89
1072 17.52
1136 20.41
1201 23.58
1233 25.27
0.4
Rpm Bhp
616
3.56
673
4.62
731
5.88
790
7.35
820
8.16
851
9.03
912 10.94
973 13.09
1036 15.48
1098 18.13
1162 21.05
1225 24.24
1257 25.94
0.6
Rpm Bhp
661
4.00
714
5.08
769
6.36
826
7.85
855
8.68
884
9.56
943 11.49
1003 13.66
1063 16.07
1125 18.75
1186 21.68
1248 24.89
1280 26.60
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
704
4.45
744
4.91
782
5.39
818
5.87
753
5.55
791
6.03
826
6.52
861
7.02
805
6.85
840
7.35
874
7.86
907
8.37
860
8.36
892
8.88
924
9.40
955
9.93
887
9.20
919
9.72
950 10.25
980 10.79
916 10.09
946 10.62
976 11.16 1005 11.71
973 12.04 1002 12.60 1030 13.15 1057 13.72
1031 14.23 1058 14.81 1085 15.38 1111 15.96
1090 16.67 1116 17.26 1141 17.86 1166 18.46
1150 19.36 1175 19.97 1199 20.59 1222 21.21
1210 22.32 1234 22.95 1257 23.58 1280 24.22
1271 25.55 1294 26.20
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1.6
Rpm Bhp
853
6.36
894
7.53
938
8.90
985 10.47
1009 11.34
1033 12.27
1084 14.29
1137 16.55
1191 19.06
1246 21.83
—
—
—
—
—
—
1.8
Rpm Bhp
886
6.86
926
8.05
968
9.43
1013 11.02
1037 11.89
1061 12.82
1110 14.86
1162 17.14
1214 19.67
1268 22.45
—
—
—
—
—
—
2.0
Rpm Bhp
919
7.37
957
8.57
998
9.96
1042 11.57
1064 12.45
1088 13.39
1136 15.44
1186 17.74
1238 20.28
1291 23.08
—
—
—
—
—
—
2.2
Rpm Bhp
950
7.88
987
9.10
1027 10.51
1069 12.13
1091 13.02
1114 13.96
1161 16.03
1210 18.34
1261 20.90
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2.4
Rpm Bhp
980
8.39
1016
9.63
1055 11.06
1096 12.69
1118 13.59
1140 14.54
1186 16.62
1234 18.94
1283 21.52
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2.6
Rpm Bhp
1009
8.92
1044 10.17
1082 11.62
1122 13.26
1143 14.16
1165 15.13
1210 17.22
1257 19.56
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
1037
9.44 1065
9.97 1092 10.51 1118 11.05
1072 10.72 1099 11.27 1125 11.82 1150 12.38
1109 12.18 1135 12.74 1160 13.31 1185 13.89
1148 13.84 1173 14.42 1198 15.00 1222 15.59
1168 14.75 1193 15.33 1217 15.93 1241 16.53
1190 15.72 1214 16.31 1238 16.91 1261 17.51
1234 17.82 1257 18.43 1280 19.04
—
—
1280 20.17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.6
Rpm Bhp
1143 11.59
1175 12.94
1209 14.47
1245 16.19
1264 17.13
1284 18.12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.8
Rpm Bhp
1168 12.13
1199 13.51
1233 15.05
1268 16.79
1287 17.73
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4.0
Rpm Bhp
1192 12.68
1223 14.08
1256 15.64
1291 17.39
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Legend and Notes on page 16.
Table 18 — Fan Performance — 48AW,AY040 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
0.2
Rpm Bhp
526
3.10
579
4.08
633
5.24
687
6.59
742
8.15
797
9.92
852 11.92
908 14.15
964 16.63
1021 19.37
1077 22.37
1133 25.65
1190 29.21
0.4
Rpm Bhp
573
3.50
621
4.51
671
5.70
723
7.07
775
8.65
827 10.45
881 12.47
935 14.72
989 17.23
1044 19.98
1099 23.01
1155 26.30
—
—
0.6
Rpm Bhp
617
3.91
662
4.95
709
6.16
757
7.56
807
9.17
857 10.98
909 13.03
961 15.31
1014 17.83
1068 20.60
1122 23.64
1176 26.96
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
660
4.33
700
4.75
740
5.18
778
5.62
701
5.39
738
5.83
775
6.28
810
6.74
744
6.62
779
7.09
813
7.57
846
8.05
790
8.05
823
8.54
854
9.04
885
9.54
838
9.68
868 10.20
898 10.72
927 11.24
887 11.52
915 12.07
943 12.61
970 13.15
936 13.59
963 14.15
990 14.72 1016 15.29
987 15.89 1013 16.48 1038 17.06 1062 17.65
1039 18.43 1063 19.04 1086 19.65 1110 20.26
1091 21.23 1114 21.86 1136 22.49 1158 23.12
1144 24.29 1165 24.94 1187 25.59 1208 26.25
1197 27.62 1217 28.29 1238 28.96
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1.6
Rpm Bhp
814
6.07
845
7.21
879
8.53
916 10.05
955 11.77
997 13.70
1041 15.86
1086 18.25
1133 20.88
1180 23.76
1229 26.90
—
—
—
—
1.8
Rpm Bhp
850
6.53
878
7.69
910
9.03
945 10.56
983 12.30
1024 14.25
1066 16.43
1110 18.84
1156 21.49
1202 24.39
1250 27.56
—
—
—
—
2.0
Rpm Bhp
884
7.00
911
8.17
941
9.53
974 11.08
1011 12.84
1050 14.81
1091 17.01
1134 19.44
1178 22.11
1223 25.03
1270 28.22
—
—
—
—
2.2
Rpm Bhp
917
7.48
942
8.66
971 10.03
1003 11.60
1038 13.38
1075 15.37
1115 17.59
1157 20.04
1200 22.73
1245 25.67
1290 28.88
—
—
—
—
2.4
Rpm Bhp
949
7.96
973
9.16
1001 10.55
1031 12.13
1065 13.92
1101 15.93
1139 18.17
1180 20.64
1222 23.35
1266 26.32
—
—
—
—
—
—
2.6
Rpm Bhp
980
8.44
1003
9.66
1030 11.06
1059 12.67
1091 14.47
1126 16.50
1163 18.75
1202 21.24
1243 23.97
1286 26.96
—
—
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
1010
8.94 1039
9.43 1067
9.93 1094 10.44
1033 10.17 1061 10.69 1089 11.21 1116 11.73
1058 11.59 1086 12.12 1113 12.66 1139 13.20
1086 13.21 1112 13.75 1139 14.31 1164 14.86
1117 15.03 1142 15.59 1167 16.16 1192 16.73
1150 17.07 1175 17.65 1199 18.23 1222 18.82
1186 19.34 1210 19.94 1232 20.53 1255 21.14
1225 21.85 1247 22.46 1269 23.07 1290 23.69
1265 24.60 1286 25.23
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.6
Rpm Bhp
1121 10.95
1142 12.26
1165 13.75
1189 15.43
1216 17.31
1246 19.41
1277 21.74
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.8
Rpm Bhp
1147 11.46
1168 12.80
1190 14.30
1214 15.99
1240 17.89
1269 20.00
1300 22.35
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4.0
Rpm Bhp
1172 11.98
1193 13.33
1215 14.86
1238 16.56
1264 18.48
1291 20.61
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Legend and Notes on page 16.
15
Table 19 — Fan Performance — 48AW,AY050 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
0.2
Rpm Bhp
536
3.18
588
4.17
642
5.35
696
6.72
751
8.29
807 10.09
863 12.12
919 14.38
975 16.90
1032 19.67
1089 22.71
1146 26.04
1203 29.65
0.4
Rpm Bhp
582
3.58
630
4.60
680
5.80
732
7.20
784
8.80
837 10.62
891 12.67
946 14.96
1000 17.49
1056 20.29
1111 23.35
1167 26.69
1224 30.32
0.6
Rpm Bhp
626
3.99
670
5.04
717
6.27
766
7.69
816
9.32
867 11.16
919 13.23
972 15.54
1025 18.09
1079 20.91
1134 23.99
1188 27.35
1244 31.00
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
668
4.41
708
4.83
747
5.27
785
5.71
709
5.48
746
5.93
782
6.38
818
6.84
753
6.73
787
7.20
821
7.68
854
8.16
799
8.18
831
8.67
863
9.17
893
9.68
847
9.83
877 10.35
906 10.87
935 11.40
896 11.70
924 12.24
952 12.78
979 13.33
946 13.79
973 14.36
999 14.92 1025 15.49
997 16.12 1023 16.71 1047 17.30 1072 17.89
1049 18.70 1073 19.31 1097 19.92 1120 20.53
1102 21.54 1125 22.17 1147 22.80 1169 23.44
1155 24.64 1177 25.29 1198 25.95 1219 26.60
1209 28.02 1230 28.69 1250 29.37 1270 30.04
1263 31.69 1283 32.38
—
—
—
—
1.6
Rpm Bhp
821
6.16
852
7.31
886
8.65
923 10.18
964 11.92
1006 13.88
1050 16.06
1096 18.48
1143 21.15
1191 24.07
1240 27.26
1290 30.72
—
—
1.8
Rpm Bhp
857
6.63
885
7.79
917
9.14
953 10.70
991 12.46
1032 14.43
1075 16.64
1120 19.08
1165 21.76
1213 24.71
1261 27.92
—
—
—
—
2.0
Rpm Bhp
891
7.09
918
8.28
948
9.65
982 11.21
1019 12.99
1058 14.99
1100 17.21
1143 19.68
1188 22.38
1234 25.35
1281 28.58
—
—
—
—
2.2
Rpm Bhp
923
7.57
949
8.77
978 10.15
1010 11.74
1046 13.53
1084 15.55
1124 17.79
1166 20.27
1210 23.00
1255 25.99
—
—
—
—
—
—
2.4
Rpm Bhp
955
8.05
980
9.27
1008 10.67
1038 12.27
1072 14.08
1109 16.11
1148 18.38
1189 20.88
1231 23.62
1276 26.63
—
—
—
—
—
—
2.6
Rpm Bhp
986
8.54
1010
9.77
1036 11.19
1066 12.81
1098 14.63
1134 16.68
1171 18.97
1211 21.49
1253 24.25
1296 27.27
—
—
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
1016
9.03 1045
9.53 1073 10.03 1100 10.54
1039 10.28 1067 10.80 1095 11.32 1122 11.85
1064 11.72 1092 12.25 1119 12.79 1145 13.33
1093 13.35 1119 13.90 1145 14.45 1171 15.01
1124 15.19 1149 15.76 1174 16.32 1199 16.90
1158 17.26 1182 17.84 1206 18.42 1230 19.01
1195 19.55 1218 20.15 1241 20.75 1263 21.35
1234 22.09 1256 22.71 1277 23.32 1299 23.94
1274 24.88 1295 25.51
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.6
Rpm Bhp
1126 11.05
1148 12.38
1171 13.88
1196 15.57
1223 17.48
1253 19.60
1285 21.96
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.8
Rpm Bhp
1152 11.56
1174 12.91
1196 14.43
1220 16.14
1247 18.06
1276 20.20
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4.0
Rpm Bhp
1177 12.08
1199 13.45
1221 14.99
1245 16.72
1270 18.65
1299 20.80
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Table 20 — Fan Performance — 48AW,AY060 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
12,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
26,000
27,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
12,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
26,000
27,000
0.2
Rpm Bhp
516
4.81
584
6.90
619
8.13
654
9.49
689 10.99
725 12.64
760 14.43
796 16.37
832 18.47
869 20.74
905 23.17
942 25.78
978 28.56
1015 31.52
1052 34.66
0.4
Rpm Bhp
569
5.54
632
7.69
664
8.96
697 10.36
730 11.90
764 13.58
798 15.41
833 17.39
867 19.54
902 21.84
937 24.31
973 26.95
1008 29.77
1044 32.76
1080 35.94
0.6
Rpm Bhp
617
6.30
676
8.50
706
9.79
737 11.22
769 12.79
801 14.51
834 16.37
867 18.39
901 20.56
934 22.90
968 25.40
1003 28.08
1037 30.93
1072 33.96
1107 37.18
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
660
7.10
701
7.93
739
8.79
774
9.68
716
9.33
754 10.20
790 11.10
824 12.02
745 10.65
782 11.53
817 12.44
850 13.38
775 12.10
811 13.00
845 13.93
877 14.88
806 13.69
840 14.61
873 15.56
904 16.53
837 15.43
870 16.38
902 17.34
933 18.32
868 17.32
900 18.29
932 19.27
961 20.27
900 19.37
931 20.36
962 21.36
991 22.38
932 21.57
963 22.59
992 23.61 1020 24.65
965 23.94
995 24.98 1023 26.03 1051 27.09
998 26.48 1027 27.55 1055 28.62 1081 29.70
1032 29.18 1059 30.28 1086 31.38 1113 32.48
1065 32.07 1092 33.20 1119 34.32 1144 35.44
1099 35.13 1125 36.29 1151 37.44 1176 38.59
1133 38.38 1159 39.57 1184 40.75
—
—
1.6
Rpm Bhp
808 10.59
857 12.97
882 14.35
908 15.86
935 17.52
962 19.33
990 21.29
1019 23.42
1048 25.71
1077 28.17
1107 30.79
1138 33.59
1169 36.58
—
—
—
—
1.8
Rpm Bhp
841 11.52
888 13.94
912 15.33
938 16.86
964 18.54
990 20.36
1018 22.34
1046 24.48
1074 26.78
1103 29.26
1133 31.90
1163 34.72
1193 37.72
—
—
—
—
2.0
Rpm Bhp
872 12.46
917 14.92
941 16.34
966 17.88
992 19.58
1018 21.41
1045 23.40
1072 25.56
1100 27.87
1129 30.36
1157 33.02
1187 35.86
—
—
—
—
—
—
2.2
Rpm Bhp
901 13.42
946 15.92
970 17.36
994 18.93
1019 20.63
1045 22.48
1071 24.49
1098 26.66
1125 28.99
1153 31.49
1181 34.16
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2.4
Rpm Bhp
930 14.38
974 16.94
997 18.40
1021 19.98
1045 21.70
1070 23.57
1096 25.59
1123 27.77
1150 30.12
1177 32.63
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2.6
Rpm Bhp
958 15.36
1001 17.97
1024 19.45
1047 21.05
1071 22.79
1096 24.67
1121 26.71
1147 28.90
1173 31.26
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
985 16.34 1011 17.33 1036 18.33 1061 19.33
1027 19.01 1052 20.06 1077 21.12 1101 22.18
1049 20.51 1074 21.58 1099 22.67 1122 23.76
1072 22.14 1097 23.23 1121 24.34 1144 25.45
1096 23.89 1120 25.01 1144 26.13 1167 27.27
1120 25.79 1144 26.93 1167 28.07 1190 29.23
1145 27.84 1169 28.99 1192 30.16
—
—
1171 30.05 1194 31.21
—
—
—
—
1197 32.42
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.6
Rpm Bhp
1085 20.34
1125 23.25
1146 24.86
1167 26.58
1190 28.42
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.8
Rpm Bhp
1108 21.35
1148 24.33
1168 25.97
1190 27.71
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4.0
Rpm Bhp
1131 22.36
1170 25.42
1191 27.08
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
LEGEND AND NOTES FOR TABLES 3-26.
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
Watts =
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet
losses, and clean 2-in. filters.
Bhp x 746
Motor efficiency
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at
70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and may be additionally limited
by edb and ewb conditions.
16
Table 21 — Fan Performance — 50AW,AY020,025 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
0.2
Rpm Bhp
394
1.06
388
1.26
421
1.72
471
2.38
522
3.19
575
4.16
629
5.30
683
6.62
739
8.12
794
9.82
850 11.73
906 13.85
0.4
Rpm Bhp
409
1.13
445
1.57
485
2.12
528
2.80
573
3.64
621
4.63
671
5.79
723
7.14
776
8.67
829 10.40
883 12.34
938 14.48
0.6
Rpm Bhp
473
1.47
504
1.93
540
2.52
580
3.24
621
4.10
666
5.11
712
6.30
761
7.66
811
9.21
862 10.97
914 12.92
967 15.09
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
530
1.82
581
2.18
629
2.55
673
2.93
557
2.30
606
2.68
651
3.07
694
3.47
590
2.92
636
3.32
679
3.73
719
4.15
627
3.67
670
4.10
711
4.53
749
4.97
666
4.56
707
5.02
746
5.48
783
5.94
708
5.60
747
6.09
784
6.58
820
7.07
751
6.81
789
7.32
824
7.84
858
8.35
797
8.19
832
8.73
866
9.27
899
9.81
845
9.76
878 10.32
910 10.88
941 11.45
893 11.53
925 12.11
955 12.69
985 13.28
944 13.51
973 14.10 1002 14.70 1030 15.30
995 15.70 1023 16.31 1050 16.92 1077 17.54
1.6
Rpm Bhp
714
3.31
734
3.88
757
4.57
786
5.41
818
6.40
853
7.56
891
8.87
930 10.35
971 12.01
1013 13.86
1057 15.91
—
—
1.8
Rpm Bhp
752
3.70
772
4.29
794
5.00
821
5.86
852
6.87
886
8.05
922
9.38
960 10.89
1000 12.58
1041 14.45
1084 16.52
—
—
2.0
Rpm Bhp
789
4.10
808
4.71
829
5.44
855
6.31
884
7.34
917
8.54
952
9.90
989 11.43
1028 13.14
1069 15.04
1111 17.13
—
—
2.2
Rpm Bhp
823
4.50
843
5.14
863
5.88
887
6.77
915
7.82
947
9.03
981 10.42
1017 11.97
1055 13.71
1095 15.63
1136 17.74
—
—
2.4
Rpm Bhp
856
4.90
876
5.57
896
6.34
919
7.24
946
8.30
976
9.53
1009 10.93
1045 12.51
1082 14.27
1121 16.22
—
—
—
—
2.6
Rpm Bhp
887
5.30
908
6.00
927
6.79
949
7.71
975
8.78
1004 10.03
1037 11.45
1071 13.05
1108 14.84
1146 16.80
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
917
5.71
946
6.12
974
6.53 1001
6.95
938
6.44
968
6.88
996
7.32 1024
7.77
958
7.25
987
7.71 1016
8.18 1043
8.65
979
8.18 1008
8.66 1036
9.15 1063
9.64
1004
9.27 1032
9.77 1059 10.27 1086 10.77
1032 10.54 1059 11.05 1085 11.56 1111 12.08
1063 11.98 1089 12.50 1115 13.03 1140 13.56
1097 13.60 1122 14.14 1147 14.69 1171 15.24
1133 15.40 1157 15.96 1181 16.53
—
—
1170 17.39 1194 17.98
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.6
Rpm Bhp
1027
7.36
1050
8.22
1070
9.13
1090 10.13
1112 11.28
1136 12.60
1164 14.10
1195 15.79
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.8
Rpm Bhp
1052
7.78
1076
8.67
1096
9.60
1116 10.63
1137 11.80
1161 13.13
1188 14.64
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4.0
Rpm Bhp
1076
8.21
1101
9.12
1122 10.08
1141 11.13
1162 12.31
1186 13.66
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Legend and Notes on page 16.
Table 22 — Fan Performance — 50AW,AY027,030 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
5,500
6,000
7,000
8,000
8,250
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
13,750
14,000
15,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
5,500
6,000
7,000
8,000
8,250
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
13,750
14,000
15,000
0.2
Rpm Bhp
398
1.45
422
1.72
471
2.38
522
3.19
536
3.42
575
4.16
629
5.30
683
6.61
738
8.11
793
9.80
834 11.21
848 11.70
904 13.80
0.4
Rpm Bhp
465
1.83
485
2.12
528
2.81
574
3.64
585
3.87
622
4.63
671
5.79
723
7.13
775
8.66
828 10.38
868 11.81
881 12.31
936 14.44
0.6
Rpm Bhp
522
2.21
541
2.52
580
3.24
622
4.10
633
4.34
666
5.11
712
6.30
760
7.66
810
9.20
861 10.95
899 12.39
912 12.89
965 15.05
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
573
2.60
620
2.99
664
3.39
706
3.79
590
2.92
636
3.32
679
3.73
719
4.15
627
3.67
671
4.10
711
4.53
750
4.97
666
4.56
708
5.02
747
5.48
783
5.94
676
4.81
717
5.27
756
5.74
792
6.21
708
5.60
747
6.09
784
6.58
820
7.07
751
6.81
789
7.32
824
7.84
858
8.35
797
8.19
832
8.72
866
9.26
898
9.81
844
9.75
877 10.31
909 10.87
940 11.44
892 11.51
924 12.09
954 12.67
984 13.26
930 12.97
959 13.56
989 14.15 1017 14.75
942 13.48
972 14.07 1000 14.67 1029 15.27
993 15.66 1021 16.27 1048 16.88 1075 17.50
1.6
Rpm Bhp
745
4.21
758
4.57
786
5.41
818
6.41
827
6.68
853
7.56
891
8.87
930 10.35
970 12.00
1012 13.84
1045 15.35
1056 15.88
1101 18.13
1.8
Rpm Bhp
783
4.63
794
5.01
821
5.86
852
6.87
860
7.15
886
8.05
922
9.38
960 10.89
999 12.57
1040 14.43
1072 15.96
1083 16.49
1127 18.76
2.0
Rpm Bhp
819
5.06
830
5.44
855
6.32
884
7.35
892
7.63
917
8.54
952
9.90
989 11.43
1028 13.13
1068 15.02
1099 16.56
1109 17.10
1152 19.38
2.2
Rpm Bhp
853
5.50
864
5.89
888
6.78
915
7.82
923
8.11
947
9.03
981 10.42
1017 11.97
1055 13.70
1094 15.61
1125 17.17
1135 17.71
1177 20.02
2.4
Rpm Bhp
886
5.94
896
6.34
919
7.24
946
8.30
953
8.59
976
9.53
1009 10.93
1044 12.51
1081 14.26
1120 16.20
1150 17.77
1160 18.32
—
—
2.6
Rpm Bhp
918
6.39
928
6.79
950
7.71
975
8.79
982
9.08
1004 10.03
1036 11.45
1071 13.05
1107 14.83
1145 16.78
1174 18.38
1184 18.93
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
948
6.83
978
7.29 1006
7.74 1034
8.20
958
7.25
988
7.72 1016
8.19 1044
8.66
979
8.19 1008
8.67 1036
9.16 1064
9.65
1004
9.28 1032
9.77 1059 10.27 1086 10.78
1011
9.58 1038 10.08 1065 10.58 1092 11.09
1032 10.54 1059 11.05 1085 11.56 1111 12.08
1063 11.98 1089 12.50 1115 13.03 1140 13.56
1097 13.59 1122 14.14 1147 14.68 1171 15.23
1132 15.39 1157 15.95 1181 16.52
—
—
1170 17.37 1193 17.96
—
—
—
—
1198 18.98
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.6
Rpm Bhp
1061
8.66
1071
9.13
1090 10.14
1112 11.29
1118 11.60
1137 12.60
1164 14.10
1195 15.78
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.8
Rpm Bhp
1087
9.13
1097
9.61
1116 10.64
1137 11.80
1143 12.12
1161 13.13
1188 14.64
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4.0
Rpm Bhp
1112
9.59
1122 10.09
1142 11.14
1162 12.32
1168 12.64
1186 13.66
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Legend and Notes on page 16.
17
Table 23 — Fan Performance — 50AW,AY035 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
10,500
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
17,500
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
10,500
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
17,500
0.2
Rpm Bhp
537
2.87
592
3.81
648
4.91
705
6.20
734
6.92
762
7.69
821
9.38
879 11.28
938 13.40
997 15.75
1057 18.34
1116 21.17
1146 22.68
0.4
Rpm Bhp
588
3.31
638
4.27
691
5.40
744
6.71
771
7.44
799
8.22
854
9.93
911 11.85
968 13.99
1025 16.36
1083 18.97
1141 21.82
1170 23.34
0.6
Rpm Bhp
634
3.74
682
4.73
731
5.89
782
7.23
808
7.97
834
8.76
887 10.49
941 12.43
996 14.59
1052 16.98
1108 19.60
1165 22.47
1194 24.00
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
677
4.17
717
4.60
755
5.04
792
5.48
722
5.19
760
5.65
796
6.11
831
6.58
769
6.38
805
6.87
840
7.36
872
7.84
818
7.74
852
8.26
885
8.77
916
9.29
843
8.50
876
9.03
908
9.55
939 10.08
868
9.30
900
9.84
932 10.38
962 10.92
919 11.05
950 11.61
980 12.18 1008 12.75
971 13.01 1001 13.60 1029 14.18 1056 14.77
1025 15.19 1052 15.80 1079 16.40 1106 17.02
1079 17.59 1105 18.22 1131 18.85 1156 19.48
1134 20.24 1159 20.88 1183 21.53 1207 22.17
1189 23.12 1213 23.78 1236 24.44 1259 25.11
1217 24.66 1240 25.33 1263 26.00 1285 26.67
1.6
Rpm Bhp
827
5.93
864
7.05
904
8.34
946
9.80
968 10.61
991 11.46
1036 13.31
1083 15.36
1131 17.63
1180 20.11
1231 22.83
1282 25.78
—
—
1.8
Rpm Bhp
860
6.39
896
7.52
934
8.83
976 10.32
997 11.14
1019 12.00
1063 13.87
1109 15.95
1156 18.24
1205 20.74
1254 23.48
—
—
—
—
2.0
Rpm Bhp
893
6.85
927
8.00
964
9.33
1004 10.84
1025 11.66
1046 12.54
1090 14.44
1135 16.54
1181 18.85
1228 21.38
1277 24.13
—
—
—
—
2.2
Rpm Bhp
924
7.31
957
8.48
993
9.83
1032 11.36
1052 12.20
1072 13.08
1115 15.00
1159 17.12
1205 19.46
1251 22.01
1299 24.79
—
—
—
—
2.4
Rpm Bhp
954
7.79
986
8.97
1021 10.33
1058 11.88
1078 12.73
1098 13.62
1140 15.57
1183 17.71
1228 20.07
1274 22.64
—
—
—
—
—
—
2.6
Rpm Bhp
984
8.26
1014
9.46
1048 10.84
1085 12.41
1104 13.26
1124 14.17
1165 16.13
1207 18.30
1251 20.68
1296 23.27
—
—
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
1013
8.75 1041
9.23 1068
9.72 1094 10.22
1042
9.96 1069 10.46 1095 10.96 1121 11.48
1075 11.35 1101 11.86 1126 12.38 1151 12.91
1110 12.93 1135 13.46 1160 14.00 1184 14.54
1129 13.80 1153 14.34 1178 14.88 1201 15.43
1148 14.72 1172 15.26 1196 15.82 1219 16.37
1188 16.70 1212 17.27 1235 17.84 1257 18.41
1230 18.89 1253 19.47 1275 20.06 1297 20.65
1273 21.28 1295 21.90
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.6
Rpm Bhp
1120 10.71
1147 11.99
1176 13.44
1207 15.08
1225 15.98
1242 16.93
1279 18.98
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.8
Rpm Bhp
1146 11.21
1171 12.51
1200 13.97
1231 15.63
1247 16.53
1265 17.49
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4.0
Rpm Bhp
1170 11.72
1196 13.03
1223 14.51
1254 16.18
1270 17.09
1287 18.05
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Legend and Notes on page 19.
Table 24 — Fan Performance — 50AW,AY040 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
0.2
Rpm Bhp
499
2.88
548
3.78
599
4.86
649
6.11
701
7.54
753
9.18
805 11.03
857 13.09
910 15.38
963 17.91
1016 20.68
1069 23.71
1122 26.99
0.4
Rpm Bhp
546
3.27
591
4.20
637
5.30
685
6.57
734
8.03
783
9.69
833 11.56
884 13.64
935 15.95
986 18.50
1038 21.29
1090 24.33
1142 27.64
0.6
Rpm Bhp
590
3.66
631
4.62
675
5.74
720
7.04
766
8.52
813 10.21
861 12.09
910 14.20
960 16.53
1010 19.09
1060 21.90
1111 24.96
1162 28.29
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
632
4.06
672
4.46
711
4.87
748
5.28
670
5.04
708
5.47
744
5.90
778
6.33
711
6.19
746
6.64
779
7.09
812
7.55
753
7.51
786
7.99
817
8.47
848
8.94
797
9.02
828
9.52
857 10.02
886 10.52
842 10.72
871 11.25
899 11.77
927 12.30
889 12.63
916 13.18
942 13.73
968 14.27
936 14.76
962 15.32
987 15.89 1011 16.46
984 17.11 1008 17.69 1032 18.28 1056 18.87
1033 19.69 1056 20.30 1078 20.91 1101 21.52
1082 22.52 1104 23.15 1126 23.77 1147 24.41
1132 25.60 1153 26.25 1173 26.89 1194 27.54
1182 28.95
—
—
—
—
—
—
1.6
Rpm Bhp
784
5.70
812
6.77
844
8.01
878
9.43
915 11.03
953 12.82
994 14.82
1036 17.03
1079 19.47
1123 22.13
1168 25.04
1214 28.19
—
—
1.8
Rpm Bhp
819
6.14
845
7.22
875
8.47
907
9.91
943 11.53
980 13.35
1019 15.37
1060 17.61
1101 20.06
1145 22.75
1189 25.67
1234 28.85
—
—
2.0
Rpm Bhp
853
6.58
877
7.67
905
8.94
936 10.40
970 12.04
1006 13.88
1044 15.92
1083 18.18
1124 20.66
1166 23.36
1209 26.31
—
—
—
—
2.2
Rpm Bhp
885
7.03
908
8.13
934
9.42
964 10.89
996 12.55
1031 14.41
1068 16.48
1106 18.75
1146 21.25
1187 23.98
1230 26.95
—
—
—
—
2.4
Rpm Bhp
917
7.48
939
8.60
963
9.90
992 11.39
1023 13.07
1056 14.95
1092 17.03
1129 19.33
1168 21.85
1208 24.60
1250 27.58
—
—
—
—
2.6
Rpm Bhp
948
7.95
968
9.08
992 10.39
1019 11.89
1048 13.59
1081 15.48
1115 17.59
1151 19.91
1189 22.45
1229 25.21
1269 28.22
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
978
8.42 1007
8.90 1036
9.39 1063
9.88
997
9.56 1026 10.05 1053 10.55 1080 11.05
1020 10.89 1047 11.39 1073 11.89 1100 12.41
1045 12.40 1071 12.91 1097 13.43 1122 13.96
1074 14.11 1099 14.64 1123 15.17 1147 15.71
1105 16.03 1129 16.57 1152 17.12 1175 17.67
1138 18.15 1161 18.71 1184 19.27 1206 19.84
1174 20.48 1196 21.07 1217 21.65 1239 22.23
1211 23.04 1232 23.64 1253 24.25 1273 24.85
1249 25.83 1270 26.46 1289 27.07
—
—
1289 28.86
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.6
Rpm Bhp
1090 10.38
1107 11.56
1125 12.93
1147 14.49
1171 16.25
1198 18.22
1228 20.41
1260 22.82
1293 25.45
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.8
Rpm Bhp
1116 10.88
1133 12.08
1151 13.45
1171 15.02
1195 16.80
1221 18.78
1250 20.99
1280 23.41
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4.0
Rpm Bhp
1142 11.39
1158 12.60
1175 13.99
1195 15.56
1218 17.35
1243 19.35
1271 21.56
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Legend and Notes on page 19.
18
Table 25 — Fan Performance — 50AW,AY050 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
0.2
Rpm Bhp
509
2.95
558
3.87
608
4.96
659
6.23
710
7.68
763
9.35
815 11.22
868 13.31
921 15.64
974 18.20
1028 21.01
1081 24.08
1135 27.42
0.4
Rpm Bhp
555
3.35
600
4.29
646
5.40
694
6.69
743
8.17
793
9.86
843 11.75
895 13.86
946 16.21
998 18.79
1050 21.62
1103 24.71
1155 28.06
0.6
Rpm Bhp
599
3.74
640
4.71
683
5.85
728
7.16
775
8.67
823 10.37
871 12.29
921 14.42
971 16.78
1021 19.39
1072 22.24
1124 25.35
1175 28.72
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
640
4.14
680
4.54
718
4.95
755
5.36
678
5.13
715
5.56
751
5.99
786
6.42
719
6.30
754
6.75
787
7.20
819
7.66
762
7.64
794
8.11
825
8.59
856
9.07
806
9.17
836
9.67
866 10.17
895 10.67
852 10.89
880 11.42
908 11.94
935 12.47
899 12.83
925 13.38
952 13.92
978 14.47
946 14.98
972 15.55
997 16.12 1021 16.69
995 17.37 1019 17.96 1043 18.54 1066 19.14
1044 19.99 1067 20.60 1089 21.21 1112 21.82
1094 22.86 1116 23.49 1137 24.12 1158 24.75
1145 25.99 1165 26.63 1185 27.28 1206 27.93
1195 29.38 1215 30.04 1234 30.71 1254 31.38
1.6
Rpm Bhp
791
5.79
819
6.87
851
8.12
886
9.55
923 11.17
962 12.99
1003 15.02
1045 17.26
1089 19.73
1134 22.43
1179 25.38
1226 28.58
1273 32.05
1.8
Rpm Bhp
826
6.22
852
7.31
882
8.58
915 10.04
950 11.68
988 13.52
1028 15.57
1069 17.83
1111 20.32
1155 23.05
1200 26.02
1245 29.24
1292 32.72
2.0
Rpm Bhp
859
6.66
884
7.77
912
9.06
943 10.53
978 12.19
1014 14.05
1052 16.12
1092 18.41
1134 20.92
1176 23.66
1220 26.65
1265 29.90
—
—
2.2
Rpm Bhp
892
7.12
915
8.23
941
9.53
971 11.02
1004 12.70
1039 14.59
1076 16.68
1115 18.98
1156 21.52
1198 24.28
1240 27.29
1284 30.55
—
—
2.4
Rpm Bhp
923
7.57
945
8.70
970 10.02
999 11.52
1030 13.22
1064 15.12
1100 17.23
1138 19.56
1178 22.11
1218 24.90
1260 27.93
—
—
—
—
2.6
Rpm Bhp
954
8.04
975
9.18
998 10.51
1026 12.02
1056 13.74
1088 15.66
1123 17.79
1160 20.14
1199 22.71
1239 25.52
1280 28.57
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
984
8.52 1013
9.00 1041
9.49 1069
9.98
1003
9.67 1032 10.16 1059 10.66 1086 11.16
1026 11.00 1053 11.51 1080 12.01 1106 12.53
1052 12.53 1078 13.05 1103 13.57 1128 14.09
1081 14.26 1106 14.79 1130 15.33 1154 15.86
1113 16.20 1136 16.74 1160 17.29 1183 17.85
1147 18.35 1169 18.91 1192 19.48 1214 20.04
1182 20.72 1204 21.30 1226 21.88 1247 22.47
1220 23.31 1241 23.91 1262 24.51 1282 25.12
1259 26.14 1279 26.76 1299 27.38
—
—
1300 29.21
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.6
Rpm Bhp
1095 10.48
1112 11.67
1131 13.05
1153 14.63
1178 16.41
1206 18.40
1236 20.62
1268 23.05
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.8
Rpm Bhp
1121 10.98
1138 12.19
1156 13.58
1177 15.16
1201 16.96
1228 18.96
1257 21.19
1289 23.65
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4.0
Rpm Bhp
1147 11.49
1163 12.71
1181 14.11
1201 15.71
1224 17.51
1250 19.53
1279 21.77
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Table 26 — Fan Performance — 50AW,AY060 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
12,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
26,000
27,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
12,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
26,000
27,000
0.2
Rpm Bhp
490
4.48
554
6.41
586
7.56
619
8.83
652 10.23
685 11.76
719 13.44
753 15.26
787 17.23
821 19.35
855 21.63
889 24.07
924 26.67
958 29.45
993 32.40
0.4
Rpm Bhp
543
5.17
602
7.17
632
8.34
663
9.64
694 11.07
725 12.63
757 14.33
789 16.18
822 18.17
855 20.32
888 22.62
921 25.08
954 27.71
987 30.51
1021 33.49
0.6
Rpm Bhp
591
5.88
645
7.94
674
9.14
703 10.46
733 11.92
763 13.51
793 15.23
824 17.10
855 19.12
887 21.29
919 23.62
951 26.11
983 28.76
1016 31.59
1048 34.58
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
634
6.61
674
7.37
711
8.14
746
8.94
686
8.72
723
9.51
759 10.33
792 11.16
713
9.94
749 10.77
784 11.60
816 12.45
741 11.30
776 12.14
810 13.00
841 13.87
769 12.78
803 13.65
836 14.53
867 15.42
798 14.39
831 15.29
863 16.20
893 17.11
827 16.14
860 17.07
890 18.00
920 18.94
857 18.04
888 18.99
918 19.94
947 20.90
887 20.08
918 21.05
947 22.03
975 23.02
918 22.28
947 23.28
976 24.28 1003 25.28
949 24.63
977 25.65 1005 26.68 1032 27.71
980 27.14 1008 28.19 1035 29.24 1061 30.29
1011 29.82 1038 30.89 1065 31.96 1090 33.04
1043 32.67 1069 33.76 1095 34.85 1120 35.95
1075 35.69 1101 36.80 1126 37.92 1150 39.04
1.6
Rpm Bhp
779
9.76
824 12.01
848 13.32
872 14.76
897 16.33
922 18.04
949 19.88
975 21.87
1002 24.01
1030 26.30
1058 28.75
1086 31.35
1115 34.12
1144 37.06
1174 40.17
1.8
Rpm Bhp
811 10.60
855 12.88
878 14.21
901 15.66
926 17.25
950 18.98
976 20.84
1002 22.85
1029 25.01
1056 27.32
1083 29.79
1111 32.42
1139 35.21
1168 38.17
1197 41.30
2.0
Rpm Bhp
841 11.45
884 13.76
906 15.11
929 16.58
953 18.19
978 19.93
1003 21.81
1028 23.84
1054 26.02
1081 28.35
1108 30.85
1135 33.49
1163 36.31
1191 39.29
—
—
2.2
Rpm Bhp
870 12.33
912 14.67
934 16.02
957 17.51
980 19.13
1004 20.89
1028 22.80
1053 24.85
1079 27.04
1105 29.39
1131 31.90
1158 34.57
1186 37.41
—
—
—
—
2.4
Rpm Bhp
898 13.22
939 15.59
961 16.96
983 18.46
1006 20.10
1029 21.87
1053 23.79
1078 25.86
1103 28.07
1129 30.44
1155 32.97
1181 35.66
—
—
—
—
—
—
2.6
Rpm Bhp
925 14.13
965 16.52
987 17.90
1008 19.42
1031 21.07
1054 22.86
1078 24.80
1102 26.88
1126 29.11
1152 31.50
1177 34.05
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
951 15.06
977 16.00 1002 16.96 1026 17.92
991 17.47 1016 18.44 1040 19.42 1063 20.41
1012 18.87 1036 19.84 1060 20.83 1083 21.84
1033 20.39 1057 21.38 1081 22.39 1104 23.40
1055 22.06 1079 23.06 1102 24.07 1125 25.10
1078 23.86 1101 24.88 1124 25.91 1147 26.94
1101 25.81 1124 26.84 1147 27.89 1169 28.94
1125 27.91 1148 28.96 1170 30.01 1192 31.08
1149 30.16 1172 31.22 1194 32.30
—
—
1174 32.57 1196 33.65
—
—
—
—
1199 35.13
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.6
Rpm Bhp
1049 18.90
1086 21.41
1106 22.85
1126 24.43
1147 26.14
1169 28.00
1190 30.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.8
Rpm Bhp
1072 19.89
1109 22.43
1128 23.88
1148 25.47
1169 27.19
1190 29.06
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4.0
Rpm Bhp
1094 20.89
1131 23.46
1150 24.92
1170 26.52
1190 28.26
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
LEGEND AND NOTES FOR TABLES 3-26.
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
Watts =
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet
losses, and clean 2-in. filters.
Bhp x 746
Motor efficiency
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at
70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and may be additionally limited
by edb and ewb conditions.
19
Table 27 — Motor Limitations
Nominal
Maximum
Bhp
5
BkW
3.73
7.5
5.6
10
7.46
15
11.19
20
14.92
25
18.65
30
22.38
40
29.84
Bhp
5.9
8.7
9.5
10.2
11.8
15.3
18.0
22.4
23.4
28.9
29.4
35.6
34.7
42.0
Nominal
Bhp
5
BkW
3.73
7.5
5.6
10
7.46
15
11.19
20
14.92
25
18.65
30
22.38
40
29.84
Bhp
5.9
8.7
9.5
10.2
11.8
15.3
18.0
22.4
23.4
28.9
29.4
35.6
34.7
42.0
HIGH-EFFICIENCY MOTORS
Maximum Amps
BkW
230 v
460 v
4.40
14.6
7.9
6.49
22
—
7.09
—
12.0
7.61
28
—
8.80
—
14.6
11.41
43.8
—
13.43
—
21.9
16.71
62
—
17.46
—
28.7
21.56
72
—
21.93
—
37.4
26.56
95
—
25.89
—
48.0
31.33
110
55.0
575 v
6.0
—
10.0
—
12.0
—
19.0
—
23.0
—
31.0
—
47.0
48.8
PREMIUM-EFFICIENCY MOTORS
Maximum
Maximum Amps
BkW
230 v
460 v
4.40
15.8
7.9
6.49
22
—
7.09
—
12.0
7.61
28
—
8.80
—
15.0
11.41
43.8
—
13.43
—
21.9
16.71
58.2
—
17.46
—
28.7
21.56
73
—
21.93
—
36.3
26.56
82.6
—
25.89
—
41.7
31.33
110.0
55.0
LEGEND
— Brake Horsepower
— Brake Kilowatts
Maximum
Watts
5,030
7,717
8,008
9,502
9,836
12,543
14,756
18,363
19,183
23,511
23,918
28,742
28,015
33,690
Maximum
Watts
4,918
7,078
7,728
8,298
9,600
12,273
14,439
17,853
18,650
23,034
23,432
28,374
27,656
33,156
Maximum
Efficiency
87.5
84.1
88.5
89.5
89.5
91.0
91.0
91.0
91.0
91.7
91.7
92.4
92.4
93.0
Maximum
Efficiency
89.5
91.7
91.7
91.0
91.7
91.7
93.0
93.0
93.6
93.6
93.6
93.6
93.6
94.5
Using the fan motors up to the horsepower ratings shown in the Motor Limitations table will not result in nuisance tripping or premature motor failures. Unit warranty will not be affected.
2. All motors comply with Energy Policy Act (EPACT) Standards effective
October 24, 1997.
Bhp
BkW
NOTES:
1. Extensive motor and electrical testing on the Carrier units has ensured that
the full horsepower range of the motor can be utilized with confidence.
Table 28A — Air Quantity Limits (48AJ,AK,AW,AY)
UNIT
48AJ,AK,AW,AY
020
025
027
030
035
040
050
060
CV
VAV
MINIMUM HEATING
AIRFLOW CFM
(Low Heat)
5,900
5,900
5,900
5,900
5,900
7,600
7,600
11,000
MINIMUM HEATING
AIRFLOW CFM
(High Heat)
6,100
6,100
6,100
6,100
6,100
10,100
10,100
10,100
MINIMUM COOLING
AIRFLOW (VAV) CFM
AT FULL LOAD
4,000
5,000
5,400
6,000
7,000
8,000
10,000
12,000
LEGEND
— Constant Volume
— Variable Air Volume
MINIMUM COOLING
AIRFLOW CFM
(CV)
6,000
7,500
8,100
9,000
10,500
12,000
15,000
18,000
MAXIMUM AIRFLOW
CFM
10,000
12,500
13,500
15,000
17,500
20,000
22,500
27,000
NOTE: Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton in Cooling
Mode. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and may be
also limited by edb (entering dry bulb) and ewb (entering wet bulb) conditions.
Table 28B — Air Quantity Limits (50AJ,AK,AW,AY)
UNIT
50AJ,AW020
50AK,AY020
50AJ,AW025
50AK,AY025
50AJ,AW027
50AK,AY027
50AJ,AW030
50AK,AY030
50AJ,AW035
50AK,AY035
50AJ,AW040
50AK,AY040
50AJ,AW050
50AK,AY050
50AJ,AW060
50AK,AY060
COOLING
Min CFM
6,000
4,000
7,500
5,000
8,100
5,400
9,000
6,000
10,500
7,000
12,000
8,000
13,500
10,000
18,000
12,000
ELECTRIC HEAT
Max CFM*
10,000
10,000
12,500
12,500
13,500
13,500
15,000
15,000
17,500
17,500
20,000
20,000
20,000
20,000
27,000
27,000
*Operation at these levels may be limited by entering evaporator air wet bulb temperatures.
20
Min CFM
Max CFM
6,000
15,000
10,500
20,000
15,000
27,000
10. Under the Configuration→CCN→SC.OV submenu, the
following schedules and overrides should be configured:
CONTROLS QUICK START
The following section will provide a quick user guide to setting up and configuring the A series units with ComfortLink™
controls. See Basic Control Usage section on page 3 for information on operating the control.
O.T.L.
SPT.O
T58.O
Two-Stage Constant Volume Units with
Mechanical Thermostat — To configure the unit, per-
Override time limit
SPT override enabled?
T58 override enabled?
11. See Economizer Options section on page 22 for additional economizer option configurations.
12. See Exhaust Options section on page 22 for additional
exhaust option configurations.
form the following:
1. The unit is shipped with the unit control disabled. Enable
the control by setting Local Machine Disable (Service
Test→STOP) to No.
2. The type of control is configured under Configuration
→UNIT→C.TYP. Set C.TYP to 4 (TSTAT 2 STG).
3. Remove jumpers from R-W2 and W2-W1 on TB4 in the
control box.
4. See Economizer Options section on page 22 for additional economizer option configurations.
5. See Exhaust Options section on page 22 for additional
exhaust option configurations.
Variable Air Volume Units Using Return Air
Sensor or Space Temperature Sensor — To configure the unit, perform the following:
1. The unit is shipped with the unit control disabled. Enable
the control by setting Local Machine Disable (Service
Test→STOP) to No.
2. The type of control is configured under Configuration
→UNIT→C.TYP. Set C.TYP to 1 (VAV-RAT) for return
air sensor. Set C.TYP to 2 (VAV-SPT) for space temperature sensor.
NOTE: For VAV with a space sensor (VAV-SPT), under
Configuration→UNIT→SENS→SPT.S, enable the
space sensor by setting SPT.S to ENBL.
3. Install jumpers between R-W2 and W2-W1 on TB4 in
the control box.
4. The space temperature set points and the supply air set
points are configured under the Setpoints menu. The
heating and cooling set points must be configured. See
the Heating Control and Cooling Control sections for
further description on these configurations. Configure the
following set points:
Two-Stage Constant Volume Units with Space
Sensor — To configure the unit, perform the following:
1. The unit is shipped with the unit control disabled. Enable
the control by setting Local Machine Disable (Service
Test→STOP) to No.
2. The type of control is configured under Configuration
→UNIT→C.TYP. Set C.TYP to 6 (SPT 2 STG).
3. Under Configuration→SENS→SPT.S, enable the space
sensor by setting SPT.S to ENBL (enable).
4. Install jumpers between R-W2 and W2-W1 on TB4 in
the control box.
5. The space temperature set points are configured under the
Setpoints menu. The heating and cooling set points must
be configured. See the Heating Control and Cooling
Control sections on pages 41 and 30 for further description on these configurations. Configure the following set
points:
OHSP
OCSP
UHSP
V.C.ON
V.C.OF
SASP
OHSP Occupied Heat Setpoint
OCSP Occupied Cool Setpoint
UHSP Unoccupied Heat Setpoint
UCSP Unoccupied Cool Setpoint
GAP
Heat-Cool Setpoint Gap
6. The degrees of demand from the space temperature set
points are configured under the Configuration→D.LV.T
submenu. See the Heating Control and Cooling Control
sections for further description on these configurations.
Configure the following set points:
Occupied Heat Set point
Occupied Cool Set point
Unoccupied Heat Set point
VAV Occupied Cool On Delta
VAV Occupied Cool Off Delta
Supply Air Set Point
5. To program time schedules, make sure SCH.N=1 under
Configuration→CCN→SC.OV→SCH.N to configure
the control to use local schedules.
6. Under the Timeclock→SCH.L submenu, enter the desired schedule. See Time Clock section for further
descriptions of these configurations.
7. Under Configuration→SP→SP.SP, the Supply Duct
Static Pressure set point should be configured.
SP.SP
L.H.ON Demand Level Lo Heat On
H.H.ON Demand Level Hi Heat On
L.H.OF Demand Level Lo Heat Off
L.C.ON Demand Level Lo Cool On
H.C.ON Demand Level Hi Cool On
L.C.OF Demand Level Lo Cool Off
7. Under Configuration→UNIT→CV.FN, set CV.FN to 1
for continuous fan or 0 for automatic fan.
8. To program time schedules, set SCH.N=1 under Configuration→CCN→SC.OV→SCH.N to configure the
control to use local schedules.
9. Under the Timeclock→SCH.L submenu, enter the
desired schedule. See Time Clock section for further
descriptions of these configurations.
Static Pressure Set point
8. If Supply air temperature reset is desired, under the
Configuration→EDT.R submenu, the following set
points should be configured:
RS.CF
RTIO
LIMT
RES.S
EDT Reset Configuration
Reset Ratio (if RS.CF = 1 or 2)
Reset Limit (if RS.CF = 1 or 2)
EDT 4-20 mA Reset Input (if RS.CF = 3)
NOTE: Configure either RTIO and LIMT or RES.S. All three
are not used.
9. See the Economizer Options section on page 22 for additional economizer option configurations.
10. See the Exhaust Options section on page 22 for addition
exhaust option configurations.
21
Multi-Stage Constant Volume Units with
Mechanical Thermostat — To configure the unit, per-
10. See the Economizer Options section below for addition
economizer option configurations.
11. See the Exhaust Options section below for addition
exhaust option configurations.
form the following:
1. The unit is shipped with the unit control disabled. Enable
the control by setting Local Machine Disable (Service
Test→STOP) to No.
2. Under Configuration→UNIT→C.TYP, set C.TYP to 3
(TSTAT MULTI).
3. Remove jumpers from R-W2 and W2-W1 on TB4 in the
control box. Connect thermostat to TB4.
4. Under the Setpoints menu, set the following
configurations:
SA.HI
SA.LO
Economizer Options — Under the Configuration→
ECON submenu, the following set points should be configured:
EC.EN
EC.MN
EC.MX
E.TRM
E.SEL
OA.E.C
OA.EN
OAT.L
O.DEW
ORH.S
Supply Air Set Point Hi
Supply Air Set Point Lo
5. See the Economizer Options section on this page for additional economizer option configurations.
6. See the Exhaust Options section on this page for additional exhaust option configurations.
Configuration→ECON→EC.MN should always be set for
the minimum damper position.
Multi-Stage Constant Volume Units with
Space Sensor — To configure the unit, perform the
Indoor Air Quality Options
following:
1. The unit is shipped with the unit control disabled. Enable
the control by setting Local Machine Disable (Service
Test→STOP) to No.
2. Under Configuration→UNIT→C.TYP, set C.TYP to 5
(SPT MULTI).
3. Install jumpers between R-W2 and W2-W1 on TB4 in
the control box.
4. Under the Setpoints menu, the following configurations
should be set:
OHSP
OCSP
UHSP
UCSP
GAP
SA.HI
SA.LO
DEMAND CONTROL VENTILATION — Under Configuration→IAQ→DCV.C, the following configuration parameters should be set to establish the minimum and maximum
points for outdoor air damper position during demand control
ventilation (DCV):
EC.MN
Economizer Min.Position
IAQ.M
IAQ Demand Vent Min.Pos.
Configuration→IAQ→DCV.C→IAQ.M is used to set the
absolute minimum vent position (or maximum reset) under
DCV.
Configuration→IAQ→DCV.C→EC.MN is used to set the
minimum damper position (or with no DCV reset). This is also
referenced in the economizer section.
Occupied Heat Setpoint
Occupied Cool Setpoint
Unoccupied Heat Setpoint
Unoccupied Cool Setpoint
Heat-Cool Setpoint Gap
Supply Air Set Point Hi
Supply Air Set Point Lo
Exhaust Options — The A series units can be configured with CV 2-stage PE or modulating PE. The following
exhaust options should be configured.
(Two-Stage
Exhaust
Configuration→BP→BF.CF=1
Option) — For two-stage exhaust, under the Configuration
→BP submenu, configure the following:
5. The degrees of demand from the space temperature set
points are configured under the Configuration→D.LV.T
submenu. See the Heating Control and Cooling Control
sections for further description on these configurations.
Configure the following set points:
L.H.ON
H.H.ON
L.H.OF
L.C.ON
H.C.ON
L.C.OF
Economizer Enabled?
Economizer Min.Position
Economizer Maximum Position
Economizer Trim for SumZ?
Econ Changeover Select
OA Enthalpy Change Over Select
Outdoor Enthalpy Compare Value
High OAT Lockout Temp
OA Dew Point Temp Limit
Outside Air RH Sensor
BP.P1
BP.P2
Power Exhaust On Setp.1
Power Exhaust On Setp.2
Configuration→BP→BF.CF=2 (Modulating Power Exhaust
Option) — For modulating exhaust, in the Configuration→
BP submenu, configure the following:
Demand Level Lo Heat On
Demand Level Hi Heat On
Demand Level Lo Heat On
Demand Level Lo Cool On
Demand Level Hi Cool On
Demand Level Lo Cool On
BP.SP
Building Pressure Set point
Set Clock on VFD (If Installed) — The clock set
mode is used for setting the date and time for the internal clock
of the VFD. In order to use the timer functions of the VFD
control, the internal clock must be set. The date is used to determine weekdays and is visible in the fault logs. Refer to the
VFD section in Appendix C on page 134 for information on
operating the VFD and using the keypad.
To set the clock, perform the following procedure from the
VFD keypad:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight CLOCK SET on
the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2). The
clock set parameter list will be displayed.
6. Under Configuration→UNIT→SENS→SPT.S, enable
the space sensor by setting SPT.S to ENBL.
7. Under Configuration→UNIT→CV.FN, set CV.FN to 1
for continuous fan or 0 for automatic fan.
8. To program time schedules, set SCH.N=1 under Configuration→CCN→SC.OV→SCH.N to configure the control to use local schedules.
9. Under the Timeclock→SCH.L submenu, enter the desired schedule. See Time Clock section for further
descriptions of these configurations.
22
UP or DOWN key to display the correct value for hours,
in 24-hour (military) time. Press ENTER and hour value
is saved and the minutes digits will start flashing. Use the
same procedure to display and save the desired minutes
value.
5. Configure the unoccupied time for period 1 (UNC). Press
ENTER to go into Edit mode, and the first two digits of
the 00.00 will start flashing. Use the UP or DOWN key to
display the correct value for hours, in 24-hour (military)
time. Press ENTER and hour value is saved and the minutes digits will start flashing. Use the same procedure to
display and save the desired minutes value.
6. The first schedule is now complete. If a second schedule
is needed, such as for weekends or holidays, scroll down
and repeat the entire procedure for period 2 (PER.2). If
additional schedules are needed, repeat the process for as
many as are needed. Eight schedules are provided.
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight CLOCK VISIBILITY and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). This parameter
is used to display or hide the clock on the screen. Use the
UP or DOWN keys to change the parameter setting. Press
OK (SOFT KEY 2) to save the configuration and return
to the Clock Set menu.
4. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight SET TIME and
press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). Use the UP or DOWN keys to
change the hours and minutes. Press OK (SOFT KEY 2)
to save the configuration and return to the Clock Set menu.
5. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight TIME FORMAT
and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). Use the UP or DOWN
keys to change the parameter setting. Press OK (SOFT
KEY 2) to save the configuration and return to the Clock
Set menu.
6. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight SET DATE and
press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). Use the UP or DOWN keys to
change the day, month, and year. Press OK (SOFT KEY
2) to save the configuration and return to the Clock Set
menu.
7. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight DATE FORMAT and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). Use the UP or
DOWN keys to change the parameter setting. Press OK
(SOFT KEY 2) to save the configuration and return to the
Clock Set menu.
8. Press EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) twice to return to the main
menu.
SERVICE TEST
General — The units are equipped with a Service Test feature, which is intended to allow a service person to force the
unit into different modes of operation. To use this feature, enter
the Service Test category on the local display and place the unit
into the test mode by changing Service Test→TEST from OFF
to ON. The display will prompt for the password before allowing any change. The default password is 1111. Once the unit
enters the Service Test mode, the unit will shut down all current
modes.
TEST — The TEST command turns the unit off (hard stop)
and allows the unit to be put in a manual control mode.
STOP — The STOP command completely disables the unit
(all outputs turn off immediately). Once in this mode, nothing
can override the unit to turn it on. The controller will ignore all
inputs and commands.
S.STP — Setting Soft Stop to YES turns the unit off in an
orderly way, honoring any timeguards currently in effect.
FAN.F — By turning the FAN FORCE on, the supply fan is
turned on and will operate as it normally would, controlling
duct static pressure on VAV applications or just energizing the
fan on CV applications. To remove the force, press ENTER
and then press the UP and DOWN arrows simultaneously.
F.4.CH — The 4-Inch Filter Change Mode variable is used to
service the unit when 4-in. filters are used. When the filters
need to be changed, set Service Test→F.4.CH = YES. The unit
will be placed in Service Test mode and the economizer will
move to the 40% open position to facilitate removal of the 4-in.
filters. After the filters have been changed, set Service
Test→F.4.CH = NO to return the unit to normal operation.
The remaining categories: INDP, FANS, COOL, and
HEAT are sub-menus with separate items and functions. See
Table 29.
Programming Operating Schedules — The
ComfortLink™ controls will accommodate up to eight different schedules (Periods 1 through 8), and each schedule is
assigned to the desired days of the week. Each schedule
includes an occupied on and off time. As an example, to set an
occupied schedule for 8 AM to 5 PM for Monday through
Friday, the user would set days Monday through Friday to ON
for Period 1. Then the user would configure the Period 1
Occupied From point to 08:00 and the Period 1 Occupied To
point to 17:00. To create a different weekend schedule, the user
would use Period 2 and set days Saturday and Sunday to ON
with the desired Occupied On and Off times.
NOTE: By default, the time schedule periods are programmed
for 24 hours of occupied operation.
To create a schedule, perform the following procedure:
1. Scroll to the Configuration mode, and select CCN
CONFIGURATION (CCN). Scroll down to the Schedule
Number (Configuration→CCN→SC.OV→SCH.N). If
password protection has been enabled, the user will be
prompted to enter the password before any new data is
accepted. SCH.N has a range of 0 to 99. The default value is 1. A value of 0 is always occupied, and the unit will
control to its occupied set points. A value of 1 means the
unit will follow a local schedule, and a value of 65 to 99
means it will follow a CCN schedule. Schedules 2-64 are
not used as the control only supports one internal/local
schedule. If one of the 2-64 schedules is configured, then
the control will force the number back to 1. Make sure the
value is set to 1 to use a local schedule.
2. Enter the Time Clock mode. Scroll down to the LOCAL
TIME SCHEDULE (SCH.L) sub-mode, and press
ENTER. Period 1 (PER.1) will be displayed.
3. Scroll down to the MON point. This point indicates if
schedule 1 applies to Monday. Use the ENTER command
to go into Edit mode, and use the UP or DOWN key to
change the display to YES or NO. Scroll down through
the rest of the days and apply schedule 1 where desired.
The schedule can also be applied to a holiday.
4. Configure the beginning of the occupied time period for
Period 1 (OCC). Press ENTER to go into Edit mode, and
the first two digits of the 00.00 will start flashing. Use the
Service Test Mode Logic — Operation in the Service
Test mode is sub-menu specific except for the Independent submenu. Leaving the sub-menu while a test is being performed
and attempting to start a different test in the new sub-menu will
cause the previous test to terminate. When this happens, the
new request will be delayed for 5 seconds. For example, if compressors were turned on under the COOL sub-menu, any attempt to turn on heating stages within the HEAT sub-menu
would immediately turn off the compressors and 5 seconds later
the controller would honor the requested heat stages.
However, it is important to note that the user can leave a
Service Test mode to view any of the local display menus
(RUN STATUS, TEMPERATURES, PRESSURES, SETPOINTS, INPUTS, OUPTUTS, CONFIGURATION, TIME
CLOCK, OPERATING MODES, and ALARMS) and the
control will remain in the Service Test mode.
23
Table 29 — Service Test
ITEM
TEST
STOP
S.STP
FAN.F
F.4.CH
INDP
ECN.C
E.PWR
E.CAL
PE.A
PE.B
PE.C
H.I.R
ALRM
FANS
S.FAN
S.VFD
CD.F.A
CD.F.B
COOL
A1
A2
MLV
B1
B2
HEAT
HT.1
HT.2
HT.3
HT.4
HT.5
HT.6
EXPANSION
Service Test Mode
Local Machine Disable
Soft Stop Request
Supply Fan Request
4 in. Filter Change Mode
TEST INDEPENDENT OUTPUTS
Economizer Act.Cmd.Pos.
Economizer Power Test
Calibrate the Economizer?
Power Exhaust Relay A
Power Exhaust Relay B
Power Exhaust Relay C
Heat Interlock Relay
Remote Alarm Relay
TEST FANS
Supply Fan Relay
Supply Fan VFD Speed
Condenser Fan Circuit A
Condenser Fan Circuit B
TEST COOLING
Compressor A1 Relay
Compressor A2 Relay
Min. Load Valve (HGBP)
Compressor B1 Relay
Compressor B2 Relay
TEST HEATING
Heat Relay 1
Heat Relay 2
Relay 3 W1 Gas Valve 2
Relay 4 W2 Gas Valve 2
Relay 5 W1 Gas Valve 3
Relay 6 W2 Gas Valve 3
RANGE
ON/OFF
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
UNITS
%
config
forcible
forcible
SFAN_TST
SGVFDTST
CNDA_TST
CNDB_TST
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
CMPA1TST
CMPA2TST
MLV_TST
CMPB1TST
CMPB2TST
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
HS1_TST
HS2_TST
HS3_TST
HS4_TST
HS5_TST
HS6_TST
Independent Outputs — The Independent sub-menu
WRITE STATUS
ECONCTST
ECONPTST
ECON_CAL
PE_A_TST
PE_B_TST
PE_C_TST
HIR_TST
ALRM_TST
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
0-100
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
POINT
MAN_CTRL
UNITSTOP
SOFTSTOP
SFANFORC
FILT4CHG
jumper wires at TB4, terminals R (1), W2 (3) and W1 (4).
Terminal block TB4 is located in the unit control box. Store
these jumpers in the unit control box for future use.
items can be turned on and off regardless of the other category
states. For example, the alarm relay can be forced on in the
INDEPENDENT sub-menu and will remain on if compressor
relay are requested in the COOL sub-menu.
THIRD PARTY CONTROL
Fans — Upon entering the Fans sub-menu, the user will be
Thermostat — The method of control would be through
the thermostat inputs:
Y1 = first stage cooling
Y1 and Y2 = first and second stage cooling
W1 = first stage heating
W1 and W2 = first and second stage heating
G = supply fan
able to turn the supply fan on and off, set the supply fan VFD
speed, and turn the condenser fans on and off.
Cooling — The cooling sub-menu offers different cooling
service tests.
The user has manual relay control of individual compressors. If the user energizes mechanical cooling, the supply fan
and the outdoor fans will be started automatically. During
mechanical cooling, the unit will protect itself. Compressor
diagnostics are active, monitoring for high discharge pressure,
low suction pressure, etc. The user can also turn the hot gas
bypass valve on and off.
NOTE: It is crucial that proper compressor rotation be verified
during the service test. Each compressor must be tested
individually. After starting each compressor, the control will
check the suction pressure after 5 seconds of run time. If the
control does not see a sufficient decrease in suction pressure
after 5 seconds, mechanical cooling will be shut down, and an
alarm will be generated (A140). This alarm requires a manual
reset. If this alarm occurs, do not attempt a restart of the
compressor and do not attempt to start any other compressors
until the wiring to the unit has been corrected.
Alarm Output — The alarm output TB4-7 and 8, will provide relay closure whenever the unit is under an alert or alarm
condition.
Remote Switch — The remote switch may be configured
for three different functions. Under Configuration→UNIT, set
RM.CF to one of the following:
0 = no remote switch
1 = occupied/unoccupied switch
2 = start/stop switch
3 = occupancy override switch
Under Configuration→SW.LG, RMI.L, the remote occupancy switch can be set to either a normally open or normally closed
switch input. Normal is defined as either unoccupied, start or “not
currently overridden,” respective to the RM.CF configuration.
With RM.CF set to 1, no time schedules are followed and
the unit follows the remote switch only in determining the state
of occupancy.
With RM.CF set to 2, the remote switch can be used to shut
down and disable the unit, while still honoring timeguards on
compressors. Time schedules, internal or external, may be run
simultaneously with this configuration.
With RM.CF set to 3, the remote input may override an
unoccupied state and force the control to go into occupied
mode. As with the start/stop configuration, an internal or external time schedule may continue to control occupancy when the
switch is not in effect.
Heating — If unit has a thermostat connected (C.TYP = 3
or 4), install the RED jumper wires between TB4, terminals R
(1), W2 (3) and W1 (4). Terminal block TB4 is located in the
unit control box. Remember to disconnect these jumpers when
Test Mode is completed. The Heat Test Mode sub-menu will
offer automatic fan start-up if not a gas fired heat unit. On gas
heat units, the IGC feedback from the gas control units will
bring the fan on as required.
Within this sub-menu, the user has control of heat relays 1
to 6.
NOTE: When service test has been completed, if unit has a
thermostat connected (C.TYP = 3 or 4), remove the RED
24
VFD Control — On VFD equipped supply fans, supply
The state of the input on the display can be found at
Inputs→AIR.Q→IAQ.I.
Before configuring the switch functionality, first determine
how the switch will be read. A closed switch can indicate either
a low IAQ condition or a high IAQ condition. This is set at
Configuration→SW.LG and IAQ.L. The user can set what a
low reading would mean based on the type of switch being
used. Setting IAQ.L to OPEN means that when the switch is
open the input will read LOW. When the switch is closed, the
input will read HIGH. Setting IAQ.L to CLSE (closed) means
that when the switch is closed the input will read LOW, and
therefore, when the switch is open the switch will read HIGH.
There are two possible configurations for the IAQ discrete
input. Select item Configuration→IAQ→AQ.CF→IQ.I.C
and configure for either 1 (IAQ Discrete) or 2 (IAQ Discrete
Override).
IQ.I.C = 1 (IAQ Discrete) — If the user sets IQ.I.C to 1 (IAQ
Discrete), and the switch logic (Configuration→SW.LG→
IAQ.L) is set to OPEN, then an open switch reads low and a
closed switch reads high.
If the switch is open, the economizer will be commanded to
the IAQ Demand Vent Minimum Position.
These settings may be adjusted and are located at Configuration→IAQ→DCV.C→IAQ.M.
If the switch is closed, the IAQ reading will be high and the
economizer will be commanded to the Economizer Minimum
Position.
These settings may be adjusted and are located at Configuration→IAQ→DCV.C→EC.MN.
IQ.I.C = 2 (IAQ Discrete Override) — If the user sets IQ.I.C
to 2 (IAQ Discrete Override), and Configuration→SW.LG→
IAQ.L is set to OPEN, then an open switch reads low and a
closed switch reads high.
If the switch reads low, no action will be taken. If the switch
reads high, the economizer will immediately be commanded to
the IAQ Economizer Override Position. This can be set from 0
to 100% and can be found at Configuration→IAQ→AQ.SP→
IQ.O.P.
FAN CONTROL FOR THE IAQ DISCRETE INPUT —
Under Configuration→IAQ→AQ.CF, the IQ.I.F (IAQ Discrete Input Fan Configuration) must also be set. There are
three configurations for IQ.I.F. Select the configuration which
will be used for fan operation. This configuration allows the
user to decide (if the supply fan is not already running),
whether the IAQ discrete switch will start the fan, and in which
state of occupancy the fan will start.
IQ.I.F = 0
Minimum Position Override Switch input
will not start fan
IQ.I.F = 1
Minimum Position Override Switch input
will start fan in occupied mode only
IQ.I.F = 2
Minimum Position Override Switch input
will start fan in both occupied and unoccupied modes
duct static pressure control may be left under unit control or be
externally controlled. To control a VFD externally with a 4 to
20 mA signal, set SP.CF to 0, under the Configuration→SP
menu. This will disable the ComfortLink™ control from varying the VFD speed in response to duct pressure with its 4 to
20 mA output. The signal is connected directly to the VFD.
See Appendix C and the VFD literature supplied with the unit
for VFD configurations and field wiring connections to the VFD.
Supply Air Reset — With the installation of the Control
Expansion Module (CEM), the ComfortLink control is capable
of accepting a 4 to 20 mA signal, to reset the supply-air temperature up to a maximum of 20 F.
Under Configuration→EDT.R set RS.CF to 3 (external 4
to 20 mA supply air reset control). The 4 to 20 mA input to the
control system (TB6-1 and 3), will be linearized and range
from 0º to 20 F. For example, 4 mA = 0º F reset, 12 mA = 10º F
reset and 20 mA = 20º F reset.
Demand Limit Control — The term Demand Limit
Control refers to the restriction of the machine’s mechanical
cooling capacity to control the amount of power that a machine
may use.
Demand Limiting using mechanical control is possible via
two means:
Two discrete inputs tied to demand limit set point percentages.
OR
A 4 to 20 mA input that can reduce or limit capacity linearly to
a set point percentage.
In either case, it will be necessary to install a Controls Expansion Module (CEM).
DEMAND LIMIT DISCRETE INPUTS — First, set DM.L.S
in Configuration→DMD.L to 1 (2 switches).
When Inputs→GEN.I→DL.S1 (Demand Switch no. 1) is
OFF, the control will not set any limit to the capacity, and
when ON, the control sets a capacity limit to the Configuration→DMD.L→D.L.S1 set point.
Likewise, when Inputs→GEN.I→DL.S2 (Demand Switch
no. 2) is OFF, the control will not set any limit to the capacity,
and when ON, the control sets a capacity limit to the Configuration→DMD.L→D.L.S2 set point.
If both switches are ON, Inputs→GEN.I→DL.S2 is used
as the limiter of capacity.
Under Configuration→SW.LG, set the logic state appropriately for the action desired. Set the DL1.L and DL2.L configurations. They can be set normally open or normally closed. For
example, if DL1.L is set to OPEN, the user will need to close
the switch to cause the control to limit capacity to the demand
limit 1 set point. Likewise, if DL1.L is set to CLSE (closed),
the user will need to open the switch to cause the control to
limit capacity to the demand limit 1 set point.
DEMAND LIMIT 4 TO 20 mA INPUT — Under Configuration→DMD.L, set configuration DM.L.S to 2 (2 = 4 to
20 mA control). Under the same menu, set D.L.20 to a value
from 0 to 100% to set the demand limit range. For example,
with D.L.20 set to 50, a 4 mA signal will result in no limit to
the capacity and 20 mA signal will result in a 50% reduction in
capacity.
IAQ ANALOG INPUT CONFIGURATION — This input is
an analog input located on the main base board (MBB). There
are 4 different functions for this input. The location of this configuration is at Configuration→IAQ→AQ.CF→IQ.A.C.
The functions possible for IQ.A.C are:
• 0 = no IAQ analog input
• 1 = IAQ analog input
• 2 = IAQ analog input used to override to a set position
• 3 = 4 to 20 mA 0 to 100% economizer minimum position
control
• 4 = 0 to 10 kohms 0 to 100% economizer minimum position control
Options 2, 3, and 4 are dedicated for third party control.
Demand Controlled Ventilation Control — There
are multiple methods for externally controlling the economizer
damper.
IAQ DISCRETE INPUT CONFIGURATION — The IAQ discrete input configuration requires a CEM module (optional) to
be installed and an interface to a switch input at TB5-6 and 7.
25
mode. The System mode is the top level mode that defines three
essential states for the control system: OFF, RUN and TEST.
The HVAC mode is the functional level underneath the
System mode which further defines the operation of the
control.
The Control mode is essentially the control type of the unit
(Configuration→UNIT→C.TYP). This defines from where
the control looks to establish a cooling or heating mode and
whether 2 stages or multiple stages of cooling capacity operation are controlled.
Furthermore, there are a number of modes which operate
concurrently when the unit is running. The operating modes of
the control are located at the local displays under Operating
Modes. See Table 30.
IQ.A.C = 2 (IAQ Analog Input Used to Override) — Under
Configuration→IAQ→AQ.SP, set IQ.O.P (IAQ Economizer
Override Position). The IQ.O.P configuration is adjustable
from 0 to 100%. These configurations are also used in conjunction with Configuration→IAQ→AQ.CF→IQ.A.F (IAQ 4 to
20 mA Fan Configuration). There are three configurations for
IQ.A.F and they follow the same logic as for the discrete input.
This configuration allows the user to decide (if the supply fan is
not already running), if the IAQ Analog Minimum Position
Override input will start the fan, and in which state of occupancy the fan will start.
IQ.A.F = 0
IAQ analog sensor input cannot start the
supply fan
IQ.A.F = 1
IAQ analog sensor input can start the supply
fan in occupied mode only
IQ.A.F = 2
IAQ analog sensor input can start the supply
fan in both occupied and unoccupied modes
Table 30 — Operating Modes Display Table
ITEM
SYS.M
HVAC
CTRL
MODE
OCC
T.OVR
DCV
SA.R
DMD.L
T.C.ST
IAQ.P
LINK
LOCK
If IQ.A.F is configured to request the supply fan, then
configurations D.F.ON and D.F.OF need to be set. These
configuration settings are located under Configuration→
IAQ→AQ.SP and configure the fan override operation based
on the differential air quality (DAQ). If DAQ rises above
D.F.ON, the control will request the fan on until DAQ falls below D.F.OF.
NOTE: If D.F.ON is configured below DAQ.H, the unit is in
occupied mode, and the fan was off, then DAQ rose above
D.F.ON and the fan came on, the economizer will go to the
economizer minimum position (EC.MN).
The 4 to 20 mA signal from the sensor wired to TB5-6 and
7 is scaled to an equivalent indoor CO2 (IAQ) by the parameters IQ.R.L and IQ.R.H located under the Configuration
→IAQ→AQ.SR menu. The parameters are defined such that 4
mA = IQ.R.L and 20 mA = IQ.R.H. When the differential air
quality DAQ (IAQ – OAQ.U) exceeds the DAQ.H set point
(Configuration→IAQ→AQ.SP menu) and the supply fan is
on, the economizer minimum vent position (Configuration
→IAQ→DCV.C→EC.MN) is overridden and the damper is
moved to the IQ.P.O configuration. When the DAQ falls below
the DAQ.L set point (Configuration→IAQ→AQ.SP menu),
the economizer damper is moved back to the minimum vent
position (EC.MN).
NOTE: Configuration OAQ.U is used in the calculation of the
trip point for override and can be found under Configuration→ IAQ→AQ.SP.
IQ.A.C = 3 (4 to 20 mA Damper Control) — This configuration will provide full 4 to 20 mA remotely controlled analog input for economizer minimum damper position. The 4 to 20 mA
signal is connected to terminals TB5-6 and 7. The input is
processed as 4 mA = 0% and 20 mA = 100%, thereby giving
complete range control of the effective minimum position.
The economizer sequences can be disabled by setting Configuration→ ECON→E.SEL to 0. Complete control of the
economizer damper position is then possible by using a 4 to
20 mA economizer minimum position control or a 0 to
10 kohm 0 to 100% economizer minimum position control via
configuration decisions at Configuration→IAQ→IQ.A.C.
IQ.A.C = 4 (10 Kohm Potentiometer Damper Control) —
This configuration will provide input for a 10 kohm linear potentiometer that acts as a remotely controlled analog input for
economizer minimum damper position. The input is processed
as 0 ohms = 0% and 10,000 ohms = 100%, thereby giving
complete range control of the effective minimum position.
EXPANSION
RANGE
ascii string
ascii string
ascii string
MODES CONTROLLING UNIT
Currently Occupied
ON/OFF
Timed Override in Effect
ON/OFF
DCV Resetting Min Pos
ON/OFF
Supply Air Reset
ON/OFF
Demand Limit in Effect
ON/OFF
Temp.Compensated Start ON/OFF
IAQ Pre-Occ Purge Active ON/OFF
Linkage Active — CCN
ON/OFF
Mech.Cooling Locked Out ON/OFF
CCN POINT
n/a
n/a
n/a
MODEOCCP
MODETOVR
MODEADCV
MODESARS
MODEDMLT
MODETCST
MODEIQPG
MODELINK
MODELOCK
Currently Occupied (OCC) — This variable displays the current occupied state of the unit.
Timed Override in Effect (T.OVR) — This variable displays
if the state of occupancy is currently occupied due to an
override.
DCV Resetting Minimum Position (DCV) — This variable
displays if the economizer position has been lowered from its
maximum vent position.
Supply Air Reset (SA.R) — This variable displays if the supply air set point that the rooftop is attempting to maintain is
currently being reset upwards. This applies to cooling only.
Demand Limit in Effect (DMD.L) — This variable displays
if the mechanical cooling capacity is currently being limited or
reduced by an outside third party.
Temperature Compensated Start (T.C.ST) — This variable
displays if Heating or Cooling has been initiated before the
occupied period to pre-condition the space.
IAQ Pre-Occupancy Purge Active (IAQ.P) — This variable
displays if the economizer is open and the fan is on to preventilate the building before occupancy.
Linkage Active CCN (LINK) — This variable displays if a
linkage master in a zoning system has established “linkage”
with this air source (rooftop).
Mechanical Cooling Locked Out (LOCK) — This variable
displays if mechanical cooling is currently being locked due to
low outside air temperature.
SYSTEM MODES (Operating Modes→SYS.M)
System Mode Off — When the system mode is OFF, all outputs are to be shut down and no machine control is possible.
The following list displays the text assigned to the System
Mode when in the OFF mode and the conditions that may
cause this mode are checked in the following hierarchal order:
1. Wake up timer on a power reset.
(“Initializing System ...”)
2. System in the process of shutting down compressors and
waiting for timeguards to expire.
(“Shutting Down ...”)
CONTROLS OPERATION
Modes — The ComfortLink™ controls operate under a
hierarchy of command structure as defined by three essential
elements: the System mode, the HVAC mode and the Control
26
HVAC Mode — COMP.STUCK ON — The unit is shut
down because there is an indication that a compressor is running even though it has been commanded off.
HVAC Mode — TEST — The unit is in the self test mode
which is entered through the Service Test menu.
HVAC Mode — VENT — This is a normal operation mode
where no heating or cooling is required and outside air is being
delivered to the space to control IAQ levels.
HVAC Mode — HIGH COOL — This is a normal cooling
mode where a high cooling demand is required.
HVAC Mode — LOW COOL — This is a normal cooling
mode where a low cooling demand is required.
HVAC Mode — UNOCC. FREE COOL — In this mode the
unit will operate in cooling but will be using the economizer
for free cooling. Entering this mode will depend on the status
of the outside air. The unit can be configured for outside
air changeover, differential dry bulb changeover, outside air
enthalpy changeover, differential enthalpy changeover, or a
custom arrangement of enthalpy/dewpoint and dry bulb. See
the Economizer section for further details.
HVAC Mode — TEMPERING HICOOL — The economizer is at minimum vent position but the combination of the
outside-air temperature and the economizer position has
dropped the supply-air temperature below the tempering cool
set point. Staged gas heat is used to temper the ventilation air.
HVAC Mode — TEMPERING LOCOOL — The economizer is at minimum vent position but the combination of the
outside-air temperature and the economizer position has
dropped the supply-air temperature below the tempering cool
set point. Staged gas heat is used to temper the ventilation air.
HVAC Mode — TEMPERING VENT — The economizer is
at minimum vent position but the supply-air temperature has
dropped below the tempering vent set point. Staged gas heat is
used to temper the ventilation air.
HVAC Mode — LOW HEAT — The unit will be in low heating demand mode using either gas or electric heat.
HVAC Mode — HIGH HEAT — The unit will be in high
heating demand mode using either gas or electric heat.
HVAC Mode — FREEZESTAT TRIP — If the Freezestat
trips, the unit enters the Freezestat Trip HVAC mode. The supply fan will run, the hydronic heat valve will be wide open, and
the economizer damper will be at minimum.
HVAC Mode — STATIC PRESSURE FAIL — The unit is
off due to failure of the static pressure sensor.
HVAC Mode — PLENUM PRESSURE SWITCH — The
unit is off due to a plenum pressure switch trip.
HVAC Mode — FIRE SHUT DOWN — The unit has been
stopped due to a fire shutdown input (FSD) or two or more of
the fire control modes, purge, evacuation, or pressurization
have been requested simultaneously.
HVAC Mode — PRESSURIZATION — The unit is in the
special fire pressurization mode where the supply fan is on, the
economizer damper is open and the power exhaust fans are off.
This mode is invoked by the Fire Pressurization (PRES) input
which can be found in the INPUT→FIRE sub-menu.
HVAC Mode — EVACUATION — The unit is in the special
Fire Evacuation mode where the supply fan is off, the economizer damper is closed and the power exhaust fans are on. This
mode is invoked by the Fire Evacuation (EVAC) input which
can be found in the INPUT→FIRE sub-menu.
HVAC Mode — SMOKE PURGE — The unit is in the special Fire Purge mode where the supply fan is on, the economizer damper is open and the power exhaust fans are on. This
mode is invoked by the Fire Evacuation (PURG) input which
can be found in the INPUT→FIRE sub-menu.
3. Factory shut down (internal factory control level —
SHUTDOWN).
(“Factory Shut Down”)
4. Unit Stop (software application level variable that acts as
a hard shut down — Service Test→STOP).
(“Local Machine Stop”)
5. Fire Shut Down (traumatic fire shutdown condition based
on the Fire Shutdown Input — Inputs→FIRE→FSD).
(“Fire-Shutdown Mode”)
6. Emergency Stop, which is forced over the CCN through
the Emergency Stop Variable (EMSTOP).
(“CCN Emergency Stop”)
7. Service test ending transition timer.
(“Service Test Ending”)
8. Unexplained internal software failure.
(“Internal Failure”)
System Mode Test — When the system mode is Test, the control is limited to the Test mode and is controllable via the local
displays (Scrolling Marquee and Navigator™ display) or
through the factory service test control. The System Test
modes are Factory Test Enabled and Service Test Enabled. See
the Service Test Mode section for details on test control in this
mode.
1. Factory Test mode
(“Factory test enabled”)
2. Service Test mode
(“Service test enabled”)
System Mode Run — When the system mode is Run, the software application in the control is free to run the HVAC control
routines by which cooling, heating, IAQ, etc., is possible.
There are two possible text displays for this mode, one is
normal run mode and the other occurs if one of the following
fire-smoke modes is present: smoke purge, pressurization or
evacuation.
1. Normal run time state
(“Unit Operation Enabled”)
2. Fire-Smoke control mode
(“Fire-Smoke Control”)
HVAC MODES (Operating Mode→HVAC) — The HVAC
mode is dependant on the system mode to allow it to further
determine the operational state of the rooftop unit. The actual
determination of an HVAC mode is based on a hierarchal
decision making process whereby certain overrides may interfere with normal temperature/humidity control. The decision
making process that determines the HVAC mode is shown in
Fig. 4 and Appendix D.
Each HVAC Mode is described below.
HVAC Mode — OFF — The unit is off and no operating
modes are active.
HVAC Mode — STARTING UP — The unit is transitioning
from the OFF mode to a different mode.
HVAC Mode — SHUTTING DOWN — The unit is transitioning from a mode to the OFF mode.
HVAC Mode — DISABLED — The unit is shut down due to
a software command disable through the Scrolling Marquee, a
CCN emergency stop command, a service test end, or a
control-type change delay.
HVAC Mode — SOFTSTOP REQUEST — The unit is off
due to a soft stop request from the control.
HVAC Mode — REM SW.DISABLE — The unit is off due
to the remote switch.
27
System Mode =
OFF?
No
FireSmoke
Control
System
Mode
Yes
Inputs -> FIRE ->
FSD in alarm?
No
HVAC Mode = OFF
(Disabled)
Unit not in factory
test AND fire-smoke
control mode is
alarming?
No
Yes
Inputs -> FIRE ->
PRES in alarm?
Yes
No
Inputs -> FIRE ->
EVAC in alarm?
Yes
HVAC Mode = OFF
(Fire Shutdown)
No
Yes
HVAC Mode = OFF
(Pressurization)
HVAC Mode = OFF
(Evacuation)
HVAC Mode = OFF
(Purge)
Exceptions
Config->UNIT->
C.TYP changed
while unit running?
No
System Mode =
TEST?
No
Yes
Yes
15-second delay
Config->UNIT->
RM.CF =2 AND
Inputs->GEN.I->
REMT = ON
Service Test ->
S.STP = YES?
Yes
Yes
HVAC Mode = SoftStop
Request
HVAC Mode = TEST
No
HVAC Mode = OFF
(Rem. Sw. Disable)
HVAC Mode = OFF
(Disabled)
Config->SP-> SP.CF
= 1 OR 2
and static pressure
sensor has failed
Yes
HVAC Mode = OFF
(Static Pres. Fail)
Unit control free to select
normal heating/cooling
HVAC mode
No
Config->UNIT->
SFS.M=1 OR 2 AND
Config->UNIT->
SFS.S=YES?
and supply fan
has failed
No
Config->BP->
BP.CF=5 AND
There is a plenum
pressure switch
error
Yes
No
Yes
HVAC Mode = OFF
(Fan Status Fail)
Unit just waking up
from power reset?
Yes
HVAC Mode = OFF
(Starting Up)
HVAC Mode = OFF
(Plenum Pressure Trip)
HVAC Mode = OFF
HVAC Mode = Vent
HVAC Mode =
Tempering Vent
HVAC Mode = Low Cool
Unit
control free
to choose
HVAC
Mode
HVAC Mode =
Tempering LoCool
HVAC Mode = High Cool
HVAC Mode =
Tempering HiCool
HVAC Mode = Low Heat
HVAC Mode = High Heat
HVAC Mode = Unocc.
Free Cool
Fig. 4 — Mode Selection
28
No
Unit shutting down?
Yes
HVAC Mode = Shutting
Down
No
Unit Configuration Submenu — The UNIT sub-
The sensors and configurations that automatically turn on
this board are:
Configuration→UNIT→SFS.M = 1 (Supply Fan Status
Switch Monitoring)
Configuration→UNIT→SENS→SP.RS = Enable (Static
Pressure Reset Sensor Enable)
Configuration→EDT.R→RES.S = Enable (4 to 20 mA Supply Air Reset Sensor Enable)
Configuration→DMD.L→DM.L.S = 1 (2 SWITCHES)
(Demand Limiting using 2 discrete switches)
Configuration→DMD.L→DM.L.S = 2 (4-20 MA CTRL)
(Demand Limiting using a 4 to 20 mA sensor)
Configuration→IAQ→AQ.CF→IQ.I.C = 1 (IAQ DISCRETE)
(IAQ discrete switch control)
Configuration→IAQ→AQ.CF→IQ.I.C = 2 (IAQ DISC.OVR)
(IAQ discrete switch “override” control)
Configuration→IAQ→AQ.CF→OQ.A.C = 1 (OAQ SENSDAQ) (Outdoor Air Quality Sensor)
Configuration→IAQ→AQ.CF→OQ.A.C = 2 (4-20 NO
DAQ) (4 to 20 mA sensor, no DAQ)
Temperature Compensated Start Cooling Factor (TCS.C) —
This factor is used in the equation of the Temperature Compensated Start Time Bias for cooling. Refer to the Temperature
Compensated Start section for more information. A setting of
0 minutes indicates Temperature Compensated Start in Cooling
is not permitted.
Temperature Compensated Start Cooling Factor (TCS.H) —
This factor is used in the equation of the Temperature Compensated Start Time Bias for heating. Refer to the Temperature
Compensated Start section for more information. A setting of
0 minutes indicates Temperature Compensated Start in Heating
is not permitted.
Fan Fail Shuts Downs Unit (SFS.S) — This configuration
will determine whether the unit should shut down on a supply
fan status fail or simply alert the condition and continue to run.
If set to YES, then the control will shut down the unit and send
out an alarm if supply fan status monitoring fails. If set to NO,
the control will not shut down the unit if supply fan status monitoring fails but the control will send out an alert.
Fan Status Monitoring (SFS.M) — This configuration selects
the type of fan status monitoring to be performed.
0 - NONE — No switch or monitoring
1 - SWITCH — Use of the fan status switch
2 - SP RISE — Monitoring of the supply duct pressure.
VAV Unoccupied Fan Retry Time (VAV.S) — Machine control types 1 and 2 (VAV-RAT,VAV-SPT) include a process for
sampling the return-air temperature during unoccupied periods
to prove a valid demand for heating or cooling before initiating
an unoccupied heating or cooling mode. If the sampling
routine runs but concludes a valid demand condition does not
exist, the sampling process will not be permitted for the period
of time defined by this configuration. Reducing this value
allows a more frequent re-sampling process. Setting this value
to zero will prevent any sampling sequence.
Unit Size (SIZE) — There are several unit sizes (tons) for the
A Series control. Make sure this configuration matches the size
called out by the model number of the unit. This is important as
the cooling stage tables are directly determined based on this
configuration.
menu under the Configuration mode of the local display
contains general unit configuration items. This section will
define all of these configurations here for easy reference. The
sub-menu which contains these configurations is located at the
local display under Configuration→UNIT. See Table 31.
Machine Control Type (C.TYP) — This configuration defines the technique and control source responsible for selecting
a cooling, heating, or vent mode and in determining the method
by which compressors are staged. The control types are:
• C.TYP = 1 (VAV-RAT) and C.TYP = 2 (VAV-SPT)
Both of these configurations refer to standard VAV operation. If the control is occupied, the supply fan is run
continuously and return-air temperature will be used in the
determination of the selection of a cooling mode. VAV-SPT
differs from VAV-RAT only in that during the unoccupied
period, space temperature will be used instead of return-air
temperature to start the fan for 10 minutes to establish an
accurate return-air temperature before the return-air temperature is allowed to call out any mode.
• C.TYP = 3 (TSTAT – MULTI)
This configuration will force the control to monitor the thermostat inputs to make a determination of mode. Unlike
traditional 2-stage thermostat control, the unit is allowed to
use multiple stages of cooling control and perform VAVtype operation. The control will be able to call out a LOW
COOL or a HIGH COOL mode and maintain a low or high
cool supply air set point.
• C.TYP = 4 (TSTAT- 2 STG)
This configuration will force the control to monitor the thermostat inputs to make a determination of mode and allow
only 2 stages of control for both heating and cooling.
• C.TYP = 5 (SPT – MULTI)
This configuration will force the control to monitor a space
temperature sensor to make a determination of mode.
Unlike traditional 2-stage space temperature control, the
unit is allowed to use multiple stages of cooling control and
perform VAV-type operation. The control will be able to call
out a LOW COOL or a HIGH COOL mode and maintain a
low or high cool supply air set point.
• C.TYP = 6 (SPT- 2 STG)
This configuration will force the control to monitor the
space temperature sensor to make a determination of mode
and allow 2 stages of control for both heating and cooling.
FAN MODE (CV.FN) — The Fan Mode configuration can be
used for machine control types (Configuration→
UNIT→C.TYP) 3, 4, 5, and 6. The Fan Mode variable
establishes the operating sequence for the supply fan during
occupied periods. When set to 1 (Continuous), the fan will
operate continuously during occupied periods. When set to 0
(Automatic), the fan will run only during a heating or cooling
mode.
REMOTE SWITCH CONFIG (RM.CF) — The remote switch
input is connected to TB6 terminals 1 and 3. This switch can be
used for several remote control functions. Please refer to the
Remote Control Switch Input section for details on its use and
operation.
CEM MODEL INSTALLED (CEM) — This configuration instructs the control to communicate with the Controls Expansion
Module (CEM) over the Local Equipment Network (LEN)
when set to Yes. When the unit is configured for certain sensors
and configurations, this option will be set to Yes automatically.
29
Table 31 — Unit Configuration
ITEM
UNIT
C.TYP
CV.FN
RM.CF
CEM
TCS.C
TCS.H
SFS.S
SFS.M
VAV.S
SIZE
DP.XR
MAT.S
MAT.R
ALTI
SENS
SPT.S
SP.O.S
SP.O.R
RRH.S
FLT.S
SP.RS
EXPANSION
UNIT CONFIGURATION
Machine Control Type
Fan Mode (0=Auto, 1=Cont)
Remote Switch Config
CEM Module Installed
Temp.Cmp.Strt.Cool Factr
Temp.Cmp.Strt.Heat Factr
Fan Fail Shuts Down Unit
Fan Stat Monitoring Type
VAV Unocc.Fan Retry Time
Unit Size (20-60)
Discharge Press. Transducers
MAT Calc Config
Reset MAT Table Entries?
Altitude……..in feet:
INPUT SENSOR CONFIG
Space Temp Sensor
Space Temp Offset Sensor
Space Temp Offset Range
Return Air RH Sensor
Filter Stat.Sw.Enabled ?
Stat. Pres. Reset Sensor
RANGE
1-6
0-1
0-3
Yes/No
0 - 60
0 - 60
Yes/No
0-2
0 - 720
20 - 60
Yes/No
0-1
Yes/No
0 - 60000
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
1 - 10
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Discharge Pressure Transducers (DP.XR) — This configuration
configures the unit for use with discharge pressure transducers.
MAT Calc Config (MAT.S) — This configuration gives the
user two options in the processing of the mixed-air temperature
(MAT) calculation:
• MAT.S = 0
The control will not attempt to learn MAT over time. The
control will simply calculate MAT based on the position of
the economizer, outside and return air temperature, linearly.
• MAT.S = 1
The control will attempt to learn MAT over time. Any time
the system is in a vent mode and the economizer stays at a
particular position for long enough, MAT = EDT. Using
this, the control has an internal table whereby it can more
closely determine the true MAT value.
Reset MAT Table Entries? (MAT.R) — This configuration
allows the user to reset the internally stored MAT learned configuration data back to the default values. The defaults are set
to a linear relationship between the economizer damper position and OAT and RAT in the calculation of MAT.
Altitude……..In Feet: (ALTI) — As the control does not include a barometric pressure sensor to define the calculation of
enthalpy and cfm, the control does include an altitude parameter which will serve to set up a default barometric pressure for
use with calculations. The effect of barometric pressure in
these calculations is not great, but could have an effect depending on the installed elevation of the unit. If the rooftop is
installed at a particularly high altitude and enthalpy or cfm are
being calculated, set this configuration to the current elevation
of the installed rooftop.
Space Temp Sensor (SPT.S) — If a space temperature sensor
is installed (T55/T56), enable this configuration.
Space Temp Offset Sensor (SP.O.S) — If a T56 sensor is
installed with the space temperature offset slider, enable this
configuration.
Space Temp Offset Range (SP.O.R) — If a space temperature offset sensor is installed, it is possible to configure the
range of the slider by adjusting this range configuration.
Return RH Sensor (RRH.S) — If a return air relative humidity sensor is installed, enable this configuration.
Filter Status Switch Enabled? (FLT.S) — If a filter status
switch is installed, enable this configuration to begin the monitoring of the filter status input (Inputs→GEN.I→ FLT.S). See
UNITS
min
min
min
CCN POINT
DEFAULTS
CTRLTYPE
FAN_MODE
RMTINCFG
CEM_BRD
TCSTCOOL
TCSTHEAT
SFS_SHUT
SFS_MON
SAMPMINS
UNITSIZE
DP_TRANS
MAT_SEL
MATRESET
ALTITUDE
4
1
0
No
0
0
No
0
50
20
No
1
No
0
SPTSENS
SPTOSENS
SPTO_RNG
RARHSENS
FLTS_ENA
SPRSTSEN
Disable
Disable
5
Disable
Disable
Disable
the Dirty Filter Switch section for more details on installation
and operation.
Static Pressure Reset Sensor (SP.RS) — If the outdoor air
quality sensor is not configured (Configuration→IAQ
→AQ.CF→OQ.A.C = 0), then it is possible to use the OAQ
sensor’s location on the CEM board to control and adjust the
set point remotely for the static pressure reset via an external
4 to 20 mA input. Enabling this sensor will give the user
the ability to reset the supply static pressure set point (Configuration→SP→SP.SP) from 0 to 3 in. wg of static pressure
where 4 mA = 0 in. wg and 20 mA = 3 in. wg.
As an example: If the static pressure reset input is measuring 6 mA, then the input is reset 2 mA of its 16 mA (4 to
20 mA) control range. This is 2/16 of 3 in. wg or 0.375 in. wg
of reset. If the static pressure set point (SP.SP) = 1.5 in. wg,
then the static pressure control point for the system will be
1.5 – 0.375 = 1.125 in. wg.
Cooling Control — When mechanical cooling is required,
the A Series ComfortLink™ control has the capability to control the staging of the compressors in several different ways.
Three scroll compressors are used on sizes 020 to 027 and four
on sizes 030 to 060. In addition, the ComfortLink control supports the use of an optional minimum load hot gas bypass
valve (MLV) that is directly controlled by the ComfortLink
control, and provides an additional stage of capacity as well as
low load coil freeze protection. The control also integrates the
use of an economizer with the use of mechanical cooling to
allow for the greatest use of free cooling. When both mechanical cooling and the economizer are being used, the control will
use the economizer to provide better temperature control and
limit the cycling of the compressors. The control also checks
on various other operation parameters in the units to make sure
that safeties are not exceeded and the compressors are reliably
operated.
The A Series ComfortLink™ control offers two basic control approaches to mechanical cooling. Constant volume for 2
stages of cooling and VAV for multiple stages of cooling. In addition to these methods of control, the A Series ComfortLink
control offers the ability to run multiple stages of cooling for either a space temperature sensor or thermostat by controlling the
unit to either a low or high cool supply air set point. The control type (Configuration→ UNIT→ C.TYP) determines the
selection of the type of cooling control as well as the technique
for selecting a cooling mode.
30
changed. The configurations are provided in case a field
replacement of a board occurs and the settings are not
preserved by the download process of the new software. The
following configurations apply to all machine control types
(C.TYP) except 4 and 6. These configurations are located at the
local display under Configuration→UNIT. See Table 32.
There are either three or four compressors divided among
two refrigeration circuits in the unit. Circuit A always contains
two compressors (A1,A2). Circuit B has either one or two
compressors (B1,B2). There may be a minimum load valve
(MLV), which, if present, is only associated with circuit A. The
decision as to which compressor should be turned on or off is
decided by the compressor’s availability followed by a preferred staging order.
NOTE: Configuring the machine control type (C.TYP) has no
effect on whether a unit has a VFD or just a supply fan
installed for static pressure control. No matter what the control
type is, it is possible to run the unit in either CV or VAV mode
provided there are enough stages to accommodate lower air
volumes for VAV operation. Refer to the section on static pressure control for information on how to set up the unit for the
type of supply fan control desired.
SETTING UP THE SYSTEM
Machine Control Type (Configuration→UNIT→C.TYP) —
The most fundamental cooling control configuration is located
under Configuration→UNIT.
ITEM
EXPANSION
RANGE
UNIT
UNIT CONFIGURATION
C.TYP Machine Control Type 1 - 6
CCN
POINT
DEFAULTS
CTRLTYPE
*
Table 32 — Machine Dependent Configurations
ITEM
UNIT
SIZE
EXPANSION
RANGE
UNIT CONFIGURATION
Unit Size (20-60)
20-60
CCN
POINT
DEFAULTS
UNITSIZE
*
*Dependent on unit.
Unit Size (SIZE) — There are several unit sizes (tons) for the
A Series control. Make sure this configuration matches the size
called out by the model number of the unit. This is important as
the cooling stage tables are directly determined based on this
configuration.
SET POINTS — The set points for both cooling and heating
are located at the local display under Setpoints. See Table 33.
SUPPLY AIR RESET CONFIGURATION — Supply Air
Reset can be used to modify the current cooling supply air set
point. Supply Air Reset is applicable to control types, C.TYP =
1,2,3, and 5. The configurations for reset can be found at the
local display under Configuration→EDT.R. See Table 34.
EDT Reset Configuration (RS.CF) — This configuration applies to several machine control types (Configuration→
UNIT→C.TYP = 1,2,3, and 5).
• 0 = NO RESET
No supply air reset is in effect
• 1 = SPT RESET
Space temperature will be used as the reset control variable
along with both RTIO and LIMT in the calculation of the
final amount of reset to be applied (Inputs→RSET
→SA.S.R).
• 2 = RAT RESET
Return-air temperature will be used as the reset control variable along with both RTIO and LIMT in the calculation of
the final amount of reset to be applied (Inputs→RSET→
SA.S.R).
• 3 = 3RD PARTY RESET
The reset value is determined by a 4 to 20 mA third party
input. An input of 4 mA would correspond to 0º F reset. An
input of 20 mA would correspond to 20º F reset. Configuring the control for this option will cause RES.S to become
enabled automatically with the CEM board. To avoid
alarms make sure the CEM board and third party input are
connected first before enabling this option.
Reset Ratio (RTIO) — This configuration is used when
RS.CF is set to 1 or 2. For every degree that the controlling
temperature (space/return) falls below the occupied cooling set
point (OCSP), the calculated value of the supply air reset will
rise by the number of degrees as specified by this parameter.
Reset Limit (LIMT) — This configuration is used when
RS.CF is set to 1 or 2. This configuration places a clamp on the
amount of supply air reset that can be applied.
EDT 4-20 mA Reset Input (RES.S) — This configuration is
automatically enabled when Configuration→EDT.R→
RS.CF is set to 3 (third party reset).
COOLING CONFIGURATION — Relevant configurations for
mechanical cooling are located at the local display under
Configuration→COOL. See Table 35.
*This default is model number dependent.
This configuration defines the technique and control source
responsible for selecting a cooling mode and in determining the
method by which compressors are staged. The control types
are:
• C.TYP = 1 (VAV-RAT) and C.TYP = 2 (VAV-SPT)
Both of these configurations refer to standard VAV operation. If the control is occupied, the supply fan is run continuously and return-air temperature will be used for both in the
determination of the selection of a cooling mode. VAV-SPT
differs from VAV-RAT only in that during the unoccupied
period, space temperature will be used instead of return-air
temperature to start the fan for ten minutes before the
return-air temperature is allowed to call out any mode.
• C.TYP = 3 (TSTAT – MULTI)
This configuration will force the control to monitor the thermostat inputs to make a determination of mode. Unlike traditional 2-stage thermostat control, the unit is allowed to use
multiple stages of cooling control and perform VAV style
operation. The control will be able to call out a LOW
COOL or a HIGH COOL mode and maintain a low or high
cool supply air set point.
• C.TYP = 4 (TSTAT – 2 STG)
This configuration will force the control to monitor the thermostat inputs to make a determination of mode.
• C.TYP = 5 (SPT – MULTI)
This configuration will force the control to monitor a space
temperature sensor to make a determination of mode. Unlike traditional 2 stage space temperature control, the unit is
allowed to use multiple stages of cooling control and perform VAV style operation. The control will be able to call
out a LOW COOL or a HIGH COOL mode and maintain a
low or high cool supply air set point.
• C.TYP = 6 (SPT – 2 STG)
This configuration will force the control to monitor the
space temperature sensor to make a determination of mode
and allow two stages of cooling.
MACHINE DEPENDENT CONFIGURATIONS — Some
configurations are linked to the physical unit and must not be
31
Table 33 — Setpoints
ITEM
OHSP
OCSP
UHSP
UCSP
GAP
V.C.ON
V.C.OF
SASP
SA.HI
SA.LO
SA.HT
T.PRG
T.CL
T.V.OC
T.V.UN
EXPANSION
Occupied Heat Setpoint
Occupied Cool Setpoint
Unoccupied Heat Setpoint
Unoccupied Cool Setpoint
Heat-Cool Setpoint Gap
VAV Occ. Cool On Delta
VAV Occ. Cool Off Delta
Supply Air Setpoint
Supply Air Setpoint Hi
Supply Air Setpoint Lo
Heating Supply Air Setpt
Tempering Purge SASP
Tempering in Cool SASP
Tempering Vent Occ SASP
Tempering Vent Unocc. SASP
RANGE
55-80
55-80
40-80
75-95
2-10
0-25
1-25
45-75
45-75
45-75
90-145
–20-80
5-75
–20-80
–20-80
UNITS
dF
dF
dF
dF
deltaF
deltaF
deltaF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
CCN POINT
OHSP
OCSP
UHSP
UCSP
HCSP_GAP
VAVOCON
VAVOCOFF
SASP
SASP_HI
SASP_LO
SASPHEAT
TEMPPURG
TEMPCOOL
TEMPVOCC
TEMPVUNC
DEFAULT
68
75
55
90
5
3.5
2
55
55
60
85
50
5
65
50
Table 34 — Supply Air Reset Configuration
ITEM
EDT.R
RS.CF
RTIO
LIMT
RES.S
EXPANSION
EVAP.DISCHRGE TEMP RESET
EDT Reset Configuration
Reset Ratio
Reset Limit
EDT 4-20 ma Reset Input
RANGE
UNITS
0-3
0 - 10
0 - 20
Enable/Disable
deltaF
CCN POINT
EDRSTCFG
RTIO
LIMT
EDTRSENS
DEFAULTS
2
2
10
Disable
Table 35 — Cooling Configuration
ITEM
COOL
Z.GN
MC.LO
C.FOD
MLV
M.M.
HPSP
A1.EN
A2.EN
B1.EN
B2.EN
CS.A1
CS.A2
CS.B1
CS.B2
REV.R
EXPANSION
COOLING CONFIGURATION
Capacity Threshold Adjst
Compressor Lockout Temp
Fan-Off Delay, Mech Cool
Min. Load Valve (HGBP)?
Motor Master Control ?
Head Pressure Setpoint
Enable Compressor A1
Enable Compressor A2
Enable Compressor B1
Enable Compressor B2
CSB A1 Feedback Alarm
CSB A2 Feedback Alarm
CSB B1 Feedback Alarm
CSB B2 Feedback Alarm
Rev. Rotation Verified?
RANGE
–10 - 10
–20 - 55
0-600
Yes/No
Yes/No
80 - 150
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Yes/No
UNITS
dF
sec
dF
CCN POINT
Z_GAIN
OATLCOMP
COOL_FOD
MLV_SEL
MOTRMAST
HPSP
CMPA1ENA
CMPA2ENA
CMPB1ENA
CMPB2ENA
CSB_A1EN
CSB_A2EN
CSB_B1EN
CSB_B2EN
REVR_VER
DEFAULTS
1
40
60
No
No
113
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
No
V speed control installed, this configuration must be set to
YES. On 060 size units without accessory Motormaster V
speed control installed and on all 020-050 size units, this
configuration must be set to NO. On 060 size units with this
configuration set to NO, the ComfortLink control will control
3 stages of condenser fan head pressure control. With this
configuration set to YES, the ComfortLink control will control
2 stages of condenser fan head pressure control in addition to
the Motormaster V speed control accessory. See Head Pressure
Control section, page 40, for more information.
Head Pressure Set Point (HPSP) — This is the head pressure
set point used by the ComfortLink control during condenser
fan, head pressure control.
Enable Compressor A1 (A1.EN) — This configuration is
used to disable the A1 compressor in case of failure.
Enable Compressor A2 (A2.EN) — This configuration is
used to disable the A2 compressor in case of failure.
Enable Compressor B1 (B1.EN) — This configuration is
used to disable the B1 compressor in case of failure.
Enable Compressor B2 (B2.EN) — This configuration is
used to disable the B2 compressor in case of failure.
CSB A1 Feedback Alarm (CS.A1) — This configuration is
used to enable or disable the compressor A1 feedback alarm.
This configuration must be enabled at all times.
CSB A2 Feedback Alarm (CS.A2) — This configuration is
used to enable or disable the compressor A2 feedback alarm.
This configuration must be enabled at all times.
CSB B1 Feedback Alarm (CS.B1) — This configuration is
used to enable or disable the compressor B1 feedback alarm.
This configuration must be enabled at all times.
CSB B2 Feedback Alarm (CS.B2) — This configuration is
used to enable or disable the compressor B2 feedback alarm.
This configuration must be enabled at all times.
Capacity Threshold Adjust (Z.GN) — This configuration is
used for units using the “SumZ” algorithm for cooling capacity
control (Configuration→UNIT→C.TYP = 1, 2, 3 or 5). The
configuration affects the cycling rate of the cooling stages by
raising or lowering the threshold that demand must build to in
order to add or subtract a stage of cooling.
Normally this configuration should not require any tuning or
adjustment. If there is an application where the unit may be significantly oversized and there are indications of high compressor cycles then the Capacity Threshold Adjust (Z.GN) can be
used to adjust the overall logic gain. Normally this is set to 1.0,
but it can be adjusted from 0.5 to 4.0. As the value of Z.GN is
increased, the cycling of cooling stages will be slowed.
Compressor Lockout Temperature (MC.LO) — This configuration is the outdoor air temperature setting below which
mechanical cooling is locked out.
Fan-Off Delay, Mech Cool (C.FOD) — After a mechanical
cooling cycle has ended, this is the delay in seconds that the
supply fan will continue to operate.
Min. Load Valve (HGBP)? (MLV) — This configuration instructs the control as to whether a minimum load valve has
been installed and will be controlled by the compressor staging
routine.
MotorMaster Control? (M.M.) — The condenser fan staging
control for the unit is managed directly by the ComfortLink™
control. There is no physical Motormaster® device in the
standard unit. The standard unit is capable of mechanical
cooling operation down to 35 F outdoor temperature. With the
addition of accessory Motormaster V speed control on the
stage 1 condenser fan(s), mechanical cooling operation down
to 0° F outdoor temperature is possible. The accessory Motormaster V speed control is a completely self-contained control
and is not controlled by the unit’s ComfortLink control. The
Motormaster control configuration (M.M.) only applies to the
060 size units. On 060 size units with accessory Motormaster
32
sensor control types (C.TYP=5 and 6) in both the occupied and unoccupied periods.
This section is devoted to the process of cooling mode
determination for the three types outlined above.
VAV Cool Mode Selection during the Occupied Period
(C.TYP = 1,2 and Operating Modes→MODE→OCC =ON)
— There is no difference in the selection of a cooling mode for
either VAV-RAT or VAV-SPT in the occupied period. The actual
selection of a cool mode, for both control types, is based upon
the controlling return-air temperature (Temperatures→AIR.T
→CTRL→R.TMP). Typically this is the same as the return air
temperature thermistor (Temperatures→AIR.T→ RAT) except
when under CCN Linkage.
VAV Occupied Cool Mode Evaluation Configuration — There
are VAV occupied cooling offsets under Setpoints.
Reverse Rotation Verified? (REV.R) — If this configuration
is set to NO, then after a power up, in the normal run mode, the
control will check the suction pressure on the first circuit that is
energized after 5 seconds of run time. If the control does not
see a sufficient decrease in suction pressure over the first 5 seconds, mechanical cooling will be shut down, and an alarm will
be generated (A140). This alarm requires a manual reset.
If the unit is in the Service Test mode, the test will be
performed any time a compressor is energized.
Once it has been verified that power to the rooftop and
compressors has been applied correctly and the compressors
start up normally, this configuration can be set to YES in order
to prevent the reverse rotation check from occurring.
COMPRESSOR SAFETIES — The 48/50A Series units with
the ComfortLink™ controls include a compressor protection
board (CSB) that protects the operation of each of the compressors. These boards sense the presence or absence of current to
each compressor.
If there is a command for a compressor to run and there is
no current, then one of the following safeties or conditions
have turned the compressor off:
• Compressor overcurrent — Smaller compressors have
internal line breaks and larger compressors have a dedicated
circuit breaker for over current protection.
• Compressor short circuit — If the compressor circuit
breaker that provides short circuit protection has tripped
then there will not be current.
• Compressor motor over temperature — If the internal linebreak or over temperature switch has opened.
• High-pressure switch trip — High pressure switch has
opened.
Alarms will also occur if the current sensor board malfunctions or is not properly connected to its assigned digital input. If
the compressor is commanded OFF and the Current Sensor
reads ON, an alert is generated. This will indicate that a compressor contactor has failed closed. In this case, a special mode
“Compressor Stuck on Control” will be enabled and all other
compressors will be turned off and an alarm enabled to indicate
that service is required. Any time the alert occurs, a strike is
called out on the affected compressor. If three successive strikes
occur the compressor will be locked out requiring a manual
reset or power reset of the circuit board. The clearing of strikes
during compressor operation is a combination of 3 complete
cycles or 15 continuous minutes of run time operation. If there
are one or two strikes on the compressor and three short cycles
(ON-OFF, ON-OFF, ON-OFF) less than 15 minutes each occur,
the strikes are reset to zero for the affected compressor. If the
compressor turns on and runs for 15 minutes straight with no
compressor failure, the compressor strikes are cleared.
COMPRESSOR TIME GUARDS — The control will not allow any output relay to come on within 3 seconds of any other
output relay. For outputs connected to the compressors, the control will use a Compressor Minimum OFF Time of 2 minutes, a
Compressor Minimum ON Time of 3 minutes and a Minimum
Delay before turning on another compressor of 10 seconds.
COOL MODE SELECTION PROCESS — The A Series
ComfortLink™ control offers three distinct methods by which
it may select a cooling mode.
1. Thermostat (C.TYP=3 and 4): The thermostat does not
depend upon the state of occupancy or temperature and
the modes are called out directly by the discrete inputs
(Inputs→STAT→Y1 and Y2).
2. Occupied VAV cooling types (C.TYP=1 and 2) are called
out in the occupied period (Operating Modes→
MODE→ OCC=ON).
3. Occupied VAV cooling types (C.TYP=1 and 2) are called
out in the unoccupied period (Operating Modes→
MODE→OCC=OFF). They are also used for space
ITEM
V.C.ON
V.C.OF
CCN
DEFAULT
POINT
deltaF VAVOCON 3.5
EXPANSION RANGE UNITS
VAV Occ.
0-25
Cool On Delta
VAV Occ.
1-25
Cool Off Delta
deltaF VAVOCOFF 2
Cool Mode Determination — If the machine control type
(Configuration→ UNIT→C.TYP) = 1 (VAV-RAT) or 2 (VAVSPT) and the control is occupied (Operating Modes
→MODE→OCC=ON), then the unit will not follow the occupied cooling set point (OCSP). Instead, the control will follow
two offsets in the determination of an occupied VAV cooling
mode (Setpoints→V.C.ON and Setpoints→V.C.OF), applying
them to the low-heat off trip point and comparing the resulting
temperature to the return-air temperature.
The Setpoints→V.C.ON (VAV cool mode on offset) and
Setpoints→V.C.OF (VAV cool mode off offset) offsets are
used in conjunction with the low heat mode off trip point to
determine when to bring cooling on and off and in enforcing a
true “vent” mode between heating and cooling. See Fig. 5. The
occupied cooling set point is not used in the determination of
the cool mode. The occupied cooling set point is used for
supply air reset only.
The advantage of this offset technique is that the control can
safely enforce a vent mode without worrying about crossing set
points. Even more importantly, under CCN linkage, the
occupied heating set point may drift up and down and as such
this technique of using offsets ensures a guaranteed separation
in degrees Fahrenheit between the calling out of a heating or
cooling mode at all times.
NOTE: There is a sub-menu at the local display (Run Status
→TRIP) that allows the user to see the exact trip points for
both the heating and cooling modes without having to calculate them. Refer to the Cool Mode Diagnostic Help section on
page 37 for more information.
To enter into a VAV Occupied Cool mode, the controlling
temperature must rise above [OHSP minus L.H.ON plus
L.H.OF plus V.C.ON].
To exit out of a VAV Occupied Cool Mode, the controlling
temperature must fall below [OHSP minus L.H.ON plus
L.H.OF plus V.C.ON minus V.C.OF].
NOTE: With vent mode, it is possible to exit out of a cooling
mode during the occupied period if the return-air temperature
drops low enough. When supply-air temperature reset is not
configured, this capability will work to prevent over-cooling
the space during the occupied period.
V.C. ON
OHSP
V.C. OF
L.H.ON
L.H.OF
Fig. 5 — VAV Occupied Period Trip Logic
33
Demand Level Low Cool Off Offset (L.C.OF) — This is the
cooling set point offset subtracted from “cooling set point plus
L.C.ON” at which point a Low Cool mode ends.
NOTE: The “high cool end” trip point uses the “low cool off”
(L.C.OF) offset divided by 2.
To enter into a LOW COOL mode, the controlling temperature must rise above [the cooling set point plus L.C.ON.]
To enter into a HIGH COOL mode, the controlling temperature must rise above [the cooling set point plus L.C.ON plus
H.C.ON.]
To exit out of a LOW COOL mode, the controlling temperature must fall below [the cooling set point plus L.C.ON minus
L.C.OF.]
To exit out of a HIGH COOL mode, the controlling temperature must fall below [the cooling set point plus L.C.ON minus
L.C.OF/2.]
Comfort Trending — In addition to the set points and offsets
which determine the trip points for bringing on and bringing
off cool modes, there are 2 configurations which work to hold
off the transitioning from a low cool to a high cool mode if the
space is cooling down quickly enough. This technique is
referred to as Comfort Trending and the configurations of
interest are C.T.LV and C.T.TM.
Cool Trend Demand Level (C.T.LV) — This is the change in
demand that must occur within the time period specified by
C.T.TM in order to hold off a HIGH COOL mode regardless
of demand. This is not applicable to VAV control types
(C.TYP=1 and 2) in the occupied period. As long as a LOW
COOL mode is making progress in cooling the space, the control will hold off on the HIGH COOL mode. This is especially
true for the space sensor machine control types (C.TYP) = 5
and 6, because they may transition into the occupied mode and
see an immediate large cooling demand when the set points
change.
Cool Trend Time (C.T.TM) — This is the time period upon
which the cool trend demand level (C.T.LV) operates and may
hold off staging or a HIGH COOL mode. This is not applicable
to VAV control types (C.TYP=1 and 2) in the occupied period.
See the Cool Trend Demand Level section for more details.
Timeguards — In addition to the set points and offsets which
determine the trip points for bringing on and bringing off cool
modes there is a timeguard which enforces a time delay
between the transitioning from a low cool to a high cool mode.
This time delay is 8 minutes. There is a timeguard which
enforces a time delay between the transitioning from a heat
mode to a cool mode. This time delay is 5 minutes.
Supply Air Set Point Control — Once the control has determined that a cooling mode is in effect, the cooling control
point (Run Status→VIEW→CL.C.P) is calculated and is
based upon either Setpoints→SA.HI or Setpoints→SA.LO,
depending on whether a high or a low cooling mode is in
effect, respectively. In addition, if supply air reset is configured, it will also be added to the cooling control point.
Refer to the SumZ Cooling Algorithm section for a discussion of how the A Series ComfortLink™ controls manage
supply-air temperature and the staging of compressors for these
control types.
Supply Air Set Point Control and the Staging of Compressors
— Once the control has determined that a cooling mode is in
effect, the cooling control point (Run Status→VIEW
→CL.C.P) is calculated and is based upon the supply air set
point (Setpoints→SASP) plus any supply air reset being
applied (Inputs→RSET→SA.S.R).
Refer to the SumZ Cooling Algorithm section on page 37
for a discussion of how the A Series ComfortLink™ controls
manage the staging of compressors to maintain supply-air
temperature.
VAV Cool Mode Selection during the Unoccupied Period
(C.TYP = 1,2; Operating Modes→MODE→OCC=OFF)
and Space Sensor Cool Mode Selection (C.TYP=5 and 6) —
The machine control types that utilize this technique of mode
selection are:
• C.TYP = 1 (VAV-RAT) in the unoccupied period
• C.TYP = 2 (VAV-SPT) in the unoccupied period
• C.TYP = 5 (SPT-MULTI) in both the occupied and
unoccupied period
• C.TYP = 6 (SPT- 2 STG) in both the occupied and
unoccupied period
These particular control types operate differently than the
VAV types in the occupied mode in that there is both a LOW
COOL and a HIGH COOL mode. For both of these modes, the
control offers two independent set points, Setpoints→SA.LO
(for LOW COOL mode) and Setpoints→SA.HI (for HIGH
COOL mode). The occupied and unoccupied cooling set points
can be found under Setpoints.
ITEM
OCSP
UCSP
EXPANSION
Occupied
Cool Setpoint
Unoccupied
Cool Setpoint
dF
CCN
POINT
OCSP
75
dF
UCSP
90
RANGE
UNITS
55-80
75-95
DEFAULT
The heat/cool set point offsets are found under Configuration→D.LV.T. See Table 36.
Operating modes are under Operating Modes→MODE.
ITEM
MODE
OCC
T.C.ST
EXPANSION
RANGE
MODES CONTROLLING UNIT
Currently Occupied
ON/OFF
Temp.Compensated Start
ON/OFF
CCN POINT
MODEOCCP
MODETCST
Cool Mode Evaluation Logic — The first thing the control
determines is whether the unit is in the occupied mode (OCC)
or is in the temperature compensated start mode (T.C.ST). If
the unit is occupied or in temperature compensated start mode,
the occupied cooling set point (OCSP) is used. For all other
modes, the unoccupied cooling set point (UCSP) is used. For
further discussion and simplification this will be referred to as
the “cooling set point.” See Fig. 6.
Demand Level Low Cool On Offset (L.C.ON) — This is the
cooling set point offset added to the cooling set point at which
point a Low Cool mode starts.
Demand Level High Cool On Offset (H.C.ON) — This is the
cooling set point offset added to the “cooling set point plus
L.C.ON” at which point a High Cool mode begins.
Table 36 — Cool/Heat Set Point Offsets Configuration
ITEM
D.LV.T
L.H.ON
H.H.ON
L.H.OF
L.C.ON
H.C.ON
L.C.OF
C.T.LV
H.T.LV
C.T.TM
H.T.TM
EXPANSION
COOL/HEAT SETPT. OFFSETS
Dmd Level Lo Heat On
Dmd Level(+) Hi Heat On
Dmd Level(-) Lo Heat Off
Dmd Level Lo Cool On
Dmd Level(+) Hi Cool On
Dmd Level(-) Lo Cool Off
Cool Trend Demand Level
Heat Trend Demand Level
Cool Trend Time
Heat Trend Time
RANGE
-1 - 2
0.5 - 2.0
0.5 - 2
-1 - 2
0.5 - 2
0.5 - 2
0.1 - 5
0.1 - 5
30 - 600
30 - 600
34
UNITS
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
sec
sec
CCN POINT
DMDLHON
DMDHHON
DMDLHOFF
DMDLCON
DMDHCON
DMDLCOFF
CTRENDLV
HTRENDLV
CTRENDTM
HTRENDTM
DEFAULT
1.5
0.5
1
1.5
0.5
1
0.1
0.1
120
120
3 compressor unit, if no compressors are currently on,
compressor A2 is currently under a minimum off compressor
timeguard, and 2 compressors are to be turned on, then compressors A1 and B1 will be turned on immediately instead of
A1 and A2.
Low Cool Versus High Cool Mechanical Staging — The number of compressors to be requested during a cooling mode are
divided into 2 groups by the control, HVAC mode = Lo Cool
and HVAC mode = Hi Cool.
If the economizer is not able to provide free cooling (Run
Status→ECON→ACTV = NO) then:
• Lo Cool Mode mechanical stages = 2
• Hi Cool Mode mechanical stages = 3 (for 020 through 027
size units)
• Hi Cool Mode mechanical stages = 4 (for 030 through 060
size units)
If the economizer is able to provide free cooling (Run Status→ECON→ACTV = YES) then:
If the economizer’s current position is less than Configuration→ECON→EC.MX – 5 and mechanical cooling has not
yet started for the current cool mode session then:
• Lo Cool Mode mechanical stages = 0
• Hi Cool Mode mechanical stages = 0
During the first 2.5 minutes of a low or high cool mode
where the economizer position is greater than Configuration
→ECON→EC.MX – 5% and mechanical cooling has not yet
started:
• Lo Cool Mode mechanical stages = 0
• Hi Cool Mode mechanical stages = 0
If the economizer position is greater than Configuration
→ECON→EC.MX – 5% for more than 2.5 minutes but less
than 5.5 minutes and mechanical cooling has not yet started
then:
• Lo Cool Mode mechanical stages = 1
• Hi Cool Mode mechanical stages = 1
If the economizer position is greater than Configuration
→ECON→EC.MX – 5% for more than 5.5 minutes but less
than 8 minutes and mechanical cooling has started then:
• Lo Cool Mode mechanical stages = 2
• Hi Cool Mode mechanical stages = 2
If the economizer position is greater than Configuration
→ECON→EC.MX – 5% for more than 8 minutes but less
than 11.5 minutes and mechanical cooling has started then:
• Lo Cool Mode mechanical stages = 2
• Hi Cool Mode mechanical stages = 3
If the economizer position is greater than Configuration
→ECON→EC.MX – 5% for more than 11.5 minutes and
mechanical cooling has started then:
• Lo Cool Mode mechanical stages = 2
• Hi Cool Mode mechanical stages = 3 (for 020 to 027 units
only)
• Hi Cool Mode mechanical stages = 4 (for 030 to 060 units
only)
NOTE: If some compressors are not available due to being
faulted, the Hi Cool Mode number of compressors are affected
before the Lo Cool Mode number of compressors. For example, if a 4 compressor unit has one compressor faulted, and the
economizer is not active, then an HVAC mode Hi Cool
requested number of compressors is changed from 4 to 3. If
another compressor faults, then both Lo Cool and Hi Cool
requested number of compressors are set to 2. In addition,
compressors cannot be brought on faster than one every
30 seconds. If the control needs to bring on 2 compressors at
once, the first compressor will come on followed by the second
compressor 30 seconds later.
Staging of compressors is shown in Tables 37-42.
Hi Cool Start
H.C.ON
Lo Cool Start
L.C. OF
L.C.ON
L.C. OF/2
Hi Cool End
Lo Cool End
Cooling Setpoint (OCSP,UCSP)
Fig. 6 — Cool Mode Evaluation
C.TYP = 3 and 4 (Thermostat Cool Mode Selection) —
When a thermostat type is selected, the decision making process involved in determining the mode is straightforward.
Upon energizing the Y1 input only, the unit HVAC mode will
be LOW COOL. Upon the energizing of both Y1 and Y2 inputs, the unit HVAC mode will be HIGH COOL. If just input
G is energized the unit HVAC mode will be VENT and the
supply fan will run.
Selecting the C.TYP = 3 (TSTAT – MULTI) control type
will cause the control to do the following:
• The control will read the Configuration→UNIT→ SIZE
configuration parameter to determine the number of
cooling stages and the pattern for each stage.
• An HVAC mode equal to LOW COOL will cause the
unit to select the Setpoints→SA.LO set point to control
to. An HVAC mode equal to HIGH COOL will cause the
unit to select the Setpoints→SA.HI set point to control
to. Supply air reset (if configured) will be added to either
the low or high cool set point.
• The control will utilize the SumZ cooling algorithm and
control cooling to a supply air set point. See the section
for the SumZ Cooling Algorithm section for information
on controlling to a supply air set point and compressor
staging.
Selecting the C.TYP = 4 (TSTAT – 2 STG) control type
means that only two stages of cooling will be used. On unit sizes 020, 025 and 027 (with three compressors), an HVAC Mode
of LOW COOL will energize one compressor in Circuit A; an
HVAC Mode of HIGH COOL will energize all three compressors. On unit sizes 030 and larger (with four compressors) an
HVAC Mode of LOW COOL will energize both compressors
in Circuit A; an HVAC Mode of HIGH COOL will energize all
four compressors. Refer to the section on Economizer Integration with Mechanical Cooling for more information.
2-Stage Cooling Control Logic (C.TYP = 4 and 6) — The
logic that stages mechanical cooling for the TSTAT and SPT
2-Stage cooling control types differs from that of the multistage control types. This section will explain how compressors
are staged and the timing involved for both the Low Cool and
High Cool HVAC Modes.
There are either three or four compressors divided among two
refrigeration circuits. Circuit A always contains two compressors
(Outputs→COOL→A1 and A2). Circuit B has either one compressor (Outputs→COOL→B1) on size 020-027 units or two
compressors (Outputs→COOL→B1 and B2) on size 030-060
units. For 2-stage cooling control, regardless of configuration,
there is no minimum load valve (MLV) control. The decision as
to which compressor should be turned on or off next is decided
by the compressor’s availability and the preferred staging order.
The preferred staging order is either A1, A2, B1, B2 (B2 on
030-060 only) or A2, A1, B1, B2 (B2 on 030-060 only). Either
A1 or A2 may start first as there is a built-in lead/lag logic on
compressors A1 and A2 every time the unit stages to 0 compressors. Also, based on compressor availability, it should be
noted that any compressor may come on. For example, on a
35
Table 37 — 2-Stage Sequence —
48/50AJ,AW020-027
EDT Low Override — There is an override if EDT drops too
low based on an alert limit that will lock out cooling. If the
supply air/evaporator discharge temperature (EDT) falls below
the alert limit (Configuration→ALLM→SA.L.O) cooling will
be inhibited. There is a 20-minute hold off on starting cooling
again once the following statement is true: EDT minus (Run
Status→COOL→SUMZ→ADD.R) has risen above SA.L.O.
The variable ADD.R is one of the SumZ cooling algorithm
control variables dedicated mainly for multi-stage control.
2-Stage Control and the Economizer — The 2 stage logic will
first check for the availability of the economizer. If free cooling
can be used, then the control will first attempt to use the free
cooling.
If no mechanical cooling is active, and the economizer is
active, the economizer will first attempt to control to a cooling
control point of either the supply air set point high (SA.HI) or
supply air set point low (SA.LO) plus any reset applied,
depending on whether high cool or low cool mode is in effect,
respectively.
If one stage of mechanical cooling is on, and the economizer is active, then the economizer will attempt to control to 53 F.
Also If HVAC mode = LOW COOL, the second stage of
mechanical cooling will be locked out.
If the set point cannot be satisfied or the economizer is not
active, then cooling will be brought on one stage at a time
when the evaporator discharge temperature (EDT) is greater
the 1.5° F above the current cooling control point. A start-up
time delay of 10 minutes and steady state delay after a compressor is energized of 5 minutes is enforced.
If both circuits of mechanical cooling are running, then the
economizer will attempt to control to 48 F. If the economizer is
active and the outside air temperature (OAT) is less than the
cooling control point + 0.5 F, the compressors will be locked
off. When mechanical cooling is on, the control may also use
the economizer to trim the leaving-air temperature to prevent
unnecessary cycles of the compressor stages.
See the Economizer Integration with Mechanical Cooling
section for more information on the holding off of mechanical
cooling as well as the economizer control point.
SEQUENCE 1
SEQUENCE 2
1
2
0
1
2
Thermostat Inputs
Thermostat Inputs
Y1
OPEN CLOSED CLOSED OPEN CLOSED CLOSED
Y2
OPEN OPEN CLOSED OPEN OPEN CLOSED
COMP
Compressor Status
Compressor Status
A1
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
A2
OFF
OFF
ON*
OFF
ON
ON*
B1
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
Unit Capacity
Unit Capacity
20
0%
67%
100%
0%
67%
100%
25
0%
65%
100%
0%
65%
100%
27
0%
67%
100%
0%
67%
100%
STAGE
0
*Compressor start is delay 10 seconds from other compressor.
Table 38 — 2-Stage Sequence —
48/50AJ,AW030-060
SEQUENCE 1
SEQUENCE 2
1
2
0
1
2
Thermostat Inputs
Thermostat Inputs
Y1
OPEN CLOSED CLOSED OPEN CLOSED CLOSED
Y2
OPEN OPEN CLOSED OPEN OPEN CLOSED
COMP
Compressor Status
Compressor Status
A1
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON*
ON
A2
OFF
ON*
ON
OFF
ON
ON
B1
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON*
B2
OFF
OFF
ON*
OFF
OFF
ON
Unit Capacity
Unit Capacity
30
0%
45%
100%
0%
45%
100%
35
0%
48%
100%
0%
48%
100%
40
0%
43%
100%
0%
43%
100%
50
0%
45%
100%
0%
45%
100%
60
0%
50%
100%
0%
50%
100%
STAGE
0
*Compressor start is delay 10 seconds from other compressor.
Table 39 — Staging Sequence Without Hot Gas Bypass —
48/50AK,AY020-027 and Multi-Stage 48/50AJ,AW020-027
STAGE
SEQUENCE 1
2
3
Compressor Status
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
Unit Capacity 48/50A
33%
67%
67%
30%
65%
70%
33%
67%
67%
0
COMP
A1
A2
B1
OFF
OFF
OFF
20
25
27
0%
0%
0%
1
4
0
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
100%
100%
100%
0%
0%
0%
SEQUENCE 2
2
3
Compressor Status
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
Unit Capacity 48/50A
33%
67%
67%
35%
65%
65%
33%
67%
67%
1
4
ON
ON
ON
100%
100%
100%
Table 40 — Staging Sequence With Hot Gas Bypass —
48/50AK,AY020-027 and Multi-Stage 48/50AJ,AW020-027
STAGE
0
1
COMP
A1
A2
B1
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON*
OFF
OFF
20
25
27
0%
0%
0%
18%
17%
21%
SEQUENCE 1
2
3
Compressor Status
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
Unit Capacity 48/50A
33%
67%
30%
65%
33%
67%
4
5
0
1
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON*
OFF
67%
70%
67%
100%
100%
100%
0%
0%
0%
18%
22%
21%
*With Minimum Load Valve ON.
36
SEQUENCE 2
2
3
Compressor Status
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
Unit Capacity 48/50A
33%
67%
35%
65%
33%
67%
4
5
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
67%
65%
67%
100%
100%
100%
Table 41 — Staging Sequence Without Hot Gas Bypass —
48/50AK,AY030-060 and Multi-Stage 48/50AJ,AW030-060
STAGE
0
1
COMP
A1
A2
B1
B2
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
30
35
40
50
60
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
23%
22%
21%
23%
24%
SEQUENCE 1
2
3
Compressor Status
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
Unit Capacity 48/50A
45%
50%
48%
52%
43%
50%
46%
46%
50%
50%
4
5
0
1
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
73%
74%
71%
68%
74%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
23%
26%
21%
23%
26%
SEQUENCE 2
2
3
Compressor Status
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
Unit Capacity 48/50A
45%
50%
48%
48%
43%
50%
46%
54%
50%
50%
4
5
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
73%
74%
72%
77%
76%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
Table 42 — Staging Sequence With Hot Gas Bypass — 48/50AK,AY030-060
STAGE
0
1
COMP
A1
A2
B1
B2
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON*
OFF
OFF
OFF
30
35
40
50
60
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
12%
12%
13%
16%
19%
SEQUENCE 1
2
3
4
Compressor Status
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
Unit Capacity 48/50A
23%
45%
50%
22%
48%
52%
21%
43%
50%
23%
46%
46%
24%
50%
50%
5
6
0
1
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON*
OFF
OFF
73%
74%
71%
68%
74%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
12%
16%
13%
16%
21%
SEQUENCE 2
2
3
4
Compressor Status
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
Unit Capacity 48/50A
23%
45%
50%
26%
48%
48%
21%
43%
50%
23%
46%
54%
26%
50%
50%
5
6
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
73%
74%
72%
77%
76%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
*With minimum load valve ON.
Capacity Threshold Adjust (Z.GN) — This configuration is
used on units using the “SumZ” algorithm for cooling capacity
control (Configuration→UNIT→C.TYP = 1, 2, 3 and 5). It
affects the cycling rate of the cooling stages by raising or
lowering the threshold that capacity must build to in order to
add or subtract a stage of cooling.
The cooling algorithm’s run-time variables are located at
the local display under Run Status→COOL. See Table 44.
Current Running Capacity (C.CAP) — This variable represents the amount of capacity currently running in percent.
Current Cool Stage (CUR.S) — This variable represents the
cool stage currently running.
Maximum Cool Stages (MAX.S) — This variable is the maximum number of cooling stages the control is configured for
and capable of controlling.
Active Demand Limit (DEM.L) — If demand limit is active,
this variable will represent the amount of capacity that the
control is currently limited to.
Capacity Load Factor (SMZ) — This factor builds up or
down over time (–100 to +100) and is used as the means of
adding or subtracting a cooling stage during run time. It is a
normalized representation of the relationship between “Sum”
and “Z”.
Next Stage EDT Decrease (ADD.R) — This variable represents (if adding a stage of cooling) how much the temperature
should drop in degrees depending on the R.PCT calculation
and exactly how much additional capacity is to be added.
ADD.R = R.PCT * (C.CAP — capacity after adding a cooling
stage)
For example: If R.PCT = 0.2 and the control would be
adding 20% cooling capacity by taking the next step up,
0.2 times 20 = 4 F (ADD.R)
COOLING MODE DIAGNOSTIC HELP — To quickly determine the current trip points for the cooling modes, the Run
Status sub-menu at the local display allows the user to view the
calculated start and stop points for both the cooling and heating
trip points. The following sub-menu can be found at the local
display under Run Status→TRIP. See Table 43.
Table 43 — Run Status Mode Trip Helper
ITEM
TRIP
UN.C.S
UN.C.E
OC.C.S
OC.C.E
TEMP
OC.H.E
OC.H.S
UN.H.E
UN.H.S
HVAC
EXPANSION
MODE TRIP HELPER
Unoccup. Cool Mode Start
Unoccup. Cool Mode End
Occupied Cool Mode Start
Occupied Cool Mode End
Ctl.Temp RAT,SPT or Zone
Occupied Heat Mode End
Occupied Heat Mode Start
Unoccup. Heat Mode End
Unoccup. Heat Mode Start
the current HVAC MODE
UNITS
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
CCN
POINT
UCCLSTRT
UCCL_END
OCCLSTRT
OCCL_END
CTRLTEMP
OCHT_END
OCHTSTRT
UCHT_END
UCHTSTRT
String
The controlling temperature is “TEMP” and is in the middle
of the table for easy reference. The HVAC mode can also be
viewed at the bottom of the table.
SUMZ COOLING ALGORITHM — The SumZ cooling algorithm is an adaptive PID which is used by the control whenever
more than 2 stages of cooling are present (C.TYP = 1,2,3, and
5). This section will describe its operation and define the pertinent parameters. It is generally not necessary to modify parameters in this section. The information is presented primarily for
reference and may be helpful for troubleshooting complex operational problems.
The only configuration parameter for the SumZ algorithm is
located at the local display under Configuration
→COOL→Z.GN. See Table 35.
37
Table 44 — Run Status Cool Display
ITEM
COOL
C.CAP
CUR.S
MAX.S
DEM.L
SUMZ
SMZ
ADD.R
SUB.R
R.PCT
Y.MIN
Y.PLU
Z.MIN
Z.PLU
H.TMP
L.TMP
PULL
SLOW
EXPANSION
COOLING INFORMATION
Current Running Capacity
Current Cool Stage
Maximum Cool Stages
Active Demand Limit
COOL CAP. STAGE CONTROL
Capacity Load Factor
Next Stage EDT Decrease
Next Stage EDT Increase
Rise Per Percent Capacity
Cap Deadband Subtracting
Cap Deadband Adding
Cap Threshold Subtracting
Cap Threshold Adding
High Temp Cap Override
Low Temp Cap Override
Pull Down Cap Override
Slow Change Cap Override
RANGE
UNITS
%
%
-100 – +100
^F
^F
CCN POINT
CAPTOTAL
COOL_STG
CLMAXSTG
DEM_LIM
WRITE STATUS
forcible
SMZ
ADDRISE
SUBRISE
RISE_PCT
Y_MINUS
Y_PLUS
Z_MINUS
Z_PLUS
HI_TEMP
LOW_TEMP
PULLDOWN
SLO_CHNG
when mechanical cooling first becomes available shortly after
the control goes into an occupied mode (after a warm unoccupied mode).
Slow Change Cap Override (SLOW) — With a rooftop unit,
the design rise at 100% total unit capacity is generally around
30° F. For a unit with 4 stages, each stage represents about
7.5° F of change to EDT. If stages could reliably be cycled at
very fast rates, the set point could be maintained very precisely.
Since it is not desirable to cycle compressors more than 6 cycles per hour, slow change override takes care of keeping the
PID under control when “relatively” close to set point.
SumZ Operation — The SumZ algorithm is an adaptive PID
style of control. The PID is programmed within the control and
the relative speed of staging can only be influenced by the user
through the adjustment of the Z.GN configuration, described in
the reference section. The capacity control algorithm uses a
modified PID algorithm, with a self adjusting gain which
compensates for varying conditions, including changing flow
rates across the evaporator coil.
Previous implementations of SumZ made static assumptions about the actual size of the next capacity jump up or
down. This control uses a “rise per percent capacity” technique
in the calculation of SumZ, instead of the previous “rise per
stage” method. For each jump, up or down in capacity, the
control will know beforehand the exact capacity change
brought on. Better overall staging control can be realized with
this technique.
SUM Calculation — The PID calculation of the “SUM” is
evaluated once every 80 seconds.
SUM = Error + “SUM last time through” + (3 * Error Rate)
Where:
SUM = the PID calculation
Error = EDT – Cooling Control Point
Error Rate = Error – “Error last time through”
NOTE: “Error” is clamped between –50 and +50 and “Error
rate” is clamped between –20 and +20.
This “SUM” will be compared against the “Z” calculations
in determining whether cooling stages should be added or
subtracted.
Z Calculation — For the “Z” calculation, the control attempts
to determine the entering and the leaving-air temperature of the
evaporator coil and based upon the difference between the two
during mechanical cooling, determines whether to add or
subtract a stage of cooling. This is the adaptive element.
The entering-air temperature is referred to as MAT
(mixed-air temperature) and the leaving-air temperature of the
evaporator coil is referred to as EDT (evaporator discharge
temperature). They are found at the local display under the
Temperatures→CTRL sub-menu.
Next Stage EDT Increase (SUB.R) — This variable represents (if subtracting a stage of cooling) how much the temperature should rise in degrees depending on the R.PCT calculation
and exactly how much capacity is to be subtracted.
SUB.R = R.PCT * (C.CAP — capacity after subtracting a
cooling stage)
For Example: If R.PCT = 0.2 and the control would be subtracting 30% capacity by taking the next step down, 0.2 times
–30 = –6 F (SUB.R)
Rise Per Percent Capacity (R.PCT) — This is a real time calculation that represents the amount of degrees of drop/rise
across the evaporator coil versus percent of current running
capacity.
R.PCT = (MAT – EDT)/ C.CAP
Cap Deadband Subtracting (Y.MIN) — This is a control variable used for Low Temp Override (L.TMP) and Slow Change
Override (SLOW).
Y.MIN = -SUB.R*0.4375
Cap Deadband Adding (Y.PLU) — This is a control variable
used for High Temp Override (H.TMP) and Slow Change
Override (SLOW).
Y.PLU = -ADD.R*0.4375
Cap Threshold Subtracting (Z.MIN) — This parameter is
used in the calculation of SumZ and is calculated as follows:
Z.MIN = Configuration→COOL→Z.GN * (–10 + (4*
(–SUB.R))) * 0.6
Cap Threshold Adding (Z.PLU) — This parameter is used in
the calculation of SumZ and is calculated as follows:
Z.PLU = Configuration→COOL→Z.GN * (10 + (4*
(–ADD.R))) * 0.6
High Temp Cap Override (H.TMP) — If stages of mechanical cooling are on and the error is greater than twice Y.PLU,
and the rate of change of error is greater than 0.5° F per minute,
then a stage of mechanical cooling will be added every 30 seconds. This override is intended to react to situations where the
load rapidly increases.
Low Temp Cap Override (L.TMP) — If the error is less than
twice Y.MIN, and the rate of change of error is less than
–0.5° F per minute, then a mechanical stage will be removed
every 30 seconds. This override is intended to quickly react to
situations where the load is rapidly reduced.
Pull Down Cap Override (PULL) — If the error from set
point is above 4° F, and the rate of change is less than –1° F per
minute, then pulldown is in effect, and “SUM” is set to 0. This
keeps mechanical cooling stages from being added when the
error is very large, but there is no load in the space. Pulldown
for units is expected to rarely occur, but is included for the rare
situation when it is needed. Most likely pulldown will occur
38
Reset MAT Table Entries? (MAT.R) — This configuration
allows the user to reset the internally stored MAT learned
configuration data back to the default values. The defaults are
set to a linear relationship between the economizer damper
position and OAT and RAT in the calculation of MAT.
SumZ Overrides — There are a number of overrides to the
SumZ algorithm which may add or subtract stages of cooling.
• High Temp Cap Override (H.TMP)
• Low Temp Cap Override (L.TMP)
• Pull Down Cap Override (PULL)
• Slow Change Cap Override (SLOW)
Economizer Trim Override — The unit may drop stages of
cooling when the economizer is performing free cooling and
the configuration Configuration→ECON→E.TRM is set to
Yes. The economizer controls to the same supply air set point
as mechanical cooling does for SumZ when E.TRM = Yes.
This allows for much tighter temperature control as well as cutting down on the cycling of compressors.
For a long cooling session where the outside-air temperature may drop over time, there may be a point at which the
economizer has closed down far enough were the unit could
remove a cooling stage and open up the economizer further to
make up the difference.
Mechanical Cooling Lockout (Configuration→COOL→
MC.LO) — This configuration allows a configurable outsideair temperature set point below which mechanical cooling will
be completely locked out.
DEMAND LIMIT CONTROL — Demand Limit Control
may override the cooling algorithm and clamp or shed
cooling capacity during run time. The term Demand Limit
Control refers to the restriction of the machine capacity
to control the amount of power that a machine will use.
Demand limit control is intended to interface with an external
Loadshed Device either through CCN communications, external switches, or 4 to 20 mA input.
The control has the capability of loadshedding and limiting
in 3 ways:
• Two discrete inputs tied to configurable demand limit set
point percentages.
• An external 4 to 20 mA input that can reset capacity back
linearly to a set point percentage.
• CCN loadshed functionality.
NOTE: It is also possible to force the demand limit variable
(Run Status→COOL→DEM.L).
To use Demand Limiting, select the type of demand limiting
to use. This is done with the Demand Limit Select configuration (Configuration→DMD.L→DM.L.S).
To view the current demand limiting currently in effect,
look at Run Status→COOL→DEM.L.
The configurations associated with demand limiting can be
viewed at the local display at Configuration→DMD.L. See
Table 45.
Demand Limit Select (DM.L.S) — This configuration determines the type of demand limiting.
• 0 = NONE — Demand Limiting not configured.
• 1 = 2 SWITCHES — This will enable switch input
demand limiting using the switch inputs connected to the
CEM board. Connections should be made to TB6-4,5,6.
• 2 = 4 to 20 mA — This will enable the use of a remote 4
to 20 mA demand limit signal. The CEM module must
be used. The 4 to 20 mA signal must come from an
externally sourced controller and should be connected to
TB6-7,8.
• 3 = CCN LOADSHED — This will allow for loadshed
and red lining through CCN communications.
The main elements to be calculated and used in the calculation of SumZ are:
1) the rise per percent capacity (R.PCT)
2) the amount of expected rise for the next cooling stage
addition
3) the amount of expected rise for the next cooling stage
subtraction
The calculation of “Z” requires two variables, Z.PLU used
when adding a stage and Z.MIN used when subtracting a stage.
They are calculated with the following formulas:
Z.PLU = Z.GN * (10 + (4*(–ADD.R))) * 0.6
Z.MIN = Z.GN * (–10 + (4*(–SUB.R))) * 0.6
Where:
Z.GN = configuration used to modify the threshold levels used
for staging (Configuration→COOL→Z.GN)
ADD.R = R.PCT * (C.CAP – capacity after adding a cooling
stage)
SUB.R = R.PCT * (C.CAP – capacity after subtracting a cooling stage)
Both of these terms, Z.PLU and Z.MIN, represent a threshold both positive and negative upon which the “SUM” calculation must build up to in order to cause the compressor to stage
up or down.
Comparing SUM and Z — The “SUM” calculation is compared against Z.PLU and Z.MIN.
• If “SUM” rises above Z.PLU, a cooling stage is added.
• If “SUM” falls below Z.MIN, a cooling stage is subtracted.
There is a variable called SMZ which is described in the
reference section and which can simplify the task of watching
the demand build up or down over time. It is calculated as
follows:
If SUM is positive: SMZ = 100*(SUM/Z.PLU)
If SUM is negative: SMZ = –100*(SUM/Z.MIN)
Mixed Air Temperature Calculation (MAT) — The mixedair temperature is calculated and is a function of the economizer position. Additionally there are some calculations in the control which can zero in over time on the relationship of return
and outside air as a function of economizer position. There are
two configurations which relate to the calculation of “MAT”.
These configurations can be located at the local display under
Configuration→UNIT.
ITEM
UNIT
MAT.S
MAT.R
EXPANSION
RANGE
UNIT CONFIGURATION
MAT Calc Config 0 - 1
Reset MAT Table Yes/No
Entries?
CCN
POINT
DEFAULTS
MAT_SEL 1
MATRESET No
MAT Calc Config (MAT.S) — This configuration gives the
user two options in the processing of the mixed-air temperature
(MAT) calculation:
• MAT.S = 0
The control will not attempt to learn MAT over time. The
control will simply calculate MAT based on the position of
the economizer, outside and return air temperature, linearly.
• MAT.S = 1
The control will attempt to learn MAT over time. Any time
the system is in a vent mode and the economizer stays at a
particular position for long enough, MAT = EDT. Using
this, the control has an internal table whereby it can more
closely determine the true MAT value.
39
Table 45 — Demand Limit Configuration
ITEM
DMD.L
DM.L.S
D.L.20
SH.NM
SH.DL
SH.TM
D.L.S1
D.L.S2
EXPANSION
DEMAND LIMIT CONFIG.
Demand Limit Select
Demand Limit at 20 ma
Loadshed Group Number
Loadshed Demand Delta
Maximum Loadshed Time
Demand Limit Sw.1 Setpt.
Demand Limit Sw.2 Setpt.
RANGE
0-3
0 - 100
0 - 99
0 - 60
0 - 120
0 - 100
0 - 100
Run Status→COOL→DEM.L = 1
100%
Configuration→DMD.L→D.L.S1
Configuration→DMD.L→D.L.S2
Configuration→DMD.L→D.L.S2
4-20 mA Demand Limiting (DM.L.S = 2) — If the unit has
been configured for 4 to 20 mA demand limiting, then the
Inputs→4-20→DML.M value is used to determine the
amount of demand limiting in effect (Run Status→COOL→
DEM.L). The Demand Limit at 20 mA (D.L.20) configuration
must be set. This is the configured demand limit corresponding to a 20 mA input (0 to 100%).
The value of percentage reset is determined by a linear
interpolation from 0% to “D.L.20”% based on the Inputs→
4-20→DML.M input value.
The following examples illustrate the demand limiting
(Run Status→COOL→DEM.L) that will be in effect based on
amount of current seen at the 4 to 20 mA input, DML.M.
D.L.20 = 80%
DML.M = 4mA
DEM.L = 100%
D.L.20 = 80%
DML.M = 12 mA
DEM.L = 90%
%
%
min
%
%
CCN POINT
DMD_CTRL
DMT20MA
SHED_NUM
SHED_DEL
SHED_TIM
DLSWSP1
DLSWSP2
DEFAULT
0
100
0
0
60
80
50
Maximum Loadshed Time (SH.TM) — CCN Maximum
Loadshed time
The Loadshed Group Number (SH.NM) corresponds to
the loadshed supervisory device that resides elsewhere on
the CCN network and broadcasts loadshed and redline
commands to its associated equipment parts. The SH.NM
variable will default to zero which is an invalid group number. This allows the loadshed function to be disabled until
configured.
Upon reception of a redline command, the machine will be
prevented from starting if it is not running. If it is running,
then DEM.L is set equal to the current running cooling capacity (Run Status→COOL→C.CAP).
Upon reception of a loadshed command, the DEM.L variable is set to the current running cooling capacity (Run Status
→COOL→C.CAP) minus the configured Loadshed Demand
Delta (SH.DL).
A redline command or loadshed command will stay in
effect until a Cancel redline or Cancel loadshed command is
received, or until the configurable Maximum Loadshed time
(SH.TM) has elapsed.
HEAD PRESSURE CONTROL — Condenser head pressure
control for the 48/50A series rooftops is controlled directly by
the unit, except when the unit is equipped and configured for
Motormaster® V control. See Table 46. If the unit is equipped
with the accessory Motormaster V control, the Motormaster
Installed configuration (Configuration→COOL→M.M.) must
be set to YES if the unit size (Configuration→UNIT→SIZE)
is 60 tons. This is because condenser fan relay A must be energized to enable Motormaster V control. The size 60 unit offers
3 stages of head pressure control and is the one case where condenser fan relay A may be requested off during head pressure
control operation. By configuring M.M. to YES, the control is
instructed not to turn off the relay to attempt 3 stages of head
pressure control.
The saturated condensing temperature (SCT) sensors (Temperatures→REF.T→SCT.A and SCT.B), which are connected
to the condenser coils in circuit A and B, are used to measure
the saturated condensing temperature and may be used to control head pressure. The equivalent refrigerant pressure values
can be viewed under Pressures→REF.P→DP.A and DP.B.
There are two configurations provided for head pressure
control that can be found at the local display:
• Configuration→COOL→M.M. – Motormaster Control?
• Configuration→COOL→HPSP – Head Pressure Set Point
There are two condenser fan relays used to control head
pressure:
• Outputs→FANS→CD.F.A - Condenser Fan A
• Outputs→FANS→CD.F.B - Condenser Fan B
Two-Switch Demand Limiting (DM.L.S = 1) — This type of
demand limiting utilizes two discrete inputs:
Demand Limit Switch 1 Setpoint (D.L.S1) — Dmd Limit
Switch Setpoint 1 (0-100% total capacity)
Demand Limit 2 Setpoint (D.L.S2) — Dmd Limit Switch
Setpoint 2 (0-100% total capacity)
The state of the discrete switch inputs can be found at the local display:
Inputs→GEN.I→DL.S1
Inputs→GEN.I→DL.S2
The following table illustrates the demand limiting (Run
Status→COOL→DEM.L) that will be in effect based on the
logic of the applied switches:
Switch Status
Inputs→GEN.I→DL.S1 = OFF
Inputs→GEN.I→DL.S2 = OFF
Inputs→GEN.I→DL.S1= ON
Inputs→GEN.I→DL.S2 = OFF
Inputs→GEN.I→DL.S1= ON
Inputs→GEN.I→DL.S2 = ON
Inputs→GEN.I→DL.S1= OFF
Inputs→GEN.I→DL.S2 = ON
UNITS
D.L.20 = 80%
DML.M = 20mA
DEM.L = 80%
CCN Loadshed Demand Limiting (DM.L.S = 3) — If the unit
has been configured for CCN Loadshed Demand Limiting,
then the demand limiting variable (Run Status→COOL→
DEM.L) is controlled via CCN commands.
The relevant configurations for this type of demand limiting
are:
Loadshed Group Number (SH.NM) — CCN Loadshed Group
number
Loadshed Demand Delta (SH.DL) — CCN Loadshed
Demand Delta
40
Head Pressure Control Operation — The following logic describes the head pressure control routine when any compressor
has been commanded on.
When the compressor has been commanded on, then condenser fan A will be energized (CD.F.A = ON). If the highest
active circuit SCT is above the HPSP, then condenser fan B
will be energized (CD.F.B = ON). If the OAT is above 75 F,
then both condenser fans A and B will be energized (CD.F.A =
ON and CD.F.B = ON). The fans will remain on until OAT
temperature drops below 73 F or the compressors are turned
off. If the SCT on an active circuit drops 40 F below the HPSP
for 2 minutes, then condenser fan B is turned off (CD.FB =
OFF).
NOTE: For size 60 units not configured for Motormaster®
control, the control stages down differently than the other
units. For size 60 units, the unit control will first turn off condenser fan relay A. After 2 minutes, the control will turn off
relay B and turn back on relay A.
Failure Mode Operation — If either of the SCT sensors fails,
then the control defaults to head pressure control based on the
OAT sensor. The control turns on CD.F.B when the ambient
temperature is above 65 F and turns off CD.F.B when the
ambient temperature is below 50 F. If the SCT and OAT
sensors have both failed, then the control turns on CD.F.B
when compressors are on.
the economizer’s current position (Run Status→
ECON→ECN.P) and compares it to the economizer’s maximum position (Configuration→ECON→EC.MX) – 5%.
Once the economizer has opened beyond this point a
2.5-minute timer starts. If the economizer stays beyond this
point for 2.5 minutes continuously, the mechanical cooling
algorithm is allowed to start computing demand and stage
compressors.
Economizer Control Point (Run Status→VIEW→EC.C.P)
— There are 4 different ways to determine the economizer
control point when the economizer is able to provide free
cooling:
If no mechanical cooling is active and HVAC mode = LOW
COOL
EC.C.P = Setpoints→SA.LO + Inputs→RSET→SA.S.R
If no mechanical cooling is active and HVAC mode = HIGH
COOL
EC.C.P = Setpoints→SA.HI + Inputs→RSET→SA.S.R
When the first stage of mechanical cooling has started
EC.C.P = 53 F plus any economizer suction pressure reset
applied
When the second stage of mechanical cooling has started
EC.C.P = 48 F plus any economizer suction pressure reset
applied
Table 46 — Condenser Fan Staging
Heating Control — The A Series ComfortLink™ con-
FAN RELAY
OFC1
(RELAY 6)
OFC2
(RELAY 5)
020-035
OFM1
OFM2
trol offers control for 3 different types of heating systems to
satisfy general space heating requirements: 2-Stage Gas Heat,
2-Stage Electric Heat and Multiple-Stage Gas Heat.
Variable Air Volume (VAV) type applications (C.TYP = 1,
2, 3, or 5) require that the space terminal positions be commanded to open to Minimum Heating positions when Gas or
Electric Heat systems are active, to provide for the unit heating
system’s Minimum Heating Airflow rate.
For VAV applications, the Heat Interlock Relay (HIR) function provides the switching of a control signal intended for use
by the VAV terminals. This signal must be used to command
the terminals to open to their Heating Open positions. The HIR
is energized whenever the Heating mode is active, an IAQ preoccupied force is active, or if fire smoke modes, pressurization,
or smoke purge modes are active.
SETTING UP THE SYSTEM — The essential heating configurations located at the local display under Configuration→
HEAT. See Table 47.
48/50A UNIT SIZE
040-050
060
OFM1,
OFM1, OFM2
OFM2
OFM3,
OFM3, OFM4,
OFM4
OFM5, OFM6
ECONOMIZER INTEGRATION WITH MECHANICAL
COOLING — When the economizer is able to provide free
cooling (Run Status→ECON→ACTV = YES), mechanical
cooling may be delayed or even held off indefinitely.
NOTE: Once mechanical cooling has started, this delay logic
is no longer relevant.
Economizer Mechanical Cooling Delay — This type of mechanical cooling delay is relevant to the all machine control
types.
If the economizer is able to provide free cooling at the start
of a cooling session, the mechanical cooling algorithm checks
Table 47 — Heating Configuration
ITEM
HEAT
HT.CF
HT.SP
OC.EN
LAT.M
G.FOD
E.FOD
SG.CF
HT.ST
CAP.M
M.R.DB
S.G.DB
RISE
LAT.L
LIM.M
SW.H.T
SW.L.T
HT.P
HT.D
HT.TM
EXPANSION
HEATING CONFIGURATION
Heating Control Type
Heating Supply Air Setpt
Occupied Heating Enabled
MBB Sensor Heat Relocate
Fan Off Delay, Gas Heat
Fan Off Delay, Elec Heat
STAGED GAS CONFIGS
Staged Gas Heat Type
Max Cap Change per Cycle
S.Gas DB min.dF/PID Rate
St.Gas Temp. Dead Band
Heat Rise dF/sec Clamp
LAT Limit Config
Limit Switch Monitoring?
Limit Switch High Temp
Limit Switch Low Temp
Heat Control Prop. Gain
Heat Control Derv. Gain
Heat PID Rate Config
RANGE
0-3
80 - 120
Yes/No
Yes/No
45 - 600
10 - 600
0-4
5 - 45
0-5
0-5
0.05 - 0.2
0 - 20
Yes/No
110 - 180
100 - 170
0 - 1.5
0 - 1.5
60 - 300
*Some defaults are model number dependent.
41
UNITS
dF
sec
sec
^F
^F
dF
dF
sec
CCN POINT
DEFAULT
HEATTYPE
SASPHEAT
HTOCCENA
HTLATMON
GAS_FOD
ELEC_FOD
0*
85
No
No
45
30
HTSTGTYP
HTCAPMAX
HT_MR_DB
HT_SG_DB
HTSGRISE
HTLATLIM
HTLIMMON
HT_LIMHI
HT_LIMLO
HT_PGAIN
HT_DGAIN
HTSGPIDR
0*
45*
0.5
2
0.06
10
Yes
170*
160*
1
1
90
(Configuration→HEAT→OC.EN). See descriptions above in
the Setting Up the System section for more information.
If the unit is allowed to select a heat mode, then the next
step is an evaluation of demand versus set point. At this point,
the logic is the same as for control types SPT Multi-Stage and
SPT-2 Stage, (C.TYP = 5,6) except for the actual temperature
compared against set point. See Temperature Driven Heat
Mode Evaluation section.
Tstat-Multi-Stage (C.TYP = 3) and Tstat-2 Stage (C.TYP =
4) — There is no difference to consider for selecting a heat
mode whether the control type is for TSTAT 2-stage or TSTAT
multi-stage as this only refers to how cooling will be handled.
With thermostat control the W1 and W2 inputs determine
whether the HVAC Mode is LOW or HIGH HEAT.
W1 = ON, W2 = OFF: HVAC MODE = LOW HEAT*
W2 = ON, W2 = ON: HVAC MODE = HIGH HEAT
*If the heating type is either 2-stage electric or 2-stage gas, the
unit may promote a low heat mode to a high heat mode.
NOTE: If W2 = ON and W1 is OFF, a “HIGH HEAT” HVAC
Mode will be called out but an alert (T422) will be generated.
See Alarms and Alerts section on page 78.
SPT Multi-Stage (C.TYP = 5) and SPT 2 Stage (C.TYP = 6)
— There is no difference to consider for selecting a heat mode
whether the control type is for SPT 2-stage or SPT multi-stage as
this only refers to how cooling will be handled. So, for a valid
heating type selected (HT.CF not equal to zero) the unit is free
to select a heating mode based on space temperature (SPT).
If the unit is allowed to select a heat mode, then the next
step is an evaluation of demand versus set point. At this point,
the logic is the same as for control types VAV-RAT and
VAV-SPT, (C.TYP = 1,2) except for the actual temperature
compared against set point. See Temperature Driven Heat
Mode Evaluation section below.
TEMPERATURE DRIVEN HEAT MODE EVALUATION —
This section discusses the technique for selecting a heating
mode based on temperature. Regardless of whether the unit is
configured for return air or space temperature the logic is exactly the same. For the rest of this discussion, the temperature
in question will be referred to as the “controlling temperature.”
First, the occupied and unoccupied heating set points under
Setpoints must be configured.
Heating Control Type (HT.CF) — The heating control types
available are selected/configured with this variable.
0 = No Heat
1 = Electric Heat
2 = 2 Stage Gas Heat
3 = Staged Gas Heat
Heating Supply Air Set Point (HT.SP) — In a low heat mode
for staged gas heat, this is the supply air set point for heating.
Occupied Heating Enable (OC.EN) — This configuration
only applies when the unit’s control type (Configuration
→UNIT→C.TYP) is configured for 1 (VAV-RAT) or 2 (VAVSPT). If the user wants to have the capability of performing
heating throughout the entire occupied period, then this
configuration needs to be set to “YES”. Most installations do
not require this capability, and if heating is installed, it is used
to heat the building up in the morning. In this case set OC.EN
to “NO”.
NOTE: This unit des not support simultaneous heating and
cooling. If significant simultaneous heating and cooling
demand is expected, it may be necessary to provide additional
heating or cooling equipment and a control system to provide
occupants with proper comfort.
MBB Sensor Heat Relocate (LAT.M) — This option allows
the user additional performance benefit when under CCN
Linkage for the 2-stage electric and gas heating types. As twostage heating types do not “modulate” to a supply air set point,
no leaving air thermistor is required and none is provided. The
evaporator discharge thermistor, which is initially installed upstream of the heater, can be repositioned downstream and the
control can expect to sense this heat. While the control does not
need this to energize stages of heat, the control can wait for a
sufficient temperature rise before announcing a heating mode
to a CCN Linkage system (ComfortID™).
If the sensor is relocated, the user will now have the
capability to view the leaving-air temperature at all times at
Temperatures→AIR.T→CTRL→LAT.
NOTE: If the user does not relocate this sensor for the 2-stage
electric or gas heating types and is under CCN Linkage, then
the control will send a heating mode (if present) unconditionally to the linkage coordinator in the CCN zoning system
regardless of the leaving-air temperature.
Fan-Off Delay, Gas Heat (G.FOD) — This configuration is
the delay in seconds, after a gas heat mode has ended
(HT.CF=2,3) that the control will continue to energize the
supply fun.
Fan-Off Delay, Elec Heat (E.FOD) — This configuration is
the delay in seconds, after an electric heat mode has ended
(HT.CF=1) that the control will continue to energize the
supply fun.
HEAT MODE SELECTION PROCESS — There are two
possible heat modes that the control will call out for heating
control: HVAC Mode = LOW HEAT and HVAC Mode =
HIGH HEAT. These modes will be called out based on control
type (C.TYP).
VAV-RAT (C.TYP = 1) and VAV-SPT (C.TYP = 2) — There
is no difference in the selection of a heating mode for either
VAV-RAT or VAV-SPT, except that for VAV-SPT, space temperature is used in the unoccupied period to turn on the supply
fan for 10 minutes before checking return-air temperature. The
actual selection of a heat mode, LOW or HIGH for both
control types, will be based upon the controlling return-air
temperature.
With sufficient heating demand, there are still conditions
that will prevent the unit from selecting a heat mode. First, the
unit must be configured for a heat type (Configuration→
HEAT→HT.CF not equal to “NONE”). Second, the unit has a
configuration which can enable or disable heating in the
occupied period except for a standard morning warmup cycle
ITEM
OHSP
UHSP
EXPANSION
RANGE UNITS
Occupied Heat
55-80
Setpoint
Unoccupied
Heat Setpoint 40-80
CCN DEFAULT
POINT
dF
OHSP
68
dF
UHSP
55
Then, the heat/cool set point offsets under Configuration→
D.LV.T should be set. See Table 48.
Related operating modes are under Operating Modes→
MODE.
ITEM
MODE
OCC
T.C.ST
EXPANSION
RANGE
MODES CONTROLLING UNIT
Currently Occupied
ON/OFF
Temp.Compensated Start ON/OFF
CCN POINT
MODEOCCP
MODETCST
The first thing the control determines is whether the unit
is in the occupied mode (OCC) or in the temperature compensated start mode (T.C.ST). If the unit is occupied or in temperature compensated start mode, the occupied heating set point
(OHSP) is used. In all other cases, the unoccupied heating
setpoint (UHSP) is used.
The control will call out a low or high heat mode by
comparing the controlling temperature to the heating set point
and the heating set point offset. The set point offsets are used as
additional help in customizing and tweaking comfort into the
building space.
42
Table 48 — Heat/Cool Set Point Offsets
ITEM
D.LV.T
L.H.ON
H.H.ON
L.H.OF
L.C.ON
H.C.ON
L.C.OF
C.T.LV
H.T.LV
C.T.TM
H.T.TM
EXPANSION
COOL/HEAT SETPT. OFFSETS
Dmd Level Lo Heat On
Dmd Level(+) Hi Heat On
Dmd Level(-) Lo Heat Off
Dmd Level Lo Cool On
Dmd Level(+) Hi Cool On
Dmd Level(-) Lo Cool Off
Cool Trend Demand Level
Heat Trend Demand Level
Cool Trend Time
Heat Trend Time
RANGE
-1 - 2
0.5 - 2.0
0.5 - 2
-1 - 2
0.5 - 2
0.5 - 2
0.1 - 5
0.1 - 5
30 - 600
30 - 600
UNITS
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
sec
sec
CCN POINT
DEFAULT
DMDLHON
DMDHHON
DMDLHOFF
DMDLCON
DMDHCON
DMDLCOFF
CTRENDLV
HTRENDLV
CTRENDTM
HTRENDTM
1.5
0.5
1
1.5
0.5
1
0.1
0.1
120
120
Table 49 — Mode Trip Helper Table
Demand Level Low Heat on Offset (L.H.ON) — This is the
heating set point offset below the heating set point at which
point Low Heat starts.
Demand Level High Heat on Offset (H.H.ON) — This is the
heating set point offset below [the heating set point minus
L.H.ON] at which point high heat starts.
Demand Level Low Heat Off Offset (L.H.OF) — This is the
heating set point offset above [the heating set point minus
L.H.ON] at which point the Low Heat mode ends.
See Fig. 7 for an example of offsets.
To enter into a LOW HEAT mode, if the controlling temperature falls below [the heating set point minus L.H.ON], then
HVAC mode = LOW HEAT.
To enter into a HIGH HEAT mode, if the controlling temperature falls below [the heating set point minus L.H.ON minus H.H.ON], then HVAC mode = HIGH HEAT.
To get out of a LOW HEAT mode, the controlling temperature must rise above [the heating set point minus L.H.ON plus
L.H.OF].
To get out of a HIGH HEAT mode, the controlling temperature must rise above [the heating set point minus L.H.ON plus
L.H.OF/2].
The Run Status table in the local display allows the user to
see the exact trip points for both the heating and cooling modes
without doing the calculations.
Heat Trend Demand Level (H.T.LV) — This is the change in
demand that must be seen within the time period specified by
H.T.TM in order to hold off a HIGH HEAT mode regardless of
demand. This is not applicable to VAV control types (C.TYP=1
and 2) in the occupied period. This technique has been referred
to as “Comfort Trending.” As long as a LOW HEAT mode is
making progress in warming the space, the control will hold off
on a HIGH HEAT mode. This is relevant for the space sensor
machine control types (C.TYP = 5 and 6) because they may
transition into the occupied mode and see an immediate and
large heating demand when the set points change.
Heat Trend Time (H.T.TM) — This is the time period upon
which the heat trend demand level (H.T.LV) operates and may
work to hold off staging or a HIGH HEAT mode. This is not
applicable to VAV control types (C.TYP=1 and 2) in the
occupied period. See “Heat Trend Demand Level” section for
more details.
HEAT MODE DIAGNOSTIC HELP — To quickly determine the current trip points for the low and high heat modes,
there is a menu in the local display which lets the user quickly
view the state of the system. This menu also contains the cool
trip points as well. See Table 49 at the local display under Run
Status→TRIP.
ITEM
TRIP
UN.C.S
UN.C.E
OC.C.S
OC.C.E
TEMP
OC.H.E
OC.H.S
UN.H.E
UN.H.S
HVAC
EXPANSION
MODE TRIP HELPER
Unoccup. Cool Mode Start
Unoccup. Cool Mode End
Occupied Cool Mode Start
Occupied Cool Mode End
Ctl.Temp RAT,SPT or Zone
Occupied Heat Mode End
Occupied Heat Mode Start
Unoccup. Heat Mode End
Unoccup. Heat Mode Start
the current HVAC MODE
UNITS
CCN POINT
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
UCCLSTRT
UCCL_END
OCCLSTRT
OCCL_END
CTRLTEMP
OCHT_END
OCHTSTRT
UCHT_END
UCHTSTRT
String
The controlling temperature is “TEMP” and is in the middle
of the table for easy reference. Also, the “HVAC” mode can be
viewed at the bottom of the table.
HT.CF = 1,2 (Two-Stage Gas and Electric Heat Control)
If the HVAC mode is LOW HEAT:
• If Electric Heat is configured, then the control will
request the supply fan ON
• If Gas Heat is configured, then the IGC indoor fan input
controls the supply fan request
• The control will turn on Heat Relay 1 (HS1)
• If Evaporator Discharge Temperature is less than 50 F,
then the control will turn on Heat Relay 2 (HS2)*
If the HVAC mode is HIGH HEAT:
• If Electric Heat is configured, then the control will
request the supply fan ON
• If Gas Heat is configured, then the IGC indoor fan input
controls the supply fan request
• The control will turn on Heat Relay 1 (HS1)
• The control will turn on Heat Relay 2 (HS2)
*The logic for this “low heat” override is that one stage of
heating will not be able to raise the temperature of the supply
airstream sufficient to heat the space.
the "Heating Setpoint"
L.H.ON
L.H.OF
L.H.OF/2
H.H.ON
Fig. 7 — Heating Offsets
43
HT.CF = 3 (Staged Gas Heating Control) — As an option,
the units with gas heat can be equipped with staged gas
heat controls that will provide from 5 to 11 stages of heat
capacity. This is intended for tempering mode and tempering
economizer air when in a cooling mode and the dampers
are fully closed. Tempering can also be used during a preoccupancy purge to prevent low temperature air from being
delivered to the space. Tempering for staged gas will be discussed in its own section. This section will focus on heat mode
control, which ultimately is relevant to tempering, minus the
consideration of the supply air heating control point.
The staged gas configurations are located at the local
display under Configuration→HEAT→SG.CF. See Table 50.
Staged Gas Heat Type (HT.ST) — This configuration instructs
the control how many stages and in what order are they staged.
Max Cap Change per Cycle (CAP.M) — This configuration
limits the maximum change in capacity per PID run time cycle.
S.Gas DB Min.dF/PID Rate (M.R.DB) — This configuration
is a deadband minimum temperature per second rate. See
Staged Gas Heating logic below for more details.
St.Gas Temp.Dead Band (S.G.DB) — This configuration is a
deadband delta temperature. See Staged Gas Heating logic
below for more details.
Heat Rise in dF/Sec Clamp (RISE) — This configuration
clamps heat staging up when the leaving-air temperature is rising too fast.
LAT Limit Config (LAT.L) — This configuration senses
when leaving-air temperature is outside a delta temperature
band around set point and allows staging to react quicker.
Limit Switch Monitoring? (LIM.M) — This configuration
allows the operation of the limit switch monitoring routine.
This should be set to NO as a limit switch temperature sensor is
not used with A series units.
Limit Switch High Temp (SW.H.T) — This configuration is
the temperature limit above which stages of heat will be shed.
Limit Switch Low Temp (SW.L.T) — This configuration is
the temperature limit above which no additional stages of heat
will be allowed.
Heat Control Prop. Gain (HT.P) — This configuration is the
proportional term for the PID which runs in the HVAC mode
LOW HEAT.
Heat Control Derv. Gain (HT.D) — This configuration is the
derivative term for the PID which runs in the HVAC mode
LOW HEAT.
Heat PID Rate Config (HT.TM) — This configuration is the
PID run time rate.
Staged Gas Heating Logic
If the HVAC mode is HIGH HEAT:
• The supply fan for staged gas heating is controlled by the
Integrated Gas Control (IGC) boards and unless the
supply fan is on for a different reason, will be controlled
by the IGC IFO input.
• Command all stages of heat ON
If the HVAC mode is LOW HEAT:
• The supply fan for staged gas heating is controlled by the
Integrated Gas Control (IGC) boards and unless the
supply fan is on for a different reason, will be controlled
by the IGC IFO input.
• The unit will control stages of heat to the heating control
point (Run Status→VIEW→HT.C.P). The heating control point in a LOW HEAT HVAC mode for staged gas is
the heating supply air set point (Setpoints→SA.HT).
Staged Gas Heating PID Logic — The heat control loop is a
PID (proportional/integral/derivative) design with exceptions,
overrides and clamps. Capacity rises and falls based on set
point and supply-air temperature. When the staged gas control
is in Low Heat or Tempering Mode (HVAC mode), the algorithm calculates the desired heat capacity. The basic factors that
govern the controlling technique are:
• how fast the algorithm is run.
• the amount of proportional and derivative gain applied.
• the maximum allowed capacity change each time this
algorithm is run.
• deadband hold-off range when rate is low.
This routine is run once every “HT.TM” seconds. Every
time the routine is run, the calculated sum is added to the control output value. In this manner, integral effect is achieved.
Every time this algorithm is run, the following calculation is
performed:
Error = HT.C.P – LAT
Error_last = error calculated previous time
P = HT.P*(Error)
D = HT.D*(Error - Error_last)
The P and D terms are overridden to zero if:
Error < S.G.DB AND Error > - S.G.DB AND D < M.R.DB
AND D > - M.R.DB “P + D” are then clamped based on
CAP.M. This sum can be no larger or no smaller than +CAP.M
or –CAP.M.
Finally, the desired capacity is calculated:
Staged Gas Capacity Calculation = “P + D” + old Staged Gas
Capacity Calculation
NOTE: The PID values should not be modified without
approval from Carrier.
IMPORTANT: When gas or electric heat is used in a VAV
application with third party terminals, the HIR relay output
must be connected to the VAV terminals in the system in
order to enforce a minimum heating airflow rate. The
installer is responsible to ensure the total minimum heating
cfm is not below limits set for the equipment. Failure to do
so will result in limit switch tripping and may void warranty.
Table 50 — Staged Gas Configuration
ITEM
SG.CF
HT.ST
CAP.M
M.R.DB
S.G.DB
RISE
LAT.L
LIM.M
SW.H.T
SW.L.T
HT.P
HT.D
HT.TM
EXPANSION
STAGED GAS CONFIGS
Staged Gas Heat Type
Max Cap Change per Cycle
S.Gas DB min.dF/PID Rate
St.Gas Temp. Dead Band
Heat Rise dF/sec Clamp
LAT Limit Config
Limit Switch Monitoring?
Limit Switch High Temp
Limit Switch Low Temp
Heat Control Prop. Gain
Heat Control Derv. Gain
Heat PID Rate Config
RANGE
0-4
5 - 45
0-5
0-5
0.05 - 0.2
0 - 20
Yes/No
110 - 180
100 - 170
0 - 1.5
0 - 1.5
60 - 300
*Some configurations are model number dependent.
44
UNITS
^F
^F
dF
dF
sec
CCN POINT
HTSTGTYP
HTCAPMAX
HT_MR_DB
HT_SG_DB
HTSGRISE
HTLATLIM
HTLIMMON
HT_LIMHI
HT_LIMLO
HT_PGAIN
HT_DGAIN
HTSGPIDR
DEFAULTS
0*
45*
0.5
2
0.06
10
Yes
170*
160*
1
1
90
units there will be one IGC board. On size 030-050 high heat
units and 060 low heat units there are two IGC boards. On size
060 high heat units there are three IGC boards. When a call for
gas heat is initiated, power is sent to W on the IGC boards. For
standard 2-stage heat, all boards are wired in parallel. For
staged gas heat, each board is controlled separately. When
energized, an LED on the IGC board will be turned on. See
Table 56 for LED explanations. Each board will ensure that the
rollout switch and limit switch are closed. The induced-draft
motor is then energized. When the speed of the motor is proven
with the Hall Effect Sensor on the motor, the ignition activation
period begins. The burners ignite within 5 seconds. If the burners do not light, there is a 22-second delay before another
5-second attempt is made. If the burners still do not light, this
sequence is repeated for 15 minutes. After 15 minutes have
elapsed and the burners have not ignited then heating is locked
out. The control will reset when the request for W (heat) is temporarily removed. When ignition occurs, the IGC board will
continue to monitor the condition of the rollout switch, limit
switches, Hall Effect Sensor, and the flame sensor. Forty-five
seconds after ignition has occurred, the IGC will request that
the indoor fan be turned on. The IGC fan output (IFO) is
connected to the indoor fan input on the MBB which will
indicate to the controls that the indoor fan should be turned on
(if not already on). If for some reason the overtemperature limit
switch trips prior to the start of the indoor fan blower, on the
next attempt the 45-second delay will be shortened by 5 seconds. Gas will not be interrupted to the burners and heating will
continue. Once modified, the fan delay will not change back to
45 seconds unless power is reset to the control. The IGC boards
only control the first stage of gas heat on each gas valve. The
second stages are controlled directly from the MBB board. The
IGC board has a minimum on-time of 1 minute. In modes such
as Service Test where long minimum on times are not
enforced, the 1-minute timer on the IGC will still be followed
and the gas will remain on for a minimum of 1 minute.
Staged Gas Heat Staging — Different unit sizes will control
heat stages differently based on the amount of heating capacity
included. These staging patterns are selected based on the model number. The selection of a set of staging patterns is controlled via the heat stage type configuration parameter (HT.ST).
As the heating capacity rises and falls based on demand, the
staged gas control logic will stage the heat relay patterns up and
down, respectively. The Heat Stage Type configuration selects
one of 4 staging patterns that the stage gas control will use. In
addition to the staging patterns, the capacity for each stage
is also determined by the staged gas heating PID control. Therefore, choosing the heat relay outputs is a function of the capacity desired, the heat staging patterns based on the heat stage type
(HT.ST) and the capacity presented by each staging pattern. As
the staged gas control desired capacity rises, it is continually
checked against the capacity of the next staging pattern.
When the desired capacity is greater than or equal to the
capacity of the next staging pattern, the next heat stage is selected (Run Status→VIEW→HT.ST = Run Status→VIEW→
HT.ST + 1). Similarly, as the capacity of the control drops, the
desired capacity is continually checked against the next lower
stage. When the desired capacity is less than or equal to the next
lower staging pattern, the next lower heat stage pattern is selected (Run Status→VIEW→HT.ST = Run Status→VIEW→
HT.ST - 1). The first two staged gas heat outputs are located on
the MBB board and outputs 3, 4, 5, and 6 are located on
the SCB board. These outputs are used to yield from 5 to
11 stages as shown in Table 51. The heat stage selected (Run
Status→VIEW→HT.ST) is clamped between 0 and the
maximum number of stages possible (Run Status→
VIEW→H.MAX) for the chosen set of staging patterns. See
Tables 52-55.
INTEGRATED GAS CONTROL BOARD LOGIC — All gas
heat units are equipped with one or more Integrated Gas
Control (IGC) boards. This board provides control for the ignition system for the gas heat sections. On size 030-050 low heat
Table 51 — Staged Gas Heat
MODEL NO. Configuration→HEAT→SG.CF
UNIT SIZE HEAT CAPACITY UNIT
POSITION NO. 5
→HT.ST ENTRY VALUE
Low
S
1 = 5 STAGE
020-035
High
T
2 = 7 STAGE
Low
S
1 = 5 STAGE
040-050
High
T
1 = 5 STAGE
Low
S
4 = 11 STAGE
060
High
T
3 = 9 STAGE
Table 52 — Staged Gas Heat Control Steps (Configuration→Heat→ SG.CF→HT.ST = 1)
STAGE
0
1
2
3
4
5
Heat 1
MBB-RLY8
IGC1
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
Heat 2
MBB-RLY7
MGV1
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
RELAY OUTPUT
Heat 3
Heat 4
SCB-RLY1
SCB-RLY2
IGC2
MGV2
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
45
Heat 5
SCB-RLY3
IGC3
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Heat 6
SCB-RLY4
MGV3
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
CAPACITY
%
0
37
50
75
87
100
Table 53 — Staged Gas Heat Control Steps (Configuration→Heat→ SG.CT→HT.ST = 2)
STAGE
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Heat 1
MBB-RLY8
IGC1
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
Heat 2
MBB-RLY7
MGV1
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
RELAY OUTPUT
Heat 3
Heat 4
SCB-RLY1
SCB-RLY2
IGC2
MGV2
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
Heat 5
SCB-RLY3
IGC3
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Heat 6
SCB-RLY4
MGV3
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
CAPACITY
%
0
25
33
50
67
75
83
100
Table 54 — Staged Gas Heat Control Steps (Configuration→Heat→ SG.CT→HT.ST = 3)
STAGE
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Heat 1
MBB-RLY8
IGC1
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
Heat 2
MBB-RLY7
MGV1
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
RELAY OUTPUT
Heat 3
Heat 4
SCB-RLY1
SCB-RLY2
IGC2
MGV2
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
Heat 5
SCB-RLY3
IGC3
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
Heat 6
SCB-RLY4
MGV3
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
CAPACITY
%
0
25
33
50
58
67
75
83
92
100
Table 55 — Staged Gas Heat Control Steps (Configuration→Heat→ SG.CT→HT.ST = 4)
STAGE
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Heat 1
MBB-RLY8
IGC1
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
Heat 2
MBB-RLY7
MGV1
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
RELAY OUTPUT
Heat 3
Heat 4
SCB-RLY1
SCB-RLY2
IGC2
MGV2
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
46
Heat 5
SCB-RLY3
IGC3
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
Heat 6
SCB-RLY4
MGV3
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
CAPACITY
%
0
19
25
38
44
50
56
63
75
88
94
100
Table 56 — IGC LED Indicators
LED INDICATION
On
Off
1 Flash
2 Flashes
3 Flashes
4 Flashes
5 Flashes
6 Flashes
7 Flashes
8 Flashes
9 Flashes
• The unit just went into occupied mode and there has been
no cooling mode yet and a heat cycle occurs or was in
progress when the unit went occupied.
In both cases, if and when the heat mode terminates, a heat
cycle has occurred and any subsequent heat cycles will not be
treated as a morning warm up period.
ERROR CODE
Normal Operation
Hardware Failure
Fan On/Off Delay Modified
Limit Switch Fault
Fame Sense Fault
Five Consecutive Limit Switch Faults
Ignition Lockout Fault
Ignition Switch Fault
Rollout Switch Fault
Internal Control Fault
Software Lockout
Static Pressure Control — Variable air volume (VAV)
air-conditioning systems must provide varying amounts of air
to the conditioned space. As air terminals downstream of the
unit modulate their flows, the unit must simply maintain
control over duct static pressure in order to accommodate the
needs of the terminals, and therefore to meet the varying
combined airflow requirement.
A 48/50AK,AY unit equipped with a duct pressure control
system is provided with an optional variable frequency drive
(VFD) for the supply fan. The speed of the fan can be controlled directly by the ComfortLink™ control. A transducer is
used to measure duct static pressure. The signal from the transducer is received by the ECB-2 board and is then used in a PID
control routine that outputs a 4 to 20 mA signal to the VFD.
Generally only VAV systems utilize static pressure control.
It is required because as the system VAV terminals modulate
closed when less air is required, there must be a means of
controlling airflow from the unit, thereby effectively preventing overpressurization and its accompanying problems.
The three most fundamental configurations for most applications are Configuration→SP→SP.CF, which is the static
pressure control type, Configuration→SP→SP.S, used to
enable the static pressure sensor, and Configuration→SP
→SP.SP, the static pressure set point to be maintained.
OPERATION — On units equipped with a VFD and a proper
static pressure sensor, when SP.CF, SP.S and SP.SP are configured, a PID routine periodically measures the duct static
pressure and calculates the error from set point. This error at
any point in time is simply the duct static pressure set point
minus the measured duct static. The error becomes the basis for
the Proportional term of the PID. The routine also calculates
the integral of the error over time, and the derivative (rate of
change) of the error. A value is calculated as a result of this PID
routine, and this value is then used to create an output signal
used to adjust the VFD to maintain the static pressure set point.
Static pressure reset is the ability to force a lowering of the
static pressure set point through an external control signal.
Explained in detail further below, the control supports this in
two separate ways; through a 4 to 20 mA signal input wired to
the unit’s isolator board input terminals (thereby facilitating
third party control), or via CCN.
In the latter case, this feature leverages the communications
capabilities of VAV systems employing ComfortID™ terminals under linkage. The system dynamically determines and
maintains an optimal duct static pressure set point based on
the actual load conditions in the space. This can result in a
significant reduction in required fan energy by lowering the set
point to only the level required to maintain adequate airflow
throughout the system.
SETTING UP THE SYSTEM — The options for static
pressure control are found under the Local Display Mode
Configuration→SP. See Table 57.
NOTES:
1. There is a 3 second pause between error code displays.
2. If more than one error code exists, all applicable error codes
will be displayed in numerical sequence.
3. Error codes on the IGC will be lost if power to the unit is
interrupted.
RELOCATE SAT (Supply Air Temperature) SENSOR FOR
HEATING-LINKAGE APPLICATIONS — On CCN installations employing ComfortID™ terminals, the factory SAT
location must be changed to a new location downstream of the
unit’s heating system. The ComfortID terminal controls read
the SAT value for their “proof-of-heat” sequence before terminals open to Minimum Heating positions during unit heating
sequence.
Determine a location in the supply duct that will provide a
fairly uniform airflow. Typically this would be a minimum of
5 equivalent duct diameters downstream of the unit. Also, care
should be taken to avoid placing the thermistor within a direct
line-of-sight of the heating element to avoid radiant effects.
Run a new two-wire conductor cable from the control box
through the low voltage conduit into the space inside the building and route the cable to the new sensor location.
Installing a New Sensor — Procure a duct-mount temperature
sensor (Carrier P/N 33ZCSENPAT or equivalent 10-k ohm at
25 C NTC [negative temperature coefficient] sensor). Install
the sensor through the side wall of the duct and secure.
Re-Using the Factory SAT Sensor — The factory sensor is
attached to one of the supply fan housings. Disconnect the sensor from the factory harness. Fabricate a mounting method to
insert the sensor through the duct wall and secure in place.
Attach the new conductor cable to the sensor leads and terminate in an appropriate junction box. Connect the opposite
end inside the unit control box at the factory leads from MBB
J8 terminals 11 and 12 (PNK) leads. Secure the unattached
PNK leads from the factory harness to ensure no accidental
contact with other terminals inside the control box.
MORNING WARM UP — Morning Warm Up is a period of
time that assists CCN linkage in opening up downstream zone
dampers for the first heating cycle of a day.
The Morning Warm Up Period is CCN linkage mode “2”
and is relayed in the following conditions:
• Temperature Compensated Start Mode is active AND Heat
Mode in effect AND LAT is warm enough or is to be
ignored due to placement.
47
Table 57 — Static Pressure Control Configuration
ITEM
SP
SP.CF
SP.FN
SP.S
SP.LO
SP.HI
SP.SP
SP.MN
SP.MX
SP.FS
S.PID
SP.TM
SP.P
SP.I
SP.D
SP.SG
TEXT DESCRIPTION
SUPPLY STATIC PRESS.CFG.
Static Pres. VFD Control?
Static Pres. Fan Control?
Static Pressure Sensor
Static Press. Low Range
Static Press. High Range
Static Pressure Setpoint
VFD Minimum Speed
VFD Maximum Speed
VFD Fire Speed Override
STAT.PRESS.PID CONFIGS
Static Press. PID Run Rate
Static Press. Prop. Gain
Static Press. Intg. Gain
Static Press. Derv. Gain
Static Press. System Gain
RANGE
UNITS
0, 1
Yes/No
Enable/Disable
–10 - 0
0 - 10
0-5
10 - 50
50 - 100
0 - 100
in. W.C.
in. W.C.
in. W.C.
%
%
%
1 - 200
0 - 100
0 - 50
0 - 50
0 - 50
sec
CCN POINT
DEFAULT
STATICFG
STATPFAN
SPSENS
SP_LOW
SP_HIGH
SPSP
STATPMIN
STATPMAX
STATPFSO
0*
Yes*
Disable*
0
5
1.5
20
100
100
SPIDRATE
STATP_PG
STATP_IG
STATP_DG
STATP_SG
2
20
2
0
1.0
*Some defaults are model number dependent.
VFD Minimum Speed (SP.MN) — This is the minimum speed
for the supply fan VFD. Typically the value is chosen to maintain a minimum level of ventilation.
NOTE: Most VFDs have a built-in minimum speed adjustment
which must be configured for 0% when using ComfortLink
control for static pressure control.
VFD Maximum Speed (SP.MX) — This is the maximum
speed for the supply fan VFD. This is usually set to 100%.
VFD Fire Speed Override (SP.FS) — This is the speed that
the supply fan VFD will use during the fire modes; pressurization, evacuation and purge. This is usually set to 100%.
Static Pressure PID Config (S.PID) — Static pressure PID
configuration can be accessed under this heading in the Configuration→SP submenu. Under most operating conditions the
control PID factors will not require any adjustment and the
factory defaults should be used. If persistent static pressure
fluctuations are detected, small changes to these factors may
improve performance. Decreasing the factors generally reduce
the responsiveness of the control loop, while increasing the
factors increase its responsiveness. Note the existing settings
before making changes, and seek technical assistance from
Carrier before making significant changes to these factors.
Static Pressure PID Run Rate (S.PID→SP.TM) — This is the
number of seconds between duct static pressure readings taken
by the ComfortLink PID routine.
Static Pressure Proportional Gain (S.PID→SP.P) — This is
the proportional gain for the static pressure control PID control
loop.
Static Pressure Integral Gain (S.PID→SP.I) — This is the
integral gain for the static pressure control PID control loop.
Static Pressure Derivative Gain (S.PID→SP.D) — This is the
derivative gain for the static pressure control PID control loop.
STATIC PRESSURE RESET — The configuration for Static
Pressure Reset is found under Configuration→Unit.
Static Pressure Configuration (SP.CF) — This variable is
used to configure the use of ComfortLink™ control for static
pressure control. It has the following options:
0 (None) — No static pressure control by ComfortLink
control. This would be used for a constant volume (CV)
application when static pressure control is not required or for a
VAV application if there will be third-party control of the VFD
or IGV. In this latter case, a suitable means of control must be
field installed.
1 (VFD Control) — This will enable the use of ComfortLink
for static pressure control via a supply fan VFD.
Static Pressure Fan Control? (SP.FN) — This is automatically set to Yes when SP.CF = VFD Control. When the user
would like the 4 to 20 mA output to trigger a VFD on, as opposed to the fan relay, SP.FN may be set to Yes when SP.CF =
none. When the control turns the fan ON, the control will send
an “SP.MX”% of the 4 to 20 mA signal to the third party VFD
control.
Static Pressure Sensor (SP.S) — This variable enables the use
of a supply duct static pressure sensor. This must be enabled to
use ComfortLink control for static pressure control. If using a
third-party control for the VFD, this should be disabled.
Static Pressure Low Range (SP.LO) — This is the minimum
static pressure that the sensor will measure. For most sensors
this will be 0 in. wg. The ComfortLink control will map this
value to a 4 mA sensor input.
Static Pressure High Range (SP.HI) — This is the maximum
static pressure that the sensor will measure. Commonly this
will be 5 in. wg. The ComfortLink control will map this value
to a 20 mA sensor input.
Static Pressure Set Point (SP.SP) — This is the static pressure control point. It is the point against which the
ComfortLink control compares the actual measured supply
duct pressure for determination of the error that is used for PID
control. Generally one would set SP.SP to the minimum value
necessary for proper operation of air terminals in the conditioned space at all load conditions. Too high of a value will
cause unnecessary fan motor power consumption at part-load
conditions and/or noise problems. Too low a value will result in
insufficient airflow. Additional information will be found on
page 49, under Static Pressure Reset.
ITEM
EXPANSION RANGE
CCN
POINT
Static Press. Enable/
→SENS→SP.RS Reset Sensor. Disable SPRSTSEN
48
DEFAULT
Disable
conditions. For example, a system design requirement may be
1.2 in. wg, the equipment may be capable of providing
3.0 in. wg and the supply duct is designed for 5.0 in. wg. In this
case, the installer could enter 3.0 in. wg as the supply static
pressure set point and allow the air terminal system to dynamically adjust the supply duct static pressure set point as required.
The system will determine the actual set point required delivering the required airflow at every terminal under the current
load conditions. It will always be the lowest value under the
given conditions, and as the conditions and airflow set point at
each terminal change throughout the operating period, and so
will the equipment static pressure set point.
The CCN system must have access to a CCN variable
(SPRESET which is part of the equipment controller). In the
algorithm for static pressure control, the SPRESET value is
always subtracted from the configured static pressure set point
by the equipment controller. The SPRESET variable is always
checked to be a positive value or zero only (negative values are
limited to zero). The result of the subtraction of the SPRESET
variable from the configured set point is limited so that it
cannot be less than zero. The result is that the system will
dynamically determine the required duct static pressure based
on the actual load conditions currently in the space. It eliminates the need to calculate the design supply static pressure set
point. It also saves the energy that is the difference between the
design static pressure set point and the required static pressure.
Third party 4 to 20 mA input — It is also possible to perform
static pressure reset via an external 4 to 20 mA signal connected to the CEM board where 4 mA corresponds to 0 in. wg reset
and 20 mA corresponds to 3 in. wg of reset. Please note that the
static pressure 4 to 20 mA input shares the same input as the
analog OAQ sensor. Therefore, both sensors cannot be used at
the same time. To enable the static pressure reset 4 to 20 mA
sensor, set (Configuration→UNIT→SENS→SP.RS) to
Enabled.
RELATED POINTS — These points represent static pressure
control and static pressure reset inputs and outputs. See Table 58.
Static Pressure mA (SP.M) — This variable reflects the value
of the static pressure sensor signal received by the
ComfortLink control. It may in some cases be helpful in
troubleshooting.
Static Pressure mA Trim (SP.M.T) — This input allows a
modest amount of trim to the 4 to 20 mA static pressure transducer signal, and can be used to calibrate a transducer.
Static Pressure Reset mA (SP.R.M) — This input reflects the
value of a 4 to 20 mA static pressure reset signal applied to
TB6 terminals 9 and 10 on the CEM board, from a third party
control system.
Static Pressure Reset (SP.RS) — This variable reflects the
value of a static pressure reset signal applied from a CCN system. The means of applying this reset is by forcing the value of
the variable SPRESET through CCN.
Supply Fan VFD Speed (S.VFD) — This output can be used
to check on the actual speed of the VFD. This may be helpful
in some cases for troubleshooting.
Static Pressure Reset Sensor (SP.RS) — If the outdoor air
quality sensor is not configured (Configuration→IAQ
→AQ.CF→OQ.A.C=0), then it is possible to use the outdoor
air quality sensor location on the CEM board to perform static
pressure reset via an external 4 to 20 mA input. Enabling this
sensor will give the user the ability to reset from 0 to 3-in. wg
of static pressure. The reset will apply to the supply static
pressure set point (Configuration→SP→SP.SP), where 4 mA
= 0-in. wg and 20 mA = 3-in. wg.
As an example, the static pressure reset input is measuring
6 mA, and the input is resetting 2 mA of its 16 mA control
range. The 4 to 20 mA range corresponds directly to the 0 to
3 in. wg of reset. Therefore 2 mA reset is 2/16 * 3-in. wg =
0.375-in. wg of reset. If the static pressure set point (SP.SP) =
1.5-in. wg, then the static pressure control point for the system
will be reset 1.5 – 0.375 = 1.125-in. wg.
For third party 4 to 20 mA SP reset, wire the input to the
CEM using TB6-11 and 12.
Operation — The ComfortLink™ controls support the use of
static pressure reset. For static pressure reset to occur, the unit
must be part of a CCN system with access to CCN reset
variable and the Linkage Master terminal system logic. The
Linkage Master terminal monitors the primary air damper position of all the terminals in the system (done through LINKAGE
with the new ComfortID™ air terminals).
The Linkage Master then calculates the amount of supply
static pressure reduction necessary to cause the most open
damper in the system to open more than the minimum value
(60%) but not more than the maximum value (90% or negligible static pressure drop). This is a dynamic calculation, which
occurs every two minutes whenever the system is operating.
The calculation ensures that the supply static pressure is always
enough to supply the required airflow at the worst case terminal but never more than necessary, so that the primary air
dampers do not have to operate with an excessive pressure
drop (more than required to maintain the airflow set point of
each individual terminal in the system).
As the system operates, if the most open damper opens
more than 90%, the system recalculates the pressure reduction
variable and the value is reduced. Because the reset value is
subtracted from the controlling set point at the equipment, the
pressure set point increases and the primary air dampers close a
little (to less than 90%). If the most open damper closes to less
than 60%, the system recalculates the pressure reduction
variable and the value is increased. This results in a decrease in
the controlling set point at the equipment, which causes the
primary air dampers to open a little more (to greater than 60%).
The rooftop unit has the static pressure set point
programmed into the CCN control. This is the maximum set
point that could ever be achieved under any condition. To
simplify the installation and commissioning process for the
field, this system control is designed so that the installer only
needs to enter a maximum duct design pressure or maximum
equipment pressure, whichever is less. There is no longer a
need to calculate the worst case pressure drop at design conditions and then hope that some intermediate condition does not
require a higher supply static pressure to meet the load
Table 58 — Static Pressure Reset Related Points
ITEM
Inputs
→ 4-20 → SP.M
→ 4-20 → SP.M.T
→ 4-20 →SP.R.M
→ RSET →SP.RS
Outputs
→ Fans → S.VFD
EXPANSION
RANGE
UNITS
CCN POINT
Static Pressure mA
Static Pressure mA Trim
Static Pressure Reset mA
Static Pressure Reset
4-20
-2.0 - +2.0
4-20
0.0-3.0
mA
mA
mA
in. wg
SP_MA
SPMATRIM
SPRST_MA
SPRESET
Supply Fan VFD Speed
0-100
%
SFAN_VFD
49
DEFAULT
0.0
0.0
Table 60 — Dirty Filter Switch Points
Fan Status Monitoring
GENERAL — The A Series ComfortLink™ controls offer the
capability to detect a failed supply fan through either a duct
static pressure transducer or an accessory discrete switch. The
fan status switch is an accessory that allows for the monitoring
of a discrete switch, which trips above a differential pressure
drop across the supply fan. For any unit with a factory-installed
duct static pressure sensor, it is possible to measure duct
pressure rise directly, which removes the need for a differential
switch. All 48/50AK,AW units with a factory-installed supply
fan VFD will have the duct static pressure sensor as standard.
SETTING UP THE SYSTEM — The fan status monitoring
configurations are located in Configuration→UNIT. See
Table 59.
ITEM
Configuration→UNIT
→SENS→FLT.S
Inputs→GEN.I
→FLT.S
EXPANSION
RANGE
Fan Fail Shuts Down Unit Yes/No
Fan Stat Monitoring Type 0 - 2
RANGE
CCN
POINT
FLTS_ENA
Filter
Enable/
Stat.Sw.Enabled ? Disable
Filter Status Input DRTY/CLN FLTS
Monitoring of the filter status switch is disabled in the
Service Test mode and when the supply fan is not commanded
on. If the fan is on and the unit is not in a test mode and the
filter status switch reads “dirty” for 2 continuous minutes, an
alert is generated. Recovery from this alert is done through a
clearing of all alarms or after cleaning the filter and the switch
reads “clean” for 30 seconds.
NOTE: The filter switch should be adjusted to allow for the
operating cfm and the type of filter. Refer to the accessory
installation instructions for information on adjusting the switch.
Table 59 — Fan Status Monitoring Configuration
ITEM
SFS.S
SFS.M
EXPANSION
CCN POINT
SFS_SHUT
SFS_MON
Economizer — The Economizer Control is used to manage the outside and return air dampers of the unit to provide
ventilation air as well as free cooling based on several
configuration options. This section contains a description of the
economizer and its ability to provide free cooling. See the
section on Indoor Air Quality for more information on setting
up and using the economizer to perform demand controlled
ventilation (DCV). See the Third Party Control section for
a description on how to take over the operation of the economizer through external control.
The economizer system also permits this unit to perform
smoke control functions based on external control switch
inputs. Refer to the Smoke Control Modes section for detailed
discussions.
Economizer control can be based on automatic control
algorithms using unit-based set points and sensor inputs. This
economizer control system can also be managed through external logic systems.
The economizer system is a factory-installed option. This
unit can also have the following devices installed to enhance
economizer control:
• Outside air humidity sensor
• Return air humidity sensor
NOTE: All these options require the Controls Expansion Module (CEM).
SETTING UP THE SYSTEM — The economizer configuration options are under the Local Display Mode Configuration
→ECON. See Table 61.
Economizer Installed? (EC.EN) — If an economizer is not
installed or is to be completely disabled the configuration
option EC.EN may be set to No. Otherwise in the case of an installed economizer, this option must be set to Yes.
Economizer Minimum Position (EC.MN) — The configuration option EC.MN is the economizer minimum position. See
the section on Indoor Air Quality for further information on
how to reset the economizer further to gain energy savings and
to more carefully monitor IAQ problems.
Economizer Maximum Position (EC.MX) — The upper limit of the economizer may be limited by setting EC.MX. It defaults to 98% to avoid problems associated with slight changes
in the economizer damper’s end stop over time. Typically this
will not need to be adjusted.
Fan Stat Monitoring Type (SFS.M) — This configuration selects the type of fan status monitoring to be performed.
0 - NONE — No switch or monitoring
1 - SWITCH — Use of the fan status switch
2 - SP RISE — Monitoring of the supply duct pressure.
Fan Fail Shuts Down Unit (SFS.S) — This configuration
will configure the unit to shut down on a supply fan status fail
or simply alert the condition and continue to run. When configured to YES, the control will shut down the unit if supply fan
status monitoring fails and send out an alarm. If set to NO, the
control will not shut down the unit if supply fan status monitoring fails but send out an alert.
SUPPLY FAN STATUS MONITORING LOGIC — Regardless of whether the user is monitoring a discrete switch or is
monitoring static pressure, the timings for both techniques are
the same and rely upon the configuration of static pressure
control. The configuration that determines static pressure
control is Configuration→SP→SP.CF. If this configuration is
set to 0 (none), a fan failure condition must wait 60 continuous
seconds before taking action. If this configuration is 1 (VFD), a
fan failure condition must wait 3 continuous minutes before
taking action.
If the unit is configured to monitor a fan status switch
(SFS.M = 1), and if the supply fan commanded state does not
match the supply fan status switch for 3 continuous minutes,
then a fan status failure has occurred.
If the unit is configured for supply duct pressure monitoring
(SFS.M = 2), then
• If the supply fan is requested ON and the static pressure
reading is not greater than 0.2 in. wg for 3 continuous
minutes, a fan failure has occurred.
• If the supply fan is requested OFF and the static pressure
reading is not less than 0.2-in. wg for 3 continuous minutes, a fan failure has occurred.
Dirty Filter Switch — The unit can be equipped with a
field-installed accessory dirty filter switch. The switch is located
in the filter section. If a dirty filter switch is not installed, the
switch input is configured to read “clean” all the time.
To enable the sensor for dirty filter monitoring set
Configuration→UNIT→SENS→FLT.S to ENABLE. The
state of the filter status switch can be read at Inputs→GEN.I→
FLT.S. See Table 60.
50
Table 61 — Economizer Configuration Table
ITEM
EC.EN
EC.MN
EC.MX
E.TRM
E.SEL
OA.E.C
OA.EN
OAT.L
O.DEW
ORH.S
E.TYP
E.SW
E.CFG
E.P.GN
E.RNG
E.SPD
E.DBD
UEFC
FC.CF
FC.TM
FC.L.O
EXPANSION
Economizer Installed?
Economizer Min.Position
Economizer Max.Position
Economzr Trim For SumZ ?
Econ ChangeOver Select
OA Enthalpy ChgOvr Selct
Outdr.Enth Compare Value
High OAT Lockout Temp
OA Dewpoint Temp Limit
Outside Air RH Sensor
Economizer Control Type
Economizer Switch Config
ECON.OPERATION CONFIGS
Economizer Prop.Gain
Economizer Range Adjust
Economizer Speed Adjust
Economizer Deadband
UNOCC.ECON.FREE COOLING
Unoc Econ Free Cool Cfg
Unoc Econ Free Cool Time
Un.Ec.Free Cool OAT Lock
RANGE
Yes/No
0 - 100
0 - 100
Yes/No
0-3
1-5
18 - 28
-40 - 120
50 - 62
Enable/Disable
1-3
0-2
0.7 - 3.0
0.5 - 5
0.1 - 10
0.1 - 2
0-2
0 - 720
40 - 70
Economizer Trim for Sum Z? (E.TRM) — Sum Z is the
adaptive cooling control algorithm used for multiple stages
of mechanical cooling capacity. The configuration option,
E.TRM is typically set to Yes, and allows the economizer to
modulate to the same control point (Sum Z) that is used to
control capacity staging. The advantage is lower compressor
cycling coupled with tighter temperature control. Setting this
option to No will cause the economizer, if it is able to provide
free cooling, to open to the Economizer Max. Position
(EC.MX) during mechanical cooling.
ECONOMIZER OPERATION — There are four potential
elements which are considered concurrently which determine
whether the economizer is able to provide free cooling:
1. Dry bulb changeover (outside-air temperature qualification)
2. Economizer switch (discrete control input monitoring)
3. Economizer changeover select (E.SEL economizer
changeover select configuration option)
4. Outdoor dewpoint limit check (requires an installed outdoor relative humidity sensor installed)
Dry Bulb Changeover — Outside-air temperature may be
viewed under Temperatures→AIR.T→OAT. The control
constantly compares its outside-air temperature reading against
the high temperature OAT lockout (OAT.L). If the temperature
reads above OAT.L, the economizer will not be allowed to perform free cooling.
Economizer Switch — The state of the economizer switch can
be viewed under Inputs→GEN.I→E.SW. The function of this
input is determined by Configuration →ECON→EC.SW.
When set to EC.SW = 0, the switch is disabled. When set to
EC.SW = 1, the economizer switch functions to enable/disable
the economizer. When set to EC.SW = 2, the switch functions
as an IAQ override switch. This functions just like the discrete
IAQ input Inputs→AIR.Q→IAQ.I when Configuration
→IAQ→AQ.CF→IQ.I.C=2 (IAQ Discrete Override). See the
Indoor Air Quality Control section for more information.
When Configuration→ECON→EC.SW=1 and Inputs→
GEN.I→E.SW = No, free cooling will not be allowed.
ECONOMIZER CHANGEOVER SELECT (E.SEL) — The
control is capable of performing any one of the following
changeover types in addition to both the dry bulb lockout and
the external switch enable input:
E.SEL = 0
none
E.SEL = 1
Differential Dry Bulb Changeover
E.SEL = 2
Outdoor Enthalpy Changeover
E.SEL = 3
Differential Enthalpy Changeover
UNITS
CCN POINT
ECON_ENA
ECONOMIN
ECONOMAX
ECONTRIM
ECON_SEL
OAEC_SEL
OAEN_CFG
OAT_LOCK
OADEWCFG
OARHSENS
ECON_CTL
ECOSWCFG
DEFAULT
Yes
5
98
Yes
0
4
24
60
55
Disable
1
0
^F
EC_PGAIN
EC_RANGE
EC_SPEED
EC_DBAND
1
2.5
0.75
0.5
min
dF
UEFC_CFG
UEFCTIME
UEFCNTLO
0
120
50
%
%
dF
dF
^F
Differential Dry Bulb Changeover — As both return air and
outside air temperature sensors are installed as standard on
these units, the user may select this option, E.SEL = 1, to
perform a qualification of return and outside air in the enabling/
disabling of free cooling. If this option is selected and outsideair temperature is greater than return-air temperature, free
cooling will not be allowed.
Outdoor Enthalpy Changeover — This option should be used
in climates with higher humidity conditions. The A Series
control can use an enthalpy switch or enthalpy sensor, or the
standard installed outdoor dry bulb sensor and an accessory
relative humidity sensor to calculate the enthalpy of the air.
Setting Configuration→ECON→E.SEL = 2 requires that
the user configure Configuration→ECON→OA.E.C, the
Outdoor Enthalpy Changeover Select, and install an outdoor
relative humidity sensor. Once the sensor is installed, enable
Configuration→ECON→ORH.S, the outdoor relative humidity sensor configuration option.
If the user selects one of the Honeywell curves, A,B,C or D,
then OA.E.C options 1-4 should be selected. See Fig. 8 for a
diagram of these curves on a psychrometric chart.
OA.E.C = 1 Honeywell A Curve
OA.E.C = 2 Honeywell B Curve
OA.E.C = 3 Honeywell C Curve
OA.E.C = 4 Honeywell D Curve
OA.E.C = 5 custom enthalpy curve
If the user selects OA.E.C = 5, a direct compare of outdoor
enthalpy versus an enthalpy set point is done. This outdoor
enthalpy set point limit is configurable, and is called
Configuration→ECON→OA.EN.
Depending on what Configuration→ECON→OA.E.C is
configured for, if the outdoor enthalpy exceeds the Honeywell
curves or the outdoor enthalpy compare value (Configuration
→ECON→OA.EN), then free cooling will not be allowed.
Differential Enthalpy Changeover — This option compares
the outdoor-air enthalpy to the return air enthalpy and chooses
the option with the lowest enthalpy. This option should be
used in climates with high humidity conditions. This option
uses both humidity sensors and dry bulb sensors to calculate
the enthalpy of the outdoor and return air. An accessory
outdoor air humidity sensor (ORH.S) and return air humidity
sensor (RRH.S) are used. The outdoor air relative humidity
sensor config (ORH.S) and return air humidity sensor config
(Configuration→SENS→RRH.S) must be enabled.
51
CONTROL CURVE
A
B
C
D
Configuring the economizer for Unoccupied Economizer
Free Cooling is done in the UEFC group. There are three
configuration options, FC.CF, FC.TM and FC.LO.
Unoccupied Economizer Free Cooling Configuration
(FC.CF) — This option is used to configure the type of unoccupied economizer free cooling control that is desired.
0 = disable unoccupied economizer free cooling
1 = perform unocc. economizer free cooling as available during the entire unoccupied period.
2 = perform unocc. economizer free cooling as available,
FC.TM minutes before the next occupied period.
Unoccupied Economizer Free Cooling Time Configuration
(FC.TM) — This option is a configurable time period, prior to
the next occupied period, that the control will allow unoccupied economizer free cooling to operate. This option is only
applicable when FC.CF = 2.
Unoccupied Economizer Free Cooling Outside Lockout
Temperature (FC.LO) — This configuration option allows
the user to select an outside-air temperature below which unoccupied free cooling is not allowed. This is further explained in
the logic section.
Unoccupied Economizer Free Cooling Logic — The following qualifications that must be true for unoccupied free cooling
to operate:
• Unit configured for an economizer
• Space temperature sensor enabled and sensor reading
within limits
• Unit in the unoccupied mode
• FC.CF set to 1 or FC.CF set to 2 and control is within
FC.TM minutes of the next occupied period
• Not in the Temperature Compensated Start Mode
• Not in a cooling mode
• Not in a heating mode
• Not in a tempering mode
• Outside-air temperature sensor reading within limits
• Economizer would be allowed to cool if the fan were
requested and in a cool mode
• OAT > FC.LO (1.0° F hysteresis applied)
• Unit not in a fire smoke mode
• No fan failure when configured to for unit to shut down
on a fan failure
If all of the above conditions are satisfied:
Unoccupied Economizer Free Cooling will start when both of
the following conditions are true:
{SPT > (OCSP + 2)} AND {SPT > (OAT + 8)}
The Unoccupied Economizer Free Cooling Mode will stop
when either of the following conditions are true:
{SPT < OCSP} OR {SPT < (OAT + 3)} where SPT = Space
Temperature and OCSP = Occupied Cooling Set Point.
When the Unoccupied Economizer Free Cooling mode is
active, the supply fan is turned on and the economizer damper
modulated to control to the supply air set point (Setpoints→
SASP) plus any supply air reset that may be applied (Inputs→
RSET→SA.S.R).
ECONOMIZER OPERATION CONFIGURATION — The
configuration items in the E.CFG menu group affect how
the economizer modulates when attempting to follow an
economizer cooling set point. Typically, they will not need
adjustment. In fact, it is strongly advised not to adjust these
configuration items from their default settings without first
consulting a service engineering representative.
In addition, the economizer cooling algorithm is designed to
automatically slow down the economizer actuator’s rate of
travel as outside air temperature decreases.
CONTROL POINT
(approx Deg) AT 50% RH
73
68
63
58
Fig. 8 — Psychrometric Chart for
Enthalpy Control
Outdoor Dewpoint Limit Check — If an outdoor relative
humidity sensor is installed, the control is able to calculate the
outdoor air dewpoint temperature and will compare this
temperature against the outside air dewpoint temperature
limit configuration (Configuration→ECON→O.DEW). If the
outdoor air dewpoint temperature is greater than O.DEW, free
cooling will not be allowed. Fig. 9 shows a horizontal limit line
in the custom curve of the psychrometric chart. This is the outdoor air dewpoint limit boundary.
Custom Psychrometric Curves — Refer to the psychrometric
chart and the standard Honeywell A-D curves in Fig. 8. The
curves start from the bottom and rise vertically, angle to the left
and then fold over. This corresponds to the limits imposed by
dry bulb changeover, outdoor enthalpy changeover and
outdoor dewpoint limiting respectively. Therefore, it is now
possible to create any curve desired with the addition of one
outdoor relative humidity sensor and the options for
changeover now available. See Fig. 9 for an example of a
custom curve constructed on a psychrometric chart.
UNOCCUPIED ECONOMIZER FREE COOLING — This
Free Cooling function is used to start the supply fan and use
the economizer to bring in outside air when the outside
temperature is cool enough to pre-cool the space. This is done
to delay the need for mechanical cooling when the system
enters the occupied period. This function requires the use of a
space temperature sensor.
When configured, the economizer will modulate during an
unoccupied period and attempt to maintain space temperature
to the occupied cooling set point. Once the need for cooling has
been satisfied during this cycle, the fan will be stopped.
52
Fig. 9 — Custom Changeover Curve Example
ECONOMIZER DIAGNOSTIC HELP — Because there are
so many conditions which might disable the economizer from
being able to provide free cooling, the control has a display
table to identify these potentially disabling sources. The user
can check ACTV, the “Economizer Active” flag. If this flag is
set to Yes there is no reason to check DISA (Economizer
Disabling Conditions). If the flag is set to No, this means that at
least one or more of the flags under the group DISA are set
to Yes and the user can discover what is preventing the economizer from performing free cooling by checking the table.
The economizer’s reported and commanded positions
are also viewable, as well as outside air temperature, relative
humidity, enthalpy and dew point temperature.
The following information can be found under the Local
Display Mode Run Status→ECON. See Table 62.
Economizer Control Point Determination Logic — Once the
economizer is allowed to provide free cooling, the economizer
must determine exactly what set point it should try to maintain.
The set point the economizer attempts to maintain when “free
cooling” is located at Run Status→VIEW→EC.C.P. This is
the economizer control point.
The control selects set points differently, based on the
control type of the unit. This control type can be found at
Configuration→UNIT→C.TYP. There are 6 types of control.
C.TYP = 1
VAV-RAT
C.TYP = 2
VAV-SPT
C.TYP = 3
TSTAT Multi-Staging
C.TYP = 4
TSTAT 2 Stage
C.TYP = 5
SPT Multi-Staging
C.TYP = 6
SPT 2 Stage
If the economizer is not allowed to do free cooling, then
EC.C.P = 0.
If the economizer is allowed to do free cooling and the
Unoccupied Free Cooling Mode is ON, then EC.C.P =
Setpoints→SASP + Inputs→RSET→SA.S.R.
If the economizer is allowed to do free cooling and the
Dehumidification mode is ON, then EC.C.P = the Cooling
Control Point (Run Status→VIEW→CL.C.P).
If the C.TYP is either 4 or 6, and the unit is in a cool mode,
then
If Stage = 0
EC.C.P = the Cooling Control Point (Run
Status→VIEW→CL.C.P)
If Stage = 1
53.0 + economizer suction pressure reset (see
below)
If Stage = 2
48.0 + economizer suction pressure reset (see
below)
NOTE: To check the current cooling stage go to Run Status
→Cool→CUR.S.
If the C.TYP is either 1,2,3 or 5, and the unit is in a cool
mode, then EC.C.P = the Cooling Control Point (Run Status→
VIEW→CL.C.P).
Economizer Suction Pressure Reset for Two-Stage
Cooling — If the unit’s control type is set to either 2-stage thermostat or 2-stage space temperature control, then there is no
cooling control point. Stages 1 and 2 are brought on based on
demand, irrespective of the evaporator discharge temperature.
In this case, the economizer monitors suction pressure and
resets the economizer control point accordingly in order to
protect the unit from freezing. For those conditions when the
economizer opens up fully but is not able to make set point, and
then a compressor comes on, it is conceivable that the coil
might freeze. This can be indirectly monitored by checking suction pressure. Rather than fail a circuit, the control will attempt
to protect the unit by resetting the economizer control point
until the suction pressure rises out of freezing conditions.
If either circuit’s suction pressure drops to within 5 psig
of the low suction pressure trip point, the control will start
adding reset to the economizer control point if it is active. It
will be possible to reset the control point upwards, 10 degrees
(2 degrees per psig), between the low suction pressure trip
point of 48 psig and 5 psig above it. If this does not work, and if
the suction pressure drops below the trip point, then the control
will further reset the control point 1 degree every 15 seconds
up to a maximum of 10 degrees. The resulting effect will be to
warm up the mixed air entering the evaporator, thereby raising
the suction pressure.
53
Table 62 — Economizer Run Status Table
ITEM
ECN.P
ECN.C
ACTV
DISA
UNVAV
R.EC.D
DBC
DEW
DDBC
OAEC
DEC
EDT
OAT
FORC
SFON
CLOF
OAQL
HELD
O.AIR
OAT
OA.RH
OA.E
OA.D.T
EXPANSION
Economizer Act.Curr.Pos.
Economizer Act.Cmd.Pos.
Economizer Active ?
ECON DISABLING CONDITIONS
Econ Act. Unavailable?
Remote Econ. Disabled?
DBC - OAT Lockout?
DEW - OA Dewpt.Lockout?
DDBD- OAT > RAT Lockout?
OAEC- OA Enth Lockout?
DEC - Diff.Enth.Lockout?
EDT Sensor Bad?
OAT Sensor Bad ?
Economizer Forced ?
Supply Fan Not On 30s ?
Cool Mode Not In Effect?
OAQ Lockout in Effect ?
Econ Recovery Hold Off?
OUTSIDE AIR INFORMATION
Outside Air Temperature
Outside Air Rel. Humidity
Outside Air Enthalpy
Outside Air Dewpoint Temp
RANGE
0-100
0-100
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
PE_A Relay
1 Motor
1 Motor
PE_B Relay
2 Motors
2 Motors
CCN POINT
ECONOPOS
ECONOCMD
ECACTIVE
WRITE STATUS
forcible
ECONUNAV
ECONDISA
DBC_STAT
DEW_STAT
DDBCSTAT
OAECSTAT
DEC_STAT
EDT_STAT
OAT_STAT
ECONFORC
SFONSTAT
COOL_OFF
OAQLOCKD
ECONHELD
dF
%
dF
Building Pressure Control — This control sequence
provides control of the building pressure through the modulating flow rate function of the modulating power exhaust option.
This function also provides control of the constant volume
2-stage power exhaust option.
BUILDING PRESSURE CONFIGURATION — The building pressure configurations are found at the local display under
Configuration→BP. See Table 63.
Building Pressure Config (BP.CF) — This configuration selects the type of building pressure control.
• BP.CF = 0, No building pressure control
• BP.CF = 1, constant volume two-stage exhaust based on
economizer position
• BP.CF = 2, Modulating building pressure control
Power Exhaust Motors (BP.MT) — This configuration is machine dependent and instructs the building pressure control
algorithm as to whether the unit has 4 or 6 motors to control.
The motors are controlled by three power exhaust relays A, B,
and C. These relay outputs are located at the local display under Outputs→FANS→PE.A,B,C.
The following table illustrates the number of motors each
relay is in control of based on BP.MT:
BP.MT
1 (4 motors)
2 (6 motors)
UNITS
%
%
OAT
OARH
OAE
OADEWTMP
forcible
forcible
Modulating PE Algorithm Select (BP.SL) — This configuration
selects the algorithm used to step the power exhaust stages. This
must be set to 1 at all times. The other selections are not used.
Building Pressure PID Evaluation Time (BP.TM) — This
configuration is the run time rate of the multiple stage (modulating) power exhaust algorithm.
Building Pressure Threshold Adjustment (BP.ZG) — This
configuration is not used. It currently has no effect on building
pressure control.
High Building Pressure Level (BP.HP) — This configuration is the threshold level above the building pressure set point
used to control stages of power exhaust when BP.SL=1.
Low Building Pressure Level (BP.LP) — This configuration
is the threshold level below the building pressure set point used
to control stages of power exhaust when BP.SL=1.
CONSTANT VOLUME 2-STAGE CONTROL (BP.CF = 1)
OPERATION — Two exhaust fan relays will be turned on and
off based on economizer position. The two trip set points are
BP.P1 and BP.P2. If the economizer is greater than or equal
to BP.P1, then power exhaust stage 1 is requested and a
60-second timer is initialized. If the economizer is 5% below
the BP.P1, then power exhaust stage 1 is turned off. Also, if the
economizer position is less than BP.P1 and the 60-second timer
has expired, power exhaust stage 1 is turned off. The same
logic applies to the second power exhaust stage, except the
BP.P2 trip point is monitored. If the economizer position is
greater than or equal to BP.P2, then power exhaust stage 2
is energized and a 60-second timer is initialized. If the economizer is 5% below the BP.P2 the second power exhaust
stage turned off. If the economizer is less than BP.P2 and the
60-second timer has expired, second stage power exhaust is
turned off.
For BP.CF=1, the Table 64 illustrates the power exhaust
stages 1 and 2, relay combinations based upon Configuration
→BP.MT (4 or 6 motors).
MULTIPLE POWER EXHAUST STAGE BUILDING
PRESSURE CONTROL (BP.CF = 2) OPERATION —
Building pressure control is active whenever the supply fan is
running. The control algorithm to be used (BP.SL=1) is a timed
threshold technique for bringing stages of power exhaust on
and off.
The number of power exhaust stages available for this control algorithm is a function of the number of motors it supports.
This number of motors is defined by the Configuration→BP
→BP.MT configuration. Table 65 illustrates the staging tables
for this control algorithm based on BP.MT.
PE_C Relay
1 Motor
3 Motors
Building Pressure Sensor (BP.S) — This configuration allows the reading of a building pressure sensor when enabled.
This is automatically enabled when BP.CF = 2.
Building Pressure (+/–) Range (BP.R) — This configuration
establishes the range in in. wg that a 4 to 20 mA sensor will be
scaled to. The control only allows sensors that measure both
positive and negative pressure.
Building Pressure SETP (BP.SP) — This set point is the
building pressure control set point. If the unit is configured for
modulating building pressure control, then this is the set point
that the control will control to.
Power Exhaust on Setp.1 (BP.P1) — When configured for
building pressure control type BP.CF = 1 (constant volume twostage control), the control will turn on the first power exhaust
fan when the economizer’s position exceeds this set point.
Power Exhaust on Setp.1 (BP.P2) — When configured for
building pressure control type BP.CF = 1 (constant volume twostage control), the control will turn on the second power exhaust
fan when the economizer’s position exceeds this set point.
54
Table 63 — Building Pressure Configuration
ITEM
BP
BP.CF
BP.MT
BP.S
BP.R
BP.SP
BP.P1
BP.P2
B.CFG
BP.SL
BP.TM
BP.ZG
BP.HP
BP.LP
EXPANSION
BUILDING PRESS. CONFIG
Building Press. Config
Power Exhaust Motors
Building Pressure Sensor
Bldg Press (+/–) Range
Building Pressure Setp.
Power Exhaust On Setp.1
Power Exhaust On Setp.2
BP ALGORITHM CONFIGS
Modulating PE Alg. Slct.
BP PID Evaluation Time
BP Threshold Adjustment
High BP Level
Low BP Level
RANGE
0-2
1-2
Enable/Dsable
0 - 1.00
-0.25 -> 0.25
0 - 100
0 - 100
1-3
0 - 10
0.1 - 10.0
0 - 1.000
0 - 1.000
UNITS
"H2O
%
%
min
CCN POINT
DEFAULT
BLDG_CFG
PWRM
BPSENS
BP_RANGE
BPSP
PES1
PES2
0*
1*
Dsable*
0.25
0.05
35
75
BPSELECT
BPPERIOD
BPZ_GAIN
BPHPLVL
BPLPLVL
1
1
1
0.05
0.04
*Some configurations are machine dependent.
Table 64 — Power Exhaust Staging (BP.CF=1)
BP.MT = 1 (4 motors)
Power Exhaust Stage 0
Power Exhaust Stage 1
Power Exhaust Stage 2
PE.A
OFF
OFF
ON
PE.B
OFF
ON
ON
PE.C
OFF
OFF
ON
BP.MT = 2 (6 motors)
Power Exhaust Stage 0
Power Exhaust Stage 1
Power Exhaust Stage 2
PE.A
OFF
OFF
ON
PE.B
OFF
OFF
ON
PE.C
OFF
ON
ON
Table 65 — Power Exhaust Staging (BP.CF=2)
BP.MT = 1 (4 motors)
Power Exhaust Stage 0
Power Exhaust Stage 1
Power Exhaust Stage 2
Power Exhaust Stage 3
Power Exhaust Stage 4
PE.A
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
PE.B
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
PE.C
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
BP.MT = 2 (6 motors)
Power Exhaust Stage 0
Power Exhaust Stage 1
Power Exhaust Stage 2
Power Exhaust Stage 3
Power Exhaust Stage 4
Power Exhaust Stage 5
Power Exhaust Stage 6
PE.A
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
PE.B
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
PE.C
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
The logic to add or subtract a stage of power exhaust is:
• If building pressure (Pressures→AIR.P→BP) is greater
than the building pressure set point (Configuration→
BP→BPSP) plus the building pressure high threshold level
(Configuration→BP→B.CFG→BP.HP) add a stage of
power exhaust.
• If building pressure (Pressures→AIR.P→BP) is less than
the building pressure set point (Configuration→
BP→BPSP) minus the building pressure low threshold
level (Configuration→BP→B.CFG→BP.LP) subtract a
stage of power exhaust.
The configurations of interest in the controlling of building
pressure with this algorithm are:
• Configuration→BP→B.CFG→BP.HP (building pressure
high threshold level)
• Configuration→BP→B.CFG→BP.LP (building pressure
low threshold level)
• Configuration→BP→B.CFG→BP.TM (building pressure
timer)
This control function is allowed to add or select power exhaust stages at any time, except that a delay time must expire
after a stage is added or subtracted. Any time a stage change is
made, a timer is started which delays staging for 10 * BP.TM
seconds. The default for BP.TM is 1, therefore the delay
between stage changes is set to 10 seconds.
55
Smoke Control Modes — There are four smoke control modes that can be used to control smoke within areas serviced by the unit: Pressurization mode, Evacuation mode,
Smoke Purge mode, and Fire Shutdown. Evacuation, Pressurization and Smoke Purge modes require the Controls Expansion Board (CEM). The Fire Shutdown input is located on the
main board (MBB) on terminals TB5-10 and 11. The unit may
also be equipped with a factory-installed return air smoke detector that is wired to TB5-10 and 11 and will shut the unit
down if a smoke condition is determined. Field-monitoring
wiring can be connected to terminal TB5-8 and 9 to monitor
the smoke detector. Inputs on the CEM board can be used to
put the unit in the Pressurization, Evacuation, and Smoke
Purge modes. These switches or inputs are connected to TB6 as
shown below. Refer to Major System Components section on
page 85 for wiring diagrams.
Pressurization — TB6-12 and 13
Evacuation — TB6-13 and 14
Smoke Purge — TB6-13 and 15
Each mode must be energized individually on discrete inputs and the corresponding alarm is initiated when a mode is
activated. The fire system provides a normally closed dry contact closure. Multiple smoke control inputs, sensed by the control will force the unit into a Fire Shutdown mode.
FIRE-SMOKE INPUTS — These discrete inputs can be
found on the local display under Inputs→FIRE.
ITEM
FIRE
FSD
PRES
EVAC
PURG
RELEVANT ITEMS:
The economizer’s commanded output can be found in
Outputs→ECON→ECN.C.
The configurable fire speed override for supply fan VFD is in
Configuration→SP→SP.FS.
The supply fan relay’s commanded output can be found in
Outputs→FANS→S.FAN.
The supply fan VFD’s commanded speed can be found in
Outputs→FANS→S.VFD.
Indoor Air Quality Control — The indoor air quality
(IAQ) function will admit fresh air into the space whenever
space air quality sensors detect high levels of CO2.
When a space or return air CO2 sensor is connected to the
unit control, the unit’s IAQ routine allows a demand-based
control for ventilation air quantity, by providing a modulating
outside air damper position that is proportional to CO2 level.
The ventilation damper position is varied between a minimum
ventilation level (based on internal sources of contaminants
and CO2 levels other than from the effect of people) and the
maximum design ventilation level (determined at maximum
populated status in the building). Demand Control Ventilation
(DCV) is also available when the ComfortLink™ unit is connected to a CCN system using ComfortID™ terminal controls.
This function also provides alternative control methods for
controlling the amount of ventilation air being admitted,
including fixed outdoor air ventilation rates (measured as cfm),
external discrete sensor switch input and externally generated
proportional signal controls.
The IAQ function requires the installation of the factoryoption economizer system. The DCV sequences also require
the connection of accessory (or field-supplied) space or return
air CO2 sensors. Fixed cfm rate control requires the factoryinstalled outdoor air cfm option. External control of the
ventilation position requires supplemental devices, including a
4 to 20 mA signal, a 10-k ohm potentiometer, or a discrete
switch input, depending on the method selected. Outside air
CO2 levels may also be monitored directly and high CO2
economizer restriction applied when an outdoor air CO2 sensor
is connected. (The outdoor CO2 sensor connection requires
installation of the Controls Expansion Module [CEM].)
The ComfortLink control has the capability of DCV using
an IAQ sensor. The indoor air quality (IAQ) is measured using
a CO2 sensor whose measurements are displayed in parts per
million (ppm). The IAQ sensor can be field-installed in the
return duct. There is also an accessory space IAQ sensor that
can be installed directly in the occupied space. The sensor must
provide a 4 to 20 mA output signal and must include its own
24-v supply. The sensor connects to terminal TB5-6 and 7. Be
sure to leave the 182-ohm resistor in place on terminals 6 and 7.
OPERATION — The unit’s indoor air quality algorithm modulates the position of the economizer damper between two user
configurations depending upon the relationship between the
IAQ and the outdoor air quality (OAQ). Both of these values
can be read at the Inputs→AIR.Q submenu. The lower of these
two configurable positions is referred to as the IAQ Demand
Vent Min Position (IAQ.M), while the higher is referred to as
Economizer Minimum Position (EC.MN). The IAQ.M should
be set to an economizer position that brings in enough fresh air
to remove contaminants and CO2 generated by sources other
than people. The EC.MN value should be set to an economizer
position that brings in enough fresh air to remove contaminants
and CO2 generated by all sources including people. The
EC.MN value is the design value for maximum occupancy.
CCN WRITE
POINT STATUS
EXPANSION
RANGE
FIRE-SMOKE INPUTS
Fire Shutdown Input
Pressurization Input
Evacuation Input
Smoke Purge Input
ALRM/NORM
ALRM/NORM
ALRM/NORM
ALRM/NORM
FSD
PRES
EVAC
PURG
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
Fire Shutdown Mode — This mode will cause an immediate
and complete shutdown of the unit.
Pressurization Mode — This mode attempts to raise the pressure of a space to prevent smoke infiltration from an adjacent
space. Opening the economizer (thereby closing the return air
damper), shutting down power exhaust and turning the indoor
fan on will increase pressure in the space.
Evacuation Mode — This mode attempts to lower the pressure of the space to prevent infiltrating an adjacent space with
its smoke. Closing the economizer (thereby opening the returnair damper), turning on the power exhaust and shutting down
the indoor fan decrease pressure in the space.
Smoke Purge Mode — This mode attempts to draw out
smoke from the space after the emergency condition. Opening
the economizer (thereby closing the return-air damper), turning
on both the power exhaust and indoor fan will evacuate smoke
and bring in fresh air.
AIRFLOW CONTROL DURING THE FIRE-SMOKE
MODES — All non-smoke related control outputs will get
shut down in the fire-smoke modes. Those related to airflow
will be controlled as explained below. The following matrix
specifies all actions the control shall undertake when each
mode occurs (outputs are forced internally with CCN priority
number 1 - “Fire”):
DEVICE
Economizer
Indoor Fan —
VFD
Power Exhaust
Heat Interlock
Relay
FIRE
PRESSURIZATION PURGE EVACUATION SHUTDOWN
100%
100%
0%
0%
ON/FSO*
ON/FSO*
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
*“FSO” refers to the supply VFD fire speed override configurable
speed.
56
The logic that is used to control the dampers in response to
IAQ conditions is shown in Fig. 10. The ComfortLink control
will begin to open the damper from the IAQ.M position when
the IAQ level begins to exceed the OAQ level by a configurable amount, which is referred to as Differential Air Quality
Low Limit (DAQ.L).
If OAQ is not being measured, OAQ can be manually configured. It should be set at around 400 to 450 ppm or measured
with a handheld sensor during the commissioning of the unit.
The OAQ reference level can be set using the OAQ Reference
Set Point (OAQ.U). When the differential between IAQ and
OAQ reaches the configurable Diff. Air Quality Hi Limit
(DAQ.H), then the economizer position will be EC.MN.
When the IAQ–OAQ differential is between DAQ.L and
DAQ.H, the control will modulate the damper between IAQ.M
and EC.MN as shown in Fig. 10. The relationship is a linear
relationship but other non-linear options can be used. The
damper position will never exceed the bounds specified by
IAQ.M and EC.MN during IAQ control.
If the building is occupied and the indoor fan is running and
the differential between IAQ and OAQ is less than DAQ.L, the
economizer will remain at IAQ.M. The economizer will not
close completely. The damper position will be 0 when the fan
is not running or the building is unoccupied. The damper position may exceed EC.MN in order to provide free cooling.
The ComfortLink control is configured for air quality
sensors which provide 4 mA at 0 ppm and 20 mA at 2000 ppm.
If a sensor has a different range, these bounds must be
reconfigured. These pertinent configurations for ranging the air
quality sensors are IQ.R.L, IQ.R.H, OQ.R.L and OQ.R.H. The
bounds represent the PPM corresponding to 4 mA (low) and
20 mA (high) for IAQ and OAQ, respectively.
If OAQ exceeds the OAQ Lockout Value (OAQ.L), then the
economizer will remain at IAQ.M. This is used to limit the use
of outside air which outdoor air CO2 levels are above the
OAQ.L limit. Normally a linear control of the damper vs. the
IAQ control signal can be used, but the control also supports
non-linear control. Different curves can be used based on the
Diff.IAQ Responsiveness Variable (IAQ.R). See Fig. 11.
SETTING UP THE SYSTEM — The IAQ configuration options are under the Local Display Mode Configuration→IAQ.
See Table 66.
IAQ Analog Sensor Config (Configuration→IAQ→
AQ.CF→IQ.A.C) — This is used to configure the type of
IAQ position control. It has the following options:
• IQ.A.C = 0 (No analog input). If there is no other minimum position control, the economizer minimum position
will be Configuration→IAQ→EC.MN and there will be
no IAQ control.
• IQ.A.C = 1 (IAQ analog input). An indoor air (space or
return air) CO2 sensor is installed. If an outdoor air CO2
sensor is also installed, or OAQ is broadcast on the CCN,
or if a default OAQ value is used, then the unit can perform IAQ control.
• IQ.A.C = 2 (IAQ analog input with minimum position
override) — If the differential between IAQ and OAQ
is above Configuration→IAQ→AQ.SP→DAQ.H, the
economizer minimum position will be the IAQ override
position (Configuration→IAQ→AQ.SP→IQ.O.P).
• IQ.A.C = 3 (4 to 20 mA minimum position) — With a 4
to 20 mA signal connected to TB5-6 and 7, the economizer minimum position will be scaled linearly from 0%
(4 mA) to EC.MN (20 mA).
• IQ.A.C = 4 (10K potentiometer minimum position) — With
a 10K linear potentiometer connected to TB5-6 and 7, the
economizer minimum position will be scaled linearly from
0% (0 Kohms) to EC.MN (10 Kohms).
MINIMUM
IAQ
DAMPER
POSITION
INCREASING VENTILATION
ECONOMIZER
MINIMUM
DAMPER
POSITION
VENTILATION FOR PEOPLE
VENTILATION FOR SOURCES
100
500
AQ
DIFFERENTIAL
LOW (DAQ.L)
700
1000
INSIDE/OUTSIDE CO2 DIFFERENTIAL
INSIDE CO2 CONCENTRATION
AQ
DIFFERENTIAL
HIGH (DAQ.H)
Fig. 10 — IAQ Control
NOTE: Calculating the IAQ.M and EC.MN damper position based
on differential IAQ measurement.
Based on the configuration parameter IAQREACT, the reaction to
damper positioning based on differential air quality ppm can be
adjusted.
IAQREACT = 1 to 5 (more responsive)
IAQREACT = 0 (linear)
IAQREACT = –1 to –5 (less responsive)
Fig. 11 — IAQ Response Curve
57
Table 66 — Indoor Air Quality Configuration
ITEM
DCV.C
EC.MN
IAQ.M
AQ.CF
IQ.A.C
IQ.A.F
IQ.I.C
IQ.I.F
OQ.A.C
AQ.SP
IQ.O.P
DAQ.L
DAQ.H
D.F.OF
D.F.ON
IAQ.R
OAQ.L
OAQ.U
AQ.S.R
IQ.R.L
IQ.R.H
OQ.R.L
OQ.R.H
IAQ.P
IQ.PG
IQ.P.T
IQ.P.L
IQ.P.H
IQ.L.O
EXPANSION
DCV ECONOMIZER SETPOINTS
Economizer Min.Position
IAQ Demand Vent Min.Pos.
AIR QUALITY CONFIGS
IAQ Analog Sensor Config
IAQ 4-20 ma Fan Config
IAQ Discrete Input Config
IAQ Disc.In. Fan Config
OAQ 4-20ma Sensor Config
AIR QUALITY SETPOINTS
IAQ Econo Override Pos.
Diff.Air Quality LoLimit
Diff. Air Quality HiLimit
DAQ PPM Fan Off Setpoint
DAQ PPM Fan On Setpoint
Diff. AQ Responsiveness
OAQ Lockout Value
User Determined OAQ
AIR QUALITY SENSOR RANGE
IAQ Low Reference
IAQ High Reference
OAQ Low Reference
OAQ High Reference
IAQ PRE-OCCUPIED PURGE
IAQ Purge
IAQ Purge Duration
IAQ Purge LoTemp Min Pos
IAQ Purge HiTemp Min Pos
IAQ Purge OAT Lockout
RANGE
0 - 100
0 - 100
UNITS
%
%
0-4
0-2
0-2
0-2
0-2
0 - 100
0 - 1000
100 - 2000
0 - 2000
0 - 2000
-5 - 5
0 - 2000
0 - 5000
%
0 - 5000
0 - 5000
0 - 5000
0 - 5000
Yes/No
5 - 60
0 - 100
0 - 100
35 - 70
IAQ Analog Fan Config (Configuration→IAQ→AQ.CF→
IQ.A.F) — This configuration is used to configure the control
of the indoor fan. If this option is used then the IAQ sensor
must be in the space and not in the return duct. It has the following configurations:
• IQ.A.F = 0 (No Fan Start) — IAQ demand will never
override normal indoor fan operation during occupied or
unoccupied period and turn it on.
• IQ.A.F = 1 (Fan On If Occupied) — IAQ demand will
override normal indoor fan operation and turn it on (if
off) only during the occupied period (CV operation with
automatic fan).
• IQ.A.F = 2 (Fan On Occupied/Unoccupied) — IAQ
demand will always override normal indoor fan operation
and turn it on (if off) during both the occupied and unoccupied period. For IQ.A.F = 1 or 2, the fan will be turned on as
described above when DAQ is above the DAQ Fan On Set
Point (Configuration→IAQ→AQ.SP→D.F.ON). The fan
will be turned off when DAQ is below the DAQ Fan Off Set
Point (Configuration→IAQ→AQ.SP→D.F.OF). The control can also be set up to respond to a discrete IAQ input.
The discrete input is connected to TB5-6 and 7.
IAQ Discrete Input Config (Configuration→IAQ→AQ.CF
→IQ.I.C) — This configuration is used to set the type of IAQ
sensor. The following are the options:
• IQ.I.C = 0 (No Discrete Input) — This is used to indicate
that no discrete input will be used and the standard IAQ
sensor input will be used.
• IQ.I.C = 1 (IAQ Discrete Input) — This will indicate
that the IAQ level (high or low) will be indicated by
the discrete input. When the IAQ level is low, the
economizer minimum position will be Configuration→
IAQ→DCV.C→IAQ.M.
• IQ.I.C = 2 (IAQ Discrete Input with Minimum Position
Override) — This will indicate that the IAQ level (high
or low) will be indicated by the discrete input and the
economizer minimum position will be the IAQ override
position, IQ.P.O (when high).
It is also necessary to configure how the fan operates when
using the IAQ discrete input.
min
%
%
dF
CCN POINT
DEFAULT
ECONOMIN
IAQMINP
5
0
IAQANCFG
IAQANFAN
IAQINCFG
IAQINFAN
OAQANCFG
0
0
0
0
0
IAQOVPOS
DAQ_LOW
DAQ_HIGH
DAQFNOFF
DAQFNON
IAQREACT
OAQLOCK
OAQ_USER
100
100
700
200
400
0
0
400
IAQREFL
IAQREFH
OAQREFL
OAQREFH
0
2000
0
2000
IAQPURGE
IAQPTIME
IAQPLTMP
IAQPHTMP
IAQPNTLO
No
15
10
35
50
IAQ Discrete Fan Config (Configuration→IAQ→AQ.CF
→IQ.I.F) — This is used to configure the operation of the
fan during an IAQ demand condition. It has the following
configurations:
• IQ.I.F = 0 (No Fan Start) — IAQ demand will never
override normal indoor fan operation during occupied or
unoccupied period and turn it on.
• IQ.I.F = 1 (Fan On If Occupied) — IAQ demand will
override normal indoor fan operation and turn it on (if
off) only during the occupied period (CV operation with
automatic fan).
• IQ.I.F = 2 (Fan On Occupied/Unoccupied) — IAQ
demand will always override normal indoor fan operation and turn it on (if off) during both the occupied and
unoccupied period.
Economizer Min Position (Configuration→IAQ→DCV.C
→EC.MN) — This is the fully occupied minimum economizer
position.
IAQ Demand Vent Min Pos. (Configuration→IAQ→
DCV.C→IAQ.M) — This configuration will be used to set the
minimum damper position in the occupied period when there
is no IAQ demand.
IAQ Econo Override Pos (Configuration→IAQ→AQ.SP→
IQ.O.P) — This configuration is the position that the economizer goes to when override is in effect.
OAQ 4-20 mA Sensor Config (Configuration→IAQ→
AQ.CF→OQ.A.C) — This is used to configure the type of
outdoor sensor that will be used for OAQ levels. It has the following configuration options:
• OQ.A.C = 0 (No Sensor) — No sensor will be used and
the internal software reference setting will be used.
• OQ.A.C = 1 (OAQ Sensor with DAQ) — An outdoor
CO2 sensor will be used.
• OQ.A.C = 2 (4 to 20 mA Sensor without DAQ).
OAQ Lockout Value (Configuration→IAQ→AQ.SP→
OAQ.L) — This is the maximum OAQ level above which demand ventilation will be disabled.
Diff. Air Quality Lo Limit (Configuration→IAQ→ AQ.SP
→DAQ.L) — This is the differential CO2 level at which IAQ
control of the dampers will be initiated.
58
Diff. Air Quality Hi Limit (Configuration→IAQ→ AQ.SP
→DAQ.H) — This is the differential CO2 level at which IAQ
control of the dampers will be at maximum and the dampers
will be at the Configuration→ IAQ→DCV.C→EC.MN.
DAQ ppm Fan On Set Point (Configuration
→IAQ→AQ.SP→D.F.ON) — This is the CO2 level at which
the indoor fan will be turned on.
DAQ ppm Fan Off Set Point (Configuration→IAQ
→AQ.SP→D.F.OF) — This is the CO2 level at which the
indoor fan will be turned off.
IAQ Low Reference (Configuration→IAQ→AQ.S.R→
IQ.R.L) — This is the reference that will be used with a to
non-Carrier IAQ sensor that may have a different characteristic
curve. It represents the CO2 level at 4 mA.
IAQ High Reference (Configuration→IAQ→AQ.SR
→IQ.R.H) — This is the reference that will be used with a
non-Carrier IAQ sensor that may have a different characteristic
curve. It represents the CO2 level at 4 mA.
OAQ Low Reference (Configuration→IAQ→AQ.S.R
→OQ.R.L) — This is the reference that will be used with a
non-Carrier OAQ sensor that may have a different characteristic curve. It represents the CO2 level at 4 mA.
OAQ High Reference (Configuration→IAQ→AQ.S.R→
OQ.R.H) — This is the reference that will be used with a nonCarrier OAQ sensor that may have a different characteristic
curve. It represents the CO2 level at 4 mA.
Diff. IAQ Responsiveness (Configuration→IAQ→AQ.SP
→IAQ.R) — This is the configuration that is used to select the
IAQ response curves as shown in Fig. 11.
PRE-OCCUPANCY PURGE — The control has the option
for a pre-occupancy purge to refresh the air in the space prior to
occupancy.
This feature is enabled by setting Configuration→IAQ→
IAQ.P→IQ.PG to Yes.
The IAQ Purge will operate under the following conditions:
• IQ.PG is enabled
• the unit is in the unoccupied state
• Current Time is valid
• Next Occupied Time is valid
• time is within two hours of the next occupied period
• time is within the purge duration (Configuration→
IAQ→IAQ.P→IQ.P.T)
If all of the above conditions are met, the following logic is
used:
If OAT ≥ IQ.L.O and OAT ≤ OCSP and economizer is
available then purge will be enabled and the economizer will
be commanded to 100%.
Else, if OAT < IQ.L.O then the economizer will be positioned to the IAQ Purge LO Temp Min Pos (Configuration→
IAQ→IAQ.P→IQ.P.L)
If neither of the above are true then the dampers will be
positioned to the IAQ Purge HI Temp Min Pos (Configuration
→IAQ→IAQ.P→IQ.P.H)
If this mode is enabled the indoor fan and heat interlock
relay (VAV) will be energized.
IAQ Purge (Configuration→IAQ→IAQ.P→IQ.PG) — This
is used to enable IAQ pre-occupancy purge.
IAQ Purge Duration (Configuration→IAQ→IAQ.P→
IQ.P.T) — This is the maximum amount of time that a purge
can occur.
IAQ Purge Lo Temp Min Pos (Configuration→IAQ→
IAQ.P→IQ.P.L) — This is used to configure a low limit for
damper position to be used during the purge mode.
IAQ Purge Hi Temp Min Pos (Configuration→IAQ→
IAQ.P→IQ.P.H) — This is used to configure a maximum position for the dampers to be used during the purge cycle.
IAQ Purge OAT Lockout Temp (Configuration→IAQ→
IAQ.P→IQ.L.O) — Nighttime lockout temperature below
which the purge cycle will be disabled.
Temperature Compensated Start — This logic is
used when the unit is in the unoccupied state. The control will
calculate early Start Bias time based on Space Temperature
deviation from the occupied cooling and heating set points.
This will allow the control to start the unit so that the space is at
conditioned levels when the occupied period starts. This is
required for ASHRAE 90.1 compliance. A space sensor is required for non-linkage applications.
SETTING UP THE SYSTEM — The settings for temperature compensated start can be found in the local display under
Configuration→UNIT.
ITEM
TCS.C
TCS.H
EXPANSION
RANGE UNITS CCN POINT
Temp.Cmp.Strt.Cool Factr 0 - 60 min
TCSTCOOL
Temp.Cmp.Strt.Heat Factr 0 - 60 min
TCSTHEAT
TCST-Cool Factor (TCS.C) — This is the factor for the start
time bias equation for cooling.
TCST-Heat Factor (TCS.H) — This is the factor for the start
time bias equation for heating.
NOTE: Temperature compensated start is disabled when these
factors are set to 0.
TEMPERATURE COMPENSATED START LOGIC — The
following conditions must be met for the algorithm to run:
• Unit is in unoccupied state.
• Next occupied time is valid.
• Current time of day is valid.
• Valid space temperature reading is available (sensor or
DAV-Linkage).
The algorithm will calculate a Start Bias time in minutes using the following equations:
If (space temperature > occupied cooling set point)
Start Bias Time = (space temperature – occupied cooling set
point)* TCS.C
If (space temperature < occupied heating set point)
Start Bias Time = (occupied heating set point – space
temperature)*TCS.H
When the Start Bias Time is greater than zero the algorithm
will subtract it from the next occupied time to calculate the new
start time. When the new start time is reached, the Temperature
Compensated Start mode is set (Operating Modes→MODE→
T.C.ST), the fan is started and the unit controlled as in an occupied state. Once set, Temperature Compensated mode will stay
on until the unit goes into the Occupied mode. The Start Bias
Time will be written into the CCN Linkage Equipment Table if
the unit is controlled in DAV mode. If the Unoccupied Economizer Free Cool mode is active (Operating Modes→HVAC =
“UNOCC FREE COOL”) when temperature compensated
start begins, the Unoccupied Free Cool mode will be stopped.
Carrier Comfort Network (CCN) — It is possible to
configure the ComfortLink™ control to participate as an element of the Carrier Comfort Network (CCN) directly from the
local display. This section will deal with explaining the various
programmable options which are found under the CCN submenu in the Configuration mode.
The major configurations for CCN programming are located in the local displays at Configuration→CCN. See Table 67.
CCN Address (CCNA) — This configuration is the CCN address the rooftop is assigned.
59
Table 67 — CCN Configuration
ITEM
CCN
CCNA
CCNB
BAUD
BROD
TM.DT
OAT.B
ORH.B
OAQ.B
G.S.B
B.ACK
SC.OV
SCH.N
HOL.T
O.T.L.
OV.EX
SPT.O
T58.O
GL.OV
EXPANSION
CCN CONFIGURATION
CCN Address
CCN Bus Number
CCN Baud Rate
CCN BROADCST DEFINITIONS
CCN Time/Date Broadcast
CCN OAT Broadcast
CCN OARH Broadcast
CCN OAQ Broadcast
Global Schedule Broadcst
CCN Broadcast Ack'er
CCN SCHEDULES-OVERRIDES
Schedule Number
Accept Global Holidays?
Override Time Limit
Timed Override Hours
SPT Override Enabled ?
T58 Override Enabled ?
Global Sched. Override ?
RANGE
UNITS
POINT
DEFAULT
1 - 239
0 - 239
1-5
CCNADD
CCNBUS
CCNBAUDD
1
0
3
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
CCNBC
OATBC
OARHBC
OAQBC
GSBC
CCNBCACK
On
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
0 - 99
YES/NO
0-4
0-4
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
SCHEDNUM
HOLIDAYT
OTL
OVR_EXT
SPT_OVER
T58_OVER
GLBLOVER
1
No
1
0
Yes
Yes
No
CCN Bus Number (CCNB) — This configuration is the CCN
bus the rooftop is assigned.
CCN Baud Rate (BAUD) — This configuration is the CCN
baud rate.
CCN Time/Date Broadcast (TM.DT) — If this configuration
is set to ON, the control will periodically send the time and date
out onto the CCN bus once a minute. If this device is on a CCN
network then it will be important to make sure that only one
device on the bus has this configuration set to ON. If more than
one time broadcaster is present, problems with the time will
occur.
NOTE: Only the time and date broadcaster can perform
daylight savings time adjustments. Even if the rooftop is stand
alone, the user may want to set this to ON to accomplish the
daylight/savings function.
CCN OAT Broadcast (OAT.B) — If this configuration is set
to ON, the control will periodically broadcast its outside-air
temperature at a rate of once every 30 minutes.
CCN OARH Broadcast (ORH.B) — If this configuration is
set to ON, the control will periodically broadcast its outside air
relative humidity at a rate of once every 30 minutes.
CCN OAQ Broadcast (OAQ.B) — If this configuration is set
to ON, the control will periodically broadcast its outside air
quality reading at a rate of once every 30 minutes.
Global Schedule Broadcast (G.S.B) — If this configuration is
set to ON and the schedule number (SCH.N) is between 65 and
99, then the control will broadcast the internal time schedule
once every 2 minutes.
CCN Broadcast Acknowledger (B.ACK) — If this configuration is set to ON, then when any broadcasting is done on the
bus, this device will respond to and acknowledge. Only one device per bus can be configured for this option.
Schedule Number (SCH.N) — This configuration determines
what schedule the control may follow.
SCH.N = 0
The control is always occupied.
SCH.N = 1
The control follows its internal time schedules. The user may enter any number
between 1 and 64 but it will be overwritten
to “1” by the control as it only has one
internal schedule.
SCH.N = 65-99 The control is either set up to receive to a
broadcasted time schedule set to this
number or the control is set up to broadcast
its internal time schedule (G.S.B) to the
network and this is the global schedule
number it is broadcasting. If this is the case,
then the control still follows its internal time
schedules.
HRS
HRS
Accept Global Holidays? (HOL.T) — If a device is broadcasting the time on the bus, it is possible to accept the time yet
not accept the global holiday from the broadcast message.
Override Time Limit (O.T.L) — This configuration allows
the user to decide how long an override occurs when it is initiated. The override may be configured from 1 to 4 hours. If the
time is set to 0, the override function will become disabled.
Timed Override Hours (OV.EX) — This displays the current
number of hours left in an override. It is possible to cancel an
override in progress by writing “0” to this variable, thereby
removing the override time left.
SPT Override Enabled? (SPT.O) — If a space sensor is
present, then it is possible to override an unoccupied period by
pushing the override button on the T55 or T56 sensor. This
option allows the user to disable this function by setting this
configuration to NO.
T58 Override Enabled? (T58.O) — The T58 sensor is a CCN
device that allows cooling/heating set points to be adjusted,
space temperature to be written to the rooftop unit, and the ability to initiate a timed override. This option allows the user to
disable the override initiated from the T58 sensor by setting
this option to NO.
Global Schedule Override? (GL.OV) — If the control is set
to receive global schedules then it is also possible for the global
schedule broadcaster to call out an override condition as well.
This configuration allows the user to disable the global schedule broadcaster from overriding the control.
Alert Limit Configuration — The ALLM submenu is
used to configure the alert limit set points. A list is shown in
Table 68.
SPT Low Alert Limit/Occ (SP.L.O) — If the space temperature is below the configurable occupied SPT Low Alert Limit
(SP.L.O), then Alert 300 will be generated and the unit will be
stopped. The alert will automatically reset.
SPT High Alert Limit/Occ (SP.H.O) — If the space temperature is above the configurable occupied SPT High Alert Limit
(SP.H.O), then Alert 301 will be generated and the unit will be
stopped. The alert will automatically reset.
SPT Low Alert Limit/Unocc (SP.L.U) — If the space temperature is below the configurable unoccupied SPT Low Alert
Limit (SP.L.U), then Alert 300 will be generated and the unit
will be stopped. The alert will automatically reset.
SPT High Alert Limit/Unocc (SP.H.U) — If the space temperature is above the configurable unoccupied SPT High Alert
Limit (SP.H.U), then Alert 301 will be generated and the unit
will be stopped. The alert will automatically reset.
60
Table 68 — CONFIGURATION — ALLM Submenu
ITEM
SP.L.O
SP.H.O
SP.L.U
SP.H.U
SA.L.O
SA.H.O
SA.L.U
SA.H.U
RA.L.O
RA.H.O
RA.L.U
RA.H.U
R.RH.L
R.RH.H
SP.L
SP.H
BP.L
BP.H
IAQ.H
EXPANSION
SPT lo alert limit/occ
SPT hi alert limit/occ
SPT lo alert limit/unocc
SPT hi alert limit/unocc
EDT lo alert limit/occ
EDT hi alert limit/occ
EDT lo alert limit/unocc
EDT hi alert limit/unocc
RAT lo alert limit/occ
RAT hi alert limit/occ
RAT lo alert limit/unocc
RAT hi alert limit/unocc
RARH low alert limit
RARH high alert limit
SP low alert limit
SP high alert limit
BP lo alert limit
BP high alert limit
IAQ high alert limit
RANGE
-10-245
-10-245
-10-245
-10-245
-40-245
-40-245
-40-245
-40-245
-40-245
-40-245
-40-245
-40-245
0-100
0-100
0-5
0-5
-0.25-0.25
-0.25-0.25
0-5000
EDT Low Alert Limit/Occ (SA.L.O) — If the space temperature is below the configurable occupied evaporator discharge
temperature (EDT) Low Alert Limit (SA.L.O), then Alert 302
will be generated and cooling operation will be stopped but
heating operation will continue. The alert will automatically
reset.
EDT High Alert Limit/Occ (SA.H.O) — If the space temperature is above the configurable occupied EDT High Alert Limit
(SA.H.O), then Alert 303 will be generated and heating operation will be stopped but cooling operation will continue. The
alert will automatically reset.
EDT Low Alert Limit/Unocc (SA.L.U) — If the space temperature is below the configurable unoccupied EDT Low Alert
Limit (SA.L.U), then Alert 302 will be generated and cooling
operation will be stopped but heating operation will continue.
The alert will automatically reset.
EDT High Alert Limit/Unocc (SA.H.U) — If the space temperature is above the configurable unoccupied EDT High Alert
Limit (SA.H.U), then Alert 303 will be generated and heating
operation will be stopped but cooling operation will continue.
The alert will automatically reset.
RAT Low Alert Limit/Occ (RA.L.O) — If the return-air temperature is below the configurable occupied RAT Low Alert
Limit (RA.L.O), then Alert 304 will be generated and internal
routines will be modified. Unit operation will continue but
VAV heating operation will be disabled. The alert will automatically reset.
RAT High Alert Limit/Occ (RA.H.O) — If the return-air
temperature is above the configurable occupied RAT High
Alert Limit (RA.H.O), then Alert 305 will be generated and
operation will continue. The alert will automatically reset.
RAT Low Alert Limit/Unocc (RA.L.U) — If the return-air
temperature is below the configurable unoccupied RAT Low
Alert Limit (RA.L.U), then Alert 304 will be generated. Unit
operation will continue but VAV heating operation will be disabled. The alert will automatically reset.
RAT High Alert Limit/Unocc (RA.H.U) — If the return-air
temperature is above the configurable unoccupied RAT High
Alert Limit (RA.H.U), then Alert 305 will be generated. Operation will continue. The alert will automatically reset.
RARH Low Alert Limit (R.RH.L) — If the unit is configured to use a return air relative humidity sensor (Configuration→UNIT→SENS→RRH.S), and the measured level is
below the configurable RH Low Alert Limit (R.RH.L), then
Alert 308 will occur. The unit will continue to run and the alert
will automatically reset.
RARH High Alert Limit (R.RH.H) — If the unit is configured to use a return air relative humidity sensor (Configuration→UNIT→SENS→RRHS), and the measured level is
UNITS
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
%
%
"H2O
"H2O
"H2O
"H2O
POINT
SPLO
SPHO
SPLU
SPHU
SALO
SAHO
SALU
SAHU
RALO
RAHO
RALU
RAHU
RRHL
RRHH
SPL
SPH
BPL
BPH
IAQH
DEFAULT
60
85
45
100
40
100
40
100
60
90
40
100
0
100
0
2
-0.25
0.25
1200
above the configurable RARH High Alert Limit (R.RH.H),
then Alert 309 will occur. The unit will continue to run and the
alert will automatically reset.
Supply Duct Pressure Low Alert Limit (SP.L) — If the unit
is a VAV unit with a supply duct pressure sensor and the measured supply duct static pressure is below the configurable SP
Low Alert Limit (DP.L), then Alert 310 will occur. The unit
will continue to run and the alert will automatically reset.
Supply Duct Pressure High Alert Limit (SP.H) — If the unit
is a VAV unit with a supply duct pressure sensor and the measured supply duct static pressure is above the configurable SP
High Alert Limit (SP.H), then Alert 311 will occur. The unit
will continue to run and the alert will automatically reset.
Building Pressure Low Alert Limit (BP.L) — If the unit is
configured to use modulating power exhaust then a building
static pressure limit can be configured using the BP Low Alert
Limit (BP.L). If the measured pressure is below the limit then
Alert 312 will occur.
Building Pressure High Alert Limit (BP.H) — If the unit is
configured to use modulating power exhaust then a building
static pressure limit can be configured using the BP Hi Alert
Limit (BP.H). If the measured pressure is above the limit, then
Alert 313 will occur.
Indoor Air Quality High Alert Limit (IAQ.H) — If the unit
is configured to use a CO2 sensor and the level is above the
configurable IAQ High Alert Limit (IAQ.H) then the alert will
occur. The unit will continue to run and the alert will automatically reset.
Sensor Trim Configuration — The TRIM submenu
is used to calibrate the sensor trim settings. The trim settings
are used when the actual measured reading does not match the
sensor output. The sensor can be adjusted to match the actual
measured reading with the trim function. A list is shown in
Table 69.
IMPORTANT: Sensor trim must not be used to extend
unit operation past the allowable operating range.
Doing so may void the warranty.
Air Temperature Leaving Supply Fan Sensor (SAT.T) — This
variable is used to adjust the supply fan temperature sensor
reading. The sensor reading can be adjusted ± 10° F to match
the actual measured temperature.
Return Air Temperature Sensor Trim (RAT.T) — This variable is used to adjust the return air temperature sensor reading.
The sensor reading can be adjusted ± 10° F to match the actual
measured temperature.
61
Table 69 — CONFIGURATION — TRIM Submenu
ITEM
TRIM
SAT.T
RAT.T
OAT.T
SPT.T
CTA.T
CTB.T
SP.A.T
SP.B.T
EXPANSION
SENSOR TRIM CONFIG.
Air Temp Lvg SF Trim
RAT Trim
OAT Trim
SPT Trim
Cir A Sat. Cond. Temp Trim
Cir B Sat. Cond. Temp Trim
Suct.Press.Circ.A Trim
Suct.Press.Circ.B Trim
RANGE
-10 - 10
-10 - 10
-10 - 10
-10 - 10
-30 - 30
-30 - 30
-50 - 50
-50 - 50
Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor Trim (OAT.T) — This variable is used to adjust the outdoor air temperature sensor reading. The sensor reading can be adjusted ± 10° F to match the
actual measured temperature.
Space Temperature Sensor Trim (SPT.T) — This variable is
used to adjust the space temperature sensor reading. The sensor
reading can be adjusted ± 10° F to match the actual measured
temperature.
Circuit A Saturated Condenser Temperature Trim (CTA.T) —
This variable is used to adjust the saturated condenser temperature sensor reading for circuit A. The sensor reading can be
adjusted ± 30° F to match the actual measured temperature.
Circuit B Saturated Condenser Temperature Trim (CTB.T) —
This variable is used to adjust the saturated condenser temperature sensor reading for circuit B. The sensor reading can be
adjusted ± 30° F to match the actual measured temperature.
Suction Pressure Circuit A Trim (SP.A.T) — This variable is
used to adjust the suction pressure sensor reading for circuit A.
The sensor reading can be adjusted ± 50 psig to match the actual measured pressure.
Suction Pressure Circuit B Trim (SP.B.T) — This variable is
used to adjust the suction pressure sensor reading for circuit B.
The sensor reading can be adjusted ± 50 psig to match the actual measured pressure.
4 to 20 mA Inputs — There are a number of 4 to 20 mA inputs which may be calibrated. These inputs are located in
Inputs→4-20. They are:
• SP.M.T — static pressure milliamp trim
• BP.M.T — building pressure milliamp trim
• OA.M.T — outside air cfm milliamp trim
• RA.M.T — return air cfm milliamp trim
• SA.M.T — supply air cfm milliamp trim
UNITS
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
PSIG
PSIG
POINT
SAT_TRIM
RAT_TRIM
OAT_TRIM
SPT_TRIM
SCTA_TRIM
SCTB_TRIM
SPA_TRIM
SPB_TRIM
DEFAULT
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
feedback switch is used that is normally closed for feedback
off, change this variable to closed.
Remote Switch — Off (RMI.L) — The remote switch is set
for normally open when off. If a field-supplied control switch
is used that is normally closed for an off signal, change this
variable to closed.
Economizer Switch — No (ECS.L) — The economizer
switch is set for normally open when low. If a field-supplied
economizer switch is used that is normally closed when low,
change this variable to closed.
Fan Status Switch — Off (SFS.L) — The fan status switch
input is set for normally open for off. If a field-supplied fan
status switch is used that is normally closed, change this
variable to closed.
Demand Limit Switch 1 — Off (DL1.L) — The demand
limit switch no. 1 input is set for normally open for off. If a
field-supplied demand limit switch is used that is normally
closed, change this variable to closed.
Demand Limit Switch 2 — Off (DL2.L) — The demand
limit switch no. 2 input is set for normally open for off. If a
field-supplied demand limit switch is used that is normally
closed, change this variable to closed.
IAQ Discrete Input — Low (IAQ.L) — The IAQ discrete input is set for normally open when low. If a field-supplied IAQ
discrete input is used that is normally closed, change this variable to closed.
Fire Shutdown — Off (FSD.L) — The fire shutdown input is
set for normally open when off. If a field-supplied fire shutdown input is used that is normally closed, change this variable
to closed.
Pressurization Switch — Off (PRS.L) — The pressurization
input is set for normally open when off. If a field-supplied pressurization input is used that is normally closed, change this
variable to closed.
Evacuation Switch — Off (EVC.L) — The evacuation input is
set for normally open when off. If a field-supplied evacuation input is used that is normally closed, change this variable to closed.
Smoke Purge — Off (PRG.L) — The smoke purge input is set
for normally open when off. If a field-supplied smoke purge input is used that is normally closed, change this variable to closed.
Discrete Switch Logic Configuration — The SW.LG
submenu is used to configure the normally open/normally closed
settings of switches and inputs. This is used when field-supplied
switches or input devices are used instead of Carrier devices. The
normally open or normally closed setting may be different on a
field-supplied device. These points are used to match the control
logic to the field-supplied device.
The defaults for this switch logic section will not normally
need changing. However, if a field-installed switch is used that
is different from the Carrier switch, these settings may need
adjustment.
Display Configuration — The DISP submenu is used
to configure the local display settings. A list is shown in
Table 71.
Test Display LEDs (TEST) — This is used to test the operation of the ComfortLink™ display.
Metric Display (METR) — This variable is used to change
the display from English units to Metric units.
Language Selection (LANG) — This variable is used to
change the language of the ComfortLink display. At this time,
only English is available.
Password Enable (PAS.E) — This variable enables or disables the use of a password. The password is used to restrict
use of the control to change configurations.
Service Password (PASS) — This variable is the 4-digit numeric password that is required if enabled.
IMPORTANT: Many of the switch inputs to the control can be configured to operate as normally open or
normally closed.
Settings for switch logic are found at the local displays
under the Configuration→SW.LG submenu. See Table 70.
Filter Status Input — Clean (FTS.L) — The filter status input for clean filters is set for normally open. If a field-supplied
filter status switch is used that is normally closed for a clean
filter, change this variable to closed.
IGC Feedback — Off (IGC.L) — The input for IGC feedback is set for normally open for off. If a field-supplied IGC
62
Table 70 — Switch Logic Configuration
ITEM
SW.LG
FTS.L
IGC.L
RMI.L
ECS.L
SFS.L
DL1.L
DL2.L
IAQ.L
FSD.L
PRS.L
EVC.L
PRG.L
EXPANSION
SWITCH LOGIC: NO / NC
Filter Status Inpt-Clean
IGC Feedback - Off
RemSw Off-Unoc-Strt-NoOv
Economizer Switch - No
Fan Status Sw. - Off
Dmd.Lmt.Sw.1 - Off
Dmd.Lmt.Sw.2 - Off
IAQ Disc.Input - Low
Fire Shutdown - Off
Pressurization Sw. - Off
Evacuation Sw. - Off
Smoke Purge Sw. - Off
RANGE
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
CCN POINT
FLTSLOGC
GASFANLG
RMTINLOG
ECOSWLOG
SFSLOGIC
DMD_SW1L
DMD_SW2L
IAQINLOG
FSDLOGIC
PRESLOGC
EVACLOGC
PURGLOGC
DEFAULT
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Table 71 — CONFIGURATION — DISP Submenu
ITEM
TEST
METR
LANG
PAS.E
PASS
EXPANSION
Test Display LEDs
Metric Display
Language Selection
Password Enable
Service Password
RANGE
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
0-1(multi-text strings)
ENABLE/DISABLE
0000-9999
Remote Control Switch Input — The remote switch
input is located on the ECB-1 board and connected to TB6 terminals 1 and 3. The switch can be used for several remote control functions. See Table 72.
REMT
RM.CF
RMI.L
EXPANSION
Remote
Input State
Remote Switch
Config
RemSw
Off-Unoc-Strt-NoOv
ON/OFF
CCN
POINT
RMTIN
0-3
RMTINCFG
Open/Close
RMTINLOG
RANGE
POINT
TEST
DISPUNIT
LANGUAGE
PASS_EBL
PASSWORD
DEFAULT
Off
Off
0
Enable
1111
• 3 — OVERRIDE SW — The remote switch can be used
to override any internal or external time schedule being
used by the control and force the unit into an occupied
mode when the remote input state is ON. When the
remote switch is ON, the unit will be forced into an occupied state. When the remote switch is OFF, the unit will
use its internal or external time schedules.
Remote Switch Logic Configuration (Configuration→
SW.LG→RMI.L) — The control allows for the configuration
of a normally open/closed status of the remote input switch via
RMI.L. If this variable is configured OPEN, then when the
switch is open, the remote input switch perceives the logic state
as OFF. Correspondingly, if RMI.L is set to CLOSED, the remote input switch will perceive a closed switch as meaning
OFF. See Table 73.
Table 72 — Remote Switch Configuration
ITEM
UNITS
Remote Input State (Inputs→GEN.I→REMT) — This is
the actual real time state of the remote input.
Remote Switch Config (Configuration→UNIT→ RM.CF)
— This is the configuration that allows the user to assign different types of functionality to the remote discrete input.
• 0 — NO REMOTE SW — The remote switch will not be
used.
• 1 — OCC-UNOCC SW — The remote switch input will
control the occupancy state. When the remote switch
input is ON, the unit will forced into the occupied mode.
When the remote switch is OFF, the unit will be forced
into the unoccupied mode.
• 2 — STRT/STOP — The remote switch input will start
and stop the unit. When the unit is commanded to stop,
any timeguards in place on compressors will be honored
first. When the remote switch is ON, the unit will be
commanded to stop. When the remote switch is OFF the
unit will be enabled to operate.
Hot Gas Bypass — Hot gas bypass is an active part of
the A-Series ComfortLink™ capacity staging and minimum
evaporator load protection functions. It is controlled though the
Minimum Load Valve function.
The hot gas bypass option consists of a solenoid valve with
a fixed orifice sized to provide a nominal 3-ton evaporator load
bypass. A hot gas refrigerant line routes the bypassed hot gas
from Circuit A’s discharge line to Circuit A’s evaporator
distributor. When the unit control calls for hot gas bypass, the
hot gas enters the evaporator coil and adds refrigeration load
to the compressor circuit to reduce the cooling effect from
Circuit A.
The hot gas bypass system is a factory-installed option
installed on Circuit A only. This function is enabled at Configuration→COOL→MLV. When this function is enabled, an
additional stage of cooling capacity is provided by the unit
control staging sequences (see Table 42).
63
Table 73 — Remote Switch Logic Configuration
REMOTE
SWITCH LOGIC
CONFIGURATION
(RMI.L)
OPEN
CLOSED
SWITCH
STATUS
REMOTE INPUT STATE
(REMT)
OPEN
CLOSED
OPEN
CLOSED
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
0
SP.O.S
SP.O.R
SPTO
EXPANSION
Space Temp
Offset Sensor
Space Temp
Offset Range
Space Temperature
Offset
RANGE UNITS
Enable/
Disable
1 - 10
+- SP.O.R ^F
3
No Remote Switch
Occ-Unocc Switch
Start/Stop
Override
xxxxx
xxxxx
xxxxx
xxxxx
Unoccupied
Occupied
Occupied
Unoccupied
Start
Stop
Stop
Start
No Override
Override
Override
No Override
Local Time Schedule (SCH.L) — This submenu is
used to program the time schedules. There are 8 periods
(PER.1 through PER.8). Each time period can be used to set
up a local schedule for the unit. Refer to the Programming
Operating Schedules section below for more information.
MONDAY IN PERIOD (PER.X→DAYS→MON) — This variable is used to include or remove Monday from the schedule.
Each period is assigned an occupied on and off time. If this
variable is set to YES, then Monday will be included in that period’s occupied time schedule. If this variable is set to NO, then
the period’s occupied time schedule will not be used on Monday.
This variable can be set for Periods 1 through 8.
TUESDAY IN PERIOD (PER.X→DAYS→TUE) — This variable is used to include or remove Tuesday from the schedule.
Each period is assigned an occupied on and off time. If this
variable is set to YES, then Tuesday will be included in that period’s occupied time schedule. If this variable is set to NO, then
the period’s occupied time schedule will not be used on Tuesday. This variable can be set for Periods 1 through 8.
WEDNESDAY IN PERIOD (PER.X→DAYS→WED) —
This variable is used to include or remove Wednesday from the
schedule. Each period is assigned an occupied on and off time.
If this variable is set to YES, then Wednesday will be included
in that period’s occupied time schedule. If this variable is set to
NO, then the period’s occupied time schedule will not be used
on Wednesday. This variable can be set for Periods 1 through 8.
THURSDAY IN PERIOD (PER.X→DAYS→THU) — This
variable is used to include or remove Thursday from the schedule. Each period is assigned an occupied on and off time. If this
variable is set to YES, then Thursday will be included in that
period’s occupied time schedule. If this variable is set to NO,
then the period’s occupied time schedule will not be used on
Thursday. This variable can be set for Periods 1 through 8.
FRIDAY IN PERIOD (PER.X→DAYS→FRI) — This variable is used to include or remove Friday from the schedule.
Each period is assigned an occupied on and off time. If this
variable is set to YES, then Friday will be included in that period’s occupied time schedule. If this variable is set to NO, then
the period’s occupied time schedule will not be used on Friday.
This variable can be set for Periods 1 through 8.
SATURDAY IN PERIOD (PER.X→DAYS→SAT) — This
variable is used to include or remove Saturday from the schedule. Each period is assigned an occupied on and off time. If this
variable is set to YES, then Saturday will be included in that
period’s occupied time schedule. If this variable is set to NO,
then the period’s occupied time schedule will not be used on
Saturday. This variable can be set for Periods 1 through 8.
SUNDAY IN PERIOD (PER.X→DAYS→SUN) — This variable is used to include or remove Sunday from the schedule.
Each period is assigned an occupied on and off time. If this
variable is set to YES, then Sunday will be included in that period’s occupied time schedule. If this variable is set to NO, then
the period’s occupied time schedule will not be used on Sunday. This variable can be set for Periods 1 through 8.
Space Temperature Offset — Space Temperature Offset corresponds to a slider on a T56 sensor that allows the occupant to adjust the space temperature by a configured range
during an occupied period. This sensor is only applicable to
units that are configured as either 2-Stage SPT or Multi-Stage
SPT control (Configuration→UNIT→C.TYP = 5 or 6).
ITEM
REMOTE SWITCH CONFIGURATION (RM.CF)
1
2
CCN
POINT
SPTOSENS
SPTO_RNG
SPTO
Space Temperature Offset Sensor (Configuration→UNIT
→SENS→SP.O.S) — This configuration disables the reading
of the offset slider.
Space Temperature Offset Range (Configuration→UNIT→SENS→SP.O.R) — This configuration establishes
the range, in degrees F, that the T56 slider can affect SPTO
when adjusting the slider from the far left (-SP.O.R) to the far
right (+SP.O.R). The default is 5° F.
Space Temperature Offset Value (Temperatures→AIR.T
→SPTO) — The Space Temperature Offset Value is the reading of the slider potentiometer in the T56 that is resolved to
delta degrees based on SP.O.R.
TIME CLOCK CONFIGURATION
This section describes each Time Clock menu item. Not
every point will need to be configured for every unit. Refer to
the Controls Quick Start section for more information on what
set points need to be configured for different applications. The
Time Clock menu items are discussed in the same order that
they are displayed in the Time Clock table. The Time Clock
table is shown in Table 74.
Hour and Minute (HH.MM) — The hour and minute
of the time clock are displayed in 24-hour, military time. Time
can be adjusted manually by the user.
When connected to the CCN, the unit can be configured to
transmit time over the network or receive time from a network
device. All devices on the CCN should use the same time. Only
one device on the CCN should broadcast time or problems will
occur.
Month of Year (MNTH) — This variable is the current
month of the calendar year.
Day of Month (DOM) — This variable is the current
day (1 to 31) of the month.
Day of Week (DAY) — This variable is the current day
of the week (Monday through Sunday).
Year (YEAR) — This variable is the current year (for example, 2005).
64
Table 74 — TIME CLOCK Menu
ITEM
TIME
HH.MM
DATE
MNTH
DOM
DAY
YEAR
SCH.L
PER.1
PER.1→DAYS
PER.1→DAYS→MON
PER.1→DAYS→TUE
PER.1→DAYS→WED
PER.1→DAYS→THU
PER.1→DAYS→FRI
PER.1→DAYS→SAT
PER.1→DAYS→SUN
PER.1→DAYS→HOL
PER.1→OCC
PER.1→UNC
Repeat for periods 2-8
HOL.L
HD.01
HD.01→MON
HD.01→DAY
HD.01→LEN
Repeat for holidays 2-30
DAY.S
DS.ST
DS.ST→ST.MN
DS.ST→ST.WK
DS.ST→ST.DY
DS.ST→MIN.A
DS.SP
DS.SP→SP.MN
DS.SP→SP.WK
DS.SP→SP.DY
DS.SP→MIN.S
EXPANSION
TIME OF DAY
Hour and Minute
MONTH,DATE,DAY AND YEAR
Month of Year
Day of Month
Day of Week
Year
LOCAL TIME SCHEDULE
PERIOD 1
DAY FLAGS FOR PERIOD 1
Monday in Period
Tuesday in Period
Wednesday in Period
Thursday in Period
Friday in Period
Saturday in Period
Sunday in Period
Holiday in Period
Occupied from
Occupied to
RANGE
LOCAL HOLIDAY SCHEDULES
HOLIDAY SCHEDULE 01
Holiday Start Month
Start Day
Duration (Days)
DAYLIGHT SAVINGS TIME
DAYLIGHT SAVINGS START
Month
Week
Day
Minutes to Add
DAYLIGHTS SAVINGS STOP
Month
Week
Day
Minutes to Subtract
HOLIDAY IN PERIOD (PER.X→DAYS→HOL) — This variable is used to include or remove a Holiday from the schedule.
Each period is assigned an occupied on and off time. If this variable is set to YES, then holidays will be included in that period’s
occupied time schedule. If this variable is set to NO, then the
period’s occupied time schedule will not be used on holidays.
This variable can be set for Periods 1 through 8.
OCCUPIED FROM (PER.X→OCC) — This variable is used
to configure the start time of the Occupied period. All days in
the same period set to YES will enter into Occupied mode at
this time.
OCCUPIED TO (PER.X→UNC) — This variable is used to
configure the end time of the Occupied period. All days in the
same period set to YES will exit Occupied mode at this time.
POINT
DEFAULT
00:00
TIME
multi-text strings
0-31
multi-text strings
e.g. 2003
MOY
DOM
DOWDISP
YOCDISP
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
00:00
00:00
PER1MON
PER1TUE
PER1WED
PER1THU
PER1FRI
PER1SAT
PER1SUN
PER1HOL
PER1_OCC
PER1_UNC
0-12
0-31
0-99
HOL_MON1
HOL_DAY1
HOL_LEN1
1 - 12
1-5
1-7
0 - 90
STARTM
STARTW
STARTD
MINADD
4
1
7
60
1 - 12
1-5
1-7
0 - 90
STOPM
STOPW
STOPD
MINSUB
10
5
7
60
Period 1 only
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
00:00
24:00
savings time occurs. The function will automatically correct
the clock on the days configured for daylight savings time.
DAYLIGHT SAVINGS START (DS.ST) — This submenu
configures the start date and time for daylight savings.
Daylight Savings Start Month (DS.ST→ST.MN) — This is
the start month for daylight savings time. The numbers 1 to 12
correspond to the months of the year (e.g., January = 1).
Daylight Savings Start Week (DS.ST→ST.WK) — This is
the start week of the month for daylight savings. The week can
be set from 1 to 5.
Daylight Savings Start Day (DS.ST→ST.DY) — This is the
start day of the week for daylight savings. The day can be set
from 1 to 7 (Sunday=1, Monday=2, etc.).
Daylight Savings Minutes To Add (DS.ST→MIN.A) — This
is the amount of time that will be added to the time clock for
daylight savings.
DAYLIGHT SAVINGS STOP (DS.SP) — This submenu configures the end date and time for daylight savings.
Daylight Savings Stop Month (DS.SP→SP.MN) — This is
the stop month for daylight savings time. The numbers 1 to 12
correspond to the months of the year (e.g., January = 1).
Daylight Savings Stop Week (DS.SP→SP.WK) — This is
the stop week of the month for daylight savings. The week can
be set from 1 to 5.
Daylight Savings Stop Day (DS.SP→SP.DY) — This is the
stop day of the week for daylight savings. The day can be set
from 1 to 7 (Sunday=1, Monday=2, etc.).
Daylight Savings Minutes To Subtract (DS.SP→MIN.S) —
This is the amount of time that will be removed from the time
clock after daylight savings ends.
Local Holiday Schedules (HOL.L) — This submenu
is used to program the local holiday schedules. Up to 30 holidays can be configured. When a holiday occurs, the unit will
follow the occupied schedules that have the HOLIDAY IN
PERIOD point set to YES.
Holiday Start Month (HD.01 to HD.30→ MON) — This is
the start month for the holiday. The numbers 1 to 12 correspond to the months of the year (e.g., January = 1).
Holiday Start Day (HD.01 to HD.30→DAY) — This is the
start day of the month for the holiday. The day can be set from
1 to 31.
Holiday Duration (HD.01 to HD.30→LEN) — This is the
length in days of the holiday. The holiday can last up to 99
days.
Daylight Savings Time (DAY.S) — The daylight savings time function is used in applications where daylight
65
TROUBLESHOOTING
temperature sensor SCT.A and SCT.B. See Tables 78 and 79
for temperature vs. resistance data.
When replacing thermistors SDT.A and SDT.B, reuse the
original hardware. These thermistors must be clamped tightly
to the hairpins of the condenser.
The EDT, OAT, RAT, LAT, T55, T56, and T58 space temperature sensors use 10K thermistors. Resistances at various
temperatures are listed in Tables 80 and 81.
THERMISTOR/TEMPERATURE SENSOR CHECK — A
high quality digital volt-ohmmeter is required to perform this
check.
1. Connect the digital voltmeter across the appropriate thermistor terminals at the J8 terminal strip on the Main Base
Board.
2. Using the voltage reading obtained, read the sensor temperature from Tables 78-81.
3. To check thermistor accuracy, measure temperature at
probe location with an accurate thermocouple-type
temperature-measuring instrument. Insulate thermocouple to avoid ambient temperatures from influencing
reading. Temperature measured by thermocouple and
temperature determined from thermistor voltage reading
should be close, 5° F (3° C) if care was taken in applying
thermocouple and taking readings.
If a more accurate check is required, unit must be shut down
and thermistor removed and checked at a known temperature
(freezing point or boiling point of water) using either voltage
drop measured across thermistor at the J8 terminal, or by determining the resistance with unit shut down and thermistor disconnected from J8. Compare the values determined with the
value read by the control in the Temperatures mode using the
Scrolling Marquee display.
The Scrolling Marquee display shows the actual operating
conditions of the unit while it is running. If there are alarms or
there have been alarms, they will be displayed in either the current alarm list or the history alarm list. The Service Test mode
allows proper operation of the compressors, fans, and other
components to be checked while the unit is not operating.
Complete Unit Stoppage — There are several conditions that can cause the unit not to provide heating or cooling.
If an alarm is active which causes the unit to shut down,
diagnose the problem using the information provided in
the Alarms and Alerts section on page 78, but also check for
the following:
• Cooling and heating loads are satisfied.
• Programmed schedule.
• General power failure.
• Tripped control circuit transformers circuit breakers.
• Tripped compressor circuit breakers.
• Unit is turned off through the CCN network.
Single Circuit Stoppage — If a single circuit stops
incorrectly, there are several possible causes. The problem
should be investigated using information from the Alarms and
Alerts section on page 78.
Service Analysis — Detailed service analysis can be
found in Tables 75-77 and in Fig. 12.
Restart Procedure — Before attempting to restart the
machine, check the alarm list to determine the cause of the
shutdown. If the shutdown alarm for a particular circuit has
occurred, determine and correct the cause before allowing the
unit to run under its own control again. When there is problem,
the unit should be diagnosed in Service Test mode. The alarms
must be reset before the circuit can operate in either Normal
mode or Service Test mode.
Transducer Troubleshooting — The electronic control uses 2 suction pressure transducers to measure the suction
pressure of circuits A and B. The pressure/voltage characteristics of these transducers are in shown in Table 82. The accuracy
of these transducers can be verified by connecting an accurate
pressure gage to the second refrigerant port in the suction line.
Thermistor Troubleshooting — The electronic control uses five 5K-thermistors for the saturated condensing
66
Table 75 — Cooling Service Analysis
PROBLEM
COMPRESSOR DOES NOT RUN
Active Alarm
Contactor Open
1. Power off.
2. Fuses blown in field power circuit.
3. No control power.
SOLUTION
Check active alarms using local display.
1. Restore power.
2. After finding cause and correcting, replace with correct size fuse.
3. Check secondary fuse(s); replace with correct type and size.
Replace transformer if primary windings receiving power.
4. Check for excessive compressor current draw. Reset breaker;
replace if defective.
5. Reset lockout circuit at circuit breaker.
6. Check for refrigerant undercharge, obstruction of indoor airflow, or
whether compressor suction shutoff valve is fully open. Make sure
liquid line solenoid valve(s) is open.
7. Check for refrigerant overcharge, obstruction of outdoor airflow, air
in system or whether compressor discharge valve is fully open. Be
sure outdoor fans are operating correctly.
8. Tighten all connections.
9. See compressor service literature.
4. Compressor circuit breaker tripped.
5. Safety device lockout circuit active.
6. Low-pressure switch open.
7. High-pressure switch open.
8. Loose electrical connections.
9. Compressor stuck.
Contactor Closed
1. Compressor leads loose.
2. Motor windings open.
3. Single phasing.
1. Check connections.
2. See compressor service literature.
3. Check for blown fuse. Check for loose connection at compressor
terminal.
COMPRESSOR STOPS ON HIGH PRESSURE
Outdoor Fan On
1. High-pressure switch faulty.
2. Airflow restricted.
3. Air recirculating.
4. Noncondensables in system.
5. Refrigerant overcharge.
6. Line voltage incorrect.
7. Refrigerant system restrictions.
Outdoor Fan Off
1. Fan slips on shaft.
2. Motor not running.
3. Motor bearings stuck.
4. Motor overload open.
5. Motor burned out.
COMPRESSOR CYCLES ON LOW PRESSURE
Indoor-Air Fan Running
1. Filter drier plugged.
2. Expansion valve power head defective.
3. Low refrigerant charge.
Airflow Restricted
1. Coil iced up.
2. Coil dirty.
3. Air filters dirty.
4. Dampers closed.
Indoor-Air Fan Stopped
1. Electrical connections loose.
2. Fan relay defective.
3. Motor overload open.
4. Motor defective.
5. Fan belt broken or slipping.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Replace switch.
Remove obstruction.
Clear airflow area.
Purge and recharge as required.
Purge as required.
Consult power company.
Check or replace filter drier, expansion valve, etc. Check that
compressor discharge valve is fully open.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Tighten fan hub setscrews.
Check power and capacitor.
Replace bearings.
Check overload rating. Check for fan blade obstruction.
Replace motor.
1. Replace filter drier.
2. Replace power head.
3. Add charge. Check low-pressure switch setting.
LEGEND
VFD — Variable Frequency Drive
67
1.
2.
3.
4.
Check refrigerant charge.
Clean coil fins.
Clean or replace filters.
Check damper operation and position.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Tighten all connections.
Replace relay.
Power supply.
Replace motor.
Replace or tighten belt.
Table 75 — Cooling Service Analysis (cont)
PROBLEM
COMPRESSOR RUNNING BUT COOLING INSUFFICIENT
Suction Pressure Low
1. Refrigerant charge low.
2. Head pressure low.
3. Air filters dirty.
4. Expansion valve power head defective.
5. Indoor coil partially iced.
6. Indoor airflow restricted.
Suction Pressure High
1. Compressor valve defective.
2. Heat load excessive.
UNIT OPERATES TOO LONG OR CONTINUOUSLY
1. Low refrigerant charge.
2. Control contacts fused.
3. Air in system.
4. Partially plugged expansion valve or filter drier.
SYSTEM IS NOISY
1. Piping vibration.
2. Compressor noisy.
SOLUTION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Add refrigerant.
Check refrigerant charge.
Clean or replace filters.
Replace power head.
Check low-pressure setting.
Remove obstruction.
1. See compressor service literature.
2. Check for open doors or windows in vicinity of fan coil.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Add refrigerant
Replace control.
Purge and evacuate system.
Clean or replace.
1. Support piping as required.
2. Check valve plates for valve noise. Replace compressor if bearings
are worn.
COMPRESSOR LOSES OIL
1. Leak in system.
2. Crankcase heaters not energized during shutdown.
FROSTED SUCTION LINE
Expansion valve admitting excess refrigerant.
HOT LIQUID LINE
1. Shortage of refrigerant due to leak.
2. Expansion valve opens too wide.
FROSTED LIQUID LINE
Restricted filter drier.
CONTACTOR OPEN
1. Power off.
2. Fuses blown in field power circuit.
3. No control power.
1. Repair leak.
2. Check wiring and relays. Check heater and replace if defective.
Adjust expansion valve.
1. Repair leak and recharge.
2. Adjust expansion valve.
Remove restriction or replace.
1. Restore power.
2. After finding cause and correcting, replace with correct fuses.
3. Check secondary fuses. Replace with correct type and size.
Replace transformer if primary windings are receiving power.
CONTACTOR CLOSED
1. VFD overload function tripped.
1. Refer to separate VFD technical manual for troubleshooting
instructions.
2. Check connections at motor lead junction box.
3. Check motor windings.
4. Check for blown fuse. Check for loose connections at motor
junction box.
5. Check belts. Replace as complete set if necessary.
2. Motor leads loose.
3. Motor windings open.
4. Single phasing.
5. Belts broken or thrown.
LEGEND
VFD — Variable Frequency Drive
68
Table 76 — Gas Heating Service Analysis
PROBLEM
Burners Will Not Ignite.
CAUSE
Active alarm.
No power to unit.
No power to IGC (Integrated Gas Control).
Heaters off due to time guard to prevent short
cycling.
Control calling for Cooling.
No gas at main burners.
Inadequate Heating.
Water in gas line.
Dirty air filters.
Gas input too low.
Control calling for W1only (low heat).
Unit undersized for load.
Restricted airflow.
Too much outdoor air.
Limit switch cycles main burners.
Poor Flame Characteristics.
Incomplete combustion (lack of combustion air)
results in: Aldehyde odors, CO, sooting flame, or
floating flame.
Burners Will Not Turn Off.
Unit is in Minimum on-time.
Unit running in Service Test Mode.
REMEDY
Check active alarms using ComfortLink™ Scrolling
Marquee.
Check power supply, fuses, wiring, and circuit breakers.
Check fuses and plugs.
Check using ComfortLink Scrolling Marquee.
Check using ComfortLink Scrolling Marquee.
Check gas line for air and purge as necessary. After purging gas line of air, allow gas to dissipate for at least 5 minutes before attempting to re-light unit.
Drain water and install drip.
Replace air filters.
Check gas pressure at manifold. Refer to gas valve adjustment in Installation, Start-up, and Service Manual.
Allow time for W2 to energize.
Decrease load.
Remove restriction.
Check economizer position and configuration. Adjust minimum position using ComfortLink Scrolling Marquee.
Check rotation of blower, thermostat heat anticipator settings, and temperature rise of unit. Adjust as needed.
Check all screws around flue outlets and burner compartment. Tighten as necessary.
Cracked heat exchanger, replace.
Unit is over-fired, reduce input. Adjust gas line or manifold
pressure.
Check vent for restriction. Clean as necessary.
Check orifice to burner alignment.
Check using ComfortLink Scrolling Marquee.
Check using ComfortLink Scrolling Marquee.
Table 77 — Electric Heat Service Analysis
PROBLEM
No Heat.
CAUSE
Power failure.
Fuse blown or circuit breaker tripped.
Thermostat occupancy schedule set point not calling for Heating.
No 24 vac at primary contactor.
No power (high voltage) to L2 of primary contactor.
Bad electrical elements.
69
REMEDY
Call power company.
Replace fuse or reset circuit breaker.
Check using ComfortLink Scrolling Marquee.
Check transformer and circuit breaker.
Check safety switches “one-shot” backup and auto limit.
Power off unit and remove high voltage wires. Check resistance of heater, replace if open.
IDM —
IGC —
LEGEND
Induced-Draft Motor
Integrated Gas Unit Controller
NOTE: Thermostat Fan Switch in the
“AUTO” position.
Fig. 12 — IGC Service Analysis Logic
70
Table 78 — 5K Thermistor Temperature vs. Resistance (SCT Sensors) (English)
TEMP
(F)
–25
–24
–23
–22
–21
–20
–19
–18
–17
–16
–15
–14
–13
–12
–11
–10
–9
–8
–7
–6
–5
–4
–3
–2
–1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
VOLTAGE
DROP
(V)
3.699
3.689
3.679
3.668
3.658
3.647
3.636
3.624
3.613
3.601
3.588
3.576
3.563
3.550
3.536
3.523
3.509
3.494
3.480
3.465
3.450
3.434
3.418
3.402
3.386
3.369
3.352
3.335
3.317
3.299
3.281
3.262
3.243
3.224
3.205
3.185
3.165
3.145
3.124
3.103
3.082
3.060
3.038
3.016
2.994
2.972
2.949
2.926
2.903
2.879
2.856
2.832
2.808
2.784
2.759
2.735
2.710
2.685
2.660
2.634
2.609
2.583
2.558
2.532
2.506
2.480
2.454
2.428
2.402
2.376
2.349
2.323
2.296
2.270
2.244
2.217
2.191
2.165
2.138
2.112
2.086
2.060
2.034
2.008
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
TEMP
(F)
98,010
94,707
91,522
88,449
85,486
82,627
79,871
77,212
74,648
72,175
69,790
67,490
65,272
63,133
61,070
59,081
57,162
55,311
53,526
51,804
50,143
48,541
46,996
45,505
44,066
42,679
41,339
40,047
38,800
37,596
36,435
35,313
34,231
33,185
32,176
31,202
30,260
29,351
28,473
27,624
26,804
26,011
25,245
24,505
23,789
23,096
22,427
21,779
21,153
20,547
19,960
19,393
18,843
18,311
17,796
17,297
16,814
16,346
15,892
15,453
15,027
14,614
14,214
13,826
13,449
13,084
12,730
12,387
12,053
11,730
11,416
11,112
10,816
10,529
10,250
9,979
9,717
9,461
9,213
8,973
8,739
8,511
8,291
8,076
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
VOLTAGE
DROP
(V)
1.982
1.956
1.930
1.905
1.879
1.854
1.829
1.804
1.779
1.754
1.729
1.705
1.681
1.656
1.632
1.609
1.585
1.562
1.538
1.516
1.493
1.470
1.448
1.426
1.404
1.382
1.361
1.340
1.319
1.298
1.278
1.257
1.237
1.217
1.198
1.179
1.160
1.141
1.122
1.104
1.086
1.068
1.051
1.033
1.016
0.999
0.983
0.966
0.950
0.934
0.918
0.903
0.888
0.873
0.858
0.843
0.829
0.815
0.801
0.787
0.774
0.761
0.748
0.735
0.723
0.710
0.698
0.686
0.674
0.663
0.651
0.640
0.629
0.618
0.608
0.597
0.587
0.577
0.567
0.557
0.548
0.538
0.529
0.520
71
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
TEMP
(F)
7,686
7,665
7,468
7,277
7,091
6,911
6,735
6,564
6,399
6,238
6,081
5,929
5,781
5,637
5,497
5,361
5,229
5,101
4,976
4,855
4,737
4,622
4,511
4,403
4,298
4,196
4,096
4,000
3,906
3,814
3,726
3,640
3,556
3,474
3,395
3,318
3,243
3,170
3,099
3,031
2,964
2,898
2,835
2,773
2,713
2,655
2,597
2,542
2,488
2,436
2,385
2,335
2,286
2,239
2,192
2,147
2,103
2,060
2,018
1,977
1,937
1,898
1,860
1,822
1,786
1,750
1,715
1,680
1,647
1,614
1,582
1,550
1,519
1,489
1,459
1,430
1,401
1,373
1,345
1,318
1,291
1,265
1,240
1,214
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
VOLTAGE
DROP
(V)
0.511
0.502
0.494
0.485
0.477
0.469
0.461
0.453
0.445
0.438
0.430
0.423
0.416
0.408
0.402
0.395
0.388
0.381
0.375
0.369
0.362
0.356
0.350
0.344
0.339
0.333
0.327
0.322
0.317
0.311
0.306
0.301
0.296
0.291
0.286
0.282
0.277
0.272
0.268
0.264
0.259
0.255
0.251
0.247
0.243
0.239
0.235
0.231
0.228
0.224
0.220
0.217
0.213
0.210
0.206
0.203
0.200
0.197
0.194
0.191
0.188
0.185
0.182
0.179
0.176
0.173
0.171
0.168
0.165
0.163
0.160
0.158
0.155
0.153
0.151
0.148
0.146
0.144
0.142
0.140
0.138
0.135
0.133
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
1,190
1,165
1,141
1,118
1,095
1,072
1,050
1,029
1,007
986
965
945
925
906
887
868
850
832
815
798
782
765
750
734
719
705
690
677
663
650
638
626
614
602
591
581
570
561
551
542
533
524
516
508
501
494
487
480
473
467
461
456
450
445
439
434
429
424
419
415
410
405
401
396
391
386
382
377
372
367
361
356
350
344
338
332
325
318
311
304
297
289
282
Table 79 — 5K Thermistor Temperature vs. Resistance (SCT Sensors) (SI)
TEMP
(C)
–32
–31
–30
–29
–28
–27
–26
–25
–24
–23
–22
–21
–20
–19
–18
–17
–16
–15
–14
–13
–12
–11
–10
–9
–8
–7
–6
–5
–4
–3
–2
–1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
VOLTAGE
DROP
(V)
3.705
3.687
3.668
3.649
3.629
3.608
3.586
3.563
3.539
3.514
3.489
3.462
3.434
3.406
3.376
3.345
3.313
3.281
3.247
3.212
3.177
3.140
3.103
3.065
3.025
2.985
2.945
2.903
2.860
2.817
2.774
2.730
2.685
2.639
2.593
2.547
2.500
2.454
2.407
2.360
2.312
2.265
2.217
2.170
2.123
2.076
2.029
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
TEMP
(C)
100,260
94,165
88,480
83,170
78,125
73,580
69,250
65,205
61,420
57,875
54,555
51,450
48,536
45,807
43,247
40,845
38,592
38,476
34,489
32,621
30,866
29,216
27,633
26,202
24,827
23,532
22,313
21,163
20,079
19,058
18,094
17,184
16,325
15,515
14,749
14,026
13,342
12,696
12,085
11,506
10,959
10,441
9,949
9,485
9,044
8,627
8,231
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
VOLTAGE
DROP
(V)
1.982
1.935
1.889
1.844
1.799
1.754
1.710
1.666
1.623
1.580
1.538
1.497
1.457
1.417
1.378
1.340
1.302
1.265
1.229
1.194
1.160
1.126
1.093
1.061
1.030
0.999
0.969
0.940
0.912
0.885
0.858
0.832
0.807
0.782
0.758
0.735
0.713
0.691
0.669
0.649
0.629
0.610
0.591
0.573
0.555
0.538
0.522
72
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
TEMP
(C)
7,855
7,499
7,161
6,840
6,536
6,246
5,971
5,710
5,461
5,225
5,000
4,786
4,583
4,389
4,204
4,028
3,861
3,701
3,549
3,404
3,266
3,134
3,008
2,888
2,773
2,663
2,559
2,459
2,363
2,272
2,184
2,101
2,021
1,944
1,871
1,801
1,734
1,670
1,609
1,550
1,493
1,439
1,387
1,337
1,290
1,244
1,200
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
VOLTAGE
DROP
(V)
0.506
0.490
0.475
0.461
0.447
0.433
0.420
0.407
0.395
0.383
0.371
0.360
0.349
0.339
0.329
0.319
0.309
0.300
0.291
0.283
0.274
0.266
0.258
0.251
0.244
0.237
0.230
0.223
0.217
0.211
0.204
0.199
0.193
0.188
0.182
0.177
0.172
0.168
0.163
0.158
0.154
0.150
0.146
0.142
0.138
0.134
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
1,158
1,118
1,079
1,041
1,006
971
938
906
876
836
805
775
747
719
693
669
645
623
602
583
564
547
531
516
502
489
477
466
456
446
436
427
419
410
402
393
385
376
367
357
346
335
324
312
299
285
Table 80 — 10K Thermistor vs. Resistance (T55, T56, OAT, RAT, EDT, LAT Sensors) (English)
TEMP
(F)
–25
–24
–23
–22
–21
–20
–19
–18
–17
–16
–15
–14
–13
–12
–11
–10
–9
–8
–7
–6
–5
–4
–3
–2
–1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
4.758
4.750
4.741
4.733
4.724
4.715
4.705
4.696
4.686
4.676
4.665
4.655
4.644
4.633
4.621
4.609
4.597
4.585
4.572
4.560
4.546
4.533
4.519
4.505
4.490
4.476
4.461
4.445
4.429
4.413
4.397
4.380
4.363
4.346
4.328
4.310
4.292
4.273
4.254
4.235
4.215
4.195
4.174
4.153
4.132
4.111
4.089
4.067
4.044
4.021
3.998
3.975
3.951
3.927
3.903
3.878
3.853
3.828
3.802
3.776
3.750
3.723
3.697
3.670
3.654
3.615
3.587
3.559
3.531
3.503
3.474
3.445
3.416
3.387
3.357
3.328
3.298
3.268
3.238
3.208
3.178
3.147
3.117
3.086
3.056
3.025
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
196,453
189,692
183,300
177,000
171,079
165,238
159,717
154,344
149,194
144,250
139,443
134,891
130,402
126,183
122,018
118,076
114,236
110,549
107,006
103,558
100,287
97,060
94,020
91,019
88,171
85,396
82,729
80,162
77,662
75,286
72,940
70,727
68,542
66,465
64,439
62,491
60,612
58,781
57,039
55,319
53,693
52,086
50,557
49,065
47,627
46,240
44,888
43,598
42,324
41,118
39,926
38,790
37,681
36,610
35,577
34,569
33,606
32,654
31,752
30,860
30,009
29,177
28,373
27,597
26,838
26,113
25,396
24,715
24,042
23,399
22,770
22,161
21,573
20,998
20,447
19,903
19,386
18,874
18,384
17,904
17,441
16,991
16,552
16,131
15,714
15,317
TEMP
(F)
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
2.994
2.963
2.932
2.901
2.870
2.839
2.808
2.777
2.746
2.715
2.684
2.653
2.622
2.592
2.561
2.530
2.500
2.470
2.439
2.409
2.379
2.349
2.319
2.290
2.260
2.231
2.202
2.173
2.144
2.115
2.087
2.059
2.030
2.003
1.975
1.948
1.921
1.894
1.867
1.841
1.815
1.789
1.763
1.738
1.713
1.688
1.663
1.639
1.615
1.591
1.567
1.544
1.521
1.498
1.475
1.453
1.431
1.409
1.387
1.366
1.345
1.324
1.304
1.284
1.264
1.244
1.225
1.206
1.187
1.168
1.150
1.132
1.114
1.096
1.079
1.062
1.045
1.028
1.012
0.996
0.980
0.965
0.949
0.934
0.919
0.905
73
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
14,925
14,549
14,180
13,824
13,478
13,139
12,814
12,493
12,187
11,884
11,593
11,308
11,031
10,764
10,501
10,249
10,000
9,762
9,526
9,300
9,078
8,862
8,653
8,448
8,251
8,056
7,869
7,685
7,507
7,333
7,165
6,999
6,838
6,683
6,530
6,383
6,238
6,098
5,961
5,827
5,698
5,571
5,449
5,327
5,210
5,095
4,984
4,876
4,769
4,666
4,564
4,467
4,370
4,277
4.185
4,096
4,008
3,923
3,840
3,759
3,681
3,603
3,529
3,455
3,383
3,313
3,244
3,178
3,112
3,049
2,986
2,926
2,866
2,809
2,752
2,697
2,643
2,590
2,539
2,488
2,439
2,391
2,343
2,297
2,253
2,209
TEMP
(F)
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
0.890
0.876
0.862
0.848
0.835
0.821
0.808
0.795
0.782
0.770
0.758
0.745
0.733
0.722
0.710
0.699
0.687
0.676
0.666
0.655
0.645
0.634
0.624
0.614
0.604
0.595
0.585
0.576
0.567
0.558
0.549
0.540
0.532
0.523
0.515
0.507
0.499
0.491
0.483
0.476
0.468
0.461
0.454
0.447
0.440
0.433
0.426
0.419
0.413
0.407
0.400
0.394
0.388
0.382
0.376
0.370
0.365
0.359
0.354
0.349
0.343
0.338
0.333
0.328
0.323
0.318
0.314
0.309
0.305
0.300
0.296
0.292
0.288
0.284
0.279
0.275
0.272
0.268
0.264
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
2,166
2,124
2,083
2,043
2,003
1,966
1,928
1,891
1,855
1,820
1,786
1,752
1,719
1,687
1,656
1,625
1,594
1,565
1,536
1,508
1,480
1,453
1,426
1,400
1,375
1,350
1,326
1,302
1,278
1,255
1,233
1,211
1,190
1,169
1,148
1,128
1,108
1,089
1,070
1,052
1,033
1,016
998
981
964
947
931
915
900
885
870
855
841
827
814
800
787
774
762
749
737
725
714
702
691
680
670
659
649
639
629
620
610
601
592
583
574
566
557
Table 81 — 10K Thermistor vs. Resistance (T55, T56, OAT, RAT, EDT, LAT Sensors) (SI)
TEMP
(C)
–32
–31
–30
–29
–28
–27
–26
–25
–24
–23
–22
–21
–20
–19
–18
–17
–16
–15
–14
–13
–12
–11
–10
–9
–8
–7
–6
–5
–4
–3
–2
–1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
4.762
4.748
4.733
4.716
4.700
4.682
4.663
4.644
4.624
4.602
4.580
4.557
4.533
4.508
4.482
4.455
4.426
4.397
4.367
4.335
4.303
4.269
4.235
4.199
4.162
4.124
4.085
4.044
4.003
3.961
3.917
3.873
3.828
3.781
3.734
3.686
3.637
3.587
3,537
3.485
3.433
3.381
3.328
3.274
3.220
3.165
3.111
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
200,510
188,340
177,000
166,342
156,404
147,134
138,482
130,402
122,807
115,710
109,075
102,868
97,060
91,588
86,463
81,662
77,162
72,940
68,957
65,219
61,711
58,415
55,319
52,392
49,640
47,052
44,617
42,324
40,153
38,109
36,182
34,367
32,654
31,030
29,498
28,052
26,686
25,396
24,171
23,013
21,918
20,883
19,903
18,972
18,090
17,255
16,474
TEMP
(C)
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
3.056
3.000
2.944
2.889
2.833
2.777
2.721
2.666
2.610
2.555
2.500
2.445
2.391
2.337
2.284
2.231
2.178
2.127
2.075
2.025
1.975
1.926
1.878
1.830
1.784
1.738
1.692
1.648
1.605
1.562
1.521
1.480
1.439
1.400
1.362
1.324
1.288
1.252
1.217
1.183
1.150
1.117
1.086
1.055
1.025
0.996
0.968
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
15,714
15,000
14,323
13,681
13,071
12,493
11,942
11,418
10,921
10,449
10,000
9,571
9,164
8,776
8,407
8,056
7,720
7,401
7,096
6,806
6,530
6,266
6,014
5,774
5,546
5,327
5,117
4,918
4,727
4,544
4,370
4,203
4,042
3,889
3,743
3,603
3,469
3,340
3,217
3,099
2,986
2,878
2,774
2,675
2,579
2,488
2,400
TEMP
(C)
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
0.940
0.913
0.887
0.862
0.837
0.813
0.790
0.767
0.745
0.724
0.703
0.683
0.663
0.645
0.626
0.608
0.591
0.574
0.558
0.542
0.527
0.512
0.497
0.483
0.470
0.457
0.444
0.431
0.419
0.408
0.396
0.386
0.375
0.365
0.355
0.345
0.336
0.327
0.318
0.310
0.302
0.294
0.287
0.279
0.272
0.265
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
2,315
2,235
2,157
2,083
2,011
1,943
1,876
1,813
1,752
1,693
1,637
1,582
1,530
1,480
1,431
1,385
1,340
1,297
1,255
1,215
1,177
1,140
1,104
1,070
1,037
1,005
974
944
915
889
861
836
811
787
764
742
721
700
680
661
643
626
609
592
576
561
Table 82 — Suction Pressure Transducer Pressure (PSIG) vs. Voltage (SSP-A, SSP-B)
PRESSURE
(PSIG)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
0.290
0.324
0.357
0.391
0.425
0.458
0.492
0.526
0.560
0.593
0.627
0.661
0.694
0.728
0.762
0.795
0.829
0.863
0.897
0.930
0.964
0.998
1.031
1.065
1.099
1.132
1.166
1.200
1.234
1.267
1.301
1.335
1.368
1.402
PRESSURE
(PSIG)
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
1.436
1.470
1.503
1.537
1.571
1.604
1.638
1.672
1.705
1.739
1.773
1.807
1.840
1.874
1.908
1.941
1.975
2.009
2.042
2.076
2.110
2.144
2.177
2.211
2.245
2.278
2.312
2.346
2.380
2.413
2.447
2.481
2.514
2.548
PRESSURE
(PSIG)
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
74
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
2.582
2.615
2.649
2.683
2.717
2.750
2.784
2.818
2.851
2.885
2.919
2.952
2.986
3.020
3.054
3.087
3.121
3.155
3.188
3.222
3.256
3.290
3.323
3.357
3.391
3.424
3.458
3.492
3.525
3.559
3.593
3.627
3.660
3.694
PRESSURE
(PSIG)
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
3.728
3.761
3.795
3.829
3.862
3.896
3.930
3.964
3.997
4.031
4.065
4.098
4.132
4.166
4.200
4.233
4.267
4.301
4.334
4.368
4.402
4.435
4.469
4.503
4.537
4.570
4.604
4.638
4.671
4.705
4.739
4.772
4.806
4.840
Run Status→VIEW→H.MAX — Displays the maximum
number of heat stages available for this model.
ECONOMIZER RUN STATUS — The Economizer Run Status
display table provides information about the economizer and can
be used to troubleshoot economizer problems. See Table 84. The
current position, commanded position, and whether the economizer is active can be displayed. All the disabling conditions
for the economizer and outside air information is also displayed.
COOLING INFORMATION — The Cooling Information run
status display table provides information on the cooling operation of the unit. See Table 85.
Current Running Capacity (C.CAP) — This variable represents the amount of capacity currently running as a percent.
Current Cool Stage (CUR.S) — This variable represents the
cool stage currently running.
Requested Cool Stage (REQ.S) — This variable represents
the requested cool stage. Cooling relay timeguards in place
may prevent the requested cool stage from matching the
current cool stage.
Maximum Cool Stages (MAX.S) — This variable is the maximum number of cooling stages the control is configured for
and capable of controlling.
Active Demand Limit (DEM.L) — If demand limit is active,
this variable will represent the amount of capacity that the
control is currently limited to.
Capacity Load Factor (SMZ) — This factor builds up or
down over time (–100 to +100) and is used as the means of adding or subtracting a cooling stage during run time. It is a normalized representation of the relationship between “Sum” and
“Z”. See the SUMZ Cooling Algorithm section on page 37.
Next Stage EDT Decrease (ADD.R) — This variable represents (if adding a stage of cooling) how much the temperature
should drop in degrees depending on the R.PCT calculation
and how much additional capacity is to be added.
ADD.R = R.PCT * (C.CAP – capacity after adding a cooling stage)
For example: If R.PCT = 0.2 and the control would be adding 20% cooling capacity by taking the next step up, 0.2 times
20 = 4 F ADD.R
Next Stage EDT Increase (SUB.R) — This variable represents (if subtracting a stage of cooling) how much the temperature should rise in degrees depending on the R.PCT calculation
and how much capacity is to be subtracted.
SUB.R = R.PCT * (C.CAP – capacity after subtracting a
cooling stage)
For Example: If R.PCT = 0.2 and the control would be
subtracting 30% capacity by taking the next step down,
0.2 times –30 = –6 F SUB.R.
Rise Per Percent Capacity (R.PCT) — This is a real time calculation that represents the amount of degrees of drop/rise
across the evaporator coil versus percent of current running
capacity.
R.PCT = (MAT – EDT)/C.CAP
Cap Deadband Subtracting (Y.MIN) — This is a control variable used for Low Temp Override (L.TMP) and Slow Change
Override (SLOW).
Y.MIN = –SUB.R*0.4375
Cap Deadband Adding (Y.PLU) — This is a control variable
used for High Temp Override (H.TMP) and Slow Change
Override (SLOW).
Y.PLU = –ADD.R*0.4375
Cap Threshold Subtracting (Z.MIN) — This parameter is
used in the calculation of SMZ and is calculated as follows:
Z.MIN = Configuration→COOL→Z.GN * (–10 + (4*
(–SUB.R))) * 0.6
Forcing Inputs and Outputs — Many variables may
be forced both from the CCN and directly at the local display.
This can be useful during diagnostic testing and also during
operation, typically as part of an advanced third party control
scheme. See Appendix A and B.
NOTE: In the case of a power reset, any force in effect at the
time of the power reset will be cleared.
CONTROL LEVEL FORCING — If any of the following
points are forced with a priority level of 7 (consult CCN literature for a description of priority levels), the software clears the
force from the point if it has not been written to or forced again
within the timeout periods defined below:
Temperatures→AIR.T→OAT
Temperatures→AIR.T→RAT
Temperatures→AIR.T→SPT
Inputs→RSET→SP.RS
Inputs→REL.H→OA.RH
Inputs→AIR.Q→OAQ
Outside Air Temperature
Return Air Temperature
Space Temperature
Static Pressure Reset
Outside Air Relative Humidity
Outside Air Quality
30 minutes
3 minutes
3 minutes
30 minutes
30 minutes
30 minutes
Run Status Menu — The Run Status menu provides the
user important information about the unit. The Run Status table
can be used to troubleshoot problems and to help determine
how and why the unit is operating.
AUTO VIEW OF RUN STATUS — The Auto View of Run
Status display table provides the most important unit information. The HVAC Mode (Run Status→VIEW→ HVAC) informs the user what HVAC mode the unit is currently in. Refer
to the Modes section on page 26 for information on HVAC
modes. The occupied status, unit temperatures, unit set points,
and stage information can also be shown. See Table 83.
Run Status→VIEW→HVAC — Displays the current HVAC
Mode(s) by name. HVAC Modes include:
OFF
VENT
HIGH HEAT
STARTING UP
HIGH COOL
FIRE SHUT DOWN
SHUTTING DOWN
LOW COOL
PRESSURIZATION
DISABLED
UNOCC FREE COOL EVACUATION
SOFTSTOP REQUEST TEMPERING HICOOL SMOKE PURGE
REM SW DISABLE
TEMPERING LOCOOL
COMP STUCK ON
TEMPERING VENT
TEST
LOW HEAT
Run Status→VIEW→OCC — Displays the current occupancy status of the control.
Run Status→VIEW→MAT — Displays the current value for
mixed-air temperature. This value is calculated based on
return-air and outside-air temperatures and economizer damper
position.
Run Status→VIEW→EDT — Displays the current evaporator discharge air temperature during Cooling modes. This value
is read at the supply air thermistor location (or at cooling coil
thermistor array if unit is equipped with hydronic heating coil).
Run Status→VIEW→LAT — Displays the current leavingair temperature during Vent and Hydronic Heating modes. This
value is read at the supply air thermistor location.
Run Status→VIEW→EC.C.P — Displays the current economizer control point value (a target value for air temperature
leaving the evaporator coil location).
Run Status→VIEW→ECN.P — Displays the current actual
economizer position (in percentage open).
Run Status→VIEW→CL.C.P — Displays the current cooling control point (a target value for air temperature leaving the
evaporator coil location).
Run Status→VIEW→C.CAP — Displays the current
amount of unit cooling capacity (in percent of maximum).
Run Status→VIEW→HT.C.P — Displays the current heating control point, for use with staged gas control option only (a
target value for air temperature leaving the supply duct).
Run Status→VIEW→HT.ST — Displays the current number
of heating stages active (for staged gas control option only).
Compare to following point.
75
Cap Threshold Adding (Z.PLU) — This parameter is used in
the calculation of SMZ and is calculated as follows:
Z.PLU = Configuration→COOL→Z.GN * (10 + (4*
(–ADD.R))) * 0.6
High Temp Cap Override (H.TMP) — If stages of mechanical cooling are on and the error is greater than twice Y.PLU,
and the rate of change of error is greater than 0.5° F, then a
stage of mechanical cooling will be added every 30 seconds.
This override is intended to react to situations where the load
rapidly increases.
Low Temp Cap Override (L.TMP) — If the error is less than
twice Y.MIN, and the rate of change of error is less than
–0.5° F, then a mechanical stage will be removed every 30 seconds. This override is intended to quickly react to situations
where the load is rapidly reduced.
Pull Down Cap Override (PULL) — If the error from set
point is above 4° F, and the rate of change is less than –1° F per
minute, then pulldown is in effect, and “SUM” is set to 0. This
keeps mechanical cooling stages from being added when the
error is very large, but there is no load in the space. Pulldown
for units is expected to rarely occur, but is included for the rare
situation when it is needed. Most likely pulldown will occur
when mechanical cooling first becomes available shortly after
the control goes into an occupied mode (after a warm unoccupied mode).
Slow Change Cap Override (SLOW) — With a rooftop unit,
the design rise at 100% total unit capacity is generally around
30° F. For a unit with 4 stages, each stage represents about
7.5° F of change to EDT. If stages could reliably be cycled at
very fast rates, the set point could be maintained very precisely.
Since it is not desirable to cycle compressors more than 6 cycles per hour, slow change override takes care of keeping the
PID under control when “relatively” close to set point.
MODE TRIP HELPER — The Mode Trip Helper table provides information on the unit modes and when the modes start
and stop. See Table 86. This information can be used to help
determine why the unit is in the current mode.
CCN/LINKAGE DISPLAY TABLE — The CCN/Linkage
display table provides information on unit linkage. See Table 87.
COMPRESSOR RUN HOURS DISPLAY TABLE — The
Compressor Run Hours Display Table displays the number of
run time hours for each compressor. See Table 88.
COMPRESSOR STARTS DISPLAY TABLE — The Compressor Starts Display Table displays the number of starts for
each compressor. See Table 89.
Table 83 — Auto View of Run Status Display Table
ITEM
VIEW
HVAC
OCC
MAT
EDT
LAT
EC.C.P
ECN.P
CL.C.P
C.CAP
HT.C.P
HT.ST
H.MAX
EXPANSION
AUTO VIEW OF RUN STATUS
ascii string spelling out the hvac modes
Occupied ?
Mixed Air Temperature
Evaporator Discharge Tmp
Leaving Air Temperature
Economizer Control Point
Economizer Act.Curr.Pos.
Cooling Control Point
Current Running Capacity
Heating Control Point
Requested Heat Stage
Maximum Heat Stages
RANGE
UNITS
string
OCCUPIED
MAT
EDT
LAT
ECONCPNT
ECONOPOS
COOLCPNT
CAPTOTAL
HEATCPNT
HT_STAGE
HTMAXSTG
YES/NO
0-100
POINT
dF
dF
dF
dF
%
dF
dF
WRITE STATUS
forcible
Table 84 — Economizer Run Status Display Table
ITEM
ECON
ECN.P
ECN.C
ACTV
DISA
UNAV
R.EC.D
DBC
DEW
DDBC
OAEC
DEC
EDT
OAT
FORC
SFON
CLOF
OAQL
HELD
O.AIR
OAT
OA.RH
OA.E
OA.D.T
EXPANSION
ECONOMIZER RUN STATUS
Economizer Act.Curr.Pos.
Economizer Act.Cmd.Pos.
Economizer Active ?
ECON DISABLING CONDITIONS
Econ Act. Unavailable?
Remote Econ. Disabled?
DBC - OAT Lockout?
DEW - OA Dewpt.Lockout?
DDBD- OAT > RAT Lockout?
OAEC- OA Enth Lockout?
DEC - Diff.Enth.Lockout?
EDT Sensor Bad?
OAT Sensor Bad ?
Economizer Forced ?
Supply Fan Not On 30s ?
Cool Mode Not In Effect?
OAQ Lockout in Effect ?
Econ Recovery Hold Off?
OUTSIDE AIR INFORMATION
Outside Air Temperature
Outside Air Rel. Humidity
Outside Air Enthalpy
OutsideAir Dewpoint Temp
RANGE
0-100
0-100
YES/NO
UNITS
%
%
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
ECONOPOS
ECONOCMD
ECACTIVE
WRITE STATUS
forcible
ECONUNAV
ECONDISA
DBC_STAT
DEW_STAT
DDBCSTAT
OAECSTAT
DEC_STAT
EDT_STAT
OAT_STAT
ECONFORC
SFONSTAT
COOL_OFF
OAQLOCKD
ECONHELD
dF
%
dF
76
POINT
OAT
OARH
OAE
OADEWTMP
forcible
forcible
Table 85 — Cooling Information Display Table
ITEM
COOL
C.CAP
CUR.S
REQ.S
MAX.S
DEM.L
SUMZ
SMZ
ADD.R
SUB.R
R.PCT
Y.MIN
Y.PLU
Z.MIN
Z.PLU
H.TMP
L.TMP
PULL
SLOW
EXPANSION
COOLING INFORMATION
Current Running Capacity
Current Cool Stage
Requested Cool Stage
Maximum Cool Stages
Active Demand Limit
COOL CAP. STAGE CONTROL
Capacity Load Factor
Next Stage EDT Decrease
Next Stage EDT Increase
Rise Per Percent Capacity
Cap Deadband Subtracting
Cap Deadband Adding
Cap Threshold Subtracting
Cap Threshold Adding
High Temp Cap Override
Low Temp Cap Override
Pull Down Cap Override
Slow Change Cap Override
RANGE
UNITS
POINT
%
CAPTOTAL
COOL_STG
CL_STAGE
CLMAXSTG
DEM_LIM
%
–100 → +100
WRITE STATUS
forcible
SMZ
ADDRISE
SUBRISE
RISE_PCT
Y_MINUS
Y_PLUS
Z_MINUS
Z_PLUS
HI_TEMP
LOW_TEMP
PULLDOWN
SLO_CHNG
^F
^F
Table 86 — Mode Trip Helper Display Table
ITEM
TRIP
UN.C.S
UN.C.E
OC.C.S
OC.C.E
TEMP
OC.H.E
OC.H.S
UN.H.E
UN.H.S
HVAC
EXPANSION
MODE TRIP HELPER
Unoccup. Cool Mode Start
Unoccup. Cool Mode End
Occupied Cool Mode Start
Occupied Cool Mode End
Ctl.Temp RAT,SPT or Zone
Occupied Heat Mode End
Occupied Heat Mode Start
Unoccup. Heat Mode End
Unoccup. Heat Mode Start
ascii string spelling out the hvac modes
RANGE
UNITS
POINT
WRITE STATUS
UCCLSTRT
UCCL_END
OCCLSTRT
OCCL_END
CTRLTEMP
OCHT_END
OCHTSTRT
UCHT_END
UCHTSTRT
string
Table 87 — CCN/Linkage Display Table
ITEM
LINK
MODE
L.Z.T
L.C.SP
L.H.SP
EXPANSION
CCN - LINKAGE
Linkage Active - CCN
Linkage Zone Control Tmp
Linkage Curr. Cool Setpt
Linkage Curr. Heat Setpt
RANGE
UNITS
POINT
ON/OFF
WRITE STATUS
MODELINK
LZT
LCSP
LHSP
dF
dF
dF
Table 88 — Compressor Run Hours Display Table
ITEM
HRS
HR.A1
HR.A2
HR.B1
HR.B2
EXPANSION
COMPRESSOR RUN HOURS
Compressor A1 Run Hours
Compressor A2 Run Hours
Compressor B1 Run Hours
Compressor B2 Run Hours
RANGE
0-999999
0-999999
0-999999
0-999999
UNITS
POINT
HRS
HRS
HRS
HRS
HR_A1
HR_A2
HR_B1
HR_B2
WRITE STATUS
config
config
config
config
Table 89 — Compressor Starts Display Table
ITEM
STRT
ST.A1
ST.A2
ST.B1
ST.B2
EXPANSION
COMPRESSOR STARTS
Compressor A1 Starts
Compressor A2 Starts
Compressor B1 Starts
Compressor B2 Starts
RANGE
0-999999
0-999999
0-999999
0-999999
TIME GUARD DISPLAY TABLE — The Time Guard Display Table delay time for each compressor and heat relay. See
Table 90.
UNITS
POINT
CY_A1
CY_A2
CY_B1
CY_B2
WRITE STATUS
config
config
config
config
SOFTWARE VERSION NUMBERS DISPLAY TABLE —
The Software Version Numbers Display Table displays the
software version numbers of the unit boards and devices. See
Table 91.
77
Table 90 — Time Guard Display Table
ITEM
TMGD
TG.A1
TG.A2
TG.B1
TG.B2
TG.H1
TG.H2
TG.H3
TG.H4
TG.H5
TG.H6
EXPANSION
TIMEGUARDS
Compressor A1 Timeguard
Compressor A2 Timeguard
Compressor B1 Timeguard
Compressor B2 Timeguard
Heat Relay 1 Timeguard
Heat Relay 2 Timeguard
Heat Relay 3 Timeguard
Heat Relay 4 Timeguard
Heat Relay 5 Timeguard
Heat Relay 6 Timeguard
RANGE
UNITS
POINT
WRITE STATUS
CMPA1_TG
CMPA2_TG
CMPB1_TG
CMPB2_TG
HS1_TG
HS2_TG
HS3_TG
HS4_TG
HS5_TG
HS6_TG
Table 91 — Software Version Numbers Display Table
ITEM
VERS
MBB
ECB1
ECB2
SCB
CEM
MARQ
NAVI
EXPANSION
SOFTWARE VERSION NUMBERS
CESR131343-xx-xx
CESR131249-xx-xx
CESR131249-xx-xx
CESR131226-xx-xx
CESR131174-xx-xx
CESR131171-xx-xx
CESR130227-xx-xx
RANGE
UNITS
POINT
WRITE STATUS
string
string
string
string
string
string
string
Alarms and Alerts — There are a variety of different
“striking” alert will cause the circuit to shut down for 15 minutes. This feature reduces the likelihood of false alarms causing
a properly working system to be shutdown incorrectly. If three
strikes occur before the circuit has an opportunity to show that
it can function properly, the circuit will strike out, causing the
shutdown alarm for that particular circuit. Once activated, the
shutdown alarm can only be cleared via an alarm reset.
Circuits with strikes are given an opportunity to reset their
strike counter to zero. As discussed above, a strike typically
causes the circuit to shut down. Fifteen minutes later, that
circuit will once again be allowed to run. If the circuit is able to
run for 1 minute, its replacement circuit will be allowed to shut
down (if not required to run to satisfy requested stages). However, the “troubled” circuit must run continuously for 5 minutes
with no detectable problems before the strike counter is reset to
zero.
All the alarms and alerts are summarized in Table 92.
alerts and alarms in the system.
P — Pre-Alert: Part of the unit is temporarily down. The
alarm is not broadcast on the CCN Network. The alarm relay is
not energized. After an allowable number of retries, if the
function does not recover, the pre-alert will be upgraded to an
alert or an alarm.
T — Alert: Part of the unit is down, but the unit is still
partially able to provide cooling or heating.
A — Alarm: The unit is down and is unable to provide
cooling or heating.
All alarms are displayed with a code of AXXX where the A
is the category of alarm (Pre-Alert, Alert, or Alarm) and XXX
is the number.
The response of the control system to various alerts and
alarms depends on the seriousness of the particular alert or
alarm. In the mildest case, an alert does not affect the operation
of the unit in any manner. An alert can also cause a “strike.” A
78
Table 92 — Alert and Alarm Codes
ALARM OR
ALERT
NUMBER
A051
DESCRIPTION
A051 Circuit A, Compressor 1 Current Detected After
Shutdown
P051
Compressor A1 Safety Trip
T051
A052
Circuit A, Compressor 1 Failure
Circuit A, Compressor 2 Current Detected After Shutdown
P052
Circuit A, Compressor 2 Failure
T052
A055
Circuit A, Compressor 2 Failure
Circuit B, Compressor 1 Current Detected After Shutdown
P055
Circuit B, Compressor 1 Failure
T055
A056
Circuit B, Compressor 1 Failure
Circuit B, Compressor 2 Current Detected After Shutdown
P056
Circuit B, Compressor 2 Failure
T056
T064
T065
T072
T073
T074
T075
T076
Circuit B, Compressor 2 Failure
Circuit A Saturated Condensing Thermistor Failure
Circuit B Saturated Condensing Thermistor Failure
Remote Setpoint/Reset Input Failure
Outside Air Temperature Thermistor Failure
Space Temperature Thermistor Failure
Return Air Thermistor Failure
Outside Air Relative Humidity Sensor Failure
T078
Return Air Relative Humidity Sensor Failure
ACTION TAKEN BY CONTROL
Turn off all compressors
Add strike to Compressor
Compressor locked off
Turn off all compressors
Add strike to Compressor
Compressor locked off
Turn off all compressors
Add strike to Compressor
Compressor locked off
Turn off all compressors
Add strike to Compressor
Compressor locked off
Use OAT for head pressure control
Use OAT for head pressure control
Unit Shutdown
Stop use of economizer
Unit Shutdown
Continue to run unit
Use OAT changeover control
Use differential drybulb
changeover
Use Space temperature without
offset
Stop circuit
Stop circuit
Stop circuit
Stop circuit
RESET
METHOD
Manual
Welded Contact
Automatic
(max 3)
Manual
Manual
Automatic
(max 3)
Manual
Manual
Automatic
(max 3)
Manual
Manual
Automatic
(max 3)
Manual
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
High pressure switch, compressor
current, wiring error
Exceeded 3 strike limit
Welded Contact
High pressure switch, compressor
current, wiring error
Exceeded 3 strike limit
Welded Contact
High pressure switch, compressor
current, wiring error
Exceeded 3 strike limit
Welded Contact
High pressure switch, compressor
current, wiring error
Exceeded 3 strike limit
Faulty thermistor or wiring error
Faulty thermistor or wiring error
Faulty remote input on CEM board
Faulty thermistor or wiring error
Faulty thermistor or wiring error
Faulty thermistor or wiring error
Faulty sensor or wiring error
Automatic
Faulty sensor or wiring error
T082
Space Temperature Offset Sensor Failure
T092
T093
T110
T111
Circuit A Suction Pressure Transducer Failure
Circuit B Suction Pressure Transducer Failure
Circuit A Loss of Charge
Circuit B Loss of Charge
A120
Circuit A Low Saturated Suction Temperature Alarm.
Stop circuit
Manual
T120
Circuit A Low Saturated Suction Temperature Alert.
Stop circuit
Automatic
A121
Circuit B Low Saturated Suction Temperature Alarm.
Stop circuit
Manual
T121
Circuit B Low Saturated Suction Temperature Alert.
Stop circuit
Automatic
T122
T123
Circuit A High Saturated Suction Temperature
Circuit B High Saturated Suction Temperature
Stop circuit
Stop circuit
Manual
Manual
T126
Circuit A High Head Pressure
Stop circuit
Automatic
T127
Circuit B High Head Pressure
Stop circuit
Automatic
A150
T153
A154
T155
A156
A157
Stop units
Stop unit
Stop unit
Stop unit
Stop unit
Stop unit
Manual
Manual
Manual
Manual
Manual
Manual
A172
A173
A174
T177
T178
A200
T210
T211
T220
T221
Unit is in Emergency Stop
Real Time Clock Hardware Failure
Serial EEPROM Hardware Failure
Serial EEPROM Storage Failure Error
Critical Serial EEPROM Storage Failure Error
A/D Hardware Failure
Loss of communications with the staged Gas control
board
Loss of communications with the Control Expansion Board
Loss of communications with the ECB1 Board
Loss of communications with the ECB2 board
4-20 MA Demand Limit Failure
4-20 MA Static Pressure Reset Fail
Linkage Timeout Error - Loss of Communication
Building Pressure Transducer Failure
Static Pressure Transducer Failure
Indoor Air Quality Sensor Failure
Outdoor Air Quality Sensor Failure
T229
Economizer Minimum Position Override Sensor Failure
T245
T246
T247
Outside Air CFM Sensor Failure
Supply Air CFM Sensor Failure
Return Air CFM Sensor Failure
A171
PROBABLE CAUSE
Automatic
Faulty sensor or wiring error
Automatic
Automatic
Manual
Manual
Faulty sensor, wiring error
Faulty sensor, wiring error
Low refrigerant charge
Low refrigerant charge
Low refrigerant charge, low airflow,
dirty coil, broken fan belt, TXV
problem
Low refrigerant charge, low airflow,
dirty coil, broken fan belt, TXV
problem
Low refrigerant charge, low airflow,
dirty coil, broken fan belt, TXV
problem
Low refrigerant charge, low airflow,
dirty coil, broken fan belt, TXV
problem
TXV problem
TXV problem
Dirty condenser, condenser fan
failure
Dirty condenser, condenser fan
failure
External shutdown command
Control Board failure, check lights
Control Board failure, check lights
Control Board failure, check lights
Control Board failure, check lights
Control Board failure, check lights
Stop gas heat
Automatic
Control Board failure, check lights
Stop options on CEM
Stop economizer & power exh
Stop unit
Stop demand limiting
Stop static pressure reset
Stop unit
Close economizer, stop exhaust
Stop unit
Stop IAQ control
Use a default value for IAQ
Use software configured
minimum
not used at this time
not used at this time
not used at this time
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Manual
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Control Board failure, check lights
Control Board failure, check lights
Control Board failure, check lights
Input failure, wiring error
Input Failure, wiring error
Wiring errors, board failures
Sensor failure, wiring error
Sensor failure, wiring error
Sensor failure, wiring error
Sensor failure, wiring error
LEGEND
A — Alarm
P — Pre-Alert
T — Alert
79
Automatic
Input failure, wiring error
not used
not used
not used
Table 92 — Alert and Alarm Codes (cont)
ALARM
OR
ALERT
NUMBER
ACTION TAKEN BY CONTROL
RESET
METHOD
PROBABLE CAUSE
Automatic
Outdoor dampers stuck, no load
Space Temperature Above Limit
Stop cooling, but continue
to heat
Stop heating, but continue
to cool
Automatic
High load, dampers open
T302
Supply Temperature Below Limit
Continue to run unit
Automatic
T303
Supply Temperature Above Limit
Continue to run unit
Automatic
T304
Return Temperature Below Limit
Continue to run unit
Automatic
T305
Return Temperature Above Limit
Continue to run unit
Automatic
T308
Return Air Relative Humidity Below Limit
Alert
Automatic
T300
Space Temperature Below Limit
T301
T309
Return Air Relative Humidity Above Limit
Continue to run unit
Automatic
T310
T311
T312
T313
T314
Supply Duct Static Pressure Below Limit
Supply Duct Static Pressure Above Limit
Building Static Pressure Below Limit
Building Static Pressure Above Limit
IAQ Above Limit
Continue to run unit
Continue to run unit
Continue to run unit
Continue to run unit
Continue to run unit
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
A404
Fire Shut Down Emergency Mode (fire-smoke)
A405
A406
A407
T408
A409
T409
Evacuation Emergency Mode
Pressurization Emergency Mode
Smoke Purge Emergency Mode
Dirty Air Filter
Supply Fan Status Failure
Supply Fan Status Failure
T414
Loss of Communication with the Belimo Actuator
T414
T414
T414
T414
Belimo Actuator Direction Error
Belimo Actuator Failure
Belimo Actuator Hunting Alert
Belimo Actuator Range Error
R-W1 Jumper Must Be Installed to Run Heat in Service
Test
Thermostat Y2 Input Activated without Y1 Activated
Thermostat W2 Input Activated without W1 Activated
Thermostat Y and W Inputs Activated Simultaneously
Thermostat G Input Not Seen on a Call for Cooling
Current Sensor Board Failure - A1
Current Sensor Board Failure - A2
Current Sensor Board Failure - B1
Current Sensor Board Failure - B2
Supply Air Temperature Sensor Failure
Supply Air Temperature Thermistor 1 Failure
Supply Air Temperature Thermistor 2 Failure
Supply Air Temperature Thermistor 3 Failure
Staged Gas Leaving Air Temp Sum Total Failure
Limit Switch Thermistor Failure
T420
T421
T422
T423
T424
T500
T501
T502
T503
A700
T701
T702
T703
A704
T705
A
P
T
DESCRIPTION
Unit Shutdown
Automatic
Run power exhaust
Run supply fan
Run supply and exhaust fans
Continue to run unit
Stop unit
Continue to run unit
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Close economizer
Automatic
Close economizer
Attempt to close economizer
Close economizer
Close economizer
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Dampers open, check configuration
setpoint
Dampers open, check configuration
setpoint
Dampers open, check configuration
setpoint
Dampers open, check configuration
setpoint
Configuration error, or sensor error
Dampers open, check configuration
setpoint
VFD problem, broken fan belt
VFD problem, broken fan belt
Exhaust issues, check setpoint
Exhaust issues, check setpoint
Damper or IAQ control issues
Smoke detector switch or external
switch
Special fire mode control
Special fire mode control
Special fire mode control
Dirty filter, switch setting
Fan drive failure
Fan drive failure, or sensor failure
Calibrate economizer, economizer
failure, wiring
Motor direction switch wrong, wiring
Motor failure
Motor moving too often
Calibrate economizer
No heat
Automatic
Add red wire jumpers
Assume Y2 is Y1
Assume W2 is W1
Alert
Turn fan on
Stop compressor A1
Stop compressor A2
Stop compressor B1
Stop compressor B2
Stop staged gas heat
Stop staged gas heat
Stop staged gas heat
Stop staged gas heat
Stop staged gas heat
Stop staged gas heat
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Thermostat wiring error
Thermostat wiring error
Thermostat issues
Thermostat or wiring issues
Faulty board or wiring
Faulty board or wiring
Faulty board or wiring
Faulty board or wiring
Faulty sensor or wiring error
Faulty sensor or wiring error
Faulty sensor or wiring error
Faulty sensor or wiring error
Faulty sensor or wiring error
Faulty switch or wiring
LEGEND
— Alarm
— Pre-Alert
— Alert
one or two strikes on the compressor and three short cycles
(ON-OFF, ON-OFF, ON-OFF) less than 15 minutes each
occur, the strikes will be reset to zero for the affected compressor. Also, if the compressor turns on and runs for 15 minutes
straight with no compressor failure, the compressor's strikes are
cleared as well.
NOTE: Until the compressor is locked out, for the first two
strikes, the alert will not be broadcast to the network, nor will
the alarm relay be closed.
The possible causes are:
• High-pressure switch (HPS) open. The HPS-pressure
switch is wired in series with compressor relays on the
MBB. If the high-pressure switch opens during compressor
operation, the compressor stops, and the CS no longer
detects current, causing the control to activate this alert.
• Compressor internal overload protection is open. The internal overloads are used on the Scroll Tech compressors
(black) and smaller Maneurop compressors used on the 020,
025, 027, 030, 035 units and 040 A1, A2 compressors.
DIAGNOSTIC ALARM CODES AND POSSIBLE
CAUSES
Alert Codes 51, 52, 55 and 56 (Compressor Safety) — Alert
codes 51, 52, 55, and 56 are for compressors A1, A2, B1, and
B2 respectively. These alerts occur when the Current Sensor
(CS) does not detect compressor current during compressor
operation. When this occurs, the control turns off the compressor and logs a strike for the respective circuit. These alerts reset
automatically.
If the current sensor board reads OFF while the compressor
relay has been commanded ON for a period of 4 continuous
seconds, an alert is generated.
Any time this alert occurs, a strike will be called out on the
affected compressor. If three successive strikes occur the
compressor will be locked out requiring a manual reset or
power reset of the circuit board. The clearing of strikes during
compressor operation is a combination of 3 complete cycles or
15 continuous minutes of run time operation. So, if there are
80
5. Return to Normal mode and observe compressor operation to verify that compressor current sensor is working
and condenser fans are energized after compressor starts.
Alert Codes 64, and 65 (Condensing Temp. Failure) — Alert
codes 64, and 65 are for circuits A and B, respectively. These
alerts occur when the saturated condensing temperatures
(Temperatures→REF.T→SCT.A and SCT.B) are outside the
range –40 to 240 F (–40 to 116 C). When this occurs, the
control uses the outdoor temperature (OAT) to control the
outdoor fans. The control will default to control based on the
OAT sensor and will turn on OFC.B when the ambient is above
65 F and off when the ambient is below 50 F.
If the SCT and OAT sensors have all failed then the control
should turn on OFC.B when compressors are on.
The cause of the alert is usually a faulty thermistor, a shorted
or open thermistor caused by a wiring error, or a loose connection.
Alert Code 72 (Remote Setpoint/Rest Input Failure) — If
the unit is configured to use the remote EDT 4 to 20 mA reset
input (Configuration→EDT.R→RES.S) and the sensor reading is less than 2 mA or greater than 22 mA then the alert will
occur. When this occurs the control will default to the internal
set points. The sensor is connected to the optional CEM module.
For this sensor to be used, the EDT 4 to 20 mA reset input
(Configuration→EDT.R→RES.S) must be set to enable.
Alert Code 73 (Outside Air Temp. Failure) — This alert occurs when the outside air temperature sensor (Temperatures→AIR.T→OAT) is outside the range –40 to 240 F (–40 to
116 C). Failure of this thermistor (Temperatures→AIR.T
→OAT) will disable any elements of the control which requires its use. Economizer control beyond the vent position and
the calculation of mixed air temperature for the sumZ algorithm will not be possible. This alert resets automatically. The
cause of the alert is usually a faulty thermistor, a shorted or
open thermistor caused by a wiring error, or a loose connection.
Alert Code 74 (Space Temp. Failure) — This alert occurs
when the space temperature sensor (Temperatures→AIR.T
→SPT) is outside the range –40 to 240 F (–40 to 116 C). This
alert will only occur if the unit is configured to use a space
temperature sensor. Configuration is done through the Unit
Control Type (Configuration→UNIT→C.TYP) configuration.
Failure of this thermistor (Temperatures→AIR.T→SPT) will
disable any elements of the control which requires its use. If the
unit is configured for SPT 2 stage or SPT multi-stage operation
and the sensor fails, no cooling or heating mode may be
chosen. This alert resets automatically. The cause of the alert is
usually a faulty thermistor in the T55, T56, or T58 device, a
shorted or open thermistor caused by a wiring error, or a loose
connection.
Alert Code 75 (Return Air Temp. Failure) — This alert occurs when the return air temperature sensor (Temperatures→AIR.T→RAT) is outside the range –40 to 240 F (–40 to
116 C). The RAT is standard on all units and is located in the
return section near the auxiliary control box. This alert resets
automatically. The cause of the alert is usually a faulty thermistor, a shorted or open thermistor caused by a wiring error, or
a loose connection.
Failure of this thermistor (Temperatures→AIR.T→RAT)
will disable any elements of the control which requires its use.
Elements of failure include:
• the calculation of mixed air temperature for sumZ control
• the selection of a mode for VAV units
• economizer differential enthalpy or dry bulb control
• Return air temp supply air reset
Alert Code 76 (Outside Air Relative Humidity Sensor Failure) — This alert occurs when the outside air humidity sensor
(Inputs→REL.H→OA.RH) has a reading less than 2 mA or
greater than 22 mA. Failure of this sensor will disable any
elements of the control which requires its use including economizer outdoor and differential enthalpy control. The OA.RH
• Internal compressor temperature sensor trip. The large
Maneurop compressors (blue) used on the 040 B1, B2, 050,
and 060 units have an internal temperature sensor.
• Circuit Breaker trip. The compressors are protected from
short circuit by a breaker in the control box. On the 020-035
and 040 A1, A2 units there is one breaker per two compressors and on the 040 B1, B2 and 050, 060 compressors there
is one breaker per compressor because there is not internal
overloads.
• Wiring error. A wiring error might not allow the compressor
to start.
To check out alerts 51, 52, 55 and 56:
1. Turn on the compressor in question using Service Test
mode. If the compressor does not start, then most likely
the problem is one of the following: HPS open, open
internal protection, circuit breaker trip, incorrect safety
wiring, or incorrect compressor wiring.
2. If the compressor does start verify it is rotating in the correct direction.
IMPORTANT: Prolonged operation in the wrong direction can damage the compressor. Correct rotation can be
verified by a gage set and looking for a differential pressure rise on start-up.
3. If the compressor starts, verify that the indoor and
outdoor fans are operating properly.
4. If the CS is always detecting current, then verify that the
compressor is on. If the compressor is on, check the
contactor and the relay on the MBB. If the compressor is
off and there is no current, verify CS wiring and replace if
necessary.
5. Return to Normal mode and observe compressor operation to verify that compressor current sensor is working
and condenser fans are energized after compressor starts.
Alarm Codes 51, 52, 55 and 56 (Current Detected After Turnoff)
— Alarm codes 51, 52, 55, and 56 are for compressors A1, A2,
B1, B2 respectively. These alarms occur when the Current
Sensor (CS) detects current when the compressor should be
off. When this occurs, the control turns off the compressor
and logs a strike for the respective circuit. Use the Scrolling
Marquee to reset the alert.
If the current sensor board reads ON while the compressor
relay has been commanded OFF for a period of 4 continuous
seconds, an alarm is generated. These alarms are only monitored for a period of 10 seconds after the compressor relay has
been commanded OFF. This is done to facilitate a service technician forcing a relay to test a compressor.
In addition, if a compressor stuck failure occurs and the current sensor board reports the compressor and the request off,
certain diagnostics will take place.
1. If any of the 4 compressors are diagnosed as stuck on and
the current sensor board is on and the request is off, the
control will request the supply fan which will automatically start building air flow control.
2. Heating will be disabled while any one of the compressors has this problem.
The possible causes are:
• Welded contactor.
• Frozen compressor relay on MBB.
To check out alarms 51, 52, 55, and 56
1. Place the unit in Service Test mode. All compressors
should be Off.
2. Verify that there is not 24v at the contactor coil. If there is
24v at the contactor, check relay on MBB and wiring.
3. Check for welded contactor.
4. Verify CS wiring.
81
coupled with dirty outdoor coil, plugged filter drier, or a faulty
high-pressure switch.
The alert will clear automatically or when the OAT drops
5° F from the time of the alert.
Alarm Code 150 (Unit in Emergency Stop) — If the fire
safety input condition occurs to indicate a fire or smoke condition, then Alarm code 150 will occur and the unit will be
immediately stopped. Through separate inputs the unit can be
put into purge, evacuation, and pressurization. This requires a
manual reset.
If the CCN point name “EMSTOP” in the System table is
set to emergency stop, the unit will shut down immediately and
broadcast an alarm back to the CCN indicating that the unit is
down. This alarm will clear when the variable is set back to
“enable”.
Alert Code 153 — Real Time Clock Hardware Failure —
A problem has been detected with the real timeclock on the
MBB. Try resetting the power and check the indicator lights. If
the alert continues, the board should be replaced.
Alarm Code 154 — Serial EEPROM Hardware Failure —
A problem has been detected with the EEPROM on the MBB.
Try resetting the power and check the indicator lights. If the
alarm continues, the board should be replaced.
Alert Code 155 — Serial EEPROM Storage Error — A
problem has been detected with the EEPROM storage on the
MBB. Try resetting the power and check the indicator lights. If
the alert continues, the board should be replaced.
Alarm Code 156 — Critical Serial EEPROM Storage Error
— A problem has been detected with the EEPROM storage on
the MBB. Try resetting the power and check the indicator
lights. If the alarm continues, the board should be replaced.
Alarm Code 157 — A/D Serial EEPROM Storage Failure
Error — A problem has been detected with A/D conversion on
the boards. Try resetting the power and check the indicator
lights. If the alarm continues, the board should be replaced.
Alarm Code 171 — Loss of Communications with the
Staged Gas Control Board — This alarm indicates that there
are communications problems with the staged gas heat control
board, which is located in the gas section on units equipped
with staged gas heat. If this alarm occurs, the staged gas heat
will be disabled. The alarm will automatically reset.
Alarm Code 172 — Loss of Communications with the Controls Expansion Board — This alarm indicates that there are
communications problems with the Controls Expansion Board.
All functions performed by the CEM will stop, which can include demand limit, reset, fire control modes, and the fan status
switch. The alarm will automatically reset.
Alarm Code 173 — Loss of Communications with the
ECB1 — This alarm indicates that there are communications
problems with the Economizer Control Board. This will result
in the economizer and the power exhaust not working and the
dampers to be fully closed. The exhaust fans will stop. The
alarm will automatically reset.
Alarm Code 174 — Loss of Communications with the
ECB2 — This alarm indicates that there are communications
problems with the ECB2 which controls the VAV unit indoor
fan inverter speed and hot gas bypass on CV and VAV units.
Because the control of the fan is critical to unit operation, the
unit will be stopped. The alarm will automatically reset.
Alert Code 177 (4-20 mA Demand Limit Failure) — This
alert indicates a problem with the optional remote 4 to 20 mA
demand limit signal (Inputs→4-20→DLM.M) that is connected to the CEM module (if the signal reads less than 2 mA or is
above 22 mA). If this occurs, then demand limiting will be disabled. The unit must be configured for 4 to 20 mA Demand
Limiting using the Demand Limit Select (Configuration→
DMD.L→DM.L.S).
sensor is located in the economizer hood and is used for control
of the economizer. The sensor is a loop powered 4 to 20 mA
sensor. This alert resets automatically. The cause of the alert
is usually a faulty sensor, a shorted or open sensor caused
by a wiring error, or a loose connection. The unit must be
configured to use the sensor through the Outside Air RH Sensor
(Configuration→ECON→ORH.S) setting.
Alert Code 78 (Return Air Relative Humidity Sensor Failure) — This alert occurs when the return air humidity sensor
(Inputs→REL.H→RA.RH) has a reading less than 2 mA or
greater than 22 mA. Failure of this sensor (Inputs→
REL.H→RA.RH) will disable any elements of the control
which requires its use including economizer differential
enthalpy control.
The RA.RH sensor is located in the return air section near
the auxiliary control box. The sensor is a loop powered 4 to
20 mA sensor. This alert resets automatically. The cause of the
alert is usually a faulty sensor, a shorted or open sensor caused
by a wiring error, or a loose connection. The unit must be configured to use the sensor through the Outside Air RH Sensor
(Configuration→SENS→RRH.S) setting.
Alert Code 82 (Space Temperature Offset Failure) — If the
unit is configured to use a space temperature sensor and is
using a T56 sensor with an offset potentiometer, then the alert
will occur if the potentiometer is outside the allowable range.
The control will default to the software applicable set point
because there is no offset available that may be applied to
space temperature. The alert will automatically clear. The unit
must be configured for one of the SPT control options
through the Unit Control Type (Configuration→UNIT→
C.TYP) configuration.
Alert Codes 92, 93, (Suction Pres. Trans. Failure) — Alert
codes 92, and 93 are for circuits A and B respectively. These
alerts occur when the pressure is outside the range 0.5 to
134.5 psig. A circuit cannot run when this alert is active. Use
the Scrolling Marquee to reset the alert. The cause of the alert
is usually a faulty transducer, faulty 5v power supply, or a loose
connection.
Alert Codes 110, 111 (Loss of Charge) — Alert codes 110,
and 111 are for circuits A, and B respectively. These alerts occur
when the compressor is OFF and the suction pressure is less
than 5 psig and the OAT is above –5 F for 1 continuous minute.
The alert will automatically clear when the suction pressure
transducer reading is valid and greater than 15 psig. The cause
of the alert is usually low refrigerant pressure or a faulty suction
pressure transducer.
Alert and Alarm Code 120, 121 (Low Saturated Suction Temperature) — Alert codes 120 and 121 are used to protect the
coil from freeze-up during operation. Alert 120 is for circuit A
and 121 for circuit B. If the saturated suction temperature is
less than 28 F for 15 minutes, less than 20 F for 5 minutes, or
less than 5 F for 20 continuous seconds then the alert will occur
for the appropriate circuit. The circuit will be allowed to restart
in 15 minutes. If more than three alerts occur then the circuit
will be locked out and an alarm is generated. If the saturated
suction is greater than 34 F for more than one hour then the
counter will be reset.
Alert Code 122 and 123 (High Saturated Suction Temperature) — Alert codes 122 and 123 occur when compressors in a
circuit have been running for at least 5 minutes and the circuit
saturated suction is greater than 60 F. The high saturated suction alert is generated and the circuit is shut down. This condition resets after OAT drops by 5° F. Alert code 122 is for circuit
A and 123 for circuit B.
Alert Codes 126, 127 (Circuit High Head Pressure) — Alert
codes 126, and 127 are for circuits A and B respectively. These
alerts occur when the appropriate saturated condensing temperature is greater than 150 F. The cause of the alarm is usually
an overcharged system, high outdoor ambient temperature
82
(Configuration→ALLM→SA.L.O) for 5 minutes or the Low
Supply air temperature alert limit unoccupied mode (Configuration→ALLM→SA.L.U) for 10 minutes, then an alert will be
broadcast.
Alert Code 303 (Supply Temperature Above Limit) — If the
supply temperature is above the configurable SAT HI Alert
Limit Occ (Configuration→ALLM→SAH.O) for 5 minutes
or the SAT HI Alert Limit/Unocc (Configuration→ALLM
→SA.H.U) for 10 minutes, then an alert will be broadcast. The
alert will automatically reset.
Alert Code 304 (Return Air Temperature Below Limit) —
If the return-air temperature measured by the RAT sensor is
below the configurable RAT LO Alert Limit/Occ (Configuration→ALLM→RA.L.O) for 5 minutes or RAT HI Alert Limit/
Occ (Configuration→ALLM→RA.L.U) for 10 minutes, then
an alert will be broadcast.
Alert Code 305 (Return Air Temperature Above Limit) —
If the return-air temperature is below the RAT HI Alert Limit/
Occ (Configuration→ALLM→RA.H.O) for 5 minutes or
RAT HI Alert Limit/Occ (Configuration→ALLM→RA.H.U)
for 10 minutes, then an alert will be broadcast. The alert will
automatically reset.
Alert Code 308 (Return Air Relative Humidity Below
Limit) — If the unit is configured to use a return air relative
humidity sensor through the Return Air RH Sensor (Configuration→UNIT→SENS→RRH.S) setting, and the measured
level is below the configurable RH Low Alert Limit (Configuration→ALLM→R.RH.L) for 5 minutes, then the alert will
occur. The unit will continue to run and the alert will automatically reset.
Alert Code 309 (Return Air Relative Humidity Above
Limit) — If the unit is configured to use a return air relative
humidity sensor through the Return Air RH Sensor (Configuration→UNIT→SENS→RRH.S) setting, and the measured
level is above the configurable RH High Alert Limit (Configuration→ALLM→R.RH.H) for 5 minutes, then the alert will
occur. Unit will continue to run and the alert will automatically
reset.
Alert Code 310 (Supply Duct Pressure Below Limit) — If
the unit is a VAV unit with a supply duct pressure sensor and
the measured supply duct static pressure (Pressures→
AIR.P→SP) is below the configurable SP Low Alert Limit
(Configuration→ALLM→SP.L) for 5 minutes, then the alert
will occur. The unit will continue to run and the alert will
automatically reset.
Alert Code 311 (Supply Duct Pressure Above Limit) — If
the unit is a VAV unit with a supply duct pressure sensor and
the measured supply duct static pressure (Pressures→
AIR.P→SP) is above the configurable SP Low Alert Limit
(Configuration→ALLM→SP.H) for 5 minutes, then the alert
will occur. The unit will continue to run and the alert will
automatically reset.
Alert Code 312 (Building Static Pressure Below Limit) —
If the unit is configured to use modulating power exhaust then
a building static pressure limit can be configured using the BP
Low Alert Limit (Configuration→ALLM→BP.L). If the measured pressure (Pressures→AIR.P→BP) is below the limit for
5 minutes then the alert will occur.
Alert Code 313 (Building Static Pressure Above Limit) —
If the unit is configured to use modulating power exhaust then
a building static pressure limit can be configured using the BP
HI Alert Limit (Configuration→ALLM→BP.H). If the measured pressure (Pressures→AIR.P→BP) is above the limit for
5 minutes, then the alert will occur.
Alert Code 314 (IAQ Above Limit) — If the unit is configured to use an CO2 sensor and the level (Inputs→AIR.Q→IAQ)
is above the configurable IAQ High Alert Limit (Configuration
→ALLM→IAQ.H) for 5 minutes then the alert will occur. The
unit will continue to run and the alert will automatically reset.
Alert code 178 (4-20 mA Static Pressure Reset Failure) —
If this transducer fails (if the signal reads less than 2 mA or is
above 22 mA), and the unit is configured to perform static
pressure reset with this transducer, no static pressure reset will
be performed and an alert will be generated. Recovery is automatic. Reason for error is either a faulty sensor, wiring error, or
damaged input on the CEM control board.
Alarm Code 200 (Linkage Timeout Error — Loss of Communications) — If linkage is established via the CCN with
ComfortID™ terminals, a 5-minute timeout on loss of communication will be monitored. If 5 minutes expires since the last
communication from a VAV Linkage Master, the unit will remove the link and flag the alert. When the rooftop looses its
link, the temperature and set points are derived locally. Recovery is automatic on re-establishment of communications. Reason for failure may be wiring error, too much bus activity, or
damaged 485 drivers.
Alert Code 210 (Building Pressure Transducer Failure) —
The building pressure transducer (Pressures→AIR.P→BP)
fails if the signal from the 4 to 20 mA building pressure transducer (used to control the power exhaust fans and the building
pressure) is above 22 mA or below 2 mA. If the alert occurs,
then the economizer will be closed and the power exhaust fans
turned off. This alert will automatically reset. Check the building pressure transducer and sensor tubing. The sensor is located
in the auxiliary control box. The alert will automatically reset.
—
Alert Code 211 (Static Pressure Transducer Failure)
The static pressure transducer (Pressures→AIR.P→SP) fails
if the signal from the 4 to 20 mA static pressure transducer
(used to control the VFD speed) is above 22 mA or below
2 mA. This failure will cause the unit to stop due to the potential damage that could occur due to over-pressurization. Check
the pressure transducer and sensor tubing. The sensor is located
in the auxiliary control box. The alert will automatically reset.
Alert Code 220 (Indoor Air Quality Sensor Failure) — If the
indoor air quality sensor (Inputs→AIR.Q→IAQ) fails,
demand control ventilation is not possible. The control defaults
to the max vent position. Recovery is automatic. Reason for
error is either a faulty sensor, wiring error, or damaged input on
the MBB control board.
Alert Code 221 (Outdoor Air Quality Sensor Failure) — If
the outdoor air quality sensor (Inputs→AIR.Q→OAQ) fails,
OAQ defaults to 400 ppm and demand control ventilation will
continue. Recovery is automatic. Reason for error is either a
faulty sensor, wiring error, or damaged input on the CEM control board.
Alert Code 229 (Economizer Minimum Position Override
Sensor Failure) — If the unit is configured to use the remote
position override for the economizer and the input Econo Min.
Pos. Override (Configuration→IAQ→AQ.SP→IQ.O.P) input
4 to 20 mA reading is less than 2 mA or greater than 22 mA
then an alert will occur and the default software minimum
position will be used for the economizer. The alert will automatically reset.
Alert Code 300 (Space Temperature Below Limit) — If the
space temperature is below the configurable SPT Low Alert
Limits (occupied [Configuration→ALLM→SP.L.O] for
5 minutes or unoccupied [Configuration→ALLM→SP.L.U]
for 10 minutes), then an alert will be broadcast. The alert will
automatically reset.
Alert Code 301 (Space Temperature Above Limit) — If the
space temperature is above the configurable SPT High Alert
Limits (occupied [Configuration→ALLM→SP.H.O] for
5 minutes or unoccupied [Configuration→ALLM→SP.H.U]
for 10 minutes), then an alert will be broadcast. The alert will
automatically reset.
Alert Code 302 (Supply Temperature Below Limit) — If the
supply-air temperature measured by the supply temperature
sensor is below the configurable SAT LO Alert Limit/Occ
83
Alarm and Alert Codes 409 (Supply Fan Commanded On,
Sensed Off Failure and Supply Fan Commanded Off,
Sensed On Failure) —Both the alert and the alarm refer to the
same failure. The only difference between the alarm and alert is
that in the case where the supply fan status configuration to shut
down the unit is set to YES (Configuration→UNIT→ SFS.S),
the alarm will be generated AND the unit will be shut down. It
is possible to configure Configuration→UNIT→SFS.M to
either a switch or to monitor a 0.2-in. wg rise in duct pressure if
the unit is VAV with duct pressure control (IGV or VFD).
The timings for failure for both are the same and are illustrated in the following table:
Alarm Code 404 (Fire Shutdown) — This alarm occurs when
the fire shutdown input is active (either open or closed depending upon its configuration). If the fire shut down input is energized (fire shutdown is in effect), or if two fire smoke modes
are incorrectly energized at the same time, a fire shutdown
mode will occur. This is an emergency mode requiring the
complete shutdown of the unit. Recovery is automatic when
the inputs are no longer on.
This alarm is usually caused by an auxiliary device that is
trying to shut down the unit (e.g., smoke detector). The input
for Fire Shutdown is at Inputs→FIRE→FSD. The switch
logic configuration for this switch input can be found at
variable Configuration→SW.LG→FSD.L. Verify that the
configuration is set correctly, verify the wiring and auxiliary
device. This alarm resets automatically.
Alarm Code 405 (Evacuation Emergency Mode) — Unit has
been placed in the fire evacuation mode by means of the external command for evacuation (Inputs→FIRE→EVAC).
If the evacuation input on the CEM is energized, an evacuation mode occurs which flags an alarm. This mode attempts to
lower the pressure of the space to prevent smoke from moving
into another space. This is the reverse of the Pressurization
mode. Closing the economizer, opening the return air damper,
turning on the power exhaust, and shutting down the indoor fan
will decrease pressure in the space. Recovery is automatic
when the input is no longer on.
Alarm Code 406 (Pressurization Emergency Mode) — Unit
has been placed in the fire pressurization mode by means of the
External command for pressurization (Inputs→FIRE→PRES).
If the pressurization input on the CEM is energized, a pressurization mode occurs which flags an alarm. This mode attempts to raise the pressure of a space to prevent smoke infiltration from another space. The space with smoke should be in an
Evacuation mode attempting to lower its pressure. Opening the
economizer, closing the return air damper, shutting down power exhaust, and turning the indoor fan on will increase pressure
in the space. Recovery is automatic when the input is no longer
on.
Alarm Code 407 (Purge Emergency Mode) — Unit has been
placed in the fire pressurization mode by means of the External
command for pressurization (Inputs→FIRE→PURG).
If the smoke purge input on the CEM is energized, a smoke
purge mode occurs which flags an alarm. This mode attempts
to draw out smoke from the space after the emergency condition. Opening the economizer, closing the return air damper,
and turning on both the power exhaust and indoor fan will
evacuate smoke and bring in fresh air. Recovery is automatic
when the input is no longer on.
Alert Code 408 (Dirty Air Filter) — If no dirty filter switch is
installed, the switch will read “clean filter” all the time. Therefore the dirty filter routine runs continuously and diagnoses the
input. Because of the different possible times it takes to generate static pressure, this routine waits 2 minutes after the fan
starts before the dirty filter switch is monitored. If the dirty
filter switch reads “dirty filter” for 2 continuous minutes, an
alert is generated. No system action is taken. This is a reminder
that it is time to change the filters in the unit. Recovery from
this alert is through a clearing of all alarms (manual) or after
the dirty filter switch reads clean for 30 continuous seconds
(automatic).
Because the Dirty Air Filter switch can be configured normally opened or closed, the switch might be open or closed.
The configuration for this switch input can be found at variable
Configuration→SW.LG→SFS.L. Verify that the configuration is set correctly. Verify the wiring and filter status switch.
The hose should be connected to the low side of the switch.
This alert resets automatically. The dirty filter switch is enabled
at Configuration→UNIT→SENS→FLT.S.
Unit Type/Mode
CV (no gas heat)
CV (gas heat)
VAV (IGV/no gas heat)
VAV (VFD/no gas heat)
VAV (IGV/gas heat)
VAV (VFD/gas heat)
minimum ON time
wait
30 seconds
2 minutes
2 minutes
1 minute
4 minutes
3 minutes
minimum OFF time
wait
1 minute
4 minutes
4 minutes
1 minute
4 minutes
4 minutes
Recovery is manual. Reason for failure may be a broken fan
belt, failed fan relay or failed supply fan status switch.
Alert Code 414 (Loss of Communication with Belimo Actuator) — The Belimo economizer motor is a digital controlled
motor. The ComfortLink™ control can monitor the status of
the motor. If there is a problem, this alert will occur. The
control will attempt to close the economizer dampers.
Alert Code 414 (Belimo Actuator Direction Error) — This
alert occurs when the economizer damper direction switch is in
the wrong position. The direction switch should be in the
clockwise position and the actuator should be mounted so that
the CW face of the actuator is accessible. Correct if necessary.
This alert clears automatically.
Alert Code 414 (Belimo Actuator Failure) — This alert occurs when the commanded damper position is changing too
rapidly. This alert resets automatically.
Alert Code 414 (Belimo Actuator Hunting Alert) — This
alert occurs when there is excess movement of the economizer
motor. Check the mechanical actuation of the dampers.
Alert Code 414 (Belimo Actuator Range Error) — This alert
occurs when the economizer range of motion is less than
90 degrees. Initiate economizer calibration (Service Test→
INDP→E.CAL) using the Service Test menu.
Alert Code 420 (R-W1 Jumper Not Installed in Space Temp
Mode) — This alert occurs when the control mode is Space
Temperature Mode via Auto Select or Space Temp Select yet
there is no power to W1. Verify that space temperature mode is
the desired mode or add jumper between R and W1. This alert
resets automatically.
Alert Code 420 (R-W1 Jumper Must be Installed to Run
Heat in Service Test) — This alert occurs when a request for a
heat output has occurred yet the W1 input is not high. A jumper
must be installed between R and W1 when trying to test heat in
Service Test. The alert will clear when Service Test is exited or
if another Service Test mode is selected. Remove jumper when
done using Service Test if the unit is operating with a thermostat. The jumper should only be left in place if the unit is
operating with a Space Temperature sensor.
Alert Code 421 (Y2 without Y1) — This alert occurs in
Thermostat Mode when Y2 is energized and Y1 is not. Verify
thermostat and thermostat wiring. When Y2 turns on, the software will behave as if Y1 and Y2 are both on. When Y2 turns
off, the software will behave as if Y1 and Y2 are both Off. This
alert resets automatically when Y1 is turned on.
Alert Code 422 (W2 without W1) — This alert occurs in Thermostat Mode when W2 is energized and W1 is not. Verify thermostat and thermostat wiring. When W2 turns on, the software
will behave as if W1 and W2 are both on. When W2 turns off,
the software will behave as if W1 and W2 are both off. This
alert resets automatically when W1 is turned on.
84
Factory-Installed Components
Alert Code 423 (Y and W Simultaneously) — This alert occurs in Thermostat Mode when Y1 or Y2 is energized simultaneously with W1 or W2. Verify thermostat and thermostat
wiring. The software will enter either the cooling or heating
mode depending upon which input turned on first. This alert
resets automatically when Y1 and Y2 are not on simultaneously with W1 and W2.
Alert Codes 500, 501, 502, 503 (Current Sensor Failure) —
Alert codes 500, 501, 502, and 503 are for compressors A1,
A2, B1, and B2 respectively. These alerts occur when the output of the current sensor (CS) is a constant high value. These
alerts reset automatically. If the problem cannot be resolved
and the CS board must be replaced, the CS board can be
temporarily disabled while securing a replaced board. A CS
board is disabled by setting Configuration→COOL→CS.A1,
CS.A2, CS.B1 or CS.B2 to Disable.
If the current sensor board malfunctions or is not properly
connected to its assigned digital input, an alert will be generated. It takes 2 to 4 seconds to log the alert. If the alert is logged,
it stays for a minimum of 15 seconds to provide the application
a reasonable time to catch the failure. Compressors will be not
be inhibited by this failure. Recovery is automatic. Reason for
failure may be a faulty current sensor board, incorrect wiring,
or a damaged input on the MBB control board.
Alarm Code 700 (Supply Air Temperature Sensor Failure) —
If the EDT sensor has been relocated after the heating section
then this alarm will indicate a failure of this sensor. This alarm
occurs when the Supply Air temperature sensor (Temperatures→AIR.T→SAT) is outside the range –40 to 240 F (–40 to
116 C). This alarm resets automatically. The cause of the alarm
is usually a faulty thermistor, a shorted or open thermistor
caused by a wiring error, or a loose connection.
Alert Codes 701 (Staged Gas 1 Thermistor Failure)
702 (Staged Gas 2 Thermistor Failure)
703 (Staged Gas 3 Thermistor Failure) — If any of the
staged gas thermistors (Temperatures→AIR.T→S.G.L1-3)
fails, an alert will be generated and the remaining thermistors
will be averaged together (Temperatures→AIR.T→S.G.LS)
without the failed thermistor. Recovery is automatic. Reason
for failure may be incorrect wiring, faulty thermistor, or a damaged input on the staged gas control board (SCB).
A704 (Staged Gas Leaving Air Temperature Sum Total Failure) — If all three staged gas thermistors (Temperatures→AIR.T→S.G.L1-3) fail (the sensor is outside the range
of –40 F to 240 F), staged gas will be shut down and this alarm
will be generated. Recovery is automatic. Reason for failure
may be faulty wiring, faulty thermistors, or damaged inputs on
the staged gas control board (SCB).
Alert Code 705 (Limit Switch Thermistor Failure) — A failure (the sensor is outside the range of –40 F to 240 F) of this
thermistor (Temperatures→AIR.T→S.G.LM) will cause an
alert to occur and a disabling of the limit switch monitoring
function for the staged gas control board (SCB). Recovery is
automatic. Reason for failure may be due to faulty wiring, a
faulty thermistor, or a damaged input on the staged gas control
board (SCB).
MAIN BASE BOARD (MBB) — See Fig 22. The MBB is
the center of the ComfortLink control system. The MBB contains the major portion of the operating software and controls
the operation of the unit. The MBB has 22 inputs and 11 outputs. See Table 93 for the inputs and output assignments. The
MBB also continuously monitors additional data from the
optional ECB1, ECB2, SCB, and CEM boards through the
LEN communications port. The MBB also interfaces with the
Carrier Comfort Network through the CCN communications
port. The board is located in the main control box.
ECONOMIZER BOARD (ECB1) — The ECB1 controls the
economizer actuator and the power exhaust fans. The ECB1
operates the economizer motor using a digital communication
signal that also provides status and diagnostics for the economizer motor. See Fig. 23. The ECB1 also controls the operation
of the power exhaust motors and provides up to 6 stages of digitally sequenced power exhaust either based on the economizer
motor position or the building pressure. The board has 4 inputs
and 6 outputs. Details can be found in Table 94. The ECB1
board is located in an auxiliary box located at the end of the
unit behind the filter access door. The board also contains
a second LEN port than can be used with the accessory
Navigator™ display.
VAV BOARD (ECB2) — The VAV board (which is the same
hardware as the ECB1) is used to control the supply fan on
VAV units. See Fig. 23. It sends a 4 to 20 mA signal to the VFD
based on a supply duct pressure sensor connected to the board.
The board also accepts a signal from another pressure sensor
that monitors building pressure and controls the operation of
the optional modulating power exhaust motors. The board will
also be used on CV units with the optional building pressure
control feature and modulating power exhaust. This board is
also used to control a digitally controlled hot gas bypass solenoid with an integral orifice for use in low load applications.
This board is located in the auxiliary control box. Input and
output assignments are summarized in Table 95.
STAGED GAS HEAT BOARD (SCB) — When optional
staged gas heat is used on CV and VAV units, the SCB board is
installed and controls operation of the gas valves. See Fig. 24.
The SCB also provides additional sensors for monitoring of the
supply-air temperature. This board is located in the gas heat
section of the unit. The inputs and outputs are summarized in
Table 96.
CONTROL EXPANSION MODULE (CEM) — The optional
CEM (also available as an accessory) is used to accept inputs
for additional sensors or control sequence switches, including:
• smoke control mode field switches
• VAV Supply Air Temperature Set Point reset using an external 4 to 20 mA signal
• outdoor air CO2 sensor (for supply duct pressure reset using
an eternal 4 to 20 mA signal)
• external fan status pressure switch input (CV units)
• demand limit sequence proportional signal or discrete
switches
The CEM board is located in the main control box. See
Fig. 25. The inputs and outputs are summarized in Table 97.
INTEGRATED GAS CONTROL (IGC) — One IGC is provided with each bank of gas heat exchangers (2 used on the size
020-050 units and 3 on the size 060 unit). The IGC controls the
direct spark ignition system and monitors the rollout switch,
limit switches, and induced-draft motor Hall Effect switch. The
IGC is equipped with an LED (light-emitting diode) for diagnostics. See Table 98.
COMPRESSOR PROTECTION BOARD (CS) — This board
monitors the status of the compressor by sensing the current
flow to the compressors and then provides digital status signal
to the MBB.
MAJOR SYSTEM COMPONENTS
General — The 48/50A series package rooftop units with
electric cooling and with gas heating (48A units) or electric
cooling and electric heating (50A units) contain the
ComfortLink™ electronic control system that monitors all
operations of the rooftop. The control system is composed of
several components as listed below. See Fig. 13-19 for typical
control and power component schematics. Figures 20 and 21
show the layout of the control box, unit, and thermistor and
transducer locations.
85
86
Fig. 13 — Typical Main Control Box Wiring Schematic
TO
NEXT
PAGE
Fig. 14 — Auxiliary Control Box Wiring Schematic
87
LEN PORT FOR
USE WITH
NAVIGATOR
Fig. 14 — Auxiliary Control Box Wiring Schematic (cont)
88
Fig. 15 — Typical 2 Stage Gas Heat Wiring Schematic (Size 060 Unit Shown)
89
TO
NEXT
PAGE
Fig. 16 — Typical Staged Gas Heat Wiring Schematic (Size 060 Unit Shown)
90
FROM
PREVIOUS
PAGE
Fig. 16 — Typical Staged Gas Heat Wiring Schematic (Size 060 Unit Shown) (cont)
91
92
Fig. 17 — Typical Electric Heat Control Schematic — 50AJ,AK,AW,AY (Size 060 Shown)
TO
NEXT
PAGE
Fig. 18 — Typical Power Schematic (Size 060 Unit Shown)
93
FROM
PREVIOUS
PAGE
Fig. 18 — Typical Power Schematic (Size 060 Unit Shown) (cont)
94
95
Fig. 19 — Controls Option Wiring Schematic
96
Fig. 20 — Small Chassis Component Location (Size 020-035 Units)
97
Fig. 21 — Large Chassis Component Locations (Size 040-060 Units)
LEGEND AND NOTES FOR FIG. 13-21
LEGEND
A
AUX
B
BP
C
CAP
CB
CCB
CCH
CCN
CEM
COMP
CR
CS
CSB
DP
DS
ECB-1
ECB-2
EDT
FIOP
FS
FU
GND
HC
HGBP
HPS
HR
HS
IAQ
IDM
IFC
IFCB
IFM
IGC
IP
LAT
LEN
LS
MBB
MGV
OARH
OAT
OFC
OFM
PEC
PEM
PL
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Circuit A
Auxiliary Contact
Circuit B
Building Pressure Transducer
Contactor, Compressor
Capacitor
Circuit Breaker
Control Circuit Breaker
Crankcase Heater
Carrier Comfort Network
Controls Expansion Module
Compressor Motor
Control Relay
Compressor Safety
Compressor Current Sensing Board
Duct Pressure Sensor
Disconnect Switch
Economizer Control Board
Building and Supplier Air Control Board
Evaporator Discharge Air Temperature
Factory-Installed Option
Flame Sensor
Fuse
Ground
Heat Contactor
Hot Gas Bypass
High Pressure Switch
Heat Relay
Hall Effect Induced Draft Motor Switch
Indoor Air Quality
Induced Draft Motor
Indoor Fan Contactor
Indoor Fan Circuit Breaker
Indoor Fan Motor
Integrated Gas Control Board
Internal Compressor Protector
Staged Gas Temperature Sensor
Local Equipment Network
Limit Switch
Main Base Board
Main Gas Valve
Outdoor Air Relative Humidity
Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor
Outdoor Fan Contactor
Outdoor Fan Motor
Power Exhaust Contactor
Power Exhaust Motor
Plug
RARH
RAT
RLY
RS
SCB
SCT
SDU
SST
T-55
T-56
TB
TRAN
VAV
VFD
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Return Air Relative Humidity
Return Air Temperature Sensor
Relay
Rollout Switch
Staged Gas Heat Control Board
Saturated Condensing Temperature Sensor
Scroll Marquee Display
Saturated Suction Temperature Sensor
Room Temperature Sensor
Room Temperature Sensor with Setpoint
Terminal Block
Transformer
Variable Air Volume
Variable Frequency Drive
Terminal Block
Terminal (Unmarked)
Terminal (Marked)
Splice
Factory Wiring
Field Wiring
To indicate common potential only.
Not to represent wiring.
To Indicate FIOP or Accessory
THERMOSTAT MARKINGS
BM
— Blower Motor
C
— Common
CM
— Inducer Motor
CS
— Centrifugal Switch
G
— Fan
IFO
— Indoor Fan On
L1
— Line 1
R
— Thermostat Power
RT
— Power Supply
SS
— Speed Sensor
W1
— Thermostat Heat Stage 1
W2
— Thermostat Heat Stage 2
X
— Alarm Output
Y1
— Thermostat Cooling Stage 1
Y2
— Thermostat Cooling Stage 2
NOTES:
1. Factory wiring is in accordance with the National Electrical
Codes. Any field modifications or additions must be in compliance with all applicable codes.
2. Use 75° C min wire for field power supply, use copper wires for
all units.
3. All circuit breakers “Must Trip Amps” are equal to or less than
156% RLA.
4. Compressor and fan motors are thermally protected — three
phase motors protected against primary single phase conditions.
5. Red jumper wire must be added between R, W1, and W2 for
space temperature sensor and all VAV units with heat and temporarily during service-test mode when the heaters need to
operate.
98
RED LED - STATUS
GREEN LEDLEN (LOCAL EQUIPMENT NETWORK)
YELLOW LED CCN (CARRIER COMFORT NETWORK)
INSTANCE JUMPER (SET TO 1)
CEPL130346-01 HK 50AA029 CE BO 430346
J1
J4
STATUS
J2
J10
LEN
J3
J5
J6
J7
J9
J8
Fig. 22 — Main Base Board (MBB)
Table 93 — Main Control Board (MBB) Inputs and Outputs
POINT
NAME
INPUTS
GASFAN
FSD
G
W2
W1
Y2
Y1
CSB_A1
CSB_A2
CSB_B1
CSB_B2
POINT DESCRIPTION
YAC Indoor Fan relay (fan request from YAC)
Fire Shutdown switch input
Thermostat ‘G’ input/Remote Occupied
Thermostat ‘W2’ input
Thermostat ‘W1’ input
Thermostat ‘Y2’ input
Thermostat ‘Y1’ input
Compressor A1 current sensor
Compressor A2 current sensor
Compressor B1 current sensor
Compressor B2 current sensor
Circuit A saturated
DP_A/SCTA
condensing pressure/temp
Circuit B saturated
DP_B/SCTB
condensing pressure/temp
Circuit A saturated
SP_A/SSTA
suction pressure/temp
Circuit B saturated
SP_B/SSTB
suction pressure/temp
RAT
Return air temperature
SAT_TEMP
Supply air temperature
OAT
Outdoor air temperature
SPT
Space temperature (T55/56)
SPTO
Space temperature offset (T56)
IAQ,/IAQMINOV IAQ analog input
FLTS
Filter Status
OUTPUTS
CMPB2
Compressor B2
CMPB1
Compressor B1
CMPA2
Compressor A2
CMPA1
Compressor A1
CONDFANB
Condenser fan B
CONDFANA
Condenser fan A
HS2
Heat stage 2
HS1
Heat stage 1
HIR
Heat interlock relay
SF
Supply fan
ALRM
Alarm output relay
I/O POINT
NAME
PLUG AND PIN
REFERENCE
DI1
DI2
DI3
DI4
DI5
DI6
DI7
DIG1
DIG2
DIG3
DIG4
J6, 3-4
J6, 5-6
J7, 1-2
J7, 3-4
J7, 5-6
J7, 7-8
J7, 9-10
J9, 10-12
J9, 7-9
J9, 4-6
J9, 1-3
AN1
J8, 21-23
AN2
J8, 24-26
AN3
J8, 15-17
SIGNAL PIN(S)
PORT STATE
0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
0 = 5vdc, 1 = 0vdc
0 = 5vdc, 1 = 0vdc
0 = 5vdc, 1 = 0vdc
0 = 5vdc, 1 = 0vdc
AN4
J8, 18-20
AN5
AN6
AN7
AN8
AN9
AN10
AN11
J8, 9-10
J8, 11-12
J8, 13-14
J8, 1-2
J8, 3-4
J8, 5-6
J8, 7-8
4
6
2
4
6
8
10
10=5v, 11=Vin, 12=GND
7=5v, 8=Vin, 9=GND
4=5v, 5=Vin, 6 =GND
1=5v, 2=Vin, 3=GND
21=5v, 22=Vin, 23=GND
(thermistor 21-22)
24=5v, 25=Vin, 26=GND
(thermistor 24-25)
15=5v, 16=Vin, 17=GND
(thermistor 15-16)
18=5v, 19=Vin, 20=GND
(thermistor 18-20)
9
11
13
1
3
5
7
RLY 1
RLY 2
RLY 3
RLY 4
RLY 5
RLY 6
RLY7
RLY 8
RLY 9
RLY 10
RLY 11
J10, 20-21
J10, 22-23
J10, 24-25
J10, 26-27
J10, 10-11
J10, 12-13
J10, 14-16
J10, 17-19
J10, 4-6
J10, 7-9
J10, 1-3
20 = RLY1A (=RLY2A), 21 = RLY1B
22 = RLY2A (=RLY1A), 23 = RLY2B
24 = RLY3A (=RLY4A), 25 = RLY3B
26 = RLY4A (=RLY3A), 27 = RLY4B
10 = RLY5A (=RLY6A), 11 = RLY5B
12 = RLY6A (=RLY5A), 13 = RLY6B
14 = 15 = RLY7A, 16 = RLY7B
17 = 18 = RLY8A, 19 = RLY8B
4 = 5 = RLY9A, 6 = RLY9B
7 = 8 = RLY10A, 9 = RLY10B
1 = 2 = RLY11A, 3 = RLY11B
99
(0-5vdc, thermistor, ohms)
(0-5vdc, thermistor, ohms)
(0-5vdc, thermistor, ohms)
(0-5vdc, thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)
1 = Closes RLY1A/RLY1B
1 = Closes RLY2A/RLY2B
1 = Closes RLY3A/RLY3B
1 = Closes RLY4A/RLY4B
1 = Closes RLY5A/RLY5B
1 = Closes RLY6A/RLY6B
1 = Closes RLY7A/RLY7B
1 = Closes RLY8A/RLY8B
1 = Closes RLY9A/RLY9B
1 = Closes RLY10A/RLY10B
1 = Closes RLY11A/RLY11B
Fig. 23 — Economizer Control Board (ECB1) and VAV Control Board (ECB2)
Table 94 — Economizer Control Board (ECB1) Inputs and Outputs
POINT
NAME
INPUTS
RMTIN
ECONENBL,
ECOORIDE
RARH
OARH
OUTPUTS
ECONOCMD
ECONOCMD
PE_A
PE_B
PE_C
ECON_PWR
I/O POINT
NAME
PLUG AND PIN
REFERENCE
SIGNAL PIN(S)
PORT STATE
DI1
J4, 1-2
2
24VAC = 1, 0VAC = 0
Economizer enable
DI2
J4, 3-4
4
24VAC = 1, 0VAC = 0
Return air relative humidity
Outdoor air relative humidity
AN1
AN2
J5, 1-3
J5, 4-6
1=24VDC, 2=0-20mA in, 3=GND
4=24VDC, 5=0-20mA in, 6=GND
0-20mA
0-20mA
AO1
J9, 1-2
1=0-20mA, 2=GND
0-20mA OUT
PP/MP
J7, 1-3
1=PP/MP Data, 2=24VAC, 3=GND
Belimo PP/MP Protocol
RLY1
RLY 2
RLY 3
RLY 6
J8, 1-3
J8, 4-6
J8, 7-9
J8, 16-18
1 = 2 = RLY1A, 3 = RLY1B
4 =5 = RLY2A, 6 = RLY2B
7 = 8 = RLY3A, 9 = RLY3B
16 = 17 = RLY6A, 18 = RLY6B
1 = Closes RLY1A/RLY1B
1 = Closes RLY2A/RLY2B
1 = Closes RLY3A/RLY3B
1 = Closes RLY6A/RLY6B
POINT DESCRIPTION
Remote occupancy
Economizer actuator
(analog control)
Economizer actuator
(digital control)
Power Exhaust stage A
Power Exhaust stage B
Power Exhaust stage C
Economizer Power
100
Table 95 — Valve Control Board (ECB2) Inputs and Outputs
POINT
NAME
INPUTS
POINT DESCRIPTION
I/O POINT
NAME
PLUG AND PIN
REFERENCE
SIGNAL PIN(S)
PORT STATE
DI1
DI2
AN1
AN2
J4, 1-2
J4, 3-4
J5, 1-3
J5, 4-6
2
4
1=24VDC, 2=0-20mA in, 3=GND
4=24VDC, 5=0-20mA in, 6=GND
24VAC = 1, 0VAC = 0
24VAC = 1, 0VAC = 0
0-20mA
0-20mA
AO1
PP/MP
RLY1
RLY 2
RLY 3
RLY 6
J9, 1-2
J7, 1-3
J8, 1-3
J8, 4-6
J8, 7-9
J8, 16-18
1=0-20mA, 2=GND
1=PP/MP Data, 2=24VAC, 3=GND
1 = 2 = RLY1A, 3 = RLY1B
4 =5 = RLY2A, 6 = RLY2B
7 = 8 = RLY3A, 9 = RLY3B
16 = 17 = RLY6A, 18 = RLY6B
0-20mA OUT
Belimo PP/MP Protocol
1 = Closes RLY1A/RLY1B
1 = Closes RLY2A/RLY2B
1 = Closes RLY3A/RLY3B
1 = Closes RLY6A/RLY6B
BP
Building static pressure
SP
Supply Duct static pressure
OUTPUTS
SFAN_VFD Supply Fan Inverter speed
Minimum load valve
ADDRESS DIP
SWITCHES ALL ON
RED LEDSTATUS
CEBD430427
GREEN LEDLEN (LOCAL EQUIPMENT NETWORK)
HK50AA032
CEPL130427
J2
J1
PWR
PWR
J4
1
1
LEN
LEN
4
J3
13
4
13
10
10
7
XDCR/THERM
7 RELAYS
4-POSITION
DIP SWITCH
1
J9
MLV
J5
J6
J7
4
7
XDCR/THERM
1
3
1
J8
3
THERM
1
0-20mA OUT
Fig. 24 — Staged Gas Heat Control Board (SCB)
101
Table 96 — Staged Gas Control Board (SCB) Inputs and Outputs
POINT
NAME
INPUTS
POINT DESCRIPTION
I/O POINT
NAME
PLUG AND PIN
REFERENCE
SIGNAL PIN(S)
PORT STATE
AN1
AN2
AN3
AN4
AN5
AN6
AN7
AN8
AN9
AN10
J5, 1-3
J5, 4-6
J5, 7-9
J5, 10-12
J5, 13-15
J6, 1-3
J6, 4-6
J6, 7-9
J7, 1-2
J7, 3-4
1=5v, 2=Vin, 3=GND (thermistor 1-2)
4=5v, 5=Vin, 6=GND (thermistor 4-5)
7=5v, 8=Vin, 9=GND (thermistor 7-8)
10=5v, 11=Vin, 12=GND (thermistor 10-11)
13=5v, 14=Vin, 15=GND (thermistor 13-14)
1=5v, 2=Vin, 3=GND (thermistor 1-2)
4=5v, 5=Vin, 6=GND (thermistor 4-5)
7=5v, 8=Vin, 9=GND (thermistor 7-8)
1
3
(0-5VDC, thermistor, ohms)
(0-5VDC, thermistor, ohms)
(0-5VDC, thermistor, ohms)
(0-5VDC, thermistor, ohms)
(0-5VDC, thermistor, ohms)
(0-5VDC, thermistor, ohms)
(0-5VDC, thermistor, ohms)
(0-5VDC, thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)
AO1
AO2
RLY1
RLY 2
RLY 3
RLY 4
RLY 5
J8, 1-2
J8, 3-4
J9, 1-3
J9, 4-6
J9, 7-9
J9, 10-12
J9, 13-15
1=0-20mA, 2=GND
3=0-20mA, 4=GND
1 = 2 = RLY1A, 3 = RLY1B
4 =5 = RLY2A, 6 = RLY2B
7 = 8 = RLY3A, 9 = RLY3B
10 = 11 = RLY4A, 12 = RLY4B
13 = 14 = RLY5A, 15 = RLY5B
0-20mA OUT
0-20mA OUT
1 = Closes RLY1A/RLY1B
1 = Closes RLY2A/RLY2B
1 = Closes RLY3A/RLY3B
1 = Closes RLY4A/RLY4B
1 = Closes RLY5A/RLY5B
LAT1SGAS Leaving air temperature 1
LAT2SGAS Leaving air temperature 2
LAT3SGAS Leaving air temperature 3
OUTPUTS
HS3
HS4
HS5
HS6
Heat Stage 3
Heat Stage 4
Heat Stage 5
Heat Stage 6
J2
LEN
J3
TEST 1
PWR
J4
J1
STATUS
CEPL130351-01
CEBD430351
J5
J7
J6
RED LED - STATUS
TEST 2
GREEN LED LEN (LOCAL EQUIPMENT NETWORK)
Fig. 25 — Controls Expansion Board (CEM)
102
ADDRESS
DIP SWITCH (ALL ON)
Table 97 — Controls Expansion Board (CEM) Inputs
POINT
NAME
INPUTS
SFS
DMD_SW1
DMD_SW2
PRES
EVAC
PURG
IAQIN
DMDLMTMA
EDTRESMA
OAQ
SPRESET
POINT DESCRIPTION
I/O POINT
NAME
PLUG AND PIN
REFERENCE
SIGNAL PIN(S)
PORT STATE
DI 1
DI 2
DI 3
DI 4
DI 5
DI 6
DI 7
AN7
AN8
AN9
AN10
AN10
J7, 1-2
J7, 3-4
J7, 5-6
J7, 7-8
J7, 9-10
J7, 11-12
J7, 13-14
J6, 1-3
J6, 4-6
J6, 7-9
J6, 10-12
J6, 10-12
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
2 (1 = loop power)
5 (4 = loop power)
8 (7 = loop power)
11 (10 = loop power)
11 (10 = loop power)
0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
(0-20mA input)
(0-20mA input)
(0-20mA input)
(0-20mA input)
(0-20mA input)
Supply Fan Status switch
Demand Limit - Redline
Demand Limit - Load Shed
Pressurization
Evacuation
Purge
Indoor Air Quality Switch
4-20mA Demand Limit
4-20mA Evaporator Discharge SP Reset
Outside Air CO2 Sensor
SP Reset milliamps
The VFD is powered during normal operation to prevent
condensation from forming on the boards during the off mode
and is stopped by driving the speed to 0 (by sending a 2 mA
signal to the VFD).
The A series units use ABB ACH550 VFDs on all 230-3-60
and 460-3-60 units. An ABB ACS800 or Toshiba E3 VFD
is used on 575-3-60 units. The interface wiring for the
VFDs is shown in Fig. 27. Terminal designations are shown in
Table 99.
SCROLLING MARQUEE — This device is the keypad interface used to access the control information, read sensor
values, and test the unit. The Scrolling Marquee display is a
4-key, 4-character, 16-segment LED display as well as an
Alarm Status LED. See Fig. 26. The display is easy to operate
using 4 buttons and a group of 11 LED’s that indicate the
following menu structures:
• Run Status
• Service Test
• Temperatures
• Pressures
• Set points
• Inputs
• Outputs
• Configuration
• Timeclock
• Operating Modes
• Alarms
Through the Scrolling Marquee the user can access all the
inputs and outputs to check on their values and status. Because
the unit is equipped with suction pressure transducers and
discharge saturation temperature sensors it can also display
pressures typically obtained from gages. The control includes a
full alarm history, which can be accessed from the display. In
addition, through the Scrolling Marquee the user can access a
built-in test routine that can be used at start-up commission and
to diagnose operational problems with the unit. The Scrolling
Marquee is located in the main control box and is standard on
all units.
SUPPLY FAN — The 20 to 50 ton units are equipped with
two 15 x 11-in. forward-curved fans. The 60 ton units have
three 15 x 11-in. fans. They are on a common shaft and
are driven by single belt drive 3-phase motor. The fan is controlled directly by the ComfortLink™ controls.
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE (VFD) — On variable
volume units, the supply fan speed is controlled by a 3-phase
VFD. The VFD is located in the fan section behind a removable panel as shown in Fig. 20 and 21. The VFD speed is
controlled directly by the ComfortLink controls through a 4 to
20 mA signal based on a supply duct pressure sensor. The
inverter has a display, which can be used for service diagnostics, but setup of the supply duct pressure set point and control
loop factors is done through the Scrolling Marquee display.
Table 98 — IGC Board Inputs and Outputs
POINT NAME
POINT DESCRIPTION
INPUTS
RT
W
G
LS
RS
SS
CS
FS
OUTPUTS
CM
IFO
R
SPARK
LED
24 Volt Power Supply
Heat Demand
Fan
Limit Switch
Rollout Switch
Hall Effect Sensor
Centrifugal Switch (Not Used)
Flame Sense
Induced Draft Motor
Indoor Fan
24 Volt Power Output (Not Used)
Sparker
Display LED
MODE
Run Status
Service Test
Temperature
Pressures
Setpoints
Inputs
Alarm Status
Outputs
Configuration
Time Clock
ESCAPE
ENTER
Operating Modes
Alarms
Fig. 26 — Scrolling Marquee
103
CONNECTOR
PIN NO.
R1,C
2
3
7,8
5,6
1,2,3
9,10
FS
CM
IFO
R
—
FILTER STATUS SWITCH — The units can be equipped
with an optional filter status switch. The switch measures the
pressure drop across the filters and closes when an adjustable
pressure set point is exceeded. The sensor is located in the
return air section behind the filter access door.
RETURN AIR CO2 SENSOR — The unit can also be
equipped with a return air IAQ CO2 sensor that is used for the
demand control ventilation. The sensor is located in the return
air section and can be accessed from the filter access door.
BOARD ADDRESSES — Each board in the system has an
address. The MBB has a default address of 1 but it does have
an instance jumper that should be set to 1 as shown in Fig. 22.
For the other boards in the system there is a 4-dip switch header on each board that should be set as shown below.
POWER EXHAUST — The units can be equipped with an
optional power exhaust system. The power exhaust fans are
forward-curved fans with direct-drive motors. The motors are
controlled directly by the ComfortLink™ control through the
ECB1 board. On the 20 to 50 ton units there are 4 fans. On the
60 ton units there are 6 fans. The fan sequences are controlled
to provide 4 stages on the 20 to 50 ton units and 6 stages
on the 60 ton unit. There are two control methods. For CV
applications the fans can be configured for 2 stages based on
adjustable economizer damper positions. For VAV applications
and CV units with the building pressure control option, the fans
are sequenced to maintain a building pressure set point based
on a building pressure transducer.
ECONOMIZER MOTOR — The economizer outside air and
return air dampers are gear-driven dampers without linkage. A
digitally controlled economizer motor controls their position.
The motor position is controlled by the ECB1 board by means
of a digital two-way communication signal. This allows for
accurate control of the motors as well as feedback information
and diagnostics information. The control has a self-calibration
routine that allows the motor position to be configured at initial
unit start-up. The motor is located on the economizer and can
be reached through the filter access door.
THERMISTORS AND PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS —
The unit is equipped with thermistors for measurement of
temperatures.
The units also have two pressure transducers that are connected to the low side of the system. These two pressure transducers measure the low side pressure and are used for low pressure protection and coil freeze protection.
By using the Saturated Condensing Temperature Sensors
and the low side pressure transducers, the ComfortLink control
displays the high and low side pressures and saturation temperatures and a normal gage set is not required.
SMOKE DETECTOR — The units can be equipped with an
optional smoke detector located in the return air. The detector
is wired to the ComfortLink controls and, if activated, will stop
the unit by means of a special fire mode. The smoke detector
can also be wired to an external alarm system through TB5 terminals 10 and 11. The sensor is located in the return air section
behind the filter access door.
+
Board Address Settings
BOARD
ECB1
ECB2
SCB
CEM
SW1
0
1
0
0
SW2
0
0
0
0
SW3
0
0
0
0
SW4
0
0
0
0
0 = On; 1 = Off
Table 99 — VFD Terminal Designations
TERMINAL
U1
V1
W1
U2
V2
W2
X1-11 (GND)
X1-12 (COMMON)
X1-10 (24 VDC)
X1-13 (DI-1)
X1-10 (24 VDC)
X1-16 (DI-4)
X1-2 (AI-1)
X1-3 (AGND)
–
Fig. 27 — VFD Wiring
104
FUNCTION
Three-Phase Main Circuit Input Power Supply
Three-Phase AC Output to Motor, 0 V to
Maximum Input Voltage Level
Factory-supplied jumper
Run (factory-supplied jumper)
Start Enable 1 (factory-supplied jumper). When
opened the drive goes to emergency stop.
Factory wired for 4 to 20 mA remote input
FIELD CONNECTION TERMINAL STRIPS — Field connection terminal strips are located in the main control box. See
Fig. 28 and Table 100.
for normal 2-stage control, it is recommended that the multistage control be used. The room thermostat is connected to
TB4.
SPACE SENSOR — The ComfortLink control supports the
use of space temperature sensors. The T55 and T56 sensors
and CCN communicating T58 room sensor can be used. The
T55 and T56 sensors are connected to TB5 terminal 3, 4, and 5.
The T58 sensor is connected to the CCN connections on TB3.
When a T55, T56, or T58 sensor is used, the user must install
the red jumpers from R to W1, and W2 on TB4 for the heat
function to work correctly.
SPACE CO2 SENSORS — The ComfortLink control also
supports a CO2 IAQ sensor that can be located in the space for
use in demand ventilation. The sensor must be a 4 to 20 mA
sensor and should be connected to TB5 terminal 6 and 7. See
Fig. 29 for sensor wiring.
Accessory Control Components — In addition to
the factory-installed options, the units can also be equipped
with several field-installed accessories that expand the control
features of the unit. The following hardware components can
be used as accessories.
ROOM THERMOSTATS (48/50AJ,AW ONLY) — The
ComfortLink™ controls support a conventional electromechanical or electronic thermostat that uses the Y1, Y2, W1,
W2, and G signals. The control also supports an additional
input for an occupied/unoccupied command that is available on
some new thermostats. The ComfortLink control can be
configured to run with multiple stages of capacity which allows
up to 6 stages of capacity. Although the unit can be configured
+
1
- GRD
C
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
TB3
LEN
CCN
TB5
CCN
R
Y1 Y2 W1 W2 G
C
X
1
2
7
8
TB4
3
4
5
6
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
TB6
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
Fig. 28 — Field Connection Terminal Strips (Main Control Box)
UNIT CONTROL BOX
TB4
1 2
3 4 5
1 2
3 4 5
6
7
6
7
TB5
1
2
3
1
2
J4
3
2
1
J3
J5
OVERRIDE
J6
B4
Fig. 29 — CO2 and Space Temperature Sensor Wiring (33ZCT55CO2 and 33ZCT56CO2)
105
Table 100 — Field Connection Terminal Strips
TERMINAL
TERMINAL
DESCRIPTION
BOARD
NO.
TB-1 - POWER CONNECTION OR DISCONNECT (in Main Control Box)
11
L1 power supply
TB1
12
L2 power supply
13
L3 power supply
TB-2 - GROUND (in Main Control Box)
TB2
1
Neutral Power
TB-3 - CCN COMMUNICATIONS (HY84HA096) (in Main Control Box)
1
LEN +
2
LEN C
3
LEN –
4
24 VAC
TB3
5
CCN +
6
CCN c
7
CCN –
8
Grd
TB-4 - THEROMSTAT CONNECTIONS (HY84HA090) (in Main Control Box)
1
Thermostat R
2
Thermostat Y1
3
Thermostat Y2
4
Thermostat W1
TB4
5
Thermostat W2
6
Thermostat G
7
Thermostat C
8
Thermostat X
TB-5 - FIELD CONNECTIONS (HY84HA101) (in Main Control Box)
1
VAV Heater Interlock Relay, Ground
2
VAV Heater Interlock Relay, 24 VAC
3
T56 Sensor
4
T56/T58 Ground
5
T58 Setpoint
6
Indoor Air IAQ Remote Sensor/Remote Pot/Remote 4-20 mA
7
Indoor Air IAQ Remote Sensor/Remote Pot/Remote 4-20 mA
8
Smoke Detector Remote Alarm
TB5
9
Smoke Detector Remote Alarm
10
Fire Shutdown
11
Fire Shutdown
12
Fire Control Common
13
Fire Pressurization
14
Fire Evacuation
15
Fire Smoke Purge
16
Not Used
TB-6 - FIELD CONNECTIONS (HY84HA101) (in Main Control Box)
1
Remote Occupied/Economizer Enable 24 VAC
2
Remote Economizer Contact
3
Remote Occupied Contact
4
Demand Limit Contacts Common
5
Demand Limit Redline
6
Demand Limit Loadshed
7
Demand Limit 4-20 mA
8
Demand Limit 4-20 mA
TB6
9
Remote Supply Air Setpoint 4-20 mA
10
Remote Supply Air Setpoint 4-20 mA
11
Outdoor Air IAQ 4-20 mA
12
Outdoor Air IAQ 4-20 mA
13
IAQ Remote Switch
14
IAQ Remote Switch
15
Not Used
16
Not Used
TB-7 - ELECTRIC HEAT POWER BLOCK (in Electric Heat section)
1
L1 Power Supply
TB7
2
L2 Power Supply
3
L3 Power Supply
106
TYPE
208-230/460/575/380/-3-60, 400-3-50
208-230/460/575/380/-3-60, 400-3-50
208-230/460/575/380/-3-60, 400-3-50
5 VDC, logic
5 VDC, logic
5 VDC, logic
24 VAC
5 VDC, logic
5 VDC, logic
5 VDC, logic
ground
24VAC
24VAC
24VAC
24VAC
24VAC
24VAC
24VAC
24VAC
external 24 VDC relay
external 24 VDC relay
5VDC
5VDC
5VDC
4-20 mA, ext. powered w/res or 0-5 VDC
4-20 mA, ext. powered w/res or 0-5 VDC
external contacts
external contacts
24 VAC external
external contact
external contact
external contact
external contact
external contact
—
external 24 VAC contact
external 24 VAC contact
external 24 VAC contact
external 24 VAC contact
external 24 VAC contact
external 24 VAC contact
externally powered 4-20 mA
externally powered 4-20 mA
externally powered 4-20 mA
externally powered 4-20 mA
externally powered 4-20 mA
externally powered 4-20 mA
external contact
external contact
—
—
208-230/460/575/380/-3-60, 400-3-50
208-230/460/575/380/-3-60, 400-3-50
208-230/460/575/380/-3-60, 400-3-50
drain wire and is field supplied and installed. See the Installation
instructions for wiring information. The system elements are
connected to the communication bus in a daisy chain arrangement. The positive pin of each system element communication
connector must be wired to the positive pins of the system elements on either side of it. This is also required for the negative
and signal ground pins of each system element. Wiring connections for CCN should be made at TB3. See Fig. 31. Consult the
CCN Contractor’s Manual for further information.
NOTE: Conductors and drain wire must be 20-AWG
(American Wire Gage) minimum stranded, tinned copper.
Individual conductors must be insulated with PVC, PVC/
nylon, vinyl, Teflon, or polyethylene. An aluminum/polyester
100% foil shield and an outer jacket of PVC, PVC/nylon,
chrome vinyl, or Teflon with a minimum operating temperature range of –20 C to 60 C is required.
It is important when connecting to a CCN communication
bus that a color-coding scheme be used for the entire network
to simplify the installation. It is recommended that red be used
for the signal positive, black for the signal negative and white
for the signal ground. Use a similar scheme for cables containing different colored wires.
At each system element, the shields of its communication
bus cables must be tied together. If the communication bus is entirely within one building, the resulting continuous shield must
be connected to a ground at one point only. If the communication bus cable exits from one building and enters another, the
shields must be connected to grounds at the lightning suppressor
in each building where the cable enters or exits the building (one
point per building only). To connect the unit to the network:
1. Turn off power to the control box.
2. Cut the CCN wire and strip the ends of the red (+), white
(ground), and black (–) conductors. (Substitute appropriate colors for different colored cables.)
3. Connect the red wire to (+) terminal on TB3 of the plug,
the white wire to COM terminal, and the black wire to the
(–) terminal.
4. The RJ14 CCN connector on TB3 can also be used, but is
only intended for temporary connection (for example, a
laptop computer running Service Tool).
5. Restore power to unit.
ECONOMIZER HUMIDITY CHANGEOVER SENSORS — The ComfortLink™ controls support 5 different
changeover schemes for the economizer. These are:
• Outdoor air dry bulb
• Differential dry bulb
• Outdoor air enthalpy curves
• Differential enthalpy
• Custom curves (a combination of an enthalpy/dewpoint
curve and a dry bulb curve).
The units are equipped as standard with an outside air and
return air dry bulb sensor which supports the dry bulb
changeover methods. If the other methods are to be used, then a
field-installed humidity sensor must be installed for outdoor air
enthalpy and customer curve control and two humidity sensors
must be installed for differential enthalpy. Installation holes are
pre-drilled and wire harnesses are installed in every unit for
connection of the humidity sensors. The ComfortLink control
converts the measured humidity into enthalpy, dewpoint, and
the humidity changeover curves.
MOTORMASTER® V CONTROL — For operation below
32 F when an economizer is not used, the units can be equipped
with an accessory Motormaster V control, which controls the
speed of the stage 1 condenser fans. The Motormaster V control is a 3-phase inverter that controls the speed of the fans
based on a pressure transducer connected to the liquid line. On
20 to 35 ton units, one fan will be controlled. On 40 to 60 ton
units, two fans will be controlled. For units equipped with an
economizer, there should not be a need for this control because
the economizer can provide free cooling using outside air,
which will be significantly lower in operating cost.
The accessory Motormaster V speed control is a completely
self-contained control and is not controlled by the unit’s
ComfortLink control. On size 60 units, the Motormaster control configuration (M.M.) must be set to YES. See page 32.
ACCESSORY NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY — The accessory handheld Navigator display can be used with the 48/50A series units. See Fig. 30. The Navigator display operates the same
way as the Scrolling Marquee device. The ECB1 and ECB2
boards contain a second LEN port (J3 connection) than can be
used with the handheld Navigator display.
CONTROL MODULE COMMUNICATIONS
Red LED — Proper operation of the control boards can be
visually checked by looking at the red status LEDs as shown on
Fig. 22-25. When operating correctly, the red status LEDs
should blink in unison at a rate of once every 2 seconds. If the
red LEDs are not blinking in unison, verify that correct power is
being supplied to all modules. Also, be sure that the Main Base
Board is supplied with the current software. If necessary, reload
current software. If the problem still persists, replace the MBB.
A board LED that is lit continuously or blinking at a rate of once
per second or faster indicates that the board should be replaced.
Green LED — The boards also have a green LED, which is
the indicator of the operation of the LEN communications,
which is used for communications between the boards. On the
MBB board the Local Equipment Network (LEN) LED should
always be blinking whenever power is on. All other boards
have a LEN LED that will blink whenever power is on and
there is communication occurring. If LEN LED is not blinking,
check LEN connections for potential communication errors (J3
and J4 connectors). A 3-wire sensor bus accomplishes communication between modules. These 3 wires run in parallel from
module to module.
Yellow LED — The MBB has one yellow LED. The Carrier
Comfort Network (CCN) LED will blink during times of
network communication. The other boards do not have a CCN
communications port.
CARRIER COMFORT NETWORK INTERFACE — The
48/50A series units can be connected to the CCN if desired. The
communication bus wiring is a shielded, 3-conductor cable with
IMPORTANT: A shorted CCN bus cable will prevent
some routines from running and may prevent the unit
from starting. If abnormal conditions occur, unplug the
connector. If conditions return to normal, check the
CCN connector and cable. Run new cable if necessary.
A short in one section of the bus can cause problems
with all system elements on the bus.
Com
NA
T IM E
EWT
LW T
SETP
MO
Lin
ATO
R
k
12.
54. 58
44. 6°F
4 4 . 01 ° F
°F
DE
Run
Statu
s
Servi
ce Te
st
Temp
eratur
es
Pres
sures
Setpo
ints
Inputs
Outpu
ts
Confi
gurat
ion
Time
Cloc
k
Opera
ting
Mode
Alarm
s
s
ENT
fort
VIG
Al ar
m St
atu
s
ESC
ER
Fig. 30 — Accessory Navigator Display
107
CCN BUS
ROOFTOP
UNIT
ROOFTOP
UNIT
CL
CL
COMPUTER
WITH
COMPUTER
WITH
ComfortVIEW™
ComfortView™
SOFTWARE
SOFTWARE
CCN WEB
OR
NETWORK
OPTIONS
ROOFTOP
UNIT
ROOFTOP
UNIT
CL
CL
HEATING/COOLING UNITS
REMOTE
CCN SITE
TELINK
BRIDGE
(RECOMMENDED)
TO
ADDITIONAL
TERMINALS
CL
CID
ROOFTOP
UNIT
CID
COMFORT
ID AIR
TERMINAL
CID
COMFORT
ID AIR
TERMINAL
NON CARRIER
HVAC
EQUIPMENT
COMFORT
CONTROLLER
CCN
CID
CL
HVAC
—
—
—
—
AIR DISTRIBUTION-DIGITAL AIR VOLUME CONTROL (DAV)
LEGEND
Carrier Comfort Network
ComfortID™ Controls
ComfortLink™ Controls
Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning
Fig. 31 — CCN System Architecture
108
COMFORT ID
FAN
POWERED
MIXING
BOX
SERVICE
Remove Surface Loaded Fibers — Surface loaded fibers or
dirt should be removed with a vacuum cleaner. If a vacuum
cleaner is not available, a soft non-metallic bristle brush may
be used. In either case, the tool should be applied in the direction of the fins. Coil surfaces can be easily damaged (fin edges
can be easily bent over and damage to the coating of a protected coil) if the tool is applied across the fins.
NOTE: Use of a water stream, such as a garden hose, against a
surface loaded coil will drive the fibers and dirt into the coil.
This will make cleaning efforts more difficult. Surface loaded
fibers must be completely removed prior to using low velocity
clean water rinse.
Periodic Clean Water Rinse — A periodic clean water rinse is
very beneficial for coils that are applied in coastal or industrial
environments. However, it is very important that the water
rinse is made with very low velocity water stream to avoid
damaging the fin edges. Monthly cleaning as described below
is recommended.
Routine Cleaning of Coil Surfaces — Monthly cleaning with
Totaline® environmentally sound coil cleaner is essential to
extend the life of coils. This cleaner is available from Carrier
Replacement parts division as part number P902-0301 for a
one gallon container, and part number P902-0305 for a 5 gallon
container. It is recommended that all coils, including standard
aluminum, pre-coated, copper/copper or E-coated coils be
cleaned with the Totaline environmentally sound coil cleaner
as described below. Coil cleaning should be part of the unit’s
regularly scheduled maintenance procedures to ensure long life
of the coil. Failure to clean the coils may result in reduced durability in the environment.
Avoid the use of:
• Coil brighteners
• Acid cleaning prior to painting
• High pressure washers
• Poor quality water for cleaning
Before performing service or maintenance operations on
unit, turn off main power switch to unit. Electrical shock
could cause personal injury.
Service Access — All unit components can be reached
through clearly labelled hinged access doors. These doors are
not equipped with tiebacks, so if heavy duty servicing is needed, either remove them or prop them open to prevent accidental
closure.
Each door is held closed with 3 latches. The latches are secured to the unit with a single 1/4-in. - 20 x 1/2-in. long bolt. See
Fig. 32.
To open, loosen the latch bolt using a 7/16-in. wrench. Pivot
the latch so it is not in contact with the door. Open the door. To
shut, reverse the above procedure.
NOTE: Disassembly of the top cover may be required under
special service circumstances. It is very important that the orientation and position of the top cover be marked on the unit
prior to disassembly. This will allow proper replacement of the
top cover onto the unit and prevent rainwater from leaking into
the unit.
IMPORTANT: After servicing is completed, make sure
door is closed and relatched properly, and that the latches
are tight. Failure to do so can result in water leakage into
the evaporator section of the unit.
Cleaning — Inspect unit interior at beginning of each heating and cooling season and as operating conditions require.
Remove unit side panels and/or open doors for access to unit
interior.
MAIN BURNERS — At the beginning of each heating season, inspect for deterioration or blockage due to corrosion or
other causes. Observe the main burner flames and adjust if necessary. Check spark gap. See Fig. 33. Refer to Main Burners
section on page 113.
FLUE GAS PASSAGEWAYS — The flue collector box and
heat exchanger cells may be inspected by removing gas section
access panel, flue box cover, collector box, and main burner assembly (Fig. 34 and 35). Refer to Main Burners section on
page 113 for burner removal sequence. If cleaning is required,
clean all parts with a wire brush. Reassemble using new hightemperature insulation for sealing.
COMBUSTION-AIR BLOWER — Clean periodically to assure proper airflow and heating efficiency. Inspect blower
wheel every fall and periodically during heating season. For the
first heating season, inspect blower wheel bi-monthly to determine proper cleaning frequency.
To inspect blower wheel, remove heat exchanger access
panel. Shine a flashlight into opening to inspect wheel. If
cleaning is required, remove motor and wheel assembly by
removing screws holding motor mounting plate to top of
combustion fan housing (Fig. 34 and 35). The motor, scroll,
and wheel assembly can be removed from the unit. Remove
scroll from plate. Remove the blower wheel from the motor
shaft and clean with a detergent or solvent. Replace motor and
wheel assembly.
COIL MAINTENANCE AND CLEANING RECOMMENDATION — Routine cleaning of coil surfaces is essential to
maintain proper operation of the unit. Elimination of contamination and removal of harmful residues will greatly increase
the life of the coil and extend the life of the unit. The following
maintenance and cleaning procedures are recommended as part
of the routine maintenance activities to extend the life of the
coil.
Fig. 32 — Door Latch
Fig. 33 — Spark Gap Adjustment
109
8. Interior and exterior finned areas must be thoroughly
cleaned.
9. Finned surfaces should remain wet with cleaning solution
for 10 minutes.
10. Ensure surfaces are not allowed to dry before rinsing.
Reapplying cleaner as needed to ensure 10-minute saturation is achieved.
11. Thoroughly rinse all surfaces with low velocity clean water using downward rinsing motion of water spray nozzle.
Protect fins from damage from the spray nozzle.
CONDENSATE DRAIN — Check and clean each year at
start of cooling season. In winter, keep drains and traps dry.
FILTERS — Clean or replace at start of each heating and cooling season, or more often if operating conditions require. Refer
to Installation Instructions for type and size.
NOTE: The unit requires industrial grade throwaway filters
capable of withstanding face velocities up to 625 fpm.
OUTDOOR-AIR INLET SCREENS — Clean screens with
steam or hot water and a mild detergent. Do not use disposable
filters in place of screens.
Totaline® environmentally sound coil cleaner is non-flammable, hypoallergenic, nonbacterial, and a USDA accepted
biodegradable agent that will not harm the coil or surrounding
components such as electrical wiring, painted metal surfaces,
or insulation. Use of non-recommended coil cleaners is strongly discouraged since coil and unit durability could be affected.
Totaline Environmentally Sound Coil Cleaner Application
Equipment
• 21/2 gallon garden sprayer
• Water rinse with low velocity spray nozzle
Harsh chemicals, household bleach or acid or basic cleaners should not be used to clean outdoor or indoor coils of
any kind. These cleaners can be very difficult to rinse out
of the coil and can accelerate corrosion at the fin/tube interface where dissimilar materials are in contact. If there is
dirt below the surface of the coil, use the Totaline environmentally sound coil cleaner as described above.
Lubrication
FAN SHAFT BEARINGS — Lubricate bearings at least every 6 months with suitable bearing grease. Do not over grease.
Typical lubricants are given below:
High velocity water from a pressure washer, garden hose,
or compressed air should never be used to clean a coil. The
force of the water or air jet will bend the fin edges and
increase airside pressure drop. Reduced unit performance
or nuisance unit shutdown may occur.
MANUFACTURER
Texaco
Mobil
Sunoco
Texaco
Totaline Environmentally Sound Coil Cleaner Application
Instructions
1. Proper eye protection such as safety glasses is recommended during mixing and application.
2. Remove all surface loaded fibers and dirt with a vacuum
cleaner as described above.
3. Thoroughly wet finned surfaces with clean water and a
low velocity garden hose, being careful not to bend fins.
4. Mix Totaline environmentally sound coil cleaner in a
21/2 gallon garden sprayer according to the instructions
included with the cleaner. The optimum solution temperature is 100 F.
NOTE: Do NOT USE water in excess of 130 F, as the enzymatic activity will be destroyed.
5. Thoroughly apply Totaline environmentally sound coil
cleaner solution to all coil surfaces including finned area,
tube sheets and coil headers.
6. Hold garden sprayer nozzle close to finned areas and
apply cleaner with a vertical, up-and-down motion. Avoid
spraying in horizontal pattern to minimize potential for
fin damage.
7. Ensure cleaner thoroughly penetrates deep into finned
areas.
LUBRICANT
Regal AFB-2*
Mobilplex EP No. 1
Prestige 42
Multifak 2
*Preferred lubricant because it contains rust and oxidation inhibitors.
CONDENSER AND EVAPORATOR-FAN MOTOR BEARINGS — The condenser and evaporator-fan motors have permanently sealed bearings, so no field lubrication is necessary.
Evaporator Fan Performance Adjustment
(Fig. 36) — Fan motor pulleys are designed for speed
shown in Physical Data table in unit Installation Instructions
(factory speed setting).
IMPORTANT: Check to ensure that the unit drive matches
the duct static pressure using Tables 3-25.
To change fan speeds, change pulleys.
To align fan and motor pulleys:
1. Shut off unit power supply.
2. Loosen fan shaft pulley bushing.
3. Slide fan pulley along fan shaft.
4. Make angular alignment by loosening motor from
mounting plate.
5. Retighten pulley.
6. Return power to the unit.
110
NOTES:
1. Torque set screws on blower
wheel to 70 in. lb ± 2 in. lb.
2. Torque set screw on propeller
fan to 15 in. lb ± 2 in. lb.
3. Dimensions are in inches.
Fig. 34 — Typical Gas Heating Section
Evaporator Fan Coupling Assembly — If the coupling has been removed for other blower assembly component
repair or replacement, it is critical that the coupling be reassembled and aligned correctly to prevent premature failures.
REASSEMBLING THE COUPLING INTO THE UNIT
(Fig. 37)
1. Prior to reassembling the coupling, loosen the 4 bearing
mounting bolts, which secure the 2 bearings on either side
of the coupling. Remove the drive belts.
2. Reassemble the coupling with the bearings loose. This
allows the coupling to find its own self-alignment position.
3. Check the hub-to-shaft fit for close fitting clearances.
Replace hubs if high clearances are determined.
4. Check the key for close-fitted clearances on the sides and
0.015 in. clearance over the top of the key. Replace key if
necessary.
5. Be sure that hub flanges, flex members, spacer, and hardware are clean and free of oil.
6. Place the flanges onto the shafts with the hub facing outward. Do not tighten the set screws at this time.
7. Outside of the unit, assemble the flex members to the center drive shaft with 4 bolts and nuts. The flex members
have collars that need to be inserted into the smaller hole
of the drive shaft flange.
8. Assemble the flex member/drive shaft assembly to one of
the shaft flanges, using 2 bolts and nuts. Slide the other
shaft flange towards the assembly and assemble using
2 bolts and nuts. If the shafts are not misaligned, the collar
in the flex member should line up with the shaft flange
holes.
9. Torque nuts properly to 95 to 100 ft-lb. Do not turn a coupling bolt. Always turn the nut. Always use thread lubricant or anti-seize compound to prevent thread galling.
10. The ends of the shafts should be flush with the inside of
the shaft flange. Torque the set screws to 25 ft-lb.
11. After assembly is complete, slowly rotate the shafts by
hand for 30 to 60 seconds.
12. Tighten the bearing mounting bolts, using care not to
place any loads on the shaft which would cause flexure to
the shafts.
Fig. 35 — Gas Heat Section Details
Fig. 36 — Evaporator-Fan Alignment
and Adjustment
111
8. Pivot the front of the motor plate upward enough to allow
access to the motor mounting hex bolts and secure in
place by inserting a prop.
9. Remove the nuts from the motor mounting hex bolts and
remove motor.
10. Replace the locktooth washer under the motor base with a
new washer. Be sure that the washer contacts the motor
base surface.
11. Reverse above steps to install new motor.
13. Reinstall drive belts. (Refer to Belt Tension Adjustment
section below.)
14. Visually inspect the assembly. If the shafts are overly misaligned, the drive shaft flange will not be parallel with the
shaft flanges.
15. Recheck nut torque after 1 to 2 hours of operation. Bolts
tend to relax after being initially torqued.
Evaporator Fan Service and Replacement
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Turn off unit power supply.
Remove supply-air section panels.
Remove belt and blower pulley.
Loosen setscrews in blower wheels.
Remove locking collars from bearings.
Remove shaft.
Remove venturi on opposite side of bearing.
Lift out wheel.
Reverse above procedure to reinstall fan.
Check and adjust belt tension as necessary.
Restore power to unit.
Condenser-Fan Adjustment
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn off unit power supply.
Remove fan guard.
Loosen fan hub setscrews.
Adjust fan height on shaft using a straightedge placed
across venturi and measure per Fig. 39.
5. Fill hub recess with permagum if rubber hubcap is missing.
6. Tighten setscrews and replace panel(s).
7. Turn on unit power.
Four-Inch Filter Replacement — The 4-Inch Filter
Change Mode variable is used to service the unit when 4-in.
filters are used. When the filters need to be changed, set
Service Test→F.4.CH = YES. The unit will be placed in
Service Test mode and the economizer will move to the 40%
open position to facilitate removal of the 4-in. filters. After the
filters have been changed, set Service Test→F.4.CH = NO to
return the unit to normal operation.
Belt Tension Adjustment — To adjust belt tension:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn off unit power supply.
Loosen motor mounting nuts and bolts. See Fig. 38.
Loosen fan motor nuts.
Turn motor jacking bolts to move motor mounting plate
left or right for proper belt tension. A slight bow should
be present in the belt on the slack side of the drive while
running under full load.
5. Tighten nuts.
6. Adjust bolts and nut on mounting plate to secure motor in
fixed position. Recheck belt tension after 24 hours of
operation. Adjust as necessary. Refer to Installation Instructions for proper tension values.
7. Restore power to unit.
Power Failure — The economizer damper motor is a
spring return design. In event of power failure, dampers will
return to fully closed position until power is restored.
Refrigerant Charge — Amount of refrigerant charge is
listed on unit nameplate. Refer to Carrier GTAC II; Module 5;
Charging, Recovery, Recycling, and Reclamation section for
charging methods and procedures.
Unit panels must be in place when unit is operating during
charging procedure.
NOTE: Do not use recycled refrigerant as it may contain
contaminants.
NO CHARGE — Use standard evacuating techniques. After
evacuating system, weigh in the specified amount of refrigerant from the unit nameplate.
LOW CHARGE COOLING — Connect the gage set and a
temperature measuring device to the liquid line. Ensure that all
condenser fans are operating. It may be necessary to block part
of the coil on cold days to ensure that condensing pressures are
high enough to turn on the fans. Adjust the refrigerant change
in each circuit to obtain 20 F ± 2° F of liquid subcooling.
NOTE: Indoor-air cfm must be within normal operating range
of unit.
Evaporator-Fan Motor Replacement
1. Turn off unit power supply.
2. Remove upper outside panel and open hinged door to
gain access to motor.
3. Fully retract motor plate adjusting bolts.
4. Loosen the 2 rear (nearest the evaporator coil) motor plate
nuts.
5. Remove the 2 front motor plate nuts and carriage bolts.
6. Slide motor plate to the rear (toward the coil) and remove
fan belt(s).
7. Slide motor plate to the front and hand tighten one of the
rear motor plate nuts (tight enough to prevent the motor
plate from sliding back but loose enough to allow the
plate to pivot upward).
CENTER DRIVE
SHAFT
FLEX
MEMBER
SHAFT
FLANGE
Fig. 37 — Evaporator Fan Coupling
112
SHAFT
BEARINGS
Thermostatic Expansion Valve (TXV) — Each circuit
7. Remove sensor wire and ignitor cable from IGC board.
8. Remove 2 screws securing manifold bracket to basepan.
9. Remove 4 screws that hold the burner support plate
flange to the vestibule plate.
10. Lift burner assembly out of unit.
11. Reverse procedure to re-install burners.
has a TXV. The TXV is nonadjustable and is factory set to maintain 10 to 13° F superheat leaving the evaporator coil. The TXV
controls flow of liquid refrigerant to the evaporator coils.
Gas Valve Adjustment
NATURAL GAS — The 2-stage gas valve opens and closes
in response to the thermostat or limit control.
When power is supplied to valve terminals 3 and 4, the pilot
valve opens to the preset position. When power is supplied to
terminals 1 and 2, the main valve opens to its preset position.
The regular factory setting is stamped on the valve body
(3.5 in. wg).
To adjust regulator:
1. Set thermostat at setting for no call for heat.
2. Turn main gas valve to OFF position.
3. Remove 1/8-in. pipe plug from manifold. Install a water
manometer pressure-measuring device.
4. Set main gas valve to ON position.
5. Set thermostat at setting to call for heat (high fire).
6. Remove screw cap covering regulator adjustment screw
(See Fig. 40).
7. Turn adjustment screw clockwise to increase pressure or
counterclockwise to decrease pressure.
8. Once desired pressure is established, set unit to no call for
heat (3.3-in. wg high fire).
9. Turn main gas valve to OFF position.
10. Remove pressure-measuring device and replace 1/8-in.
pipe plug and screw cap.
11. Turn main gas valve to ON position and check heating
operation.
Filter Drier — Replace whenever refrigerant system is exposed to atmosphere.
Replacement Parts — A complete list of replacement
parts may be obtained from any Carrier distributor upon request.
Fig. 39 — Condenser-Fan Adjustment
REGULATOR
ADJUSTMENT SCREW
(REMOVE COVER)
2 LEADS, #18 WIRE 1/32 INSULATION,
600V. MAX., 105°C
OUTLET PRESSURE
TAP (PLUGGED)
1/8-27 N.P.T. THDS.
C1
C2
PILOT
ADJ.
INLET PRESSURE TAP
(PLUGGED)
1/8 - 27 N.P.T. THDS.
RECEPTACLE AND
TAB COMBINATION
TERMINAL
D-1 D-2
W-1
OFF
ON
Main Burners — For all applications, main burners are
factory set and should require no adjustment.
MAIN BURNER REMOVAL (Fig. 41)
1. Shut off (field-supplied) manual main gas valve.
2. Shut off power supply to unit.
3. Remove heating access panel.
4. Disconnect gas piping from gas valve inlet.
5. Remove wires from gas valve.
6. Remove wires from rollout switch.
W-2
PILOT CONNECTION
FOR 1/4” O.D. TUBING
(PLUGGED)
RECEPTACLE TERMINAL
Fig. 40 — Gas Valve (Part Number EF33CB271)
Fig. 38 — Belt Tension Adjustment
Fig. 41 — Main Burner Removal
113
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY TABLES
MODE — RUN STATUS
ITEM
VIEW
→HVAC
→OCC
→MAT
→EDT
→LAT
→EC.C.P
→ECN.P
→CL.C.P
→C.CAP
→HT.C.P
→HT.ST
→H.MAX
ECON
→ECN.P
→ECN.C
→ACTV
→DISA
→DISA→UNAV
→DISA→R.EC.D
→DISA→DBC
→DISA→DEW
→DISA→DDBC
→DISA→OAEC
→DISA→DEC
→DISA→EDT
→DISA→OAT
→DISA→FORC
→DISA→SFON
→DISA→CLOF
→DISA→OAQL
→DISA→HELD
→O.AIR
→O.AIR→OAT
→O.AIR→OA.RH
→O.AIR→OA.E
→O.AIR→OA.D.T
COOL
→C.CAP
→CUR.S
→MAX.S
→DEM.L
→SUMZ
→SUMZ→SMZ
→SUMZ→ADD.R
→SUMZ→SUB.R
→SUMZ→R.PCT
→SUMZ→Y.MIN
→SUMZ→Y.PLU
→SUMZ→Z.MIN
→SUMZ→Z.PLU
→SUMZ→H.TMP
→SUMZ→L.TMP
→SUMZ→PULL
→SUMZ→SLOW
TRIP
→UN.C.S
→UN.C.E
→OC.C.S
→OC.C.E
→TEMP
→OC.H.E
→OC.H.S
→UN.H.E
→UN.H.S
→HVAC
LINK
→MODE
→L.Z.T
→L.C.SP
→L.H.SP
HRS
→HR.A1
→HR.A2
→HR.B1
→HR.B2
STRT
→ST.A1
→ST.A2
→ST.B1
→ST.B2
EXPANSION
AUTO VIEW OF RUN STATUS
ascii string spelling out the hvac modes
Occupied ?
Mixed Air Temperature
Evaporator Discharge Tmp
Leaving Air Temperature
Economizer Control Point
Economizer Act.Curr.Pos.
Cooling Control Point
Current Running Capacity
Heating Control Point
Requested Heat Stage
Maximum Heat Stages
ECONOMIZER RUN STATUS
Economizer Act.Curr.Pos.
Economizer Act.Cmd.Pos.
Economizer Active ?
ECON DISABLING CONDITIONS
Econ Act. Unavailable?
Remote Econ. Disabled ?
DBC - OAT Lockout?
DEW - OA Dewpt.Lockout?
DDBD- OAT > RAT Lockout?
OAEC- OA Enth Lockout?
DEC - Diff.Enth.Lockout?
EDT Sensor Bad?
OAT Sensor Bad ?
Economizer Forced ?
Supply Fan Not On 30s ?
Cool Mode Not In Effect?
OAQ Lockout in Effect ?
Econ Recovery Hold Off?
OUTSIDE AIR INFORMATION
Outside Air Temperature
Outside Air Rel. Humidity
Outside Air Enthalpy
OutsideAir Dewpoint Temp
COOLING INFORMATION
Current Running Capacity
Current Cool Stage
Maximum Cool Stages
Active Demand Limit
COOL CAP. STAGE CONTROL
Capacity Load Factor
Next Stage EDT Decrease
Next Stage EDT Increase
Rise Per Percent Capacity
Cap Deadband Subtracting
Cap Deadband Adding
Cap Threshold Subtracting
Cap Threshold Adding
High Temp Cap Override
Low Temp Cap Override
Pull Down Cap Override
Slow Change Cap Override
MODE TRIP HELPER
Unoccup. Cool Mode Start
Unoccup. Cool Mode End
Occupied Cool Mode Start
Occupied Cool Mode End
Ctl.Temp RAT,SPT or Zone
Occupied Heat Mode End
Occupied Heat Mode Start
Unoccup. Heat Mode End
Unoccup. Heat Mode Start
ascii string spelling out the hvac modes
CCN - LINKAGE
Linkage Active - CCN
Linkage Zone Control Tmp
Linkage Curr. Cool Setpt
Linkage Curr. Heat Setpt
COMPRESSOR RUN HOURS
Compressor A1 Run Hours
Compressor A2 Run Hours
Compressor B1 Run Hours
Compressor B2 Run Hours
COMPRESSOR STARTS
Compressor A1 Starts
Compressor A2 Starts
Compressor B1 Starts
Compressor B2 Starts
RANGE
UNITS
YES/NO
0-100
dF
dF
dF
dF
%
dF
dF
0-100
0-100
YES/NO
%
%
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
dF
%
forcible
OAT
OARH
OAE
OADEWTMP
CAPTOTAL
COOL_STG
CLMAXSTG
DEM_LIM
forcible
forcible
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
SMZ
ADDRISE
SUBRISE
RISE_PCT
Y_MINUS
Y_PLUS
Z_MINUS
Z_PLUS
HI_TEMP
LOW_TEMP
PULLDOWN
SLO_CHNG
UCCLSTRT
UCCL_END
OCCLSTRT
OCCL_END
CTRLTEMP
OCHT_END
OCHTSTRT
UCHT_END
UCHTSTRT
string
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
dF
dF
dF
MODELINK
LZT
LCSP
LHSP
76
76
76
76
HRS
HRS
HRS
HRS
HR_A1
HR_A2
HR_B1
HR_B2
config
config
config
config
76
76
76
76
CY_A1
CY_A2
CY_B1
CY_B2
config
config
config
config
76
76
76
76
ON/OFF
114
ECONOPOS
ECONOCMD
ECACTIVE
forcible
PAGE NO.
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
76
76
76
76
76
%
deltaF
deltaF
0-999999
0-999999
0-999999
0-999999
string
OCCUPIED
MAT
EDT
LAT
ECONCPNT
ECONOPOS
COOLCPNT
CAPTOTAL
HEATCPNT
HT_STAGE
HTMAXSTG
WRITE STATUS
ECONUNAV
ECONDISA
DBC_STAT
DEW_STAT
DDBCSTAT
OAECSTAT
DEC_STAT
EDT_STAT
OAT_STAT
ECONFORC
SFONSTAT
COOL_OFF
OAQLOCKD
ECONHELD
dF
%
0-999999
0-999999
0-999999
0-999999
CCN POINT
forcible
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — RUN STATUS (cont)
ITEM
EXPANSION
TMGD
→TG.A1
→TG.A2
→TG.B1
→TG.B2
→TG.H1
→TG.H2
→TG.H3
→TG.H4
→TG.H5
→TG.H6
VERS
→MBB
→ECB1
→ECB2
→SCB
→CEM
→MARQ
→NAVI
RANGE
UNITS
TIMEGUARDS
Compressor A1 Timeguard
Compressor A2 Timeguard
Compressor B1 Timeguard
Compressor B2 Timeguard
Heat Relay 1 Timeguard
Heat Relay 2 Timeguard
Heat Relay 3 Timeguard
Heat Relay 4 Timeguard
Heat Relay 5 Timeguard
Heat Relay 6 Timeguard
SOFTWARE VERSION NUMBERS
CESR131343-xx-xx
CESR131249-xx-xx
CESR131249-xx-xx
CESR131226-xx-xx
CESR131174-xx-xx
CESR131171-xx-xx
CESR130227-xx-xx
CCN POINT
WRITE STATUS
PAGE NO.
CMPA1_TG
CMPA2_TG
CMPB1_TG
CMPB2_TG
HS1_TG
HS2_TG
HS3_TG
HS4_TG
HS5_TG
HS6_TG
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
string
string
string
string
string
string
string
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
MODE — SERVICE TEST
ITEM
TEST
STOP
S.STP
FAN.F
F.4.CH
INDP
→ECN.C
→E.PWR
→E.CAL
→PE.A
→PE.B
→PE.C
→H.I.R
→ALRM
FANS
→S.FAN
→S.VFD
→CD.F.A
→CD.F.B
COOL
→A1
→A2
→MLV
→B1
→B2
HEAT
→HT.1
→HT.2
→HT.3
→HT.4
→HT.5
→HT.6
EXPANSION
Service Test Mode
Local Machine Disable
Soft Stop Request
Supply Fan Request
4 in. Filter Change Mode
TEST INDEPENDENT OUTPUTS
Economizer Act.Cmd.Pos.
Economizer Power Test
Calibrate the Economizer?
Power Exhaust Relay A
Power Exhaust Relay B
Power Exhaust Relay C
Heat Interlock Relay
Remote Alarm Relay
TEST FANS
Supply Fan Relay
Supply Fan VFD Speed
Condenser Fan Circuit A
Condenser Fan Circuit B
TEST COOLING
Compressor A1 Relay
Compressor A2 Relay
Min. Load Valve (HGBP)
Compressor B1 Relay
Compressor B2 Relay
TEST HEATING
Heat Relay 1
Heat Relay 2
Relay 3 W1 Gas Valve 2
Relay 4 W2 Gas Valve 2
Relay 5 W1 Gas Valve 3
Relay 6 W2 Gas Valve 3
RANGE
ON/OFF
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
UNITS
CCN POINT
MAN_CTRL
UNITSTOP
SOFTSTOP
SFANFORC
FILT4CHG
WRITE STATUS
config
forcible
forcible
PAGE NO.
23
23
23
23
ECONCTST
ECONPTST
ECON_CAL
PE_A_TST
PE_B_TST
PE_C_TST
HIR_TST
ALRM_TST
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
SFAN_TST
SGVFDTST
CNDA_TST
CNDB_TST
24
24
24
24
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
CMPA1TST
CMPA2TST
MLV_TST
CMPB1TST
CMPB2TST
24
24
24
24
24
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
HS1_TST
HS2_TST
HS3_TST
HS4_TST
HS5_TST
HS6_TST
24
24
24
24
24
24
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
0-100
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
%
MODE — TEMPERATURES
ITEM
AIR.T
→CTRL
→CTRL→EDT
→CTRL→LAT
→CTRL→MAT
→CTRL→R.TMP
→CTRL→S.TMP
→SAT
→OAT
→RAT
→SPT
→SPTO
→S.G.LS
→S.G.L1
→S.G.L2
→S.G.L3
→S.G.LM
REF.T
→SCT.A
→SST.A
→SCT.B
→SST.B
EXPANSION
AIR TEMPERATURES
CONTROL TEMPS
Evaporator Discharge Tmp
Leaving Air Temperature
Mixed Air Temperature
Controlling Return Temp
Controlling Space Temp
Air Tmp Lvg Supply Fan
Outside Air Temperature
Return Air Temperature
Space Temperature
Space Temperature Offset
Staged Gas LAT Sum
Staged Gas LAT 1
Staged Gas LAT 2
Staged Gas LAT 3
Staged Gas Limit Sw.Temp
REFRIGERANT TEMPERATURES
Cir A Sat.Condensing Tmp
Cir A Sat.Suction Temp.
Cir B Sat.Condensing Tmp
Cir B Sat.Suction Temp.
RANGE
–40 - 240
–40 - 240
115
UNITS
CCN POINT
dF
dF
dF
df
df
dF
dF
dF
dF
^F
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
EDT
LAT
MAT
RETURN_T
SPACE_T
SAT
OAT
RAT
SPT
SPTO
LAT_SGAS
LAT1SGAS
LAT2SGAS
LAT3SGAS
LIMSWTMP
dF
dF
dF
dF
SCTA
SSTA
SCTB
SSTB
WRITE STATUS
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — PRESSURES
ITEM
AIR.P
→SP
→BP
REF.P
→DP.A
→SP.A
→DP.B
→SP.B
EXPANSION
AIR PRESSURES
Static Pressure
Building Pressure
REFRIGERANT PRESSURES
Cir A Discharge Pressure
Cir A Suction Pressure
Cir B Discharge Pressure
Cir B Suction Pressure
RANGE
UNITS
CCN POINT
"H2O
"H2O
SP
BP
PSIG
PSIG
PSIG
PSIG
DP_A
SP_A
DP_B
SP_B
WRITE STATUS
MODE — SET POINTS
ITEM
OHSP
OCSP
UHSP
UCSP
GAP
V.C.ON
V.C.OF
SASP
SA.HI
SA.LO
SA.HT
T.PRG
T.CL
T.V.OC
T.V.UN
DESCRIPTION
Occupied Heat Setpoint
Occupied Cool Setpoint
Unoccupied Heat Setpoint
Unoccupied Cool Setpoint
Heat-Cool Setpoint Gap
VAV Occ. Cool On Delta
VAV Occ. Cool Off Delta
Supply Air Setpoint
Supply Air Setpoint Hi
Supply Air Setpoint Lo
Heating Supply Air Setpt
Tempering Purge SASP
Tempering in Cool SASP
Tempering Vent Occ SASP
Tempering Vent Unocc. SASP
RANGE
55-80
55-80
40-80
75-95
2-10
0-25
1-25
45-75
45-75
45-75
90-145
–20-80
5-75
–20-80
–20-80
UNITS
dF
dF
dF
dF
deltaF
deltaF
deltaF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
CCN POINT
OHSP
OCSP
UHSP
UCSP
HCSP_GAP
VAVOCON
VAVOCOFF
SASP
SASP_HI
SASP_LO
SASPHEAT
TEMPPURG
TEMPCOOL
TEMPVOCC
TEMPVUNC
DEFAULT
68
75
55
90
5
3.5
2
55
55
60
85
50
5
65
50
MODE — INPUTS
ITEM
GEN.I
→FLT.S
→G.FAN
→REMT
→E.SW
→E.ENA
→E.OVR
→S.FN.S
→DL.S1
→DL.S2
FD.BK
→CS.A1
→CS.A2
→CS.B1
→CS.B2
STAT
→G
→W1
→W2
→Y1
→Y2
FIRE
→FSD
→PRES
→EVAC
→PURG
REL.H
→OA.RH
→OA.EN
→OA.DP
→RA.RH
→RA.EN
AIR.Q
→IAQ.I
→IAQ
→OAQ
→DAQ
→IQ.P.O
RSET
→SA.S.R
→SP.RS
EXPANSION
GENERAL INPUTS
Filter Status Input
Fan Request From IGC
Remote Input State
Economizer Control Input
Remote Economizer Enable
Econo Position Override
Supply Fan Status Switch
Demand Limit Switch 1
Demand Limit Switch 2
COMPRESSOR FEEDBACK
Compressor A1 Feedback
Compressor A2 Feedback
Compressor B1 Feedback
Compressor B2 Feedback
THERMOSTAT INPUTS
Thermostat G Input
Thermostat W1 Input
Thermostat W2 Input
Thermostat Y1 Input
Thermostat Y2 Input
FIRE-SMOKE INPUTS
Fire Shutdown Input
Pressurization Input
Evacuation Input
Smoke Purge Input
RELATIVE HUMIDITY
Outside Air Rel. Humidity
Outdoor Air Enthalpy
OutsideAir Dewpoint Temp
Return Air Rel. Humidity
Return Air Enthalpy
AIR QUALITY SENSORS
IAQ - Discrete Input
IAQ - PPM Return CO2
OAQ - PPM Return CO2
Diff.Air Quality in PPM
IAQ Min.Pos. Override
RESET INPUTS
Supply Air Setpnt. Reset
Static Pressure Reset
RANGE
UNITS
CCN POINT
WRITE STATUS
DRTY/CLN
ON/OFF
*
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
FLTS
IGCFAN
RMTIN
ECOSW
ECONENBL
ECOORIDE
SFS
DMD_SW1
DMD_SW2
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
CSB_A1
CSB_A2
CSB_B1
CSB_B2
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
G
W1
W2
Y1
Y2
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
ALARM/NORMAL
ALARM/NORMAL
ALARM/NORMAL
ALARM/NORMAL
FSD
PRES
EVAC
PURG
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
OARH
OAE
OADEWTMP
RARH
RAE
forcible
%
dF
%
HIGH/LOW
%
^F
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
IAQIN
IAQ
OAQ
DAQ
IAQMINOV
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
SASPRSET
SPRESET
forcible
forcible
*The display text changes depending on the remote switch configuration (Configuration→UNIT→RM.CF). If RM.CF is set to 0 (No Remote
Switch), then the display text will be “On” or “Off.” If RM.CF is set to 1 (Occupied/Unoccupied Switch), then the display text will be “Occupied” or
“Unoccupied.” If RM.CF is set to 2 (Start/Stop), then the display text will be “Stop” or “Start.” If RM.CF is set to 3 (Override Switch), then the display
text will be “No Override” or “Override.”
116
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — INPUTS (cont)
ITEM
4-20
→IAQ.M
→OAQ.M
→SP.R.M
→DML.M
→EDR.M
→ORH.M
→RRH.M
→BP.M
→BP.M.T
→SP.M
→SP.M.T
EXPANSION
4-20 MILLIAMP INPUTS
IAQ Milliamps
OAQ Milliamps
SP Reset milliamps
4-20 ma Demand Signal
EDT Reset Milliamps
OARH Milliamps
RARH Milliamps
BP Milliamps
Bldg. Pressure Trim (ma)
SP Milliamps
Static Press. Trim (ma)
RANGE
UNITS
ma
ma
ma
ma
ma
ma
ma
ma
CCN POINT
WRITE STATUS
IAQ_MA
OAQ_MA
SPRST_MA
DMDLMTMA
EDTRESMA
OARH_MA
RARH_MA
BP_MA
BPMATRIM
SP_MA
SPMATRIM
–2.0 - 2.0
ma
–2.0 - 2.0
forcible
config
config
*The display text changes depending on the remote switch configuration (Configuration→UNIT→RM.CF). If RM.CF is set to 0 (No Remote
Switch), then the display text will be “On” or “Off.” If RM.CF is set to 1 (Occupied/Unoccupied Switch), then the display text will be “Occupied” or
“Unoccupied.” If RM.CF is set to 2 (Start/Stop), then the display text will be “Stop” or “Start.” If RM.CF is set to 3 (Override Switch), then the display
text will be “No Override” or “Override.”
MODE — OUTPUTS
ITEM
FANS
→S.FAN
→S.VFD
→P.E.A
→P.E.B
→P.E.C
→CD.F.A
→CD.F.B
COOL
→A1
→A2
→MLV
→B1
→B2
HEAT
→HT.1
→HT.2
→HT.3
→HT.4
→HT.5
→HT.6
→H.I.R
ECON
→ECN.P
→ECN.C
→E.PWR
GEN.O
ALRM
EXPANSION
FANS
Supply Fan Relay
Supply Fan VFD Speed
Power Exhaust Relay A
Power Exhaust Relay B
Power Exhaust Relay C
Condenser Fan Circuit A
Condenser Fan Circuit B
COOLING
Compressor A1 Relay
Compressor A2 Relay
Min. Load Valve (HGBP)
Compressor B1 Relay
Compressor B2 Relay
HEATING
Heat Relay 1
Heat Relay 2
Relay 3 W1 Gas Valve 2
Relay 4 W2 Gas Valve 2
Relay 5 W1 Gas Valve 3
Relay 6 W2 Gas Valve 3
Heat Interlock Relay
ECONOMIZER
Economizer Act.Curr.Pos.
Economizer Act.Cmd.Pos.
Economizer Power Relay
GENERAL OUTPUTS
Remote Alarm Relay
RANGE
ON/OFF
0-100
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
UNITS
CCN POINT
WRITE STATUS
SFAN_RLY
SFAN_VFD
PE_A
PE_B
PE_C
CONDFANA
CONDFANB
%
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
CMPA1
CMPA2
MLV
CMPB1
CMPB2
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
HS1
HS2
HS3
HS4
HS5
HS6
HIR
forcible
ECONOPOS
ECONOCMD
ECON_PWR
forcible
forcible
ALRM
forcible
0-100
0-100
ON/OFF
%
%
ON/OFF
MODE — CONFIGURATION
ITEM
UNIT
→C.TYP
→CV.FN
→RM.CF
→CEM
→TCS.C
→TCS.H
→SFS.S
→SFS.M
→VAV.S
→SIZE
→DP.XR
→MAT.S
→MAT.R
→ALTI
→SENS
→SENS→SPT.S
→SENS→SP.O.S
→SENS→SP.O.R
→SENS→RRH.S
→SENS→FLT.S
→SENS→SP.RS
EXPANSION
UNIT CONFIGURATION
Machine Control Type
Fan Mode (0=Auto, 1=Cont)
Remote Switch Config
CEM Module Installed
Temp.Cmp.Strt.Cool Factr
Temp.Cmp.Strt.Heat Factr
Fan Fail Shuts Down Unit
Fan Stat Monitoring Type
VAV Unocc.Fan Retry Time
Unit Size (20-60)
Disch.Press. Transducers
MAT Calc Config
Reset MAT Table Entries?
Altitude……..in feet:
INPUT SENSOR CONFIG
Space Temp Sensor
Space Temp Offset Sensor
Space Temp Offset Range
Return Air RH Sensor
Filter Stat.Sw.Enabled ?
Stat. Pres. Reset Sensor
RANGE
1 - 6 (multi-text strings)
0 - 1 (multi-text strings)
0 - 3 (multi-text strings)
Yes/No
0 - 60
0 - 60
Yes/No
0 - 2 (multi-text strings)
0 - 720
20 - 60
Yes/No
0 - 1 (multi-text strings)
Yes/No
0 - 60000
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
1 - 10
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
117
UNITS
min
min
min
CCN POINT
DEFAULT
CTRLTYPE
FAN_MODE
RMTINCFG
CEM_BRD
TCSTCOOL
TCSTHEAT
SFS_SHUT
SFS_MON
SAMPMINS
UNITSIZE
DP_TRANS
MAT_SEL
MATRESET
ALTITUDE
4
1
0
No
0
0
No
0
50
20
No
1
No
0
SPTSENS
SPTOSENS
SPTO_RNG
RARHSENS
FLTS_ENA
SPRSTSEN
Disable
Disable
5
Disable
Disable
Disable
PAGE NO.
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — CONFIGURATION (cont)
ITEM
COOL
→Z.GN
→MC.LO
→C.FOD
→MLV
→M.M.
→HPSP
→A1.EN
→A2.EN
→B1.EN
→B2.EN
→CS.A1
→CS.A2
→CS.B1
→CS.B2
→REV.R
EDT.R
→RS.CF
→RTIO
→LIMT
→RES.S
HEAT
→HT.CF
→HT.SP
→OC.EN
→LAT.M
→G.FOD
→E.FOD
→SG.CF
→SG.CF→HT.ST
→SG.CF→CAP.M
→SG.CF→M.R.DB
→SG.CF→S.G.DB
→SG.CF→RISE
→SG.CF→LAT.L
→SG.CF→LIM.M
→SG.CF→SW.H.T
→SG.CF→SW.L.T
→SG.CF→HT.P
→SG.CF→HT.D
→SG.CF→HT.TM
SP
→SP.CF
→SP.FN
→SP.S
→SP.LO
→SP.HI
→SP.SP
→SP.MN
→SP.MX
→SP.FS
→S.PID
→S.PID->SP.TM
→S.PID->SP.P
→S.PID->SP.I
→S.PID->SP.D
→S.PID->SP.SG
ECON
→EC.EN
→EC.MN
→EC.MX
→E.TRM
→E.SEL
→OA.E.C
→OA.EN
→OAT.L
→O.DEW
→ORH.S
→E.TYP
→EC.SW
→E.CFG
→E.CFG→E.P.GN
→E.CFG→E.RNG
→E.CFG→E.SPD
→E.CFG→E.DBD
→UEFC
→UEFC→FC.CF
→UEFC→FC.TM
→UEFC→FC.L.O
EXPANSION
COOLING CONFIGURATION
Capacity Threshold Adjst
Compressor Lockout Temp
Fan-Off Delay, Mech Cool
Min. Load Valve? (HGBP)
Motor Master Control
Head Pressure Setpoint
Enable Compressor A1
Enable Compressor A2
Enable Compressor B1
Enable Compressor B2
CSB A1 Feedback Alarm
CSB A2 Feedback Alarm
CSB B1 Feedback Alarm
CSB B2 Feedback Alarm
Rev Rotation Verified ?
EVAP.DISCHRGE TEMP RESET
EDT Reset Configuration
Reset Ratio
Reset Limit
EDT 4-20 ma Reset Input
HEATING CONFIGURATION
Heating Control Type
Heating Supply Air Setpt
Occupied Heating Enabled
MBB Sensor Heat Relocate
Fan-Off Delay, Gas Heat
Fan-Off Delay, Elec Heat
STAGED GAS CONFIGS
Staged Gas Heat Type
Max Cap Change per Cycle
S.Gas DB min.dF/PID Rate
St.Gas Temp. Dead Band
Heat Rise dF/sec Clamp
LAT Limit Config
Limit Switch Monitoring?
Limit Switch High Temp
Limit Switch Low Temp
Heat Control Prop. Gain
Heat Control Derv. Gain
Heat PID Rate Config
SUPPLY STATIC PRESS.CFG.
Static Pressure Config
Static Pres.Fan Control?
Static Pressure Sensor
Static Press. Low Range
Static Press. High Range
Static Pressure Setpoint
VFD Minimum Speed
VFD Maximum Speed
VFD Fire Speed Override
STAT.PRESS.PID CONFIGS
Stat.Pres.PID Run Rate
Static Press. Prop. Gain
Static Pressure Intg. Gain
Static Pressure Derv. Gain
Static Press.System Gain
ECONOMIZER CONFIGURATION
Economizer Installed?
Economizer Min.Position
Economizer Max.Position
Economzr Trim For SumZ ?
Econ ChangeOver Select
OA Enthalpy ChgOvr Selct
Outdr.Enth Compare Value
High OAT Lockout Temp
OA Dewpoint Temp Limit
Outside Air RH Sensor
Economizer Control Type
Economizer Switch Config
ECON.OPERATION CONFIGS
Economizer Prop.Gain
Economizer Range Adjust
Economizer Speed Adjust
Economizer Deadband
UNOCC.ECON.FREE COOLING
Unoc Econ Free Cool Cfg
Unoc Econ Free Cool Time
Un.Ec.Free Cool OAT Lock
RANGE
–10 - 10
–20 - 55
0 - 600
Yes/No
Yes/No
80 - 150
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Yes/No
0 - 3 (multi-text strings)
0 - 10
0 - 20
Enable/Disable
0-4
80 - 120
Yes/No
Yes/No
45-600
10-600
UNITS
0 - 1 (multi-text strings)
Yes
Enable/Disable
–10 - 0
0 - 10
0-5
10 - 50
50 - 100
0 - 100
1 - 200
0 - 100
0 - 50
0 - 50
0 - 50
0.7 - 3.0
0.5 - 5.0
0.1 - 10.0
0.1 - 2.0
0-2 (multi-text strings)
0 - 720
40 - 70
118
PAGE NO.
1
40
60
No
No
113
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
No
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
33
EDRSTCFG
RTIO
LIMT
EDTRSENS
2
2
10
Disable
31
31
31
31
HEATTYPE
SASPHEAT
HTOCCENA
HTLATMON
GAS_FOD
HEAT_FOD
0
85
No
No
45
30
42
42
42
42
42
42
sec
HTSTGTYP
HTCAPMAX
HT_MR_DB
HT_SG_DB
HTSGRISE
HTLATLIM
HTLIMMON
HT_LIMHI
HT_LIMLO
HT_PGAIN
HT_DGAIN
HTSGPIDR
0
45
0.5
2
0.06
10
No
170
160
1
1
90
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
"H2O
%
%
%
STATICFG
STATPFAN
SPSENS
SP_LOW
SP_HIGH
SPSP
STATPMIN
STATPMAX
STATPFSO
No
Yes
Disable
0
5
1.5
20
100
100
SPIDRATE
STATP_PG
STATP_IG
STATP_DG
STATP_SG
2
20
2
0
1
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
ECON_ENA
ECONOMIN
ECONOMAX
ECONTRIM
ECON_SEL
OAEC_SEL
OAEN_CFG
OAT_LOCK
OADEWCFG
OARHSENS
ECON_CTL
ECOSWCFG
Yes
5
98
Yes
1
4
24
60
55
Disable
1
0
50
50
50
51
51
51
51
51
52
51
53
51
^F
EC_PGAIN
EC_RANGE
EC_SPEED
EC_DBAND
1
2.5
0.75
0.5
52
52
52
52
min
dF
UEFC_CFG
UEFCTIME
UEFCNTLO
0
120
50
52
52
52
dF
deltaF
^F
^F
dF
dF
sec
Yes/No
0 - 100
0 - 100
Yes/No
0 - 3 (multi-text strings)
1 - 5 (multi-text strings)
18 - 28
55 - 120
50 - 62
Enable/Disable
1-3 (multi-text strings)
0 - 2 (multi-text strings)
DEFAULT
Z_GAIN
OATLCOMP
COOL_FOD
MLV_SEL
MOTRMAST
HPSP
CMPA1ENA
CMPA2ENA
CMPB1ENA
CMPB2ENA
CSB_A1EN
CSB_A2EN
CSB_B1EN
CSB_B2EN
REVR_VER
dF
sec
dF
0-4
5 - 45
0-5
0-5
0.05 - 0.2
0 - 20
Yes/No
110 - 180
100 - 170
0 - 1.5
0 - 1.5
60 - 300
CCN POINT
%
%
dF
dF
^F
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — CONFIGURATION (cont)
ITEM
BP
→BP.CF
→BP.MT
→BP.S
→BP.R
→BP.SP
→BP.P1
→BP.P2
→B.CFG
→B.CFG→BP.SL
→B.CFG→BP.TM
→B.CFG→BP.ZG
→B.CFG→BP.HP
→B.CFG→BP.LP
D.LV.T
→L.H.ON
→H.H.ON
→L.H.OF
→L.C.ON
→H.C.ON
→L.C.OF
→C.T.LV
→H.T.LV
→C.T.TM
→H.T.TM
DMD.L
→DM.L.S
→D.L.20
→SH.NM
→SH.DL
→SH.TM
→D.L.S1
→D.L.S2
IAQ
→DCV.C
→DCV.C→EC.MN
→DCV.C→IAQ.M
→AQ.CF
→AQ.CF→IQ.A.C
→AQ.CF→IQ.A.F
→AQ.CF→IQ.I.C
→AQ.CF→IQ.I.F
→AQ.CF→OQ.A.C
→AQ.SP
→AQ.SP→IQ.O.P
→AQ.SP→DAQ.L
→AQ.SP→DAQ.H
→AQ.SP→D.F.OF
→AQ.SP→D.F.ON
→AQ.SP→IAQ.R
→AQ.SP→OAQ.L
→AQ.SP→OAQ.U
→AQ.S.R
→AQ.S.R→IQ.R.L
→AQ.S.R→IQ.R.H
→AQ.S.R→OQ.R.L
→AQ.S.R→OQ.R.H
→IAQ.P
→IAQ.P→IQ.PG
→IAQ.P→IQ.P.T
→IAQ.P→IQ.P.L
→IAQ.P→IQ.P.H
→IAQ.P→IQ.L.O
CCN
→CCNA
→CCNB
→BAUD
→BROD
→BROD→TM.DT
→BROD→OAT.B
→BROD→ORH.B
→BROD→OAQ.B
→BROD→G.S.B
→BROD→B.ACK
→SC.OV
→SC.OV→SCH.N
→SC.OV→HOL.T
→SC.OV→O.T.L.
→SC.OV→OV.EX
→SC.OV→SPT.O
→SC.OV→T58.O
→SC.OV→GL.OV
EXPANSION
BUILDING PRESS. CONFIG
Building Press. Config
Power Exhaust Motors
Building Pressure Sensor
Bldg Press (+/-) Range
Building Pressure Setp.
Power Exhaust On Setp.1
Power Exhaust On Setp.2
BP ALGORITHM CONFIGS
Modulating PE Alg. Slct.
BP PID Evaluation Time
BP Threshold Adjustment
High BP Level
Low BP Level
COOL/HEAT SETPT. OFFSETS
Dmd Level Lo Heat On
Dmd Level(+) Hi Heat On
Dmd Level(-) Lo Heat Off
Dmd Level Lo Cool On
Dmd Level(+) Hi Cool On
Dmd Level(-) Lo Cool Off
Cool Trend Demand Level
Heat Trend Demand Level
Cool Trend Time
Heat Trend Time
DEMAND LIMIT CONFIG.
Demand Limit Select
Demand Limit at 20 ma
Loadshed Group Number
Loadshed Demand Delta
Maximum Loadshed Time
Demand Limit Sw.1 Setpt.
Demand Limit Sw.2 Setpt.
INDOOR AIR QUALITY CFG.
DCV ECONOMIZER SETPOINTS
Economizer Min.Position
IAQ Demand Vent Min.Pos.
AIR QUALITY CONFIGS
IAQ Analog Sensor Config
IAQ 4-20 ma Fan Config
IAQ Discrete Input Config
IAQ Disc.In. Fan Config
OAQ 4-20ma Sensor Config
AIR QUALITY SETPOINTS
IAQ Econ Override Pos.
Diff.Air Quality LoLimit
Diff.Air Quality HiLimit
DAQ PPM Fan Off Setpoint
DAQ PPM Fan On Setpoint
Diff. AQ Responsiveness
OAQ Lockout Value
User Determined OAQ
AIR QUALITY SENSOR RANGE
IAQ Low Reference
IAQ High Reference
OAQ Low Reference
OAQ High Reference
IAQ PRE-OCCUPIED PURGE
IAQ Purge
IAQ Purge Duration
IAQ Purge LoTemp Min Pos
IAQ Purge HiTemp Min Pos
IAQ Purge OAT Lockout
CCN CONFIGURATION
CCN Address
CCN Bus Number
CCN Baud Rate
CCN BROADCST DEFINITIONS
CCN Time/Date Broadcast
CCN OAT Broadcast
CCN OARH Broadcast
CCN OAQ Broadcast
Global Schedule Broadcst
CCN Broadcast Ack'er
CCN SCHEDULES-OVERRIDES
Schedule Number
Accept Global Holidays?
Override Time Limit
Timed Override Hours
SPT Override Enabled ?
T58 Override Enabled ?
Global Sched. Override ?
RANGE
0-2
1-2
Enable/Dsable
0 - 1.00
–0.25 -> 0.25
0 - 100
0 - 100
1-3
0 - 10
0.1 - 10.0
0 - 1.000
0 - 1.000
–1 - 2
0.5 - 2.0
0.5 - 2
–1 - 2
0.5 - 2
0.5 - 2
0.1 - 5
0.1 - 5
30 - 600
30 - 600
UNITS
"H2O
%
%
min
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
sec
sec
CCN POINT
DEFAULT
PAGE NO.
BLDG_CFG
PWRM
BPSENS
BP_RANGE
BPSP
PES1
PES2
0
1
Dsable
0.25
0.05
35
75
BPSELECT
BPPERIOD
BPZ_GAIN
BPHPLVL
BPLPLVL
1
1
1
0.05
0.04
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
DMDLHON
DMDHHON
DMDLHOFF
DMDLCON
DMDHCON
DMDLCOFF
CTRENDLV
HTRENDLV
CTRENDTM
HTRENDTM
1.5
0.5
1
1.5
0.5
1
0.1
0.1
120
120
34, 43
34, 43
34, 43
34, 43
34, 43
34, 43
34, 43
34, 43
34, 43
34, 43
0
100
0
0
60
80
50
39
40
40
40
40
40
40
0 - 3 (multi-text strings)
0 - 100
0 - 99
0 - 60
0 - 120
0 - 100
0 - 100
%
min
%
%
DMD_CTRL
DMT20MA
SHED_NUM
SHED_DEL
SHED_TIM
DLSWSP1
DLSWSP2
0 - 100
0 - 100
%
%
ECONOMIN
IAQMINP
5
0
58
58
IAQANCFG
IAQANFAN
IAQINCFG
IAQINFAN
OAQANCFG
0
0
0
0
0
57
58
58
58
58
IAQOVPOS
DAQ_LOW
DAQ_HIGH
DAQFNOFF
DAQFNON
IAQREACT
OAQLOCK
OAQ_USER
100
100
700
200
400
0
0
400
59
58
59
59
59
59
58
59
IAQREFL
IAQREFH
OAQREFL
OAQREFH
0
2000
0
2000
59
59
59
59
IAQPURGE
IAQPTIME
IAQPLTMP
IAQPHTMP
IAQPNTLO
No
15
10
35
50
59
59
59
59
59
1 - 239
0 - 239
1 - 5 (multi-text strings)
CCNADD
CCNBUS
CCNBAUDD
1
0
3
59
60
60
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
CCNBC
OATBC
OARHBC
OAQBC
GSBC
CCNBCACK
On
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
60
60
60
60
60
60
0 - 99
YES/NO
0-4
0-4
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
SCHEDNUM
HOLIDAYT
OTL
OVR_EXT
SPT_OVER
T58_OVER
GLBLOVER
1
No
1
0
Yes
Yes
No
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
%
0 - 4 (multi-text strings)
0 - 2 (multi-text strings)
0 - 2 (multi-text strings)
0 - 2 (multi-text strings)
0 - 2 (multi-text strings)
0 - 100
0 - 1000
100 - 2000
0 - 2000
0 - 2000
–5 - 5
0 - 2000
0 - 5000
%
0 - 5000
0 - 5000
0 - 5000
0 - 5000
Yes/No
5-60
0-100
0-100
35-70
min
%
%
dF
HRS
HRS
119
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — CONFIGURATION (cont)
ITEM
ALLM
→SP.L.O
→SP.H.O
→SP.L.U
→SP.H.U
→SA.L.O
→SA.H.O
→SA.L.U
→SA.H.U
→RA.L.O
→RA.H.O
→RA.L.U
→RA.H.U
→R.RH.L
→R.RH.H
→SP.L
→SP.H
→BP.L
→BP.H
→IAQ.H
TRIM
→SAT.T
→RAT.T
→OAT.T
→SPT.T
→CTA.T
→CTB.T
→SP.A.T
→SP.B.T
→DP.A.T
→DP.B.T
SW.LG
→FTS.L
→IGC.L
→RMI.L
→ECS.L
→SFS.L
→DL1.L
→DL2.L
→IAQ.L
→FSD.L
→PRS.L
→EVC.L
→PRG.L
DISP
→TEST
→METR
→LANG
→PAS.E
→PASS
EXPANSION
ALERT LIMIT CONFIG.
SPT lo alert limit/occ
SPT hi alert limit/occ
SPT lo alert limit/unocc
SPT hi alert limit/unocc
EDT lo alert limit/occ
EDT hi alert limit/occ
EDT lo alert limit/unocc
EDT hi alert limit/unocc
RAT lo alert limit/occ
RAT hi alert limit/occ
RAT lo alert limit/unocc
RAT hi alert limit/unocc
RARH low alert limit
RARH high alert limit
SP low alert limit
SP high alert limit
BP lo alert limit
BP high alert limit
IAQ high alert limit
SENSOR TRIM CONFIG.
Air Temp Lvg SF Trim
RAT Trim
OAT Trim
SPT Trim
Cir A Sat.Cond.Temp Trim
Cir B Sat.Cond.Temp Trim
Suct.Press.Circ.A Trim
Suct.Press.Circ.B Trim
Dis.Press.Circ.A Trim
Dis.Press.Circ.B Trim
SWITCH LOGIC: NO / NC
Filter Status Inpt-Clean
IGC Feedback - Off
RemSw Off-Unoc-Strt-NoOv
Economizer Switch - No
Fan Status Sw. - Off
Dmd.Lmt.Sw.1 - Off
Dmd.Lmt.Sw.2 - Off
IAQ Disc.Input - Low
Fire Shutdown - Off
Pressurization Sw. - Off
Evacuation Sw. - Off
Smoke Purge Sw. - Off
DISPLAY CONFIGURATION
Test Display LEDs
Metric Display
Language Selection
Password Enable
Service Password
RANGE
UNITS
CCN POINT
DEFAULT
PAGE NO.
–10-245
–10-245
–10-245
–10-245
–40-245
–40-245
–40-245
–40-245
–40-245
–40-245
–40-245
–40-245
0-100
0-100
0-5
0-5
–0.25-0.25
–0.25-0.25
0-5000
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
%
%
"H2O
"H2O
"H2O
"H2O
SPLO
SPHO
SPLU
SPHU
SALO
SAHO
SALU
SAHU
RALO
RAHO
RALU
RAHU
RRHL
RRHH
SPL
SPH
BPL
BPH
IAQH
60
85
45
100
40
100
40
100
60
90
40
100
0
100
0
2
-0.25
0.25
1200
60
60
60
60
61
61
61
61
61
61
61
61
61
61
61
61
61
61
61
–10 - 10
–10 - 10
–10 - 10
–10 - 10
–30 - 30
–30 - 30
–50 - 50
–50 - 50
–50 - 50
–50 - 50
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
PSIG
PSIG
PSIG
PSIG
SAT_TRIM
RAT_TRIM
OAT_TRIM
SPT_TRIM
SCTATRIM
SCTBTRIM
SPA_TRIM
SPB_TRIM
DPA_TRIM
DPB_TRIM
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
61
61
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
FLTSLOGC
GASFANLG
RMTINLOG
ECOSWLOG
SFSLOGIC
DMD_SW1L
DMD_SW2L
IAQINLOG
FSDLOGIC
PRESLOGC
EVACLOGC
PURGLOGC
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
0-1(multi-text strings)
ENABLE/DISABLE
0000-9999
TEST
DISPUNIT
LANGUAGE
PASS_EBL
PASSWORD
Off
Off
0
Enable
1111
62
62
62
62
62
MODE — TIME CLOCK
ITEM
TIME
→HH.MM
DATE
→MNTH
→DOM
→DAY
→YEAR
SCH.L
→PER.1
→PER.1→DAYS
→PER.1→DAYS→MON
→PER.1→DAYS→TUE
→PER.1→DAYS→WED
→PER.1→DAYS→THU
→PER.1→DAYS→FRI
→PER.1→DAYS→SAT
→PER.1→DAYS→SUN
→PER.1→DAYS→HOL
→PER.1→OCC
→PER.1→UNC
Repeated for periods 2-8………..
HOL.L
→HD.01
→HD.01→MON
→HD.01→DAY
→HD.01→LEN
EXPANSION
TIME OF DAY
Hour and Minute
MONTH,DATE,DAY AND YEAR
Month of Year
Day of Month
Day of Week
Year
LOCAL TIME SCHEDULE
PERIOD 1
DAY FLAGS FOR PERIOD 1
Monday in Period
Tuesday in Period
Wednesday in Period
Thursday in Period
Friday in Period
Saturday in Period
Sunday in Period
Holiday in Period
Occupied from
Occupied to
LOCAL HOLIDAY SCHEDULES
HOLIDAY SCHEDULE 01
Holiday Start Month
Start Day
Duration (Days)
RANGE
UNITS
CCN POINT
DEFAULT
PAGE NO.
00:00
TIME
64
multi-text strings
0-31
multi-text strings
e.g. 2003
MOY
DOM
DOWDISP
YOCDISP
64
64
64
64
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
00:00
00:00
PER1MON
PER1TUE
PER1WED
PER1THU
PER1FRI
PER1SAT
PER1SUN
PER1HOL
PER1_OCC
PER1_UNC
0-12
0-31
0-99
HOL_MON1
HOL_DAY1
HOL_LEN1
120
Period 1 only
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
00:00
24:00
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
65
65
65
65
65
65
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — TIME CLOCK (cont)
ITEM
Repeated for holidays 2-30……..
DAY.S
DS.ST
DS.ST→ST.MN
DS.ST→ST.WK
DS.ST→ST.DY
DS.ST→MIN.A
DS.SP
DS.SP→SP.MN
DS.SP→SP.WK
DS.SP→SP.DY
DS.SP→MIN.S
EXPANSION
RANGE
DAYLIGHT SAVINGS TIME
DAYLIGHT SAVINGS START
Month
Week
Day
Minutes to Add
DAYLIGHTS SAVINGS STOP
Month
Week
Day
Minutes to Subtract
UNITS
CCN POINT
DEFAULT
PAGE NO.
1 - 12
1-5
1-7
0 - 90
STARTM
STARTW
STARTD
MINADD
4
1
7
60
65
65
65
65
1 - 12
1-5
1-7
0 - 90
STOPM
STOPW
STOPD
MINSUB
10
5
7
60
65
65
65
65
MODE — OPERATING MODES
ITEM
SYS.M
HVAC
CTRL
MODE
→OCC
→T.OVR
→DCV
→SA.R
→DMD.L
→T.C.ST
→IAQ.P
→LINK
→LOCK
EXPANSION
ascii string spelling out the system mode
ascii string spelling out the hvac modes
ascii string spelling out the “control type”
MODES CONTROLLING UNIT
Currently Occupied
Timed Override in Effect
DCV Resetting Min Pos
Supply Air Reset
Demand Limit in Effect
Temp.Compensated Start
IAQ Pre-Occ Purge Active
Linkage Active - CCN
Mech.Cooling Locked Out
RANGE
UNITS
CCN POINT
string
string
string
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
MODEOCCP
MODETOVR
MODEADCV
MODESARS
MODEDMLT
MODETCST
MODEIQPG
MODELINK
MODELOCK
MODE — ALARMS
ITEM
CURR
R.CUR
HIST
R.HIS
EXPANSION
CURRENTLY ACTIVE ALARMS
this is a dynamic list of active alarms
Reset All Current Alarms
ALARM HISTORY
this is a record of the last 20 alarms
Reset Alarm History
RANGE
UNITS
CCN POINT
WRITE STATUS
YES/NO
strings
ALRESET
ram config
YES/NO
strings
ALHISCLR
ram config
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES
In the following tables the structure of the tables which are
used with the Service Tool as well as the names and data that
are included in each table are shown. As a reference the equivalent Scrolling Marquee tables and names are included. There
are several CCN variables that are not displayed through the
Scrolling Marquee and are used for more extensive diagnostics
and system evaluations.
All A series units with ComtfortLink™ controls have a port
for interface with the Carrier Comfort Network (CCN). On
TB3 there is a J11 jack which can be used for temporary connection to the CCN network or to computers equipped with
CCN software like the Service Tool. Also on TB3 there are
screw connections that can be used for more permanent CCN
connections.
STATUS DISPLAY TABLES
TABLE
COOLING
DISPLAY NAME
HVAC Mode…………..:
Control Mode………..:
RANGE
UNITS
POINT NAME
ascii text strings
ascii text strings
Current Running Capacity
Cooling Control Point
Evaporator Discharge Tmp
Mixed Air Temperature
%
dF
dF
dF
CAPTOTAL
COOLCPNT
EDT
MAT
PSIG
PSIG
dF
dF
CMPA1
CSB_A1
CMPA1_TG
CMPA2
CSB_A2
CMPA2_TG
MLV
DP_A
SP_A
SCTA
SSTA
COOL_A
Compressor A1 Relay
Compressor A1 Feedback
Compressor A1 Timeguard
Compressor A2 Relay
Compressor A2 Feedback
Compressor A2 Timeguard
Minimum Load Valve
Cir A Discharge Pressure
Cir A Suction Pressure
Cir A Sat.Condensing Tmp
Cir A Sat.Suction Temp.
121
WRITE STATUS
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
STATUS DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TABLE
COOL_B
DISPLAY NAME
RANGE
Compressor B1 Relay
Compressor B1 Feedback
Compressor B1 Timeguard
Compressor B2 Relay
Compressor B2 Feedback
Compressor B2 Timeguard
Cir B Discharge Pressure
Cir B Suction Pressure
Cir B Sat.Condensing Tmp
Cir B Sat.Suction Temp.
UNITS
PSIG
PSIG
dF
dF
POINT NAME
WRITE STATUS
CMPB1
CSB_B1
CMPB1_TG
CMPB2
CSB_B2
CMPB2_TG
DP_B
SP_B
SCTB
SSTB
ECONDIAG
Economizer Active ?
Yes/No
ECACTIVE
Conditions which prevent
economizer being active:
Econ Act. Unavailable?
Remote Econ. Disabled ?
DBC - OAT lockout?
DEW - OA Dewpt. lockout?
DDBC- OAT > RAT lockout?
OAEC- OA Enth Lockout?
DEC - Diff.Enth.Lockout?
EDT Sensor Bad ?
OAT Sensor Bad ?
Economizer forced ?
Supply Fan not on 30s ?
Cool Mode not in effect?
OAQ lockout in effect ?
Econ recovery hold off?
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
ECONUNAV
ECONDISA
DBC_STAT
DEW_STAT
DDBCSTAT
OAECSTAT
DEC_STAT
EDT_STAT
OAT_STAT
ECONFORC
SFONSTAT
COOL_OFF
OAQLOCKD
ECONHELD
ECONOMZR
Economizer Act.Curr.Pos.
Economizer Act.Cmd.Pos.
%
%
ECONOPOS
ECONOCMD
Economizer Active ?
Economizer Control Point
dF
ECACTIVE
ECONCPNT
Outside Air Temperature
Evaporator Discharge Tmp
Controlling Return Temp
dF
dF
dF
OAT
EDT
RETURN_T
forcible
OCCUPIED
forcible
forcible
forcible
GENERAL
Occupied ?
Yes/No
Static Pressure
Building Pressure
"H2O
"H2O
SP
BP
Outside Air Rel.Humidity
Return Air Rel.Humidity
%
%
OARH
RARH
forcible
forcible
Space Temperature Offset
Supply Air Setpnt. Reset
Static Pressure Reset
^F
^F
SPTO
SASPRSET
SPRESET
forcible
forcible
forcible
IAQ
OAQ
IAQMINOV
forcible
forcible
forcible
IAQ - PPM Return CO2
OAQ - PPM Return CO2
IAQ Min.Pos.Override
%
GENERIC
20 points dependent upon
the configuration of the
“generics” table in the
Service-Config section on page 128.
122
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
STATUS DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TABLE
HEATING
DISPLAY NAME
HVAC Mode…………..:
Control Mode………..:
Heat Control Type……:
Heating Mode………..:
RANGE
UNITS
POINT NAME
WRITE STATUS
ascii text strings
ascii text strings
ascii text strings
ascii text strings
Current Heat Stage
Heating Control Point
dF
HT_STAGE
HEATCPNT
Heat Relay 1
Heat Relay 2
Relay 3 W1 Gas Valve 2
Relay 4 W2 Gas Valve 2
Relay 5 W1 Gas Valve 3
Relay 6 W2 Gas Valve 3
Heat Interlock Relay
HS1
HS2
HS3
HS4
HS5
HS6
HIR
Heat Stage 1 Timeguard
Heat Stage 2 Timeguard
Heat Stage 3 Timeguard
Heat Stage 4 Timeguard
Heat Stage 5 Timeguard
Heat Stage 6 Timeguard
HS1_TG
HS2_TG
HS3_TG
HS4_TG
HS5_TG
HS6_TG
forcible
MODEDISP
System Mode…………:
HVAC Mode…………..:
Control Mode………..:
Currently Occupied
Timed Override in effect
DCV resetting min pos
Supply Air Reset
Demand Limit in Effect
Temp.Compensated Start
IAQ pre-occ purge active
Linkage Active - DAV
Mech.Cooling Locked Out
ascii text strings
ascii text strings
ascii text strings
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
MODEOCCP
MODETOVR
MODEADCV
MODESARS
MODEDMLT
MODETCST
MODEIQPG
MODELINK
MODELOCK
MODETRIP
Unoccup. Cool Mode Start
Unoccup. Cool Mode End
Occupied Cool Mode Start
Occupied Cool Mode End
UCCLSTRT
UCCL_END
OCCLSTRT
OCCL_END
Ctl.Temp RAT,SPT or Zone
CTRLTEMP
Occupied Heat Mode End
Occupied Heat Mode Start
Unoccup. Heat Mode End
Unoccup. Heat Mode Start
HVAC Mode…………..:
OCHT_END
OCHTSTRT
UCHT_END
UCHTSTRT
string
ascii text strings
TEMPCTRL
Evaporator Discharge Tmp
Leaving Air Temperature
Mixed Air Temperature
Controlling Return Temp
Controlling Space Temp
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
EDT
LAT
MAT
RETURN_T
SPACE_T
Air Temp Lvg Supply Fan
Return Air Temperature
Outside Air Temperature
Space Temperature
Space Temperature Offset
Staged Gas LAT Sum
Staged Gas LAT 1
Staged Gas LAT 2
Staged Gas LAT 3
Staged Gas Limit Sw.Temp
Cir A Sat.Condensing Tmp
Cir B Sat.Condensing Tmp
Cir A Sat.Suction Temp.
Cir B Sat.Suction Temp.
dF
dF
dF
dF
^F
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
SAT
RAT
OAT
SPT
SPTO
LAT_SGAS
LAT1SGAS
LAT2SGAS
LAT23SGAS
LIMSWTMP
SCTA
SCTB
SSTA
SSTB
forcible
forcible
TEMPS
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
TSTAT
Control Mode………..:
ascii text strings
Thermostat Y1 Input
Thermostat Y2 Input
Thermostat W1 Input
Thermostat W2 Input
Thermostat G Input
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
Y1
Y2
W1
W2
G
123
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
STATUS DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TABLE
UINPUTS
DISPLAY NAME
Filter Status Input
Fan request from IGC
Fire Shutdown Switch
Thermostat G Input
Thermostat W2 Input
Thermostat W1 Input
Thermostat Y2 Input
Thermostat Y1 Input
Economizer Control Input
Remote Economizer Enable
Econo Position Override
Remote Input State
Supply Fan Status Switch
Demand Limit Switch 1
Demand Limit Switch 2
Pressurization Input
Evacuation Input
Smoke Purge Input
IAQ - Discrete Input
RANGE
UNITS
Dirty/Clean
On/Off
Alarm/Normal
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
Yes/No
Yes/No
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
Alarm/Normal
Alarm/Normal
Alarm/Normal
High/Low
POINT NAME
FLTS
IGCFAN
FSD
G
W2
W1
Y2
Y1
ECOSW
ECONENBL
ECOORIDE
RMTIN
SFS
DMD_SW1
DMD_SW2
PRES
EVAC
PURG
IAQIN
WRITE STATUS
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
UOUTPUTS
FANS
Supply Fan Relay
Supply Fan VFD Speed
Supply Fan Request
Power Exhaust Relay A
Power Exhaust Relay B
Power Exhaust Relay C
Condenser Fan A
Condenser Fan B
COOLING
Compressor A1 Relay
Compressor A2 Relay
Minimum Load Valve
Compressor B1 Relay
Compressor B2 Relay
HEATING
Heat Relay 1
Heat Relay 2
Relay 3 W1 Gas Valve 2
Relay 4 W2 Gas Valve 2
Relay 5 W1 Gas Valve 3
Relay 6 W2 Gas Valve 3
Heat Interlock Relay
ECONOMIZER
Economizer Act.Curr.Pos.
Economizer Act.Cmd.Pos.
Economizer Power Relay
GENERAL OUTPUTS
Remote Alarm Relay
On/Off
0-100
Yes/No
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
SFAN_RLY
SFAN_VFD
SFANFORC
PE_A
PE_B
PE_C
CONDFANA
CONDFANB
%
forcible
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
CMPA1
CMPA2
MLV
CMPB1
CMPB2
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
HS1
HS2
HS3
HS4
HS5
HS6
HIR
forcible
ECONOPOS
ECONOCMD
ECON_PWR
forcible
forcible
0-100
0-100
On/Off
%
%
On/Off
ALRM
SET POINT TABLE
TABLE
SET_PNT
NAME
Occupied Heat Setpoint
Occupied Cool Setpoint
Unoccupied Heat Setpoint
Unoccupied Cool Setpoint
Heat-Cool Setpoint Gap
VAV Occ. Cool On Delta
VAV Occ. Cool Off Delta
Supply Air Setpoint
Supply Air Setpoint Hi
Supply Air Setpoint Lo
Heating Supply Air Setpt
Tempering Purge SASP
Tempering in Cool SASP
Tempering in Vent Occ SASP
Tempering Vent Unocc. SASP
RANGE
55-80
55-80
40-80
75-95
2-10
0-25
1-25
45-75
45-75
45-75
90-145
–20-80
5-75
–20-80
–20-80
UNITS
POINT NAME
dF
dF
dF
dF
deltaF
deltaF
deltaF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
OHSP
OCSP
UHSP
UCSP
HCSP_GAP
VAVOCON
VAVOCOFF
SASP
SASP_HI
SASP_LO
SASPHEAT
TEMPPURG
TEMPCOOL
TEMPVOCC
TEMPVUNC
DEFAULT
68
75
55
90
5
3.5
2
55
55
60
85
50
5
65
50
CONFIG TABLES
TABLE
ALARMDEF
NAME
Alarm Routing Control
Equipment Priority
Comm Failure Retry Time
Re-Alarm Time
Alarm System Name
RANGE
00000000-11111111
0-7
1 - 240
1 - 255
up to 8 alphanum
124
UNITS
min
min
POINT NAME
ALRM_CNT
EQP_TYPE
RETRY_TM
RE-ALARM
ALRM_NAM
DEFAULT
11000000
5
10
30
A-SERIES
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
CONFIG TABLES (cont)
TABLE
BRODEFS
NAME
RANGE
UNITS
POINT NAME
DEFAULT
CCN Time/Date Broadcast
CCN OAT Broadcast
CCN OARH Broadcast
CCN OAQ Broadcast
Global Schedule Broadcst
Daylight Savings Start:
Month
Week
Day
Minutes to Add
Daylight Savings Stop:
Month
Week
Day
Minutes to Subtract
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
CCNBC
OATBC
OARHBC
OAQBC
GSBC
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
1 - 12
1-5
1-7
0 - 90
STARTM
STARTW
STARTD
MINADD
4
1
7
60
1 - 12
1-5
1-7
0 - 90
STOPM
STOPW
STOPD
MINSUB
10
5
7
60
Device Name:
Description:
Location:
Software Part Number:
Model Number:
Serial Number:
Reference Number:
Broadcast Supervisory
Holiday Start Month
Start Day
Duration (days)
Occupancy Supervisory
Timed Override Hours
Period 1 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To
Period 2 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To
Period 3 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To
Period 4 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To
Period 5 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To
Period 6 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To
Period 7 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To
Period 8 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To
A-Series
A Series Rooftop
1-12
1-31
1-99
HOL-MON
HOL-DAY
HOL-LEN
0
0
0
0
00000000
0:00
0:00
00000000
0:00
0:00
00000000
0:00
0:00
00000000
0:00
0:00
00000000
0:00
0:00
00000000
0:00
0:00
00000000
0:00
0:00
00000000
0:00
0:00
OVR-EXT
DOW1
OCCTOD1
UNOCTOD1
DOW2
OCCTOD2
UNOCTOD2
DOW3
OCCTOD3
UNOCTOD3
DOW4
OCCTOD4
UNOCTOD4
DOW5
OCCTOD5
UNOCTOD5
DOW6
OCCTOD6
UNOCTOD6
DOW7
OCCTOD7
UNOCTOD7
DOW8
OCCTOD8
UNOCTOD8
0-99
Yes/No
0-4
0-4
SCHEDNUM
HOLIDAYT
OTL
OVR_EXT
0
No
1
0
Yes/No
Yes/No
SPT_OVER
T58_OVER
Yes
Yes
Yes/No
GLBLOVER
No
OHSP
OCSP
UHSP
UCSP
HCSP_GAP
VAVOCON
VAVOCOFF
SASP
SASP_HI
SASP_LO
SASPHEAT
TEMPPURG
TEMPCOOL
TEMPVOCC
TEMPVUNC
68
75
55
90
5
3.5
2
55
55
60
85
50
5
65
50
Ctlr-ID
HOLIDAY
HOLDY01S
to
HOLDY30S
OCCDEFCS
CESR131343-XX-XX
SCHEDOVR
Schedule Number
Accept Global Holidays?
Override Time Limit
Timed Override Hours
Accepting an Override:
SPT Override Enabled ?
T58 Override Enabled ?
Allowed to Broadcast a
Global Sched. Override ?
hours
hours
SET_PNT
Occupied Heat Setpoint
Occupied Cool Setpoint
Unoccupied Heat Setpoint
Unoccupied Cool Setpoint
Heat-Cool Setpoint Gap
VAV Occ. Cool On Delta
VAV Occ. Cool Off Delta
Supply Air Setpoint
Supply Air Setpoint Hi
Supply Air Setpoint Lo
Heating Supply Air Setpt
Tempering Purge SASP
Tempering in Cool SASP
Tempering in Vent Occ SASP
Tempering Vent Unocc. SASP
55-80
55-80
40-80
75-95
2-10
0-25
1-25
45-75
45-75
45-75
90-145
–20-80
5-75
–20-80
–20-80
125
dF
dF
dF
dF
deltaF
deltaF
deltaF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
SERVICE-CONFIG TABLES
TABLE
ALLM
NAME
RANGE
SPT lo alert limit/occ
SPT hi alert limit/occ
SPT lo alert limit/unocc
SPT hi alert limit/unocc
EDT lo alert limit/occ
EDT hi alert limit/occ
EDT lo alert limit/unocc
EDT hi alert limit/unocc
RAT lo alert limit/occ
RAT hi alert limit/occ
RAT lo alert limit/unocc
RAT hi alert limit/unocc
RARH low alert limit
RARH high alert limit
SP low alert limit
SP high alert limit
BP lo alert limit
BP high alert limit
IAQ high alert limit
–10-245
–10-245
–10-245
–10-245
–40-245
–40-245
–40-245
–40-245
–40-245
–40-245
–40-245
–40-245
0-100
0-100
0-5
0-5
–0.25-0.25
–0.25-0.25
0-5000
Building Press. Config
Power Exhaust Motors
0=None,1=4 Mtr, 2=6 Mtr
Building Pressure Sensor
Bldg Press (+/-) Range
Building Pressure Setp.
Power Exhaust On Setp.1
Power Exhaust On Setp.2
Modulating PE Alg. Slct.
BP PID Evaluation Time
BP Threshold Adjustment
High BP Level
Low BP Level
Capacity Threshold Adjust
Compressor Lockout Temp
Fan-off Delay, Mech Cool
Minimum Load Valve?
Motor Master Control ?
Head Pressure Setpoint
Enable Compressor A1
Enable Compressor A2
Enable Compressor B1
Enable Compressor B2
CSB A1 Feedback Alarm
CSB A2 Feedback Alarm
CSB B1 Feedback Alarm
CSB B2 Feedback Alarm
Rev. Rotation Verified ?
–10 -> 10
–20 -> 55
0-600
Yes/No
Yes/No
80-150
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Yes/No
Metric Display
Language Selection
Password Enable
Service Password
Contrast Adjustment
Brightness Adjustment
Off/On
0-1
Enable/Disable
0000-9999
–255 - 255
–255 - 255
Dmd Level Lo Heat On
Dmd Level(+) Hi Heat On
Dmd Level(-) Lo Heat Off
Dmd Level Lo Cool On
Dmd Level(+) Hi Cool On
Dmd Level(-) Lo Cool Off
Cool Trend Demand Level
Heat Trend Demand Level
Cool Trend Time
Heat Trend Time
–1 - 2
0.5 - 2.0
0.5 - 2
–1 - 2
0.5 - 2
0.5 - 2
0.1 - 5
0.1 - 5
30 - 600
30 - 600
Demand Limit Select
Demand Limit at 20 ma
Loadshed Group Number
Loadshed Demand Delta
Maximum Loadshed Time
Demand Limit Sw.1 Setpt.
Demand Limit Sw.2 Setpt.
0-3
0 - 100
0 - 99
0 - 60
0 - 120
0 - 100
0 - 100
UNITS
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
%
%
"H2O
"H2O
"H2O
"H2O
POINT NAME
DEFAULT
SPLO
SPHO
SPLU
SPHU
SALO
SAHO
SALU
SAHU
RALO
RAHO
RALU
RAHU
RRHL
RRHH
SPL
SPH
BPL
BPH
IAQH
60
85
45
100
40
100
40
100
60
90
40
100
0
100
0
2
-0.25
0.25
1200
0-2
0-2
BLDG_CFG
PWRM
0
1
Enable/Disable
0-1
–0.25 -> 0.25
0-100
0-100
1-3
0-10
0.1-10
0-1
0-1
BPSENS
BP_RANGE
BPSP
PES1
PES2
BPSELECT
BPPERIOD
BPZ_GAIN
BPHPLVL
BPLPLVL
Dsable
0.25
0.05
35
75
1
1
1
0.05
0.04
Z_GAIN
OATLCOMP
COOL_FOD
MLV_SEL
MOTRMAST
HPSP
CMPA1ENA
CMPA2ENA
CMPB1ENA
CMPB2ENA
CSB_A1EN
CSB_A2EN
CSB_B1EN
CSB_B2EN
REVR_VER
1
40
60
No
No
110
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Dsable
Dsable
Dsable
Dsable
No
DISPUNIT
LANGUAGE
PASS_EBL
PASSWORD
CNTR_ADJ
BRTS_ADJ
Off
0
Enable
1111
0
0
DMDLHON
DMDHHON
DMDLHOFF
DMDLCON
DMDHCON
DMDLCOFF
CTRENDLV
HTRENDLV
CTRENDTM
HTRENDTM
1.5
0.5
1
1.5
0.5
1
0.1
0.1
120
120
DMD_CTRL
DMT20MA
SHED_NUM
SHED_DEL
SHED_TIM
DLSWSP1
DLSWSP2
0
100
0
0
60
80
50
BP__
"H2O
%
%
min
COOL
dF
sec
dF
DISP
DLVT
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
sec
sec
DMDL
126
%
%
min
%
%
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
SERVICE-CONFIG TABLES (cont)
TABLE
ECON
NAME
RANGE
Economizer Installed ?
Economizer Min.Position
Economizer Max.Position
Economzr trim for sumZ ?
Econ ChangeOver Select
OA Enthalpy ChgOvr Selct
Outdr.Enth Compare Value
High OAT Lockout Temp
OA Dewpoint Temp Limit
Outside Air RH Sensor
Economizer Control Type
Economizer Switch Config
Economizer Prop.Gain
Economizer Range Adjust
Economizer Speed Adjust
Economizer Deadband
Unoc Econ Free Cool Cfg
Unoc Econ Free Cool Time
Un.Ec.Free Cool OAT Lock
Yes/No
0 - 100
0 - 100
Yes/No
0-3
1-5
18 - 28
55 - 120
50 - 62
Enable/Disable
1-3
0-2
0.7 - 3.0
0.5 - 5
0.1 - 10
0.1 - 2
0-2
0-720
40-70
EDT Reset Configuration
Reset Ratio
Reset Limit
EDT 4-20 ma Reset Input
0-3
0 - 10
0 - 20
Enable/Disable
Heating Control Type
Heating Supply Air Setpt
Occupied Heating Enabled
MBB Sensor Heat Relocate
Fan-off Delay, Gas Heat
Fan-off Delay, Elec Heat
Staged Gas Heat Type
Max Cap Change per Cycle
S.Gas DB min.dF/PID Rate
St.Gas Temp. Dead Band
Heat Rise dF/sec Clamp
LAT Limit Config
Heat Control Prop. Gain
Heat Control Derv. Gain
Heat PID Rate Config
0-4
80-120
Yes/No
Yes/No
45-600
10-600
0-4
5 - 45
0-5
0-5
0.05 - 0.2
0 - 20
0 - 1.5
0 - 1.5
60 - 300
Economizer Min.Position
IAQ Demand Vent Min.Pos.
IAQ Analog Sensor Config
IAQ 4-20 ma Fan Config
IAQ Discrete Input Config
IAQ Disc.In. Fan Config
OAQ 4-20ma Sensor Config
IAQ Econo Override Pos.
Diff.Air Quality LoLimit
Diff. Air Quality HiLimit
DAQ PPM Fan Off Setpoint
DAQ PPM Fan On Setpoint
Diff. AQ Responsiveness
OAQ Lockout Value
User determined OAQ
IAQ Low Reference
IAQ High Reference
OAQ Low Reference
OAQ High Reference
IAQ Purge
IAQ Purge Duration
IAQ Purge LoTemp Min Pos
IAQ Purge HiTemp Min Pos
IAQ Purge OAT Lockout
0 - 100
0 - 100
0-4
0-2
0-2
0-2
0-2
0 - 100
0 - 1000
100 - 2000
0 - 2000
0 - 2000
–5 - 5
0 - 2000
0-5000
0 - 5000
0 - 5000
0 - 5000
0 - 5000
Yes/No
5-60
0-100
0-100
35-70
Static Pres.VFD Control?
Static Pres.Fan Control?
Static Pressure Sensor
Static Press. Low Range
Static Press. High Range
Static Pressure Setpoint
VFD Minimum Speed
VFD Maximum Speed
VFD Fire Speed Override
Stat.Pres.PID Run Rate
Static Press. Prop. Gain
Static Pressure Intg. Gain
Static Pressure Derv. Gain
Static Press.System Gain
No
Yes
Enable/Disable
–10 - 0
0 - 10
0-5
10 - 50
50 - 100
0 - 100
1 - 200
0 - 100
0 - 50
0 - 50
0 - 50
UNITS
%
%
dF
dF
^F
^F
min
dF
POINT NAME
DEFAULT
ECON_ENA
ECONOMIN
ECONOMAX
ECONTRIM
ECON_SEL
OAEC_SEL
OAEN_CFG
OAT_LOCK
OADEWCFG
OARHSENS
ECON_CTL
ECOSWCFG
EC_PGAIN
EC_RANGE
EC_SPEED
EC_DBAND
UEFC_CFG
UEFCTIME
UEFCNTLO
Yes
20
98
Yes
1
2
24
60
55
Disable
1
0
1
2.5
0.75
0.5
0
120
50
EDRSTCFG
RTIO
LIMT
EDTRSENS
2
3
10
Disable
HEATTYPE
SASPHEAT
HTOCCENA
HTLATMON
GAS_FOD
ELEC_FOD
HTSTGTYP
HTCAPMAX
HT_MR_DB
HT_SG_DB
HTSGRISE
HTLATLIM
HT_PGAIN
HT_DGAIN
HTSGPIDR
0
85
No
No
45
30
0
45
0.5
2
0.06
10
1
1
90
ECONOMIN
IAQMINP
IAQANCFG
IAQANFAN
IAQINCFG
IAQINFAN
OAQANCFG
IAQOVPOS
DAQ_LOW
DAQ_HIGH
DAQFNOFF
DAQFNON
IAQREACT
OAQLOCK
OAQ_USER
IAQREFL
IAQREFH
OAQREFL
OAQREFH
IAQPURGE
IAQPTIME
IAQPLTMP
IAQPHTMP
IAQPNTLO
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
100
100
700
200
400
0
0
400
0
2000
0
2000
No
15
10
35
50
STATICFG
STATPFAN
SPSENS
SP_LOW
SP_HIGH
SPSP
STATPMIN
STATPMAX
STATPFSO
SPIDRATE
STATP_PG
STATP_IG
STATP_DG
STATP_SG
No
Yes
Disable
0
5
1.5
20
100
100
2
20
2
0
1
EDTR
^F
HEAT
dF
^F
^F
sec
IAQ_
%
%
%
min
%
%
dF
SP__
127
"H2O
%
%
%
sec
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
SERVICE-CONFIG TABLES (cont)
TABLE
TRIM
NAME
RANGE
Air Temp Lvg SF Trim
RAT Trim
OAT Trim
SPT Trim
Cir A Sat.Cond.Temp Trim
Cir B Sat.Cond.Temp Trim
Suct.Press.Circ.A Trim
Suct.Press.Circ.B Trim
Dis.Press.Circ.A Trim
Dis.Press.Circ.B Trim
Static Press. Trim (ma)
Bldg. Pressure Trim (ma)
–10 - 10
–10 - 10
–10 - 10
–10 - 10
–30 - 30
–30 - 30
–50 - 50
–50 - 50
–50 - 50
–50 - 50
–2 - 2
–2 - 2
Filter Status Inpt-Clean
IGC Feedback - Off
RemSw Off-Unoc-Strt-NoOv
Economizer Switch - No
Fan Status Sw. - Off
Dmd.Lmt.Sw.1 - Off
Dmd.Lmt.Sw.2 - Off
IAQ Disc.Input - Low
Fire Shutdown - Off
Press. Switch - Off
Evacuation Sw. - Off
Smoke Purge Sw. - Off
UNITS
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
PSI
PSI
PSI
PSI
POINT NAME
DEFAULT
SAT_TRIM
RAT_TRIM
OAT_TRIM
SPT_TRIM
SCTATRIM
SCTBTRIM
SPA_TRIM
SPB_TRIM
DPA_TRIM
DPB_TRIM
SPMATRIM
BPMATRIM
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
FLTSLOGC
GASFANLG
RMTINLOG
ECOSWLOG
SFSLOGIC
DMD_SW1L
DMD_SW2L
IAQINLOG
FSDLOGIC
PRESLOGC
EVACLOGC
PURGLOGC
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Machine Control Type
Fan Mode (0=auto, 1=cont)
Remote Switch Config
CEM Module installed
Temp.Cmp.Strt.Cool Factr
Temp.Cmp.Strt.Heat Factr
Fan fail shuts down unit
Fan Stat Monitoring Type
VAV Unocc.Fan Retry time
Unit Size (20-60)
20,25,27,30,35,40,50,60
Disch. Press. Transducer
MAT Calc Config
Reset MAT Table Entries?
Altitude……..in feet:
Space Temp Sensor
Space Temp Offset Sensor
Space Temp Offset Range
Return Air RH Sensor
Filter Stat.Sw.Enabled ?
Stat. Pres. Reset Sensor
1-6
0-1
0 -3
Yes/No
0-60
0-60
Yes/No
0-2
0-720
20-60
CTRLTYPE
FAN_MODE
RMTINCFG
CEM_BRD
TCSTCOOL
TCSTHEAT
SFS_SHUT
SFS_MON
SAMPMINS
UNITSIZE
4
1
0
No
0
0
No
0
50
20
DP_TRANS
MAT_SEL
MATRESET
ALTITUDE
SPTSENS
SPTOSENS
SPTO_RNG
RARHSENS
FLTS_ENA
SPRSTSEN
No
Yes
No
0
Disable
Disable
5
Disable
Disable
Disable
POINT_01 Definition
POINT_02 Definition
POINT_03 Definition
POINT_04 Definition
POINT_05 Definition
POINT_06 Definition
POINT_07 Definition
POINT_08 Definition
POINT_09 Definition
POINT_10 Definition
POINT_11 Definition
POINT_12 Definition
POINT_13 Definition
POINT_14 Definition
POINT_15 Definition
POINT_16 Definition
POINT_17 Definition
POINT_18 Definition
POINT_19 Definition
POINT_20 Definition
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
SWLG
UNIT
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
0-60000
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
1 - 10
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
min
min
min
TONS
^F
generics
128
POINT_01
POINT_02
POINT_03
POINT_04
POINT_05
POINT_06
POINT_07
POINT_08
POINT_09
POINT_10
POINT_11
POINT_12
POINT_13
POINT_14
POINT_15
POINT_16
POINT_17
POINT_18
POINT_19
POINT_20
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
MAINTENANCE DISPLAY TABLES
TABLE
ALARMS01
DISPLAY NAME
RANGE
UNITS
POINT NAME
Active Alarm
------------------------
ascii
ascii
ALARM_01
Active Alarm
------------------------
ascii
ascii
ALARM_02
Active Alarm
------------------------
ascii
ascii
ALARM_03
Active Alarm
------------------------
ascii
ascii
ALARM_04
Compressor A1 Relay
Compressor A1 Feedback
Curr.Sens.Brd. A1 Status
CSB A1 Feedback Alarm
Comp A1 Locked Out ?
Compressor A1 Strikes
Enable Compressor A1
Compressor A2 Relay
Compressor A2 Feedback
Curr.Sens.Brd. A2 Status
CSB A2 Feedback Alarm
Comp A2 Locked Out ?
Compressor A2 Strikes
Enable Compressor A2
Compressor B1 Relay
Compressor B1 Feedback
Curr.Sens.Brd. B1 Status
CSB B1 Feedback Alarm
Comp B1 Locked Out ?
Compressor B1 Strikes
Enable Compressor B1
Compressor B2 Relay
Compressor B2 Feedback
Curr.Sens.Brd. B2 Status
CSB B2 Feedback Alarm
Comp B2 Locked Out ?
Compressor B2 Strikes
Enable Compressor B2
On/Off
On/Off
ascii
Enable/Disable
Yes/No
CMPA1
CSB_A1
CSBA1ASC
CSB_A1EN
CMPA1LOK
CMPA1STR
CMPA1ENA
CMPA2
CSB_A2
CSBA2ASC
CSB_A2EN
CMPA2LOK
CMPA2STR
CMPA2ENA
CMPB1
CSB_B1
CSBB1ASC
CSB_B1EN
CMPB1LOK
CMPB1STR
CMPB1ENA
CMPB2
CSB_B2
CSBB2ASC
CSB_B2EN
CMPB2LOK
CMPB2STR
CMPB2ENA
Active Demand Limit
Percent Total Capacity
Demand Limit Select
Demand Limit Switch 1
Demand Limit Switch 2
Demand Limit Sw.1 Setpt.
Demand Limit Sw.2 Setpt.
4-20 ma Demand Signal
Demand Limit at 20 ma
CCN Loadshed Signal
Loadshed Group Number
Loadshed Demand Delta
Maximum Loadshed Time
0-100
0-100
0-3
On/Off
On/Off
0-100
0-100
4-20
0-100
0-99
0-99
0-60
0-120
WRITE STATUS
follow same format for…
ALARMS02
ALARMS03
ALARMS04
ALARMS05
COMPRESR
Enable/Disable
On/Off
On/Off
ascii
Enable/Disable
Yes/No
Enable/Disable
On/Off
On/Off
ascii
Enable/Disable
Yes/No
Enable/Disable
On/Off
On/Off
ascii
Enable/Disable
Yes/No
Enable/Disable
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
DMANDLIM
129
%
%
%
%
ma
%
%
min
DEM_LIM
CAPTOTAL
DMD_CTRL
DMD_SW1
DMD_SW2
DLSWSP1
DLSWSP2
DMDLMTMA
DMT20MA
DL_STAT
SHED_NUM
SHED_DEL
SHED_TIM
forcible
config
forcible
forcible
config
config
forcible
config
config
config
config
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
MAINTENANCE DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TABLE
ECON_MIN
DISPLAY NAME
RANGE
Econo Damper Command Pos
Econo Damper Current Pos
Econo Current Min. Pos.
Diff.Air Quality in PPM
Econo Position Override
IAQ Min.Pos.Override
Econ Remote 10K Pot Val.
IAQ - PPM Return CO2
OAQ - PPM Return CO2
IAQ - Discrete Input
IAQ Demand Vent Min.Pos.
Economizer Min.Position
IAQ Analog Sensor Config
IAQ 4-20 ma Fan Config
IAQ Discrete Input Confg
IAQ Disc.In. Fan Config
IAQ Econo Override Pos.
Diff.Air Quality LoLimit
Diff.Air Quality HiLimit
DAQ PPM Fan Off Setpoint
DAQ PPM Fan On Setpoint
Diff. AQ Responsiveness
IAQ Low Reference
IAQ High Reference
OAQ Lockout Value
OAQ 4-20ma Sensor Config
IAQ milliamps
OAQ milliamps
UNITS
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
ma
ma
POINT NAME
ECONOCMD
ECONOPOS
ECMINPOS
DAQ
ECOORIDE
IAQMINOV
ECON_POT
IAQ
OAQ
IAQIN
IAQMINP
ECONOMIN
IAQANCFG
IAQANFAN
IAQINCFG
IAQINFAN
IAQOVPOS
DAQ_LOW
DAQ_HIGH
DAQFNOFF
DAQFNON
IAQREACT
IAQREFL
IAQREFH
OAQLOCK
OAQANCFG
IAQ_MA
OAQ_MA
WRITE STATUS
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
EC_DIAG
Economizer Active ?
Conditions which prevent
economizer being active:
Econ Act. Unavailable?
Remote Econ. Disabled ?
DBC - OAT lockout?
DEW - OA Dewpt. lockout?
DDBC- OAT > RAT lockout?
OAEC- OA Enth Lockout?
DEC - Diff.Enth.Lockout?
EDT Sensor Bad ?
OAT Sensor Bad ?
Economizer forced ?
Supply Fan not on 30s ?
Cool Mode not in effect?
OAQ lockout in effect ?
Econ recovery hold off?
Outside Air Temperature
OutsideAir DewPoint Temp
Outside Air Rel.Humidity
Outdoor Air Enthalpy
Return Air Temperature
Return Air Rel.Humidity
Return Air Enthalpy
High OAT Lockout Temp
Econ ChangeOver Select
OA Enthalpy ChgOvr Selct
Outdr.Enth Compare Value
OA Dewpoint Temp Limit
Supply Fan State
Economizer Act.Cmd.Pos.
Economizer Act.Curr.Pos.
Evaporator Discharge Tmp
Economizer Control Point
EDT Trend in degF/minute
Economizer Prop.Gain
Economizer Range Adjust
Economizer Speed Adjust
Economizer Deadband
Economizer Timer
Yes/No
ECACTIVE
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
ECONUNAV
ECONDISA
DBC_STAT
DEW_STAT
DDBCSTAT
OAECSTAT
DEC_STAT
EDT_STAT
OAT_STAT
ECONFORC
SFONSTAT
COOL_OFF
OAQLOCKD
ECONHELD
OAT
OADEWTMP
OARH
OAE
RAT
RARH
RAE
OAT_LOCK
ECON_SEL
OAEC_SEL
OAEN_CFG
OADEWCFG
SFAN
ECONOCMD
ECONOPOS
EDT
ECONCPNT
EDTTREND
EC_PGAIN
EC_RANGE
EC_SPEED
EC_DBAND
ERATETMR
dF
dF
%
dF
%
dF
dF
%
%
dF
dF
^F
^F
^F
sec
130
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
config
config
config
config
config
forcible
config
config
config
config
config
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
MAINTENANCE DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TABLE
ENTHALPY
DISPLAY NAME
RANGE
Outdoor Air Enthalpy
Outside Air Temperature
Outside Air Rel.Humidity
Outside Air RH Sensor
OA Dewpoint Temp Limit
OutsideAir DewPoint Temp
OutsideAir Humidty Ratio
OA H2O Vapor Sat.Pressur
OA H2O Partial.Press.Vap
Return Air Enthalpy
Return Air Temperature
Controlling Return Temp
Return Air Rel.Humidity
Return Air Temp Sensor
Return Air RH Sensor
Altitude……..in feet:
Atmospheric Pressure
UNITS
dF
%
dF
dF
"Hg
"Hg
dF
dF
%
"Hg
POINT NAME
OAE
OAT
OARH
OARHSENS
OADEWCFG
OADEWTMP
OA_HUMR
OA_PWS
OA_PWS
RAE
RAT
RETURN_T
RARH
RATSENS
RARHSENS
ALTITUDE
ATMOPRES
WRITE STATUS
forcible
forcible
config
config
forcible
forcible
forcible
config
config
config
config
LINKDATA
Supervisory Element #
Supervisory Bus
Supervisory Block Number
Average Occup. Heat Stp.
Average Occup. Cool Stp.
Average Unocc. Heat Stp.
Average Unocc. Cool Stp.
Average Zone Temperature
Average Occup. Zone Temp
Linkage System Occupied?
Next Occupied Day
Next Occupied Time
Next Unoccupied Day
Next Unoccupied Time
Last Unoccupied Day
Last Unoccupied Time
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
SUPE-ADR
SUPE-BUS
BLOCKNUM
AOHS
AOCS
AUHS
AUCS
AZT
AOZT
LOCC
LNEXTOCD
LNEXTOCC
LNEXTUOD
LNEXTUNC
LLASTUOD
LLASTUNC
MILLIAMP
IAQ milliamps
OAQ milliamps
SP Reset milliamps
4-20 ma Demand Signal
EDT Reset milliamps
OARH milliamps
RARH milliamps
BP milliamps
SP milliamps
ma
ma
ma
ma
ma
ma
ma
ma
ma
IAQ_MA
OAQ_MA
SPRST_MA
DMDLMTMA
EDTRESMA
OARH_MA
RARH_MA
BP_MA
SP_MA
MODES
System Mode…………:
HVAC Mode…………..:
Control Mode………..:
Currently Occupied
Timed Override in effect
DCV resetting min pos
Supply Air Reset
Demand Limit in Effect
Temp.Compensated Start
IAQ pre-occ purge active
Linkage Active - DAV
Mech.Cooling Locked Out
ascii text strings
ascii text strings
ascii text strings
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
Current Day, Time & Date:
Occupancy Controlled By:
ascii date & time
ascii text
ascii text
ascii text
Yes/No
MODEOCCP
MODETOVR
MODEADCV
MODESARS
MODEDMLT
MODETCST
MODEIQPG
MODELINK
MODELOCK
OCCDEFME
Currently Occupied
Current Occupied Time
Current Unoccupied Time
Next Occupied Day & Time
Next Unocc. Day & Time
Last Unocc. Day & Time
Current Occup. Period #
Timed-Override in Effect
Timed-Override Duration
Yes/No
hours
131
TIMEDATE
OCDFTXT1
OCDFTXT2
OCDFTXT3
MODE_OCC
STRTTIME
ENDTIME
NXTOC_DT
NXTUN_DT
PRVUN_DT
PER_NO
OVERLAST
OVR_HRS
forcible
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
MAINTENANCE DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TABLE
PRESBLDG
DISPLAY NAME
RANGE
UNITS
Building Pressure
Econo Damper Current Pos
Power Exhaust Stage A
Power Exhaust Stage B
Power Exhaust Stage C
BP Load Factor
BP Rise Per Stage
BP PID/Integral Term
BP PID Threshold
BP Deadband
Building Pressure Error
Rate of Chng of BPERROR
High BP Override
Low BP Override
"H2O
%
Static Pressure
Supply Fan VFD Speed
Static Pressure Setpoint
Static Pressure Reset
"H2O
%
"H2O
POINT NAME
WRITE STATUS
BP
ECONOPOS
PE_A
PE_B
PE_C
BPSMZ
BPRISE
BPINT
BPZ
BPY
BPERROR
BPRATE
BPHPOVRD
BPLPOVRD
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
SP
SFAN_VFD
SPSP
SPRESET
config
forcible
PRESDUCT
STAGEGAS
Heating Mode………..:
Requested Heat Stage
Heating Control Point
Staged Gas LAT Sum
Staged Gas LAT 1
Staged Gas LAT 2
Staged Gas LAT 3
Staged Gas Limit Sw.Temp
Heat PID Timer
Staged Gas Capacity Calc
Current Running Capacity
Proportional Cap. Change
Derivative Cap. Change
Maximum Heat Stages
Hi Limit Switch Tmp Mode
LAT Cutoff Mode
Capacity Clamp Mode
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
sec
%
%
HT_STAGE
HEATCPNT
LAT_SGAS
LAT1SGAS
LAT2SGAS
LAT3SGAS
LIMSWTMP
HTSGTIMR
HTSGCALC
HTSG_CAP
HTSG_P
HTSG_D
HTMAXSTG
LIMTMODE
LATCMODE
CAPMODE
STRTHOUR
Compressor A1 Run Hours
Compressor A2 Run Hours
Compressor B1 Run Hours
Compressor B2 Run Hours
Compressor A1 Starts
Compressor A2 Starts
Compressor B1 Starts
Compressor B2 Starts
hours
hours
hours
hours
HR_A1
HR_A2
HR_B1
HR_B2
CY_A1
CY_A2
CY_B1
CY_B2
Cooling Control Point
Mixed Air Temperature
Evaporator Discharge Tmp
Return Air Temperature
Outside Air Temperature
Econo Damper Current Pos
Capacity Threshold Adjst
Capacity Load Factor
Next Stage EDT Decrease
Next Stage EDT Increase
Rise Per Percent Capacity
Cap Deadband Subtracting
Cap Deadband Adding
Cap Threshold Subtracting
Cap Threshold Adding
High Temp Cap Override
Low Temp Cap Override
Pull Down Cap Override
Slow Change Cap Override
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
%
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
COOLCPNT
MAT
EDT
RAT
OAT
ECONOPOS
Z_GAIN
SMZ
ADDRISE
SUBRISE
RISE_PCT
Y_MINUS
Y_PLUS
Z_MINUS
Z_PLUS
HI_TEMP
LOW_TEMP
PULLDOWN
SLO_CHNG
Reset All Current Alarms
Reset Alarm History
Reset the Device
Local Machine Disable
Soft Stop Request
Emergency Stop
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Enable/Disable
ALRESET
ALHISCLR
RESETDEV
UNITSTOP
SOFTSTOP
EMSTOP
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
SUMZ
SYSTEM
132
config
config
config
config
forcible
forcible
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
MAINTENANCE DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TABLE
TESTCOOL
DISPLAY NAME
RANGE
Compressor A1 Relay
Compressor A2 Relay
Min. Load Valve (HGBP)
Compressor B1 Relay
Compressor B2 Relay
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
Supply Fan Relay
Supply Fan VFD Speed
Condenser Fan Circuit A
Condenser Fan Circuit B
ON/OFF
0-100
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
Heat Relay 1
Heat Relay 2
Relay 3 W1 Gas Valve 2
Relay 4 W2 Gas Valve 2
Relay 5 W1 Gas Valve 3
Relay 6 W2 Gas Valve 3
UNITS
POINT NAME
WRITE STATUS
CMPA1TST
CMPA2TST
MLV_TST
CMPB1TST
CMPB2TST
test
test
test
test
test
SFAN_TST
SGVFDTST
CNDA_TST
CNDB_TST
test
test
test
test
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
HS1_TST
HS2_TST
HS3_TST
HS4_TST
HS5_TST
HS6_TST
test
test
test
test
test
test
Economizer Position Test
Economizer Power Test
Calibrate the Economizer?
Power Exhaust Relay A
Power Exhaust Relay B
Power Exhaust Relay C
Heat Interlock Relay
Remote Alarm Relay
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ECONCTST
ECONPTST
ECON_CAL
PE_A_TST
PE_B_TST
PE_C_TST
HIR_TST
ALRM_TST
test
test
test
test
test
test
test
test
MBB
CESR131334ECB1
CESR131249ECB2
CESR131249SCB
CESR131226CEM
CESR131174MARQUEE CESR131171NAVIGATOR CESR130227-
ascii version#
ascii version#
ascii version#
ascii version#
ascii version#
ascii version#
ascii version#
MBB_SW
ECB1_SW
ECB2_SW
SCB_SW
CEM_SW
MARQ_SW
NAVI_SW
TESTFANS
%
TESTHEAT
TESTINDP
VERSIONS
TIME SCHEDULE CONFIG TABLE
Allowable Entries: Day not selected = 0 Day selected = 1
Period 1:
Period 2:
Period 3:
Period 4:
Period 5:
Period 6:
Period 7:
Period 8:
DAY FLAGS
MTWTFSSH
OCCUPIED
TIME
UNOCCUPIED
TIME
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00:00
00:00
00:00
00:00
00:00
00:00
00:00
00:00
00:00
00:00
00:00
00:00
00:00
00:00
00:00
00:00
133
APPENDIX C — VFD INFORMATION
On variable air volume units with optional VFD, the supply
fan speed is controlled by a 3-phase VFD. The VFD is located
in the supply fan section behind a removable panel. The VFD
speed is controlled directly by the ComfortLink™ controls
through a 4 to 20 mA signal based on a supply duct pressure
sensor. The VFD has a display, which can be used for service
diagnostics, but setup of the building pressure and control loop
factors should be done through the Scrolling Marquee display.
The VFD is powered during normal operation to prevent
condensation from forming on the boards during the off mode
and is stopped by driving the speed to 0 (by sending a 4 mA
signal to the VFD).
The A series units use ABB VFDs. The interface wiring for
the VFDs is shown in Fig. A. The VFD connects through
an isolation board to the 4 to 20 mA RCB board. Terminal
designations are shown in Table A. Configurations are shown
in Table B.
Table A — VFD Terminal Designations
TERMINAL
U1
V1
W1
U2
V2
W2
X1-11 (GND)
X1-12 (COMMON)
X1-10 (24 VDC)
X1-13 (DI-1)
X1-10 (24 VDC)
X1-16 (DI-4)
X1-2 (AI-1)
X1-3 (AGND)
FUNCTION
Three-Phase Main Circuit Input Power Supply
Three-Phase AC Output to Motor, 0 V to
Maximum Input Voltage Level
Factory-supplied jumper
Run (factory-supplied jumper)
Start Enable 1 (Factory-supplied jumper). When
opened the drive goes to emergency stop.
Factory wired for 4 to 20 mA remote input
Fig. A — VFD Wiring
134
Table B — VFD Configurations
PARAMETER GROUP
Start-Up Data
Start/Stop/Dir
Analog Inputs
Relay Outputs
System Controls
OVER RIDE
Accel/Decel
MOTOR
PARAMETER TITLE
LANGUAGE
APPLIC MACRO
MOTOR CTRL MODE
MOTOR NOM VOLT
MOTOR NOM CURR
MOTOR NOM FREQ
MOTOR NOM SPEED
EXT1 COMMANDS
DIRECTION
MINIMUM AI1
MAXIMUM AI1
RELAY OUTPUT 1
RELAY OUTPUT 2
RELAY OUTPUT 3
RUN ENABLE
START ENABLE 1
OVERRIDE SEL
OVERRIDE FREQ
OVERRIDE SPEED
OVER PASS CODE
OVERRIDE
STOP FUNCTION
ACCELER TIME 1
DECELER TIME 1
SWITCHING FREQ
PARAMETER INDEX
9901
9902
9904
9905
9906
9907
9908
1001
1003
1301
1302
1401
1402
1403
1601
1608
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
2102
2202
2203
2606
CARRIER DEFAULT
ENGLISH
USER 1
SCALAR: FREQ
460v
*TBD*
60 Hz
1750 rpm
DI-1
REVERSE
20.0 %
100.0 %
STARTED
RUN
FAULT (-1)
NOT SELECTED
DI-4
DI-3
60 Hz
1750 rpm
ENTERED
ON
RAMP
30.0s
30.0s
8 kHz
VFD Operation — The VFD keypad is shown in Fig. B.
The function of SOFT KEYS 1 and 2 change depending on
what is displayed on the screen. The function of SOFT KEY 1
matches the word in the lower left-hand box on the display
screen. The function of SOFT KEY 2 matches the word in the
lower right-hand box on the display screen. If the box is empty,
then the SOFT KEY does not have a function on that specific
screen. The UP and DOWN keys are used to navigate through
the menus. The OFF key is used to turn off the VFD. The
AUTO key is used to change control of the drive to automatic
control. The HAND key is used to change control of the drive
to local (hand held) control. The HELP button is used to access
the help screens.
Fig. B — VFD Keypad
135
STANDARD DISPLAY MODE — Use the standard display
mode to read information on the drive status and operate the
drive. To reach the standard display mode, press EXIT until the
LCD display shows status information as described below. See
Fig. C.
The top line of the LCD display shows the basic status
information of the drive. The HAND icon indicates that the
drive control is local from the control panel. The AUTO icon
indicates that the drive is in remote control mode, such as the
basic I/O (X1) or field bus.
The arrow icon indicates the drive and motor rotation status.
A rotating arrow (clockwise or counterclockwise) indicates
that the drive is running and at set point and the shaft direction
is forward or reverse. A rotating blinking arrow indicates that
the drive is running but not at set point. A stationary arrow
indicates that the drive is stopped. For Carrier rooftop units, the
correct rotation is counterclockwise.
The upper right corner shows the frequency set point that
the drive will maintain.
Using parameter group 34, the middle of the LCD display
can be configured to display 3 parameter values. The default
display shows parameters 0103 (OUTPUT FREQ) in percentages, 0104 (CURRENT) in amperes, and 0120 (AI1) in
milliamperes.
The bottom corners of the LCD display show the functions
currently assigned to the two soft keys. The lower middle
displays the current time (if configured to show the time).
The first time the drive is powered up, it is in the OFF mode.
To switch to local hand-held control and control the drive using
the control panel, press and hold the HAND button. Pressing
the HAND button switches the drive to hand control while
keeping the drive running. Press the AUTO button to switch to
remote input control. To start the drive press the HAND or
AUTO buttons, to stop the drive press the OFF button.
To adjust the speed in HAND mode, press the UP or
DOWN buttons (the reference changes immediately). The
reference can be modified in the local control (HAND) mode,
and can be parameterized (using Group 11 reference select) to
also allow modification in the remote control mode.
PARAMETERS MODE — The Parameters mode is used
to change the parameters on the drive. To change parameters,
perform the following procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight PARAMETERS
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight the desired
parameter group and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
4. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight the desired
parameter and press EDIT (SOFT KEY 2).
5. Use the UP or DOWN keys to change the value of the
parameter.
6. Press SAVE (SOFT KEY 2) to store the modified value.
Press CANCEL (SOFT KEY 1) to keep the previous
value. Any modifications that are not saved will not be
changed.
7. Choose another parameter or press EXIT (SOFT KEY 1)
to return to the listing of parameter groups. Continue until
all the parameters have been configured and then press
EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) to return to the main menu.
NOTE: The current parameter value appears above the highlight parameter. To view the default parameter value, press the
UP and DOWN keys simultaneously. To restore the default
factory settings, select the Carrier application macro.
START UP WITH ASSISTANT — Initial start-up has been
performed at the factory. To start up the VFD with the Start-Up
Assistant or reset the VFD with the Carrier defaults, perform
the following procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight ASSISTANTS
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight Carrier Assistant
and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
4. The Carrier Assistant will ask questions to determine the
correct parameters for the VFD. Select the desired values
and press SAVE (SOFT KEY 2) after every change. The
process will continue until all the parameters are set.
a. The Carrier Assistant will ask “Is this an Air
Handler or Rooftop?” Select “Rooftop.”
b. The Carrier Assistant will ask “Is this a High E or
Premium E motor?” Select the correct efficiency
type.
c. If the VFD can be used with two different size
(HP) motors, then the Carrier Assistant will ask the
user to choose the proper HP. Select the correct
motor horsepower.
START UP BY CHANGING PARAMETERS INDIVIDUALLY — Initial start-up is performed at the factory. To start up
the VFD with by changing individual parameters, perform the
following procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight PARAMETERS
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight the desired
parameter group and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
4. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight the desired
parameter and press EDIT (SOFT KEY 2).
5. Use the UP or DOWN keys to change the value of the
parameter.
6. Press SAVE (SOFT KEY 2) to store the modified value.
Press CANCEL (SOFTKEY 1) to keep the previous value.
Any modifications that are not saved will not be changed.
7. Choose another parameter or press EXIT (SOFT KEY 1)
to return to the listing of parameter groups. Continue until
all the parameters have been configured and then press
EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) to return to the main menu.
NOTE: The current parameter value appears above the highlight parameter. To view the default parameter value, press the
UP and DOWN keys simultaneously. To restore the default
factory settings, select the application macro “HVAC Default.”
VFD Modes — The VFD has several different modes for
configuring, operating, and diagnosing the VFD. The modes
are:
• Standard Display mode — shows drive status information and operates the drive
• Parameters mode — edits parameter values individually
• Start-up Assistant mode — guides the start up and
configuration
• Changed Parameters mode — shows all changed
parameters
• Drive Parameter Backup mode — stores or uploads the
parameters
• Clock Set mode — sets the time and date for the drive
• I/O Settings mode — checks and edits the I/O settings
136
Upload All Parameters — To upload and store parameters in
the control panel from the VFD, perform the following
procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight PAR BACKUP
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight UPLOAD TO
PANEL and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
4. The text “Copying Parameters” will be displayed with a
progress indicator. To stop the process, select ABORT
(SOFT KEY 1).
5. When the upload is complete, the text “Parameter upload
successful” will be displayed.
6. The display will then return to the PAR BACKUP menu.
Select EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) to return to the main menu.
7. The control panel can now be disconnected from the
drive.
Download All Parameters — To download all parameters
from the control panel to the VFD, perform the following
procedure:
1. Install the control panel with the correct parameters onto
the VFD.
2. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight PAR BACKUP
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
4. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight DOWNLOAD
TO DRIVE ALL and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
5. The text “Restoring Parameters” will be displayed with a
progress indicator. To stop the process, select ABORT
(SOFT KEY 1).
6. When the download is complete, the text “Parameter
download successful” will be displayed.
7. The display will then return to the PAR BACKUP menu.
Select EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) to return to the main menu.
8. The control panel can now be disconnected from the
drive.
Download Application Parameters — To download application parameters only to the control panel from the VFD,
perform the following procedure:
1. Install the control panel with the correct parameters onto
the VFD.
2. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight PAR BACKUP
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
4. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight DOWNLOAD
APPLICATION and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
5. The text “Downloading Parameters (partial)” will be
displayed with a progress indicator. To stop the process,
select ABORT (SOFT KEY 1).
6. When the download is complete, the text “Parameter
download successful” will be displayed.
7. The display will then return to the PAR BACKUP menu.
Select EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) to return to the main menu.
8. The control panel can now be disconnected from the
drive.
Fig. C — Standard Display Example
START-UP ASSISTANT MODE — To use the Start-Up
Assistant, perform the following procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight ASSISTANTS
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight Commission
Drive and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
4. The Start-Up Assistant will display the parameters that
need to be configured. Select the desired values and press
SAVE (SOFT KEY 2) after every change. The process
will continue until all the parameters are set. The assistant
checks to make sure that entered values are in range.
The assistant is divided into separate tasks. The user can
activate the tasks one after the other or independently. The
tasks are typically done in this order: Application, References
1 and 2, Start/Stop Control, Protections, Constant Speeds, PID
Control, Low Noise Setup, Panel Display, Timed Functions,
and Outputs.
CHANGED PARAMETERS MODE — The Changed Parameters mode is used to view and edit recently changed parameters
on the drive. To view the changed parameters, perform the
following procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight CHANGED
PAR on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT
KEY 2). A list of the recently changed parameters will be
displayed.
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight the desired parameter group and press EDIT (SOFT KEY 2) to change
the parameter if desired.
4. Press EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) to exit the Changed Parameters mode.
DRIVE PARAMETER BACKUP MODE — The drive parameter back up mode is used to export the parameters from one
drive to another. The parameters can be uploaded from a VFD
to the removable control panel. The control panel can then be
transferred to another drive and the parameters downloaded into
memory.
Depending on the motor and application, there are two
options available. The first option is to download all parameters. This copies both application and motor parameters to the
drive from the control panel. This is recommended when using
the same application for drives of the same size. This can also
be used to create a backup of the parameters group for the
drive.
The second option downloads only the application parameters to the drive. This is recommended when using the same application for drives of different sizes. Parameters 9905, 9906,
9907, 9908, 9909, 1605, 1607, 5201, and group 51 parameters
and internal motor parameters are not copied.
137
Third Party Controls — For conversion to third party
CLOCK SET MODE — The clock set mode is used for
setting the date and time for the internal clock of the VFD. In
order to use the timer functions of the VFD control, the internal
clock must be set. The date is used to determine weekdays and
is visible in the fault logs.
To set the clock, perform the following procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight CLOCK SET on
the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2). The
clock set parameter list will be displayed.
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight CLOCK VISIBILITY and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). This parameter
is used to display or hide the clock on the screen. Use the
UP or DOWN keys to change the parameter setting. Press
OK (SOFT KEY 2) to save the configuration and return
to the Clock Set menu.
4. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight SET TIME and
press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). Use the UP or DOWN keys to
change the hours and minutes. Press OK (SOFT KEY 2)
to save the configuration and return to the Clock Set
menu.
5. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight TIME FORMAT
and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). Use the UP or DOWN
keys to change the parameter setting. Press OK (SOFT
KEY 2) to save the configuration and return to the Clock
Set menu.
6. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight SET DATE and
press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). Use the UP or DOWN keys to
change the day, month, and year. Press OK (SOFT KEY
2) to save the configuration and return to the Clock Set
menu.
7. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight DATE FORMAT and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). Use the UP or
DOWN keys to change the parameter setting. Press OK
(SOFT KEY 2) to save the configuration and return to the
Clock Set menu.
8. Press EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) twice to return to the main
menu.
I/O SETTINGS MODE — The I/O Settings mode is used for
viewing and editing the I/O settings.
To configure the I/O settings, perform the following
procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight I/O SETTINGS
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
The I/O Settings parameter list will be displayed.
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight the desired I/O
setting and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
4. Use the UP or DOWN keys to select the parameter to
view. Press OK (SOFT KEY 2).
5. Use the UP or DOWN keys to change the parameter
setting. Press SAVE (SOFT KEY 2) to save the configuration. Press CANCEL (SOFT KEY 1) to keep the previous value. Any modifications that are not saved will not
be changed.
6. Press EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) twice to return to the main
menu.
control of the VFD, perform the following procedure:
1. Remove the factory-installed jumper between X1-10 and
X1-13 (control of VFD start/stop).
2. Remove the factory-installed jumper between X1-10 and
X1-16 and replace with a normally closed safety contact
for control of VFD start enable.
3. Install speed signal wires to AI-1 and AGND. This input
is set at the factory for a 4 to 20 mA signal. If a 0 to
10 vdc signal is required, change DIP switch J1 (located
above the VFD control terminal strip) to OFF (right
position to left position) and change parameter 1301 to
0% from 20%.
VFD Diagnostics — The drive detects error situations
and reports them using:
• the green and red LEDs on the body of the drive (located
under the keypad)
• the status LED on the control panel
• the control panel display
• the Fault Word and Alarm Word parameter bits (parameters 0305 to 0309)
The form of the display depends on the severity of the error.
The user can specify the severity for many errors by directing
the drive to ignore the error situation, report the situation as an
alarm, or report the situation as a fault.
FAULTS (RED LED LIT) — The VFD signals that it has
detected a severe error, or fault, by:
• enabling the red LED on the drive (LED is either steady
or flashing)
• setting an appropriate bit in a Fault Word parameter
(0305 to 0307)
• overriding the control panel display with the display of a
fault code
• stopping the motor (if it was on)
• sets an appropriate bit in Fault Word parameter 03050307.
The fault code on the control panel display is temporary.
Pressing the MENU, ENTER, UP button or DOWN buttons
removes the fault message. The message reappears after a few
seconds if the control panel is not touched and the fault is still
active.
ALARMS (GREEN LED FLASHING) — For less severe
errors, called alarms, the diagnostic display is advisory. For
these situations, the drive is simply reporting that it had detected something unusual. In these situations, the drive:
• flashes the green LED on the drive (does not apply to
alarms that arise from control panel operation errors)
• sets an appropriate bit in an Alarm Word parameter
(0308 or 0309)
• overrides the control panel display with the display of an
alarm code and/or name
Alarm messages disappear from the control panel display
after a few seconds. The message returns periodically as long
as the alarm condition exists.
CORRECTING FAULTS — The recommended corrective
action for faults is shown in the Fault Listing Table C. The
VFD can also be reset to remove the fault. If an external source
for a start command is selected and is active, the VFD may
start immediately after fault reset.
138
Table C — Fault Codes
FAULT
CODE
FAULT NAME
IN PANEL
1
OVERCURRENT
2
DC OVERVOLT
3
DEV OVERTEMP
4
5
SHORT CIRC
OVERLOAD
6
DC UNDERVOLT
7
AI1 LOSS
8
AI2 LOSS
9
MOT OVERTEMP
10
PANEL LOSS
11
ID RUN FAIL
12
MOTOR STALL
13
14
15
RESERVED
EXT FAULT 1
EXT FAULT 2
16
EARTH FAULT
17
UNDERLOAD
18
19
20
21
22
23
THERM FAIL
OPEX LINK
OPEX PWR
CURR MEAS
SUPPLY PHASE
RESERVED
24
OVERSPEED
25
26
27
RESERVED
DRIVE ID
CONFIG FILE
28
SERIAL 1 ERR
29
30
31
32
33
EFB CON FILE
FORCE TRIP
EFB 1
EFB 2
EFB 3
34
MOTOR PHASE
35
101-105
201-206
OUTP WIRING
SYSTEM ERROR
SYSTEM ERROR
1000
PAR HZRPM
1001
PAR PFA REFNG
1002
PAR PFA IOCNF
1003
PAR AI SCALE
1004
PAR AO SCALE
1005
PAR PCU 2
1006
PAR EXT RO
1007
PAR FBUS
1008
PAR PFA MODE
1009
PAR PCU 1
1010
OVERRIDE/PFA
CONFLICT
DESCRIPTION AND RECOMMENDED CORRECTIVE ACTION
Output current is excessive. Check for excessive motor load, insufficient acceleration time (parameters 2202 ACCELER TIME 1,
default 30 seconds), or faulty motor, motor cables or connections.
Intermediate circuit DC voltage is excessive. Check for static or transient over voltages in the input power supply, insufficient deceleration time (parameters 2203 DECELER TIME 1, default 30 seconds), or undersized brake chopper (if present).
Drive heat sink is overheated. Temperature is at or above 115 C (239 F). Check for fan failure, obstructions in the air flow, dirt or dust
coating on the heat sink, excessive ambient temperature, or excessive motor load.
Fault current. Check for short-circuit in the motor cable(s) or motor or supply disturbances.
Inverter overload condition. The drive output current exceeds the ratings.
Intermediate circuit DC voltage is not sufficient. Check for missing phase in the input power supply, blown fuse, or under voltage on
main circuit.
Analog input 1 loss. Analog input value is less than AI1 FLT LIMIT (3021). Check source and connection for analog input and parameter settings for AI1 FLT LIMIT (3021) and 3001 AI<MIN FUNCTION.
Analog input 2 loss. Analog input value is less than AI2 FLT LIMIT (3022). Check source and connection for analog input and parameter settings for AI2 FLT LIMIT (3022) and 3001 AI<MIN FUNCTION.
Motor is too hot, as estimated by the drive. Check for overloaded motor. Adjust the parameters used for the estimate (3005 through
3009). Check the temperature sensors and Group 35 parameters.
Panel communication is lost and either drive is in local control mode (the control panel displays LOC), or drive is in remote control
mode (REM) and is parameterized to accept start/stop, direction or reference from the control panel. To correct check the communication lines and connections. Check parameter 3002 PANEL COMM ERROR, parameters in Group 10: Command Inputs and Group
11:Reference Select (if drive operation is REM).
The motor ID run was not completed successfully. Check motor connections.
Motor or process stall. Motor is operating in the stall region. Check for excessive load or insufficient motor power. Check parameters
3010 through 3012.
Not used.
Digital input defined to report first external fault is active. See parameter 3003 EXTERNAL FAULT 1.
Digital input defined to report second external fault is active. See parameter 3004 EXTERNAL FAULT 2.
The load on the input power system is out of balance. Check for faults in the motor or motor cable. Verify that motor cable does not
exceed maximum specified length.
Motor load is lower than expected. Check for disconnected load. Check parameters 3013 UNDERLOAD FUNCTION through 3015
UNDERLOAD CURVE.
Internal fault. The thermistor measuring the internal temperature of the drive is open or shorted. Contact Carrier.
Internal fault. A communication-related problem has been detected between the OMIO and OINT boards. Contact Carrier.
Internal fault. Low voltage condition detected on the OINT board. Contact Carrier.
Internal fault. Current measurement is out of range. Contact Carrier.
Ripple voltage in the DC link is too high. Check for missing main phase or blown fuse.
Not used.
Motor speed is greater than 120% of the larger (in magnitude) of 2001 MINIMUM SPEED or 2002 MAXIMUM SPEED parameters.
Check parameter settings for 2001 and 2002. Check adequacy of motor braking torque. Check applicability of torque control. Check
brake chopper and resistor.
Not used.
Internal fault. Configuration block drive ID is not valid.
Internal configuration file has an error. Contact Carrier.
Field bus communication has timed out. Check fault setup (3018 COMM FAULT FUNC and 3019 COMM FAULT TIME). Check communication settings (Group 51 or 53 as appropriate). Check for poor connections and/or noise on line.
Error in reading the configuration file for the field bus adapter.
Fault trip forced by the field bus. See the field bus reference literature.
Fault code reserved for the EFB protocol application. The meaning is protocol dependent.
Fault code reserved for the EFB protocol application. The meaning is protocol dependent.
Fault code reserved for the EFB protocol application. The meaning is protocol dependent.
Fault in the motor circuit. One of the motor phases is lost. Check for motor fault, motor cable fault, thermal relay fault (if used), or internal fault.
Error in power wiring suspected. Check that input power wired to drive output. Check for ground faults.
Error internal to the drive. Contact Carrier and report the error number.
Error internal to the drive. Contact Carrier and report the error number.
Parameter values are inconsistent. Check for any of the following:
2001 MINIMUM SPEED > 2002 MAXIMUM SPEED
2007 MINIMUM FREQ > 2008 MAXIMUM FREQ
2001 MINIMUM SPEED / 9908 MOTOR NOM SPEED is outside of the range: -128/+128
2002 MAXIMUM SPEED / 9908 MOTOR NOM SPEED is outside of the range: -128/+128
2007 MINIMUM FREQ / 9907 MOTOR NOM FREQ is outside of the range: - 128/+128
2008 MAXIMUM FREQ / 9907 MOTOR NOM FREQ is outside of the range: - 128/+128
Parameter values are inconsistent. Check that 2007 MINIMUM FREQ is negative, when 8123 PFA ENABLE is active.
Parameter values are inconsistent. The number of programmed PFA relays does not match with Interlock configuration, when 8123
PFA ENABLE is active. Check consistency of RELAY OUTPUT parameters 1401 through 1403, and 1410 through 1412. Check 8117
NR OF AUX MOTORS, 8118 AUTOCHANGE INTERV, and 8120 INTERLOCKS.
Parameter values are inconsistent. Check that parameter 1301 AI 1 MIN > 1302 AI 1 MAX and that parameter 1304 AI 2 MIN > 1305
AI 2 MAX.
Parameter values are inconsistent. Check that parameter 1504 AO 1 MIN > 1505 AO 1 MAX and that parameter 1510 AO 2 MIN >
1511 AO 2 MAX.
Parameter values for power control are inconsistent: Improper motor nominal kVA or motor nominal power. Check the following
parameters:
1.1 < (9906 MOTOR NOM CURR * 9905 MOTOR NOM VOLT * 1.73 / PN) < 2.6
Where: PN = 1000 * 9909 MOTOR NOM POWER (if units are kW) or PN = 746
* 9909 MOTOR NOM POWER (if units are HP, e.g., in US)
Parameter values are inconsistent. Check the extension relay module for connection and 1410 through 1412 RELAY OUTPUTS 4
through 6 have non-zero values.
Parameter values are inconsistent. Check that a parameter is set for field bus control (e.g., 1001 EXT1 COMMANDS = 10 (COMM)),
but 9802 COMM PROT SEL = 0.
Parameter values are inconsistent. The 9904 MOTOR CTRL MODE must be = 3 (SCALAR SPEED), when 8123 PFA ENABLE is
activated.
Parameter values for power control are inconsistent or improper motor nominal frequency or speed. Check for both of the following:
1 < (60 * 9907 MOTOR NOM FREQ / 9908 MOTOR NOM SPEED < 16
0.8 < 9908 MOTOR NOM SPEED / (120 * 9907 MOTOR NOM FREQ / Motor poles) < 0.992
Override mode is enabled and PFA is activated at the same time. This cannot be done because PFA interlocks cannot be observed in
the override mode.
139
speed at the time of the fault. To clear the fault history (all of
Group 04, Fault History parameters), follow these steps:
1. In the control panel, Parameters mode, select parameter
0401.
2. Press EDIT.
3. Press the UP and DOWN buttons simultaneously.
4. Press SAVE.
CORRECTING ALARMS — To correct alarms, first determine if the Alarm requires any corrective action (action is not
always required). Use Table D below to find and address the
root cause of the problem.
To reset a fault indicated by a flashing red LED, turn off the
power for 5 minutes. To reset a fault indicated by a red LED
(not flashing), press RESET from the control panel or turn off
the power for 5 minutes. Depending on the value of parameter
1604 (FAULT RESET SELECT), digital input or serial communication could also be used to reset the drive.When the fault
has been corrected, the motor can be started.
HISTORY — For reference, the last three fault codes are
stored into parameters 0401, 0412, 0413. For the most recent
fault (identified by parameter 0401), the drive stores additional
data (in parameters 0402 through 0411) to aid in troubleshooting a problem. For example, a parameter 0404 stores the motor
Table D — Alarm Codes
ALARM
CODE
ALARM NAME
IN PANEL
2001
—
Reserved
2002
—
Reserved
2003
—
Reserved
2004
DIR LOCK
2005
I/O COMM
2006
AI1 LOSS
2007
AI2 LOSS
2008
PANEL LOSS
2009
—
2010
MOT OVERTEMP
2011
UNDERLOAD
2012
MOTOR STALL
2013*
AUTORESET
2014*
AUTOCHANGE
2015
PFA INTERLOCK
2016
2017*
—
OFF BUTTON
2018*
PID SLEEP
2019
2020
ID RUN
OVERRIDE
START ENABLE 1
MISSING
START ENABLE 2
MISSING
EMERGENCY STOP
2021
2022
2023
DESCRIPTION AND RECOMMENDED CORRECTIVE ACTION
The change in direction being attempted is not allowed. Do not attempt to change the direction of motor rotation, or Change parameter 1003 DIRECTION to allow direction change (if reverse operation is safe).
Field bus communication has timed out. Check fault setup (3018 COMM FAULT FUNC and 3019 COMM
FAULT TIME). Check communication settings (Group 51 or 53 as appropriate). Check for poor connections
and/or noise on line.
Analog input 1 is lost, or value is less than the minimum setting. Check input source and connections. Check
the parameter that sets the minimum (3021) and the parameter that sets the Alarm/Fault operation (3001).
Analog input 2 is lost, or value is less than the minimum setting. Check input source and connections. Check
parameter that sets the minimum (3022) and the parameter that sets the Alarm/Fault operation (3001).
Panel communication is lost and either the VFD is in local control mode (the control panel displays HAND), or
the VFD is in remote control mode (AUTO) and is parameterized to accept start/stop, direction or reference
from the control panel. To correct, check the communication lines and connections, Parameter 3002 PANEL
LOSS, and parameters in groups 10 COMMAND INPUTS and 11 REFERENCE SELECT (if drive operation
is REM).
Reserved
Motor is hot, based on either the VFD estimate or on temperature feedback. This alarm warns that a Motor
Overload fault trip may be near. Check for overloaded motor. Adjust the parameters used for the estimate
(3005 through 3009). Check the temperature sensors and Group 35 parameters.
Motor load is lower than expected. This alarm warns that a Motor Underload fault trip may be near. Check
that the motor and drive ratings match (motor is NOT undersized for the drive). Check the settings on parameters 3013 to 3015.
Motor is operating in the stall region. This alarm warns that a Motor Stall fault trip may be near.
This alarm warns that the drive is about to perform an automatic fault reset, which may start the motor. To
control automatic reset, use parameter group 31 (AUTOMATIC RESET).
This alarm warns that the PFA autochange function is active. To control PFA, use parameter group 81 (PFA)
and the Pump Alternation macro.
This alarm warns that the PFA interlocks are active, which means that the drive cannot start any motor (when
Autochange is used), or a speed regulated motor (when Autochange is not used).
Reserved
This alarm indicates that the OFF button has been pressed.
This alarm warns that the PID sleep function is active, which means that the motor could
accelerate when the PID sleep function ends. To control PID sleep, use parameters
4022 through 4026 or 4122 through 4126.
The VFD is performing an ID run.
Override mode is activated.
This alarm warns that the Start Enable 1 signal is missing. To control Start Enable 1 function, use parameter
1608. To correct, check the digital input configuration and the communication settings.
This alarm warns that the Start Enable 2 signal is missing. To control Start Enable 2 function, use parameter
1609. To correct, check the digital input configuration and the communication settings.
Emergency stop is activated.
*This alarm is not indicated by a relay output, even when the relay output is configured to indicate alarm conditions (parameter 1401 RELAY OUTPUT = 5 (ALARM) or 16 (FLT/ALARM).
140
If diagnostics troubleshooting has determined that the
drive is defective during the warranty period, contact
ABB Automation Inc., at 1-800-435-7365, option 4, option 3.
A qualified technician will review the problem with the caller
and make a determination regarding how to proceed. This may
involve dispatching a designated service station (DSS) representative from an authorized station, dispatching a replacement
unit, or advising return for repair.
3
3
4
VFD Maintenance — If installed in an appropriate environment, the VFD requires very little maintenance.
Table E lists the routine maintenance intervals recommended by Carrier.
2
Table E — Maintenance Intervals
MAINTENANCE
INTERVAL
Heat Sink Temperature
Check and Cleaning
Main Cooling Fan
Replacement
Internal Enclosure Cooling
Fan Replacement
Capacitor Change
(Frame Size R5 and R6)
HVAC Control Panel
Battery Change
Every 6 to 12 months (depending
on the dustiness of the environment)
Every five years
Every three years
Every ten years
Fig. D — Main Fan Replacement
(Frame Sizes R1-R4)
Every ten years
HEAT SINK — The heat sink fins accumulate dust from the
cooling air. Since a dusty sink is less efficient at cooling the
drive, overtemperature faults become more likely. In a normal
environment check the heat sink annually, in a dusty environment check more often.
Check the heat sink as follows (when necessary):
1. Remove power from drive.
2. Remove the cooling fan.
3. Blow clean compressed air (not humid) from bottom to top
and simultaneously use a vacuum cleaner at the air outlet
to trap the dust. If there a risk of the dust entering adjoining
equipment, perform the cleaning in another room.
4. Replace the cooling fan.
5. Restore power.
MAIN FAN REPLACEMENT — The main cooling fan of
the VFD has a life span of about 60,000 operating hours at
maximum rated operating temperature and drive load. The
expected life span doubles for each 18 F drop in the fan
temperature (fan temperature is a function of ambient temperatures and drive loads).
Fan failure can be predicted by the increasing noise from
fan bearings and the gradual rise in the heat sink temperature in
spite of heat sink cleaning. If the drive is operated in a critical
part of a process, fan replacement is recommended once these
symptoms start appearing. Replacement fans are available
from Carrier.
To replace the main fan for frame sizes R1 through R4,
perform the following (see Fig. D):
1. Remove power from drive.
2. Remove drive cover.
3. For frame sizes R1 and R2, press together the retaining
clips on the fan cover and lift. For frame sizes R3 and R4,
press in on the lever located on the left side of the fan
mount, and rotate the fan up and out.
4. Disconnect the fan cable.
5. Install the new fan by reversing steps 2 to 4.
6. Restore power.
To replace the main fan for frame sizes R5 and R6, perform
the following (see Fig. E):
1. Remove power from drive.
Bottom View (R5)
3
2
Bottom View (R6)
3
2
Fig. E — Main Fan Replacement
(Frame Sizes R5 and R6)
2. Remove the screws attaching the fan.
3. Disconnect the fan cable.
4. Install the fan in reverse order.
5. Restore power.
INTERNAL ENCLOSURE FAN REPLACEMENT — The
VFD IP 54 / UL Type 12 enclosures have an additional internal
fan to circulate air inside the enclosure.
To replace the internal enclosure fan for frame sizes R1 to
R4, perform the following (see Fig. F):
1. Remove power from drive.
2. Remove the front cover.
3. The housing that holds the fan in place has barbed retaining clips at each corner. Press all four clips toward the
center to release the barbs.
4. When the clips/barbs are free, pull the housing up to remove from the drive.
5. Disconnect the fan cable.
141
6. Install the fan in reverse order, noting the following: the
fan airflow is up (refer to arrow on fan); the fan wire
harness is toward the front; the notched housing barb is
located in the right-rear corner; and the fan cable connects
just forward of the fan at the top of the drive.
To replace the internal enclosure fan for frame sizes R5 or
R6, perform the following:
1. Remove power from drive.
2. Remove the front cover.
3. Lift the fan out and disconnect the cable.
4. Install the fan in reverse order.
5. Restore power.
CONTROL PANEL CLEANING — Use a soft damp cloth
to clean the control panel. Avoid harsh cleaners which could
scratch the display window.
BATTERY REPLACEMENT — A battery is only used in assistant control panels that have the clock function available and
enabled. The battery keeps the clock operating in memory
during power interruptions. The expected life for the battery is
greater than ten years. To remove the battery, use a coin to
rotate the battery holder on the back of the control panel.
Replace the battery with type CR2032.
Fig. F — Internal Enclosure Fan Replacement
APPENDIX D — Mode Selection Process
If the System Mode is OFF:
{
If the fire shut down input (Inputs→FIRE→FSD)
is in “alarm”:
HVAC mode:
("Fire Shut Down ") OFF
Else
HVAC mode:
("Disabled
") OFF
}
Else If: The rooftop is not in “factory test” and a fire
smoke-control mode is “alarming”:
{
If the pressurization input (Inputs→FIRE→PRES)
is in “alarm”:
HVAC mode:
("Pressurization ")
Else If the evacuation input (Inputs→FIRE→EVAC)
is in “alarm”:
HVAC mode:
("Evacuation ")
Else If the smoke purge input (Inputs→FIRE→PURG)
is in “alarm”:
HVAC mode:
("Smoke Purge ")
}
Else If: Someone changed the machine’s
control type (Configuration→UNIT→C.TYP) during
run time, a 15 second delay is called out:
{
HVAC mode:
("Disabled
") OFF
}
Else If: The System Mode is TEST:
{
HVAC mode:
("Test
")
}
Else If: The “soft stop” command (Service Test→S.STP)
is forced to YES:
{
HVAC mode:
("SoftStop Request")
}
Else If: The remote switch config (Configuration→
UNIT→RM.CF)=2; “start/stop”, and the remote
input state (Inputs→GEN.I→REMT)=ON:
{
HVAC mode:
("Rem. Sw. Disable") OFF
}
Else If: Configured for static pressure control
(Configuration→SP→SP.CF = 1,2) and the static
pressure sensor (Pressures→AIR.P→SP) fails:
{
HVAC mode:
("Static Pres.Fail") OFF
}
Else If: Configured for supply fan status monitoring
(Configuration→UNIT→SFS.M = 1,2) and
configured to shut the unit down on fan status fail
(Configuration→UNIT→SFS.S = YES)
{
HVAC mode:
("Fan Status Fail ") OFF
Else If: The unit is just waking up from a power reset
{
HVAC mode:
}
142
("Starting Up
") OFF
Else If: A compressor is diagnosed as being “Stuck On”
—
{
HVAC mode:
("Comp. Stuck On ")
Else The control is free to select the normal heating/
cooling HVAC modes:
—
{
—
—
—
—
—
HVAC mode:
("Off
")
The unit is off and no operating modes are active.
HVAC mode:
("Tempering Vent ")
The economizer is at minimum vent position but
the supply air temperature has dropped below the
tempering vent set point. Gas heat is used to
temper the ventilation air.
HVAC mode:
("Tempering LoCool")
The economizer is at minimum vent position but
the combination of the outside-air temperature and
the economizer position has dropped the supply-air
temperature below the tempering cool set point.
Gas heat is used to temper the ventilation air.
HVAC mode:
("Tempering HiCool")
The economizer is at minimum vent position but
the combination of the outside air temperature and
the economizer position has dropped the supply air
temperature below the tempering cool set point.
Gas heat is used to temper the ventilation air.
HVAC mode:
("Vent
")
This is a normal operation mode where no heating
or cooling is required and outside air is being
delivered to the space to control IAQ levels.
—
—
—
HVAC mode:
("Low Cool
")
This is a normal cooling mode when a low cooling
demand exists.
HVAC mode:
("High Cool
")
This is a normal cooling mode when a high
cooling demand exists.
HVAC mode:
("Low Heat
")
This is a normal heating mode when a low
heating demand exists.
HVAC mode:
("High Heat
")
This is a normal heating mode when a low
heating demand exists.
HVAC mode:
("Unocc. Free Cool")
In this mode the unit will operate in cooling but
will be using the economizer for free cooling.
Entering this mode will depend on the status of the
outside air. The unit can be configured for outside
air changeover, differential dry bulb changeover,
outside air enthalpy changeover, differential
enthalpy changeover, or a custom arrangement
of enthalpy/dewpoint and dry bulb. See the
Economizer section for further details.
}
NOTE: There is also a transitional mode whereby the machine
may be waiting for relay timeguards to expire before shutting
the machine completely down:
HVAC mode:
("Shutting Down ")
143
INDEX
Accessory control components 105
Accessory installation 7
Accessory Navigator™ display 4, 107
Airflow control during
fire-smoke modes 56
Alarm output 24
Alarms and alerts 78
Alert limit configuration 60
Auto view of run status 75
Basic control usage 3-6
Building pressure configuration 54
Building pressure control 54
Carrier Comfort Network (CCN) 59
CCN tables and display 5
CCN tables 121-133
Cleaning 109
ComfortLink™ control 3
Complete unit stoppage 66
Compressor run hours display table 76
Compressor starts display table 76
Condenser-fan adjustment 112
Controls 7
Controls operation 4, 26-64
Controls quick start 21-23
Controls set point and configuration
log CL-1 to CL-4
Conventions used in this manual 5
Cool mode selection process 33
Cooling 24
Cooling control 30
Cooling mode diagnostic help 37
Crankcase heaters 7
Demand controlled ventilation control 25
Demand limit control 25, 39
Dirty filter switch 50
Discrete switch logic configuration 62
Display configuration 62
Economizer 50
Economizer diagnostic help 53
Economizer integration with
mechanical cooling 41
Economizer operation 51
Economizer options 22
Economizer run status 75
Evacuation mode 56
Evaporator fan 7, 110-112
Exhaust options 22
Factory-installed components 85
Fan status monitoring 50
Fans 24
Filter drier 113
Fire shutdown mode 56
Fire-smoke inputs 56
Four-inch filter replacement 112
Forcing inputs and outputs 75
Gas heat (48A only) 7
Gas valve adjustment (48A only) 113
Generics table 5
Head pressure control 40
Heat mode diagnostic help 43
Heat mode selection process 42
Heating 24
Heating control 41
Hot gas bypass 63
HVAC modes 27
Independent outputs 24
Indoor air quality control 56
Indoor air quality options 22
Internal wiring 7
Local display tables 114-121
Lubrication 110
Main burners 113
Major system components 85-108
Mode trip helper 76
Modes 26
Multi-stage constant volume units with
mechanical thermostat 22
Multi-stage constant volume units
with space sensor 22
Power failure 112
Pressurization mode 56
Programming operating schedules 23
Refrigerant charge 112
Remote control switch input 63
Remote switch 24
Replacement parts 113
Restart procedure 66
Run status menu 75
Safety considerations 2
Scrolling Marquee 3, 103
Sensor trim configuration 61
Service 109-113
Service access 109
Service analysis 66
Service test 23, 24
Service test mode logic 23
Set clock on VFD (if installed) 22
Single circuit stoppage 66
Smoke control modes 56
Smoke purge mode 56
Software version numbers
display table 77
Space temperature offset 64
Staged gas heating control 46
Start up 7-20
Static pressure control 47
Static pressure reset 48
SumZ cooling algoritm 37
Supply air reset 25
Supply fan status monitoring logic 50
System modes 26
System pilot 4
Temperature compensated start 59
Temperature compensated start logic 59
Thermistor troubleshooting 66
Thermostat 24
Thermostatic expansion valve (TXV) 113
Third party control 24-26
Time clock configuration 64, 65
Transducer troubleshooting 66
Troubleshooting 66-85
Two-stage constant volume units
with mechanical thermostat 21
Two-stage constant volume units
with space sensor 21
Unit Configuration submenu 29
Unit preparation 7
Unit setup 7
Unit staging tables 36, 37
Unit start-up checklist CL-5
Unoccupied economizer free cooling 52
Variable air volume units using return
air sensor or space temperature sensor 21
VFD control 25
VFD information 134-142
Copyright 2005 Carrier Corporation
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.
PC 111
Catalog No. 534-80215
Printed in U.S.A.
Form 48/50A-3T
Pg 144
4-05
Replaces: 48/50A-2T
Book 1 1
Tab 1a 1b
CONTROLS SET POINT AND CONFIGURATION LOG
MODEL NUMBER:
Software Version
SERIAL NUMBER:
MBB
CESR131292--
DATE:
RCB
CESR131249--
TECHNICIAN:
ECB
CESR131249--
NAVI
CESR131227--
SCB
CESR131226--
CEM
CESR131174--
MARQ
CESR131171--
ITEM
UNIT
→C.TYP
→CV.FN
→RM.CF
→CEM
→TCS.C
→TCS.H
→SFS.S
→SFS.M
→VAV.S
→SIZE
→DP.XR
→MAT.S
→MAT.R
→ALTI
→SENS
→SENS→SPT.S
→SENS→SP.O.S
→SENS→SP.O.R
→SENS→RRH.S
→SENS→FLT.S
→SENS→SP.RS
COOL
→Z.GN
→MC.LO
→C.FOD
→MLV
→M.M.
→HPSP
→A1.EN
→A2.EN
→B1.EN
→B2.EN
→CS.A1
→CS.A2
→CS.B1
→CS.B2
→REV.R
EDT.R
→RS.CF
→RTIO
→LIMT
→RES.S
EXPANSION
UNIT CONFIGURATION
Machine Control Type
Fan Mode (0=Auto, 1=Cont)
Remote Switch Config
CEM Module Installed
Temp.Cmp.Strt.Cool Factr
Temp.Cmp.Strt.Heat Factr
Fan Fail Shuts Down Unit
Fan Stat Monitoring Type
VAV Unocc.Fan Retry Time
Unit Size (20-60)
Disch.Press. Transducers
MAT Calc Config
Reset MAT Table Entries?
Altitude……..in feet:
INPUT SENSOR CONFIG
Space Temp Sensor
Space Temp Offset Sensor
Space Temp Offset Range
Return Air RH Sensor
Filter Stat.Sw.Enabled ?
Stat. Pres. Reset Sensor
COOLING CONFIGURATION
Capacity Threshold Adjst
Compressor Lockout Temp
Fan-Off Delay, Mech Cool
Min. Load Valve? (HGBP)
Motor Master Control
Head Pressure Setpoint
Enable Compressor A1
Enable Compressor A2
Enable Compressor B1
Enable Compressor B2
CSB A1 Feedback Alarm
CSB A2 Feedback Alarm
CSB B1 Feedback Alarm
CSB B2 Feedback Alarm
Rev Rotation Verified ?
EVAP.DISCHRGE TEMP RESET
EDT Reset Configuration
Reset Ratio
Reset Limit
EDT 4-20 ma Reset Input
RANGE
1 - 6 (multi-text strings)
0 - 1 (multi-text strings)
0 - 3 (multi-text strings)
Yes/No
0 - 60 min
0 - 60 min
Yes/No
0 - 2 (multi-text strings)
0 - 720 min
20 - 60
Yes/No
0 - 1 (multi-text strings)
Yes/No
0 - 60000
DEFAULT
ENTRY
4
1
0
No
0
0
No
0
50
20
No
1
No
0
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
1 - 10
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Disable
Disable
5
Disable
Disable
Disable
–10→ 10
–20 → 40 dF
0 → 600 sec
Yes/No
Yes/No
80 - 150 dF
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Yes/No
1
40
60
No
No
113
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
No
0 - 3 (multi-text strings)
0 - 10
0 - 20 ^F
Enable/Disable
2
2
10
Disable
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.
PC 111
Catalog No. 534-80215
Printed in U.S.A.
Form 48/50A-3T
Pg CL-1
4-05
Replaces: 48/50A-2T
Book 1 1
Tab 1a 1b
EXPANSION
HEATING CONFIGURATION
Heating Control Type
Heating Supply Air Setpt
Occupied Heating Enabled
MBB Sensor Heat Relocate
Fan-Off Delay, Gas Heat
Fan-Off Delay, Elec Heat
STAGED GAS CONFIGS
Staged Gas Heat Type
Max Cap Change per Cycle
S.Gas DB min.dF/PID Rate
St.Gas Temp. Dead Band
Heat Rise dF/sec Clamp
LAT Limit Config
Limit Switch Monitoring?
Limit Switch High Temp
Limit Switch Low Temp
Heat Control Prop. Gain
Heat Control Derv. Gain
Heat PID Rate Config
SUPPLY STATIC PRESS.CFG.
Static Pressure Config
Static Pres.Fan Control?
Static Pressure Sensor
Static Press. Low Range
Static Press. High Range
Static Pressure Setpoint
VFD Minimum Speed
VFD Maximum Speed
VFD Fire Speed Override
STAT.PRESS.PID CONFIGS
Stat.Pres.PID Run Rate
Static Press. Prop. Gain
Static Pressure Intg. Gain
Static Pressure Derv. Gain
Static Press.System Gain
ECONOMIZER CONFIGURATION
Economizer Installed?
Economizer Min.Position
Economizer Max.Position
Economzr Trim For SumZ ?
Econ ChangeOver Select
OA Enthalpy ChgOvr Selct
Outdr.Enth Compare Value
High OAT Lockout Temp
OA Dewpoint Temp Limit
Outside Air RH Sensor
Economizer Control Type
Economizer Switch Config
ECON.OPERATION CONFIGS
Economizer Prop.Gain
Economizer Range Adjust
Economizer Speed Adjust
Economizer Deadband
UNOCC.ECON.FREE COOLING
Unoc Econ Free Cool Cfg
Unoc Econ Free Cool Time
Un.Ec.Free Cool OAT Lock
RANGE
0-4
80 - 120 dF
Yes/No
Yes/No
45-600
10-600
0-4
5 - 45
0-5
0 - 5 ^F
0.05 - 0.2
0 - 20 ^F
Yes/No
110 - 180 dF
100 - 170 dF
0 - 1.5
0 - 1.5
60 - 300 sec
0 - 1 (multi-text strings)
Yes
Enable/Disable
-10 - 0
0 - 10
0 - 5 "H2O
10 - 50 %
50 - 100 %
0 - 100
1 - 200 sec
0 - 100
0 - 50
0 - 50
0 - 50
Yes/No
0 - 100 %
0 - 100 %
Yes/No
0 - 3 (multi-text strings)
1 - 5 (multi-text strings)
18 - 28
–40 - 120 dF
50 - 62 dF
Enable/Disable
1-3 (multi-text strings)
0 - 2 (multi-text strings)
CL-2
DEFAULT
0
85
No
No
45
30
0
45
0.5
2
0.06
10
No
170
160
1
1
90
No
Yes
Disable
0
5
1.5
20
100
100
2
20
2
0
1
Yes
5
98
Yes
1
4
24
60
55
Disable
1
0
0.7 - 3.0
0.5 - 5.0 ^F
0.1 - 10.0
0.1 - 2.0 ^F
1
2.5
0.75
0.5
0-2 (multi-text strings)
0 - 720 min
40 - 70 dF
0
120
50
ENTRY
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - CUT ALONG DOTTED LINE
CUT ALONG DOTTED LINE
ITEM
HEAT
→HT.CF
→HT.SP
→OC.EN
→LAT.M
→G.FOD
→E.FOD
→SG.CF
→SG.CF→HT.ST
→SG.CF→CAP.M
→SG.CF→M.R.DB
→SG.CF→S.G.DB
→SG.CF→RISE
→SG.CF→LAT.L
→SG.CF→LIM.M
→SG.CF→SW.H.T
→SG.CF→SW.L.T
→SG.CF→HT.P
→SG.CF→HT.D
→SG.CF→HT.TM
SP
→SP.CF
→SP.FN
→SP.S
→SP.LO
→SP.HI
→SP.SP
→SP.MN
→SP.MX
→SP.FS
→S.PID
→S.PID->SP.TM
→S.PID->SP.P
→S.PID->SP.I
→S.PID->SP.D
→S.PID->SP.SG
ECON
→EC.EN
→EC.MN
→EC.MX
→E.TRM
→E.SEL
→OA.E.C
→OA.EN
→OAT.L
→O.DEW
→ORH.S
→E.TYP
→EC.SW
→E.CFG
→E.CFG->E.P.GN
→E.CFG->E.RNG
→E.CFG->E.SPD
→E.CFG->E.DBD
→UEFC
→UEFC->FC.CF
→UEFC->FC.TM
→UEFC->FC.L.O
ITEM
BP
→BP.CF
→BP.MT
→BP.S
→BP.R
→BP.SP
→BP.P1
→BP.P2
→B.CFG
→B.CFG→BP.SL
→B.CFG→BP.TM
→B.CFG→BP.ZG
→B.CFG→BP.HP
→B.CFG→BP.LP
D.LV.T
→L.H.ON
→H.H.ON
→L.H.OF
→L.C.ON
→H.C.ON
→L.C.OF
→C.T.LV
→H.T.LV
→C.T.TM
→H.T.TM
DMD.L
→DM.L.S
→D.L.20
→SH.NM
→SH.DL
→SH.TM
→D.L.S1
→D.L.S2
IAQ
→DCV.C
→DCV.C→EC.MN
→DCV.C→IAQ.M
→AQ.CF
→AQ.CF→IQ.A.C
→AQ.CF→IQ.A.F
→AQ.CF→IQ.I.C
→AQ.CF→IQ.I.F
→AQ.CF→OQ.A.C
→AQ.SP
→AQ.SP→IQ.O.P
→AQ.SP→DAQ.L
→AQ.SP→DAQ.H
→AQ.SP→D.F.OF
→AQ.SP→D.F.ON
→AQ.SP→IAQ.R
→AQ.SP→OAQ.L
→AQ.SP→OAQ.U
→AQ.S.R
→AQ.S.R→IQ.R.L
→AQ.S.R→IQ.R.H
→AQ.S.R→OQ.R.L
→AQ.S.R→OQ.R.H
→IAQ.P
→IAQ.P→IQ.PG
→IAQ.P→IQ.P.T
→IAQ.P→IQ.P.L
→IAQ.P→IQ.P.H
→IAQ.P→IQ.L.O
EXPANSION
BUILDING PRESS. CONFIG
Building Press. Config
Power Exhaust Motors
Building Pressure Sensor
Bldg Press (+/-) Range
Building Pressure Setp.
Power Exhaust On Setp.1
Power Exhaust On Setp.2
BP ALGORITHM CONFIGS
Modulating PE Alg. Slct.
BP PID Evaluation Time
BP Threshold Adjustment
High BP Level
Low BP Level
COOL/HEAT SETPT. OFFSETS
Dmd Level Lo Heat On
Dmd Level(+) Hi Heat On
Dmd Level(-) Lo Heat Off
Dmd Level Lo Cool On
Dmd Level(+) Hi Cool On
Dmd Level(-) Lo Cool Off
Cool Trend Demand Level
Heat Trend Demand Level
Cool Trend Time
Heat Trend Time
DEMAND LIMIT CONFIG.
Demand Limit Select
Demand Limit at 20 ma
Loadshed Group Number
Loadshed Demand Delta
Maximum Loadshed Time
Demand Limit Sw.1 Setpt.
Demand Limit Sw.2 Setpt.
INDOOR AIR QUALITY CFG.
DCV ECONOMIZER SETPOINTS
Economizer Min.Position
IAQ Demand Vent Min.Pos.
AIR QUALITY CONFIGS
IAQ Analog Sensor Config
IAQ 4-20 ma Fan Config
IAQ Discrete Input Config
IAQ Disc.In. Fan Config
OAQ 4-20ma Sensor Config
AIR QUALITY SETPOINTS
IAQ Econ Override Pos.
Diff.Air Quality LoLimit
Diff.Air Quality HiLimit
DAQ PPM Fan Off Setpoint
DAQ PPM Fan On Setpoint
Diff. AQ Responsiveness
OAQ Lockout Value
User Determined OAQ
AIR QUALITY SENSOR RANGE
IAQ Low Reference
IAQ High Reference
OAQ Low Reference
OAQ High Reference
IAQ PRE-OCCUPIED PURGE
IAQ Purge
IAQ Purge Duration
IAQ Purge LoTemp Min Pos
IAQ Purge HiTemp Min Pos
IAQ Purge OAT Lockout
RANGE
0-2
1-2
Enable/Dsable
0 - 1.00
–0.25 → 0.25 "H2O
0 - 100 %
0 - 100 %
ENTRY
0
1
Dsable
0.25
0.05
35
75
1-3
0 - 10 min
0.1 - 10.0
0 - 1.000
0 - 1.000
1
1
1
0.05
0.04
–1 - 2 ^F
0.5 - 2.0 ^F
0.5 - 2 ^F
–1 - 2 ^F
0.5 - 2 ^F
0.5 - 2 ^F
0.1 - 5 ^F
0.1 - 5 ^F
30 - 600 sec
30 - 600 sec
1.5
0.5
1
1.5
0.5
1
0.1
0.1
120
120
0 - 3 (multi-text strings)
0 - 100 %
0 - 99
0 - 60 %
0 - 120 min
0 - 100 %
0 - 100 %
0
100
0
0
60
80
50
0 - 100 %
0 - 100 %
5
0
0 - 4 (multi-text strings)
0 - 2 (multi-text strings)
0 - 2 (multi-text strings)
0 - 2 (multi-text strings)
0 - 2 (multi-text strings)
0
0
0
0
0
0 - 100 %
0 - 1000
100 - 2000
0 - 2000
0 - 2000
–5 - 5
0 - 2000
0 - 5000
0 - 5000
0 - 5000
0 - 5000
0 - 5000
Yes/No
5-60 min
0-100 %
0-100 %
35-70 dF
CL-3
DEFAULT
100
100
700
200
400
0
0
400
0
2000
0
2000
No
15
10
35
50
EXPANSION
CCN CONFIGURATION
CCN Address
CCN Bus Number
CCN Baud Rate
CCN BROADCST DEFINITIONS
CCN Time/Date Broadcast
CCN OAT Broadcast
CCN OARH Broadcast
CCN OAQ Broadcast
Global Schedule Broadcst
CCN Broadcast Ack'er
CCN SCHEDULES-OVERRIDES
Schedule Number
Accept Global Holidays?
Override Time Limit
Timed Override Hours
SPT Override Enabled ?
T58 Override Enabled ?
Global Sched. Override ?
ALERT LIMIT CONFIG.
SPT lo alert limit/occ
SPT hi alert limit/occ
SPT lo alert limit/unocc
SPT hi alert limit/unocc
EDT lo alert limit/occ
EDT hi alert limit/occ
EDT lo alert limit/unocc
EDT hi alert limit/unocc
RAT lo alert limit/occ
RAT hi alert limit/occ
RAT lo alert limit/unocc
RAT hi alert limit/unocc
RARH low alert limit
RARH high alert limit
SP low alert limit
SP high alert limit
BP lo alert limit
BP high alert limit
IAQ high alert limit
SENSOR TRIM CONFIG.
Air Temp Lvg SF Trim
RAT Trim
OAT Trim
SPT Trim
Cir A Sat.Cond.Temp Trim
Cir B Sat.Cond.Temp Trim
Suct.Press.Circ.A Trim
Suct.Press.Circ.B Trim
Dis.Press.Circ.A Trim
Dis.Press.Circ.B Trim
SWITCH LOGIC: NO / NC
Filter Status Inpt-Clean
IGC Feedback - Off
RemSw Off-Unoc-Strt-NoOv
Economizer Switch - No
Fan Status Sw. - Off
Dmd.Lmt.Sw.1 - Off
Dmd.Lmt.Sw.2 - Off
IAQ Disc.Input - Low
Fire Shutdown - Off
Pressurization Sw. - Off
Evacuation Sw. - Off
Smoke Purge Sw. - Off
DISPLAY CONFIGURATION
Test Display LEDs
Metric Display
Language Selection
Password Enable
Service Password
RANGE
1 - 239
0 - 239
1 - 5 (multi-text strings)
ENTRY
1
0
3
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
On
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
0 - 99
YES/NO
0 - 4 HRS
0 - 4 HRS
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
1
No
1
0
Yes
Yes
No
–10-245 dF
–10-245 dF
–10-245 dF
–10-245 dF
–40-245 dF
–40-245 dF
–40-245 dF
–40-245 dF
–40-245 dF
–40-245 dF
–40-245 dF
–40-245 dF
0-100 %
0-100 %
0-5 "H2O
0-5 "H2O
–0.25-0.25 "H2O
–0.25-0.25 "H2O
0-5000
–10 - 10 ^F
–10 - 10 ^F
–10 - 10 ^F
–10 - 10 ^F
–30 - 30 ^F
–30 - 30 ^F
–50 - 50 PSIG
–50 - 50 PSIG
–50 - 50 PSIG
–50 - 50 PSIG
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
0-1(multi-text strings)
ENABLE/DISABLE
0000-9999
CL-4
DEFAULT
60
85
45
100
40
100
40
100
60
90
40
100
0
100
0
2
-0.25
0.25
1200
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Off
Off
0
Enable
1111
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - CUT ALONG DOTTED LINE
CUT ALONG DOTTED LINE
ITEM
CCN
→CCNA
→CCNB
→BAUD
→BROD
→BROD→TM.DT
→BROD→OAT.B
→BROD→ORH.B
→BROD→OAQ.B
→BROD→G.S.B
→BROD→B.ACK
→SC.OV
→SC.OV→SCH.N
→SC.OV→HOL.T
→SC.OV→O.T.L.
→SC.OV→OV.EX
→SC.OV→SPT.O
→SC.OV→T58.O
→SC.OV→GL.OV
ALLM
→SP.L.O
→SP.H.O
→SP.L.U
→SP.H.U
→SA.L.O
→SA.H.O
→SA.L.U
→SA.H.U
→RA.L.O
→RA.H.O
→RA.L.U
→RA.H.U
→R.RH.L
→R.RH.H
→SP.L
→SP.H
→BP.L
→BP.H
→IAQ.H
TRIM
→SAT.T
→RAT.T
→OAT.T
→SPT.T
→CTA.T
→CTB.T
→SP.A.T
→SP.B.T
→DP.A.T
→DP.B.T
SW.LG
→FTS.L
→IGC.L
→RMI.L
→ECS.L
→SFS.L
→DL1.L
→DL2.L
→IAQ.L
→FSD.L
→PRS.L
→EVC.L
→PRG.L
DISP
→TEST
→METR
→LANG
→PAS.E
→PASS
UNIT START-UP CHECKLIST
MODEL NO.: _________________________________
SERIAL NO.: ______________________________________
SOFTWARE VERSION _________________________
TECHNICIAN: ____________________________________
DATE: _______________________________________
PRE-START-UP:
VERIFY THAT DIP SWITCH SETTINGS ARE CORRECT
VERIFY THAT ALL PACKING MATERIALS HAVE BEEN REMOVED FROM UNIT
REMOVE ALL COMPRESSOR SHIPPING HOLDDOWN BOLTS AND BRACKETS PER INSTRUCTIONS
VERIFY INSTALLATION OF ECONOMIZER HOOD
VERIFY INSTALLATION OF ALL OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
VERIFY THAT ALL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AND TERMINALS ARE TIGHT
CHECK GAS PIPING FOR LEAKS (48A ONLY)
CHECK THAT RETURN-AIR FILTER AND OUTDOOR-AIR FILTERS ARE CLEAN AND IN PLACE
VERIFY THAT UNIT IS LEVEL WITHIN TOLERANCES FOR PROPER CONDENSATE DRAINAGE
CHECK FAN WHEELS AND PROPELLERS FOR LOCATION IN HOUSING/ORIFICE, AND SETSCREW IS TIGHT
VERIFY THAT FAN SHEAVES ARE ALIGNED AND BELTS ARE PROPERLY TENSIONED
VERIFY THAT SUCTION, DISCHARGE, AND LIQUID SERVICE VALVES ON EACH CIRCUIT ARE OPEN
VERIFY THAT CRANKCASE HEATERS HAVE BEEN ON 24 HOURS BEFORE START-UP.
START-UP:
ELECTRICAL
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
L1-L2
__________
__________
L3-L1
__________
COMPRESSOR AMPS — COMPRESSOR NO. 1 L1
__________
L2
__________
L3 _________
COMPRESSOR AMPS — COMPRESSOR NO. 2 L1
__________
L2
__________
L3 _________
SUPPLY FANS AMPS
EXHAUST FAN AMPS __________
(CV)
________
(VAV)
________ *
L2-L3
*VAV fan supply amps reading must be taken with a true RMS meter for accurate readings.
TEMPERATURES
OUTDOOR-AIR TEMPERATURE
__________ F DB (Dry Bulb)
RETURN-AIR TEMPERATURE
__________ F DB__________ F WB (Wet Bulb)
COOLING SUPPLY AIR
__________ F
GAS HEAT SUPPLY AIR
__________ F (48A ONLY)
ELECTRIC HEAT SUPPLY AIR
__________ F (50A ONLY, IF EQUIPPED)
PRESSURES
GAS INLET PRESSURE
__________
GAS MANIFOLD PRESSURE
STAGE NO. 1 __________ IN. WG
STAGE NO. 2 __________IN. WG (48A ONLY)
REFRIGERANT SUCTION
CIRCUIT NO. 1 __________ PSIG
CIRCUIT NO. 2__________ PSIG
REFRIGERANT DISCHARGE
CIRCUIT NO. 2 __________ PSIG
CIRCUIT NO. 2__________ PSIG
IN. WG (48A ONLY)
______________________ VERIFY REFRIGERANT CHARGE.
CL-5
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.
PC 111
Catalog No. 534-80215
Printed in U.S.A.
Form 48/50A-3T
Pg CL-6
4-05
Replaces: 48/50A-2T
Book 1 1
Tab 1a 1b
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - CUT ALONG DOTTED LINE
CUT ALONG DOTTED LINE
Copyright 2005 Carrier Corporation